Seren 2 nea Se a a cry i = . rn be a7 7 7 yf > PHYTOLOGIA An international journal to expedite botanical and phytoecological publication Vol. 55 February 1984 No. | FEB 2 4 1984 CONTENTS i iNnceuV (ORK ; a WEBER, W. A., New names and combinations, princkpatly \NICAL GARD in the Rocky Mountain flora-IV.. 1.0.0.0... cc cece eee WEBER, W. A., & WITTMANN, R., Additions to the flora of BE a St ag) Lei pen Oe Re | ae re Le aD 11 ~ MORALES L., G., Una Heliconia nueva de Colombia ................ 147 OCHOA, C., Karyotaxonomic studies on wild Bolivian tuber- earns SOMINUOT: SACD. POO IS 2h ee en kn ss Site epee Whol MOLDENKE, H. N., Notes on new and noteworthy plants. CLXXII1 ..... 41~ MOLDENKE, H. N., Additional notes on the Eriocaulaceae. XCV ...... 44 MOLDENKE, A. L., Book reviews Published by Harold N. Moldenke and Alma L. Moldenke 303 Parkside Road Plainfield, New Jersey 07060 U.S.A. Price of this number $3.00; for this volume $14.00 in advance or $15.00 after close of the volume; $5.00 extra to all foreign addresses and domestic dealers; 512 pages constitute a complete volume; claims for numbers lost in the mails must be made immediately after receipt of the next following number for free replacement; back volume prices apply if payment is received after a volume is closed. NEW NAMES AND COMBINATIONS, PRINCIPALLY IN THE ROCKY MOUNTAIN FLORA-—-IV William A. Weber University of Colorado Museum Campus Box 218, Boulder, CO 80309 The third paper in this series was published in Phytologia 53:187-190. 1983. A NEW GENUS OF GRASSES FROM THE WESTERN OIL SHALES ARGILLOCHLOA W. A. Weber, gen. nov. (Poaceae) Gramen perenne, inflorescentis non secundis, ramis floriferis rigidissimo-divaricatis basalibus 2, spiculis 2-floribus, gluma secundo lemma secundum aequans, lemmatibus sterilibus nullis vel rudimento clavato sterili faciens, a Festuca differt. Type species: Argillochloa dasyclada (Hackel ex Beal) W. A. Weber, comb. nov. Festuca dasyclada Hack. ex Beal, Grasses N. Amer. 2:602. 1875. Derivation from Greek, argillos, clay (in- cluding shale), + chloe, grass. Festuca dasyclada, until very recently, was known from the type locality (Wasatch Plateau, Emery County, Utah), but field knowledge was nil. Irvine et al. (1978), reporting it from Colo- rado, wrote: "This plant was listed as "possibly extinct" in the "Report on Endangered and Threatened Species of the United States"... Only two vouchers of this taxon exist in major her- baria (US, NY), and mention of the species last occurs in the second edition of Hitchcock's treatment of the grasses...." This species was reported from Colorado (Irvine, l-c.) from the Upper Parachute Member of the Green River Formation and the Uinta Sandstone throughout Garfield County, Colorado. Recent ac- tivity involving environmental impact research has added a number of localities in Rio Blanco County at altitudes from 2,135-2,580 meters (7,120-9,000 ft.). Argillochloa often occurs abundantly on shaded slopes in mountain shrub communities (e.g. Padus virgin- iana, Juniperus osteosperma, Amelanchier utahensis, Symphoricarpos oreophilus stands), here to the exclusion of Oryzopsis. The plant is a bunch-grass with a very strong but superficial resemblance to Oryzopsis hymenoides, and occurring near it on the same areas of shale scree slopes. The two grasses seem to have slightly different ecological preferences, however, because stands of Argillochloa are never as ubiquitous as those of Oryzopsis, which commonly colonizes mixed soils of eroding road banks as well as the pure shale slopes. Argillochloa differs strikingly from Festuca by its rigidly divaricate secondary branches, at the bases of which a strongly- developed convex, often red, pulvinus fills the axils; the spike- at 2 PY iro Tove Tek Vol. 55, No. 1 lets have an unusually long second glume which equals the second lemma; the spikelets have two fertile florets; the terminal rachilla is either naked or sometimes topped by an early-deciduous sterile rudiment; the lowermost branchlets of the inflorescence are paired; the inflorescence is not at all secund as in Festuca; at maturity the flowering culms commonly break away and behave like tumbleweeds. The habit is extremely unusual for Festuca, at least as it is known in America. Signe Frederiksen (Univ. of Copenhagen, corresp.) has kindly made a thorough anatomical analysis of Argillochloa and found that, as she expected, "the anatomy is within the variation of the genus Festuca, but the question is how important that observation is." She continues: "According to Metcalfe (1960: Anatomy of Monocotyledons I. Anatomical evidences concerning genera and species: "....- there is a marked overlap in the characters of those genera that are generally accepted as being closely related to one another. This seems to indicate that differences between closely related genera, based on leaf characters alone, would be of little taxonomic value.' I would like to turn it around and say that if the morphological characters are strong enough to separate this taxon from Festuca, then resemblance in the anatomy of the leaf blade is of minor significance." Frederiksen was impressed by the morphological divergence of Argillochloa from Festuca noted herein. I am greatly indebted to Dr. Dieter Wilken, Colorado State University, who has determined the chromosome number, 2n=28 (14 bivalents at metaphase). This is consistent with the basic number of Festuca and allies (x=7) and represents a modal number for many western North American species. Voucher specimen: Wilken 13567 (CS), Rio Blanco Co.: Piceance Creek, 2 mi W of Rio Blanco, 22 Sept. 1979. NEW COMBINATIONS IN LINUM, SENS. LAT. ADENOLINUM GRANDIFLORUM (Desf.) W. A. Weber, comb. nov. Linum grandiflorum Desf., Flora Atlantica 1:278. t. 718. 798i ADENOLINUM PRATENSE (Norton) W. A. Weber, comb. nov. Linum lewisii pratense J. B.- S. Norton, Trans. Acad. Sci. St. Louis 12:38, pl.6-. 1902. Rogers (1968), in a review of the yellow-flow- ered species of Linum in western North America, did not concern himself with the generic problem in the genus Linum, sens. lat. Linum is based on the type, Linum usitatissimum L., a blue-flow- ered annual species with linear stigmas and erect flowers and basic chromosome number, x=15. In western North America, the blue-flowered group, Adenolinum Reichenbach (1837), has capitate stigmas and recurved fruiting pedicels, and basic chromosome num- ber x=9. The pale yellow-flowered group consists of two well- defined line, both with x=8, though otherwise cytologically dis- tinct according to Love (corresp.): one, Cathartolinum Rchb. (1837), based on Linum catharticum L., with white petals with 1984 Weber, New names & combinations 3 yellow claws. The other is Rogers' L. schiedeanum complex, which Small (1907) included in his broadly construed Cathartolinum, differing significantly in fruit dehiscence, ovule number, pollen morphology, style morphology, and basic chromosome number x=8, from Mesynium Raf. (1838) (Rogers' L. rigidum group) with a basic chromosome number of x=15. Rogers clearly tabulated these impor- tant differences but declined to divide the genera. Love & Léve recently revived Adenolinum and Mesynium (Love 1982), quite justi- fiably in my opinion. With Adenolinum, Cathartolinum Ss. str., and Mesynium segregated, the L. schiedeanum complex forms a distinct group, but it needs more study before assigning it generic status. MESYNIUM Raf., Fl. Telluriana 3:33. Nov.-Dec. 1837. A lecto- type should be designated. Of the five species mentioned, M. texanum was new, three others were nom. nuda, and M. mexicanum (H.B.K.) Raf., was a transfer. i propose M. mexicanum be chosen as the lectotype. MESYNIUM ALATUM (Small) W. A. Weber, comb. nov. Catharto- linum alatum Small, N. Am. Fl. 25:81. 1907. MESYNIUM ARISTATUM (Engelm. in Wisliz.) W. A. Weber, comb. nov. Linum aristatum Engelm. in Wisliz., Tour Northern Mexico 101. 1848. MESYNIUM AUSTRALE (Heller) W. A. Weber, comb. nov. Linum australe Heller, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 25:627. 1898. MESYNIUM AUSTRALE ssp. GLANDULOSUM (C. M. Rogers) W. A. Weber, comb. nov. Linum australe var. glandulosum Rogers, Sida 1:336. 1964. MESYNIUM IMBRICATUM (Raf.) W. A. Weber, comb. nov. Nezera imbricata Raf., New Flora & Bot. North Amer. 4:66. 1838. MESYNIUM HUDSONIOIDES (Planch.) W. A. Weber, comb. nov. Linum hudsonioides Planch., Lond. J. Bot. 7:186. 1848. MESYNIUM PUBERULUM (Engelm. in A. Gray) W. A. Weber, comb. nov. Linum rigidum var. puberulum Engelm. in A. Gray, Smithson. Contr. Knowl. 3 (Pl. Wright. 1): 25. 1852. MESYNIUM SUBTERES (Trel. in A. Gray) W. A. Weber, comb. nov. Linum aristatum Engelm. var. subteres Trel. in A. Gray, Syn. Fl. N. Am. 1(1):347. 1897. MESYNIUM VERNALE (Wooton) W. A. Weber, comb. nov. Linum ver- nale Wooton, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 25:452. 1898. ALETES (APIACEAE): AN EXPANDED CONCEPT Despite the fact that many eminent American botanists have attempted to classify the western North American Apiaceae, several genera remain to some extent artificial. While one complete treatment (Mathias and Constance, 1944-45) has tended to stabilize and reduce a number of generic names, the submergence of some of the old genera has simply served to hide the fact that large ones like Lomatium and Cymopterus are still very heterogeneous, and un- less monographers of some of the allied genera carefully reexamine these large ones for misfits, this situation will likely continue. 4 Peay sOrLeOrGe ras Vols 55/5) Nowe: The history of classification of the western North American umbels also displays a lack of consideration of the whole organ- ism, its total morphology and habitus, its chemistry, phytogeo- graphy and its ecology--the whole constellation of characters. Too much emphasis, I feel, has been placed on too few. The genus Aletes is based on Aletes acaulis C- & R., 1888 (Deweya_acaulis Torr.). A revision of this genus was published very recently (Theobald, Tseng and Mathias, 1963). It was under- taken as a result of my rediscovery of Neoparrya lithophila and my suggestion, which they accepted, that Pteryxia_ anisata should be referred to Aletes. I have never been satisfied with the mainten- ance of Neoparrya as a monotypic genus, and recently (Weber 1979) I transferred a second taxon, N. megarrhiza, out of Lomatium, where it was anomalous. Theobald et al., while they described a few new taxa, did not examine other genera for possible transfers to Aletes. They also deferred study of Pteryxia and implied that they were about to study Cymopterus. They pointed out, however, Cronquist's (1961) expansion of Cymopterus to include two more somewhat discordant elements, Pteryxia and Pseudocymopterus. Theobald et al. described Aletes as “perennials from slender to thickened alongated roots". This is inaccurate. The struc- tures they refer to are caudices that are covered with marcescent sheathing petiole bases, a critical difference. I would expand their generic concept to include plants with yellow, pale yellow to whitish and exceptionally (as in Pseudocymopterus) purple, flowers. And I would allow for considerable variation in the num- ber, size and disposition of the vittae, and in the compression and development of the lateral and dorsal wings of the mericarps. I agree completely when they say that "the genus is remarkably consistent in its habit and basic leaf pattern". Their monograph is a good starting point, but more bricks need to be laid in order to make the building complete. Without seriously altering the circumscription provided by Theobald et al-, I regard Aletes as a natural group embodying the following unique constellation of characters: lle Plants densely caespitose with stout, branched caudices clothed with long-enduring marcescent petiole-bases. 2. Strictly acaulescent (this eliminates Pteryxia terebinthina and C. beckii Welsh & Goodrich, which are always slightly caulescent); these may yet prove to belong to Aletes. 3. Pseudoscapes never developed. 4. Plants strongly scented (anise, citronella, celery). 5. Leaves pinnatifid or pinnate, with pinnae simple or pinnati- fid, usually stiff-textured. 6. Bracteoles always well-developed, lance-linear to linear, dimidiate. 7. Involucre never developed. 1984 Weber, New names & combinations 5 8. Flowers yellow, pale yellow, whitish, or exceptionally purple. 9. Rays subequal, widely spreading, sometimes the outer ones deflexed at maturity. 10. Mericarps with variable development of lateral wings; dorsal ridges often prominent. 12. Mericarps usually trapezoidal in cross-section, not or variably dorsally compressed. 13. Stylopodium none, the styles arising out of the base of a spongy disk (some authors seem to have confused this disk with a low stylopodium). If, bearing in mind this set of characters, one returns to the standard treatment of North American umbels, several taxa stand out in lLomatium, Pteryxia and Cymopterus as discordant elements. Furthermore, these taxa have always been controversial, placed variously in other discarded genera such as Cynomarathrum, Pseudoreoxis and Pseudopteryxia. The following new combinations are proposed to bring these taxa into Aletes. ALETES BIPINNATA (S. Wats.) W. A. Weber, comb. nov. Pseudo- cymopterus bipinnatus C. & R., Rev. N. Am. Umbell. 75. 1888. ALETES EASTWOODIAE (C. & R-) W- A. Weber, comb. nov. Cyno- Marathrum eastwoodiae C. & R., Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 7:247. 1900. ALETES HENDERSONII (C. & R.) W. A. Weber, comb. nov. Pseudo- cymopterus hendersonii C. & R., Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 7:190. 1900. ALETES JUNCEA (Barneby & Holmgren) W. A. Weber, comb. nov. Lomatium junceum Barneby & Holmgren, Brittonia 31:96. 1979. Barneby & Holmgren (1979), in recognizing and presenting a key to the "Cynomarathrum species of Lomatium" saw the natural group that I feel is incorrectly placed in Lomatium, but they made no connec- tion with Aletes. They, however, included L. triternatum and L. concinnum, two caulescent species, in the group. ALETES LATILOBA (Rydb.) W. A. Weber, comb. nov. Cynomarath- rum latilobum Rydb., Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 40:73. 1913. ALETES LITHOPHILA (Mathias) W. A. Weber, comb. nov. Neopar- rya lithophila Mathias, Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. 16:393. 1929. ALETES LONGILOBA (Rydb.) W. A. Weber, comb. nov. Pseudo- pteryxia longiloba Rydb., Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 40:72. 1913. Mathias, Theobald & Tseng (1964) did not include this taxon in their monograph of Aletes (despite the fact that Rydberg clearly showed its close relationship to P. anisata), probably because Mathias had earlier synonymized it (incorrectly, I feel) under Pteryxia hendersonii. Mathias et al. (1964) declined to discuss Pteryxia. A. longiloba differs from A. anisata chiefly in its more delicate leaf texture and more slender and attenuate leaf segments, but displays the same strong anise scent. 6 Pon YoeTrOrrOnGer vA Vol. 555, Nose ALETES MEGARRHIZA (A. Nels.) W. A. Weber, comb. nov. Peuce- danum megarrhizum A. Nels., Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 26: 130.=1899. ALETES MINIMA (Mathias) W. A. Weber, comb. nov. Lomatium minimum Mathias, Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. 25:273. 1937. ALETES NIVALIS (S. Wats.) W. A. Weber, comb. nov. Cymopterus nivalis S. Wats., Bot. King's Exp. 123. 1871. ALETES NUTTALLII (A. Gray) W. A. Weber, comb. nov. Seseli nuttallii A. Gray, Proc. Amer. Acad. 8:287, in part. 1870. ALETES PARRYI (S. Wats.) W. A. Weber, comb. nov. Peucedanum parryi S. Wats., Proc. Amer. Acad. 11:143. 1876. ALETES PETRAEA (M. E. Jones) W. A. Weber, comb. nov. Cymop- terus petraeus M. E. Jones, Contr. W. Bot. 8:32. 1898. ALETES SCABRA (C. & R.) W. A. Weber, comb. nov. Cynomarath- rum scabrum C. & R., Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 7:247. 1900. ASKELLIA, A NEW SEGREGATE OF THE GENUS CREPIS ASKELLIA W. A. Weber, genus nov. (Asteraceae). Based on Crepis, Sect. Ixeridopsis Babcock, Univ. —“Cadick. Publ. Bot. 22:212. 1947. Typus: Crepis nana Richardson. This genus, differing morphologically and cytologically from Crepis and Psilochenia (Crepis, sens. lat., cf. Babcock 1938, see Weber 1983), represents an Old World group with a basic chromosome num- ber of x=7. It is named in honor of my friend Askell Léve, stu- dent of Arne Muntzing and Eric Hultén, dean of the Icelandic flora, founder and first president of the International Organiza- tion of Plant Biosystematists. His dedication to the Science of Botany, his encyclopedic memory of botanical information, his un- derstanding of biosystematic, especially cytological, techniques and his exposition of its philosophy, his role in developing the concept of the Flora Europaea and, in its earliest phase, what be- came the Flora North America Project, has earned him lasting re- cognition as one of the outstanding plant taxonomists of our gen- eration. His kindness and support of colleagues and young botan- ists is well-known and appreciated by all who have benefitted from knowing him. ASKELLIA ALAICA (Krasch.) W. A. Weber, comb. nov. Crepis alaica Krasch., Tr. Bot. Inst. AN SSSR, ser. 1,1:182. 1933. ASKELLIA CORNICULATA (Regel & Schmalh.) W. A. Weber, comb. nov. Crepis corniculata Regel & Schmalh., Izv. Obsc. Ljubit. Estestv. Antrop. Etnogr. 34(2):54. 182. ASKELLIA ELEGANS (Hook.) W. A. Weber, comb. nov. Crepis elegans Hook., Fl. Bor.-Amer. 1:297. 1834. ASKELLIA FLEXUOSA (Ledeb.) W. A. Weber, comb. nov. Prenan- thes polymorpha gamma flexuosa Ledeb., Fl. Altaica 4:145. 1833. ASKELLIA KARELINII (M. Pop. & Schischk. in Popov) W. A. Weber, comb-nov. Crepis karelinii M. Pop. & Schischk. in Popov, Fl. Almat. zapovedn., Addenda 28:757. 1940. 1984 Weber, New names & combinations 7 ASKELLIA LACTEA (Lipsch.) W. A. Weber, comb. nov. Crepis lactea Lipsch., Fedde's Repert. 42:159. 1937. ASKELLIA NANA (Richards.) W. A. Weber, comb. nov. Crepis nana Richards., Bot. App. Franklin, 1st Jour. ed. 1:746. (p.18 in repr.) 1823; ed. 2:757 (p.29 in repr.). 1823. ASKELLIA NANA ssp. RAMOSA (Babcock) W. A. Weber, comb. nov. Crepis nana ssp. ramosa Babcock, Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot. 22:542. fig. 155. +1947. ASKELLIA SOGDIANA (Krasch.) W. A. Weber, comb. nov. Youngia sogdiana Krasch., Bot. Mat. Herb. Bot. Inst. AN SSSR 9(4-12):184. 1946. THE WESTERN NORTH AMERICAN WOODY SAGEBRUSHES The western North American woody sagebrushes centering about Artemisia tridentata belong to a homogeneous group of similar mor- phology and ecology, differing from all other local Artemisia in having homogamous heads. One additional species was described from southern South America. Related species in Eurasia were segre- gated from Artemisia by Polyakov (1961) based on the type species Seriphidium maritimum (L.) Pol. Artemisia, Section Seriphidium had been proposed for this group by Besser (1829) and accepted by Hooker (1833) for Artemisia cana Pursh. Rouy (1903) treated it as Artemisia, Subgenus Seriphidium. The American species were treat- ed by DeCandolle (1837) as Artemisia, Sect. Seriphidium, subsect. Trifida. This group has been treated exhaustively by Ward (1953). Earlier accounts include those of Rydberg (1916) and Hall & Clem- ents (1923). The North American members of the genus Seriphidium form a very natural unit and I propose recognizing them as a subgenus under the genus Seriphidium Polyakov. SERIPHIDIUM, Subgenus TRIDENTATA (McArthur) W. A. Weber, subgenus nov. Based on Artemisia, Subgenus Tridentata {"Tridentatae"] McArthur (1981); Artemisia, subsect. Trifida DC., Prodrs6:105. “1837. Typus: Seriphidium canum (Pursh) W. A. Weber. In this subgenus I include Rydberg's Subgenus Seriphidium of Artemisia, encompassing his Sections Tridentatae, Rigidae and Pygmaeae. McArthur (1981) included only Section Tridentatae Rydb. SERIPHIDIUM ARBUSCULUM (Nutt. ) Ww. A. Weber, comb. nov. Artemisia arbuscula Nutt., Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. II. 7:398. 1841. SERIPHIDIUM ARBUSCULUM_ ssp. LONGILOBUM (Osterh. ) W. A. Weber, comb. nov. Artemisia spiciformis var. longiloba Osterh., Muhlenbergia 4:69. 1908. SERIPHIDIUM CANUM (Pursh) W. A. Weber, comb. nov. Artemisia cana Pursh, Fl. Amer. Sept. 521. 1814. SERIPHIDIUM CANUM ssp. BOLANDERI (A. Gray) W-. A. Weber, comb. nov. Artemisia bolanderi A. Gray, Proc. Amer. Acad. 19:50. 1883. 8 Pi VUTY OMA OCDE Vol... 55, Noeed SERIPHIDIUM CANUM ssp. VISCIDULUM (Osterh.) W. A. Weber, comb. nov. Artemisia cana var. viscidula Osterh., Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 26:507. 1900. SERIPHIDIUM PYGMAEUM (A. Gray) W- A. Weber, comb. nov. Artemisia pygmaea A. Gray. Proc. Amer. Acad. 21:413. 1886. SERIPHIDIUM NOVUM (A. Nels.) W. A. Weber, comb. nov. Artemisia nova A. Nels., Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 27:274. 1900. SERIPHIDIUM RIGIDUM (Nutt.) W. A. Weber, comb. nov. Artemi- sia trifida beta rigida Nutt., Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. El. 72398 1841. SERIPHIDIUM ROTHROCKII (A. Gray) W. A. Weber, comb. nov. Artemisia tridentata ssp. rothrockii Hall & Clements, Carnegie Inst. Wash. Publ. 326:139. 1923. SERIPHIDIUM TRIDENTATUM (Nutt.) W. A. Weber, comb. nov. Artemisia tridentata Nutt., Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. II. 7:398. 1841. SERIPHIDIUM TRIDENTATUM ssp. PARISHII (A. Gray) W. A. Weber, comb. nov. Artemisia parishii A. Gray, Proc. Amer. Acad. 17:220. 1882. SERIPHIDIUM TRIDENTATUM ssp. VASEYANUM (Rydb.) W. A. Weber, comb. nov. Artemisia vaseyana Rydb., N. Amer. Flora 34:283. 1916. SERIPHIDIUM TRIDENTATUM ssp. WYOMINGENSE (Beetle & Young) W. A. Weber, comb. nov. Artemisia tridentata ssp. wyomingensis Beetle & Young, Rhodora 67:405. 1965. SERIPHIDIUM TRIPARTITUM (Rydb.-) W. A. Weber, comb. nov. Artemisia tripartita Rydb.-, Mem. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 1:432. 1900. trifida Nutt., 1841, non Turcz. 1832. Artemisia bigelovii A. Gray bears a strong superficial resem- blance to Seriphidium, Subg. Tridentata, but Hall & Clements, and Ward, considered it to belong to Artemisia, Sect. Abrotanum. Shultz (1983, ined.) brings further evidence to bear toward this conclusion. Artemisia mendozana DC., Prodromus 6:105. 1837, was included in the Subsect. Trifida by DeCandolle and presumably belongs in Seriphidium, but not having seen any material I hesitate to trans- fer it at this time. Artemisia palmeri A. Gray, included by Ward, and Hall & Clem- ents under Sect. Seriphidium remains anomalous, differing by its chaffy receptacle, elongate herbaceous branches, bicolored, deeply incised leaf-blades suggestive of A. vulgaris, and nearly equal phyllaries. I lean toward retaining Artemisiastrum Rydberg for this monotype. MISCELLANY ACROLASIA THOMPSONII (Glad) W. A. Weber, comb. nov. Ment- zelia thompsonii Glad, Madrono 23:289. 1976. BROMELICA BULBOSA (Geyer ex Porter & Coulter) W. A. Weber, comb. nov- Melica bulbosa Geyer ex Porter & Coulter, Syn. Fl. 1984 Weber, New names & combinations 9 Colo. p- 149. 1874. The articulation of the spikelets above the glumes, the lack of tendency of the spikelets to nod, and the world distribution patterns of Melica typified by M. nutans L. according to Tzvelev (1976) and Bromelica (Boyle, 1945), suggest that these groups represent different phyletic lines. BROMELICA SPECTABILIS (Scribn.) W. A. Weber, comb. nov. Melica spectabilis Scribn., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 37:45. 1885. DELPHINIUM RAMOSUM Rydb. var. ALPESTRE (Rydb.) W. A. Weber, comb. nov. Delphinium alpestre Rydb., Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 29:146. 1902. IPOMOPSIS STENOTHYRSA (A. Gray) W. A. Weber, comb. nov. Gilia stenothyrsa A. Gray, Proc. Amer. Acad. 8:276. 1870. NUTTALLIA ARGILLOSA (Darlington) W. A. Weber, comb. nov. Mentzelia argillosa Darlington, Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. 21:153. 1934. NUTTALLIA REVERCHONII (Urb. & Gilg) W. A. Weber, comb. nov. Mentzelia pumila (Nutt.) T. & G. var. reverchonii Urb. & Gilg, Nov. Act. Nat. Cur. [Abh. K. Leop.-Carol. Deutsch. Akad. Naturf.] 76:94. 1900. Mentzelia reverchonii Thompson & Zavortink, Wrightia 4:24. 1968. OLIGOSPORUS CAMPESTRIS (L.) Cass. ssp. CAUDATUS (Michx.) W. A. Weber, comb. nov. Artemisia caudata Michx., Fl. Bor. Amer. 2:129. 1803. The genus Oligosporus was proposed by Cassini for those groups of Artemisia with staminate disk flowers (Section Dracunculus of Hall & Clements, 1923). OLIGOSPORUS CAMPESTRIS (L.) Cass. ssp. PACIFICUS (Nutt.) W. A. Weber, comb. nov. Artemisia pacifica Nutt-, Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. II. 7:401. 1841. OLIGOSPORUS FILIFOLIUS (Torr. ) W. A. Weber, comb. nov. Artemisia filifolia Torr., Ann. Lyc. N. Y. 2:211. 1828. OLIGOSPORUS PEDATIFIDUS (Nutt.) W. A. Weber, comb. nov. Artemisia pedatifida Nutt., Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. 11. 7:399. 1841. PACKERA OODES (Rydb.) W. A. Weber, comb. nov. Senecio oodes Rydb., Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 33:158. 1906. VITICELLA ORIENTALIS (L.) W. A. Weber, comb. nov. Clematis orientalis L., Sp. Pl. 543. 1753. CORRECTIONS In a previous paper (Weber & Love 1981), inadvertent errors were made concerning the following new combinations and their basionyms. I am indebted to Dr. T. M. Barkley for drawing them to my attention. Packera cana f. eradiata (D. C. Eaton) Weber & Ldve, comb. mov. Senecio canus var. eradiatus D. C. Eaton in S. Wats., Bot. King's Expl. 190. 1871. Packera cymbalarioides (Buek) Weber & Love, comb. nov. Senecio cymbalarioides Buek, Index DC. Prodr. 2:6. 1840. 10 Pel et OFLWOrGerrA: Vol. 55; Now Packera rosei Weber & Love, based on Senecio rosei Greenman sine diagn. is a nomen nudum. LITERATURE CITED Airy-Shaw, H. K. 1966. de (Co Willis, AY Dictionary of the Flowering Plants and Ferns, 7th Ed. Cambridge. Babcock, E. V., & G. Le Stebbins, Jr. 1938. The American species of Crepis: their interrelationships and distribution as affected by polyploidy and apomixis. Carnegie Inst. Wash. Publ. No. 504:1-119. 34 fig. 12 tab. Babcock, E. B. 1947. The genus Crepis. Parts) a, ale Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot. 21-22:1-1030. Barneby, Rupert C., & Noel H. Holmgren. 1979. A new species of Lomatium (Apiaceae) from Utah. Brittonia 31:96-100. Besser, W.S.J.G. 1829. De Seriphidiis seu de Sectione II-a Artemisiarum. Bull. Soc. Bot. Moscou 2 (p.- 222). ° 1834. Tentamen de Abrotanis seu de Sect- tione II-a Artemisiarum. Mem. Soc. Nat. Moscou 3 (p. 5). Boyle, W. S. 1945. A cyto-taxonomic study of the North American species of Melica- Madrono 8:1-26. Candolle, A. P. de. 1837. CDXCIX. Artemisia Linn. Prodro- mus 6:93-127. Hall, Harvey M., & Frederic E. Clements. 1923. The phylo- genetic method in taxonomy: the North American species of Arte- misia, Chrysothamnus, and Atriplex. Carnegie Inst. Wash. Publ. 326:i-iii, 1-355. 58 plates. Hooker, W. J. 1833. Flora Boreali-Americana 1:325. Irvine, James R., Neil E. West, & A. H. Holmgren. 1978. Rediscovery of Festuca dasyclada and range extensions of Astraga- lus lutosus and Ceanothus martinii in Colorado. Southwestern Nat. 23: 156-157. King, Robert M., & Helen W. Dawson (eds.). 1975. Cassini on Compositae. 3 vols. (reprint). Oriole Editions. New York. Love, Askell. 1982. IOPB chromosome number reports LXXV: reports by Askell Love and Doris Love. Taxon 31:344-360. Mathias, M. E., & Lincoln Constance. 1944-45. Umbelliferae. North American Flora 28B:43-295. McArthur, E. D-, Ce. Le Pope, & D. C. Freeman. 1981. Chromo- somal studies of subgenus Tridentatae of Artemisia: evidence for autopolyploidy. Amer. J. Bot. 68:589-605. Polyakov, P. P. 1961. Materialy k sistematike roda polyin-- Artemisia L. Trudy Inst. Bot. AN Kazakhskoy SSR 11:134-177. Rogers, C. M. 1968. Yellow-flowered species of Linum in Central America and western North America. Brittonia 20:107-135. Shultz, Leila M. 1983. Systematics and anatomical studies of Artemisia Subgenus Tridentatae. Ph.D. Thesis, Claremont. Small, John Kunkel. 1907. Linaceae, in North American Flora 25(1):67-87. 1984 Weber, New names & combinations iG Theobald, William L., Charles S. Tseng, & Mildred E. Mathias. 1964. A revision of Aletes and Neoparrya (Umbelliferae). Brit- tonia 16:296-315. Tzvelev, N. N. 1976. Poaceae URSS. Editio "Nauk", Lenin- grad. 788 pages. Ward, George H. 1953. Artemisia, Section Seriphidium, in North America: a cytotaxonomic study. Contr. Dudley Herb. 4:155- 205. Fig. 1-13. Weber, W. A. 1983. New names and combinations, principally in the Rocky Mountain Flora--III. Phytologia 53:187-190. , & Askell Love. 1981. New combinations in the genus Packera (Asteraceae). Phytologia 49:44-50. ADDITIONS TO THE FLORA OF COLORADO-—-X William A. Weber & Ronald Wittmann University of Colorado Museum Campus Box 218, Boulder, CO 80309 The last number of this series was published in Phytologia 53:191-193. 1983. Three-letter family acronyms are used, follow- ing Weber (1982). NEW RECORDS FOR COLORADO INDIGENOUS TAXA ASTRAGALUS RAFAELENSIS Jones, Rev. Astrag. 146, Pl. 30. 1923 (FAB). MONTROSE CO.: between Rock Creek and Mesa Creek, Dolores River Canyon, 11 mi N of Uravan, 28 May 1982, Ratzloff (COLO 381859), Uravan, SW of river, NE-facing slope above highway. 20 May 1982, J. Anderson (COLO 387588), 4 mi W of Uravan, Hwy. 141, 1 May 1982, Cudlip 43, S side of Dolores River just before bridge crossing to main highway, 29 May 1982, Weber & Wittmann 10683 (det. Barneby). GILIA CLOKEYI H. L. Mason, Madrono 6:202. 1942 (PLM). MESA €O.: Grand Mesa between Lands End road and N Fork Kannah Cr., 23-24 May 1981, Siplivinsky 983, 1023; NE of DeBeque, 25 May 1979, Weber et al 1899; 16 km NW of Mack, 25 May 1976, Cronguist 11430. MONTROSE CO.: Roubideau Canyon, 25 May 1978, Johnston et al 21566. GILIA TRIODON Eastwood, Zoe 4:121. 1983 (PLM). MESA CO.: Grand Junction, Eastwood (COLO 30505); Redlands Road, 17 May 1978, Weber 15322. MOFFAT CO.: Indian Rock, ca. 3 km NNE of Sunbeam, 23 May 1978, Peterson et al 460; 28 mi SE Greystone, 16 June 1978, Weber & Wingate 15403. MONTEZUMA CO.: 22 mi SW of Towaoc, 7 June 1952, Weber 7645. All of these collections had been passing as Gilia leptomeria A. Gray. 12 PH Yer 0} LyOuG ries Vol. 555) Nowe GILIA TWEEDYI Rydb., Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 31:634. 1905 (PLM). MOFFAT CO.: ridge separating Conway from Vermilion drain- age, between Greystone and Gates of Lodore, 26 June 1965, Weber & Salamun 12616. LESQUERELLA ARENOSA (Rich.) Rydb. var. ARGILLOSA Rollins & Shaw, Genus Lesquerella in North America, p. 178-179. 1973 (BRA). LOGAN CO.: clay ridges NE of Julesburg (Jumbo) Reservoir, at top of grade crossed by Road 93, N of the Platte River, 1,200 msm, 21 May 1983, Weber & Wittmann 16627, 16635 (flowers), 9 July 1983, R. C. Wittmann 2262 (fruits). Known previously from the Black Hills of South Dakota, Wyoming and Nebraska. RIBES DIVARICATUM Dougl., Trans. Hort. Soc. London 7:515. 1830 (GRS). BOULDER CO.: Pine Glade School, 22 Aug. 1907, Ramaley 3744; Boulder, April 1908, Ramaley 4680; PARK CO.: upper Buckskin Cr. above Alma, 11,000 ft., 30 Aug. 1940, Ewan 12671. ROUTT CO.: Steamboat Springs, July 1891, Eastwood (COLO 38542). SUMMIT CO.: Blue River Valley 8 mi N of Silverthorne, 2,600 msm, 22 June 1982, Weber & Wittmann 16193. These sheets were determined by Quinn Sinnott, 1982, and had been previously misidentified as R. inerme Rydb. SCUTELLARIA RESINOSA Torr., Ann. Lyc.e Ne Y. 2:232. 1828 (LAM). MONTROSE CO.: above Colorado Hwy. 90 less than 2 miles from the Utah State line; below sandstone cliffs, 1,830 msm, 24 May 1979, D. Le. & M. Le Denham 74003. This collection presents a distributional anomaly, since according to Epling (1942), S. resi- nosa does not occur west of western Nebraska and Texas. Geograph- ically, one more likely would expect S. potosina Brandegee, but even here the disjunction is rather major, from central Arizona and southwest New Mexico. I therefore tend to suspect that the plant has been accidentally introduced into western Colorado through earth-moving equipment, but more field observations should be made to determine whether the plant still survives, what the population size is, and the specific nature of the habitat. ADVENTIVE TAXA ADENOLINUM GRANDIFLORUM (Desf.) W. A. Weber (LIN). BOULDER CO.: Boulder Mountain Parks, junction of Mesa Trail and Enchanted Mesa Trail; re-seeded area in Pinus ponderosa groves, 1,600 msm, 15 July 1983, R. C. Wittmann 2265. This species, an annual with brilliant red flowers, has been established for many years in California and evidently has come in with "native seed" mixtures used in reclaiming beetle-killed pine land. RE-EVALUATIONS HEDYSARUM ALPINUM L. (FAB) was reported for the Gunnison Basin (GN: Needle Creek Valley, Barrell & Spongberg 70-66) by Barrell (1969, p. 269). Two specimens were deposited in US, one of these since transferred to COLO. We have examined them, and 1984 Weber & Wittmann, Flora of Colorado 13 find that were misidentified. They represent Astragalus bisulca- tus (Hook.) A. Gray ssp- bisulcatus. The plants lack mature fruit but the flowers have typical curved Astragalus keels and lack the characteristic stipules of Hedysarum. REFERENCES Barrell, Joseph. 1969. Flora of the Gunnison Basin: Gunni- son, Saguache and Hinsdale counties. Natural Land Institute, Rockford, IL. Epling, Carl. 1942. The American species of Scutellaria. Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot. 20:1-146. Weber, William A. 1982. Mnemonic three-letter acronyms for the families of vascular plants: a device for more effective herbarium curation. Taxon 31:74-88. UNA HELICONIA NUEVA DE COLOMBIA Gustavo Morales L. Apartado Aéreo 1283, Popayan, Colombia El presente trabajo reporta el hallazgo de una nueva especie del género Heliconia, de material coleccionado al sur del Departamento del Huila en el Valle de Laboyos. Para el sistema de medidas e ilustraciones se ha mantenido el mismo patr6én que se utilizé en publicaciones anteriores ( Abalo & Morales L., 1982; Abalo & Mora- les L., 1983 ). Todas las medidas e ilustraciones estan basadas en material vivo. Debido al gran nimero de especies encontradas, se hicieron inten- tos para establecer un banco de germoplasma en Colombia, pero no fué posible continuarlo por carencia de recursos y por falta de instituciones nacionales que contemplen la instauraciGén de este tipo de programas. Heliconia abaloi Morales, sp. nov. Planta musoitdes. Pseudocaulis 1.5 - 2.3 m altus. Pettolus 45 - 140 em longus. Lamtna 110 - 170 em longa, 24 - 40 cm lata. Inflores- centta pendula. Pedunculus ruber, pubescens. Rachts rubra, pubes- cens. Spathae rubrae, aureomarginatae, distichae, reflexae. Pert- anthtum Lluteun, gtbbosum, 4.5 - 5.0 cam longum. Pedicellus laete pubescens. Ovartun luteolun. Rudimentum aristotdes adest. Planta musoide. Pseudotallo 1.5 - 2.3 m. Hojas 5 - 6, peciolo 45 - 140 cm de largo, glabro; lamina 110 - 170 cm de largo por 24 - 40 cm de ancho, base inequilatera semicordada, Aapice obtuso. Inflores cencia péndula, 55 - 120 cm de largo; pedinculo y raquis rojos con pubescencia marr6én, pediinculo 15 - 35 cm de largo; raquis 40 - 85 em de largo. Espatas externamente rojas con el borde amarillo, in- ternamente rojo - naranja, 13 - 20 por inflorescencia, ligeramente pubescentes en la base, el resto glabro, borde involuto en la par- te inferior y ondulado hacia el Aapice, reflexas, disticas aunque la inflorescencia experimenta una rotaci6én por presidn entre espa- tas al reflexionarse; la primera espata basal estéril o fértil, 12 - 24 cm de largo por 3.5 - 4.0 cm de ancho; espatas medias 8.5 - 13.5 cm de largo por 3.5 - 4.5 cm de ancho en la parte media. Bracteas amarillo claro, carinadas, pubescentes exteriormente, 4.- - 6.0 cm de largo por 2.0 - 2.3 cm de ancho en la parte media 14 1984 Morales L., Una Heliconia nueva yf HELICONIA ABALOI 15 16 Rela Yo-L OSL OrGeieA Volks 55/5) Nowe y extendidas. En algunas espatas entre la segunda y tercera brac- teas puede aparecer un rudimento aristiforme amarillo, muy pubes- cente, 4.0 - 7.5 cm de largo. Flores 12 - 15 por espata; perianto amarillo, giboso, 4.5 - 5.0 cm de largo, sépalos pubescentes en los bordes y lineas del dorso, pétalos glabros; estaminodio amari- llo claro, lanceolado de 4pice agudo, 0.6 cm de largo por 0.15 cm de ancho en la parte media; ovario amarillo claro, glabro; pedice- lo amarillo claro con pubescencia marrén, 1.3 - 2.0 cm de largo. Frutos amarillos, azules al madurar; pedicelos de los frutos 3.0 - 4.0 cm de largo. Observaciones: A pesar de ser una Heliconia sin especies afines, Heltconia dielstana Loes. es una de las especies mas cercanas, pero se distingue facilmente ya que ésta posee entre otras diferencias espatas espiraladas, mas largas y delgadas en la parte media y borde de la espata revoluto. Tipo: Gustavo Morales & José Abalo 263, 18 Agosto 1981, Colombia, Departamento Huila, Pitalito, 9 Km via La Mesa de Elias, altura 1380 msm. ( COL, holotipo; MY, US, isotipos ) Esta especie, una de las mas atractivas, esta dedicada a José Eduardo Abalo, quien ha hecho loables esfuerzos por establecer un cultivo para conservaci6n de germoplasma de Heliconias y prote- ger asi algunas especies que se encuentran en peligro de extinci6n; ha permitido el incremento de las colecciones de Heltcontas princi- palmente en el Neotrépico; ha facilitado ejemplares de herbario a numerosas instituciones y trabajado como coautor en varios articu- los sobre nuevas especies de Heltcontas. Habitat: Zonas de precipitacién media. Suelos arcillosos con alto contenido de materia organica. Sitios semi-abiertos. Te- rrenos planos con tendencia a anegarse. LITERATURA CITADA Abalo, J. E. & Morales L., G. 1982. Veinticinco ( 25 ) Heltcontas Nuevas de Colombia. Phytologia 51 (1) 1 - 61 Abalo, J. E. & Morales L., G. 1983. Doce ( 12 ) Heltcontas Nuevas del Ecuador. Phytologia 52 (6) 387 - 413 KARYOTAXONOMIC STUDIES ON WILD BOLIVIAN TUBER-BEARING SOLANUM, SECT. PETOTA. lI. C. Ochoa* The wild tuber-bearing Solanum from Bolivia are one of the least known groups of the Sect. Petota, subsect. Potatoe. Here, the author gives some results of his studies, including field observations of mor- phology and habitat, geographical distribution, and chromosome number counts. Extensive examination of material deposited in European and North and South American herbaria was also made. The species have been grouped into seven series, and the synonyms are given for each species. The synonyms cited here are only the ones identified for each species within the Bolivian territory. i SER TESS AGAUIUAY JUZie 5) BUI ACAd SC. HU RSs oes ser. Biol. 2:316. 1937, nom. nud.; ex Buk. & Kameraz, Bases of Potato Breeding, 21, 1959. 1. Solanum acaule Bitt., Repert. Sp. Nov. 11:391-393, TOU. S. acaule var. subexinterviuptum Bitt., Repert. Sp. Nov. 11:393-394, 1912. S. acauke var. caulescens Bitt., Repert. Sp. Nov. 12:453-454; 1913. S. uyunense Card., Bol. Soc. Peruana Bot. 5: 53-355 L9DGr * Department of Taxonomy, International Potato Center, PO. Box 59695 Lima; Peru. uy 18 POuNY TO} Lsoue 170A Vol. 55, No. 1 The variability of this species has led to the naming of new entities in specific and intraspecific levels. Apparently, its natural crossability with other species across a wide geographical distribution (Argentina, Bolivia and Peru) has contributed to this diversity. All of the living collections of S. acaule made by the author in Bolivia have 2n=4x=48 chromo- somes. II. SERIES CIRCAEIFOLIA Hawkes, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist SET ay i250 si OZ eLOD the 2. Solanum cincaertfolium Bitt. Repert. Sp. Nov. 11:385-386, 1912. Plant delicate, stem slender, long stolones and small white tubers, leaves glabrous or glabrescent to finely pubescent with simple blade or odd-pinnate with 1-2(-3) pairs of lateral leaflets. Flower white, corolla stellate to substellate. Fruit long-conic of acute apex. Distribution: From the surroundings of Sorata, 2650m, alt. in the department of La Paz, northwest Bolivia, towards the heights of Choro-Ayopaya, 3900m alt. in the department of Cochabamba and the vicinities of Valle Grande in the department of Santa Cruz, central-south Bolivia, mostly in cloud forest and scrub vegetation, in the shade of thickets or among rocks or stony soil on steep brush slopes. Chromo- some number 2n=2x=24. This species is divided into the following varieties: 2a. Solanum cireaerfolimm var. cincarfolium Plant up to 70cm tall, stem slender, weakly ascending, usually glabrous, flexuous, simple or branched; leaf rather long petiolate, usually glabrous, rarely glabrescent, simple or little dissected with 1984 Ochoa, Karyotaxonomic studies 1-2 of very small lateral folioles and no interjected leaflets; pedicel somewhat puberulent articulated well above or near the middle, calyx slightly puberu- lent, style densely papillose on the lower half, fila- ments glabrous. 2b. Solanum circaeifolimm var. capsicibaccatum (Card.) Ochoa comb. nov. Solanum capsicribaccatum Card., Rev. Agr. Cocha- bamba, 2:35-36, 1944. Compared with typical variety, var. capsict- baccatum has more and finer pubescent leaves, always with 1 or 2 pairs of lateral leaflets, narrower and longer elliptic folioles, style papillose or some- times with scattered short hairs on lower half. This variety also has greater geographical and ecological distribution than var. circaeifolimm. Chromosome number: 2n=2x=24. 3b. Solanum cincaeifolium var. Latifoliolatum (Ochoa) Ochoa comb. nov. Solanum cincaeifoliam §. Lobatum Corr., Wrightia 22 L/L, ALI6L Solanum capsictbaccatwm Card. var. latifoliolatun Ochoa, Phytologia 50(3):181-182, 1982. With a large and very widely elliptic lanceolate terminal foliole and more well dissected leaves, 2-3 lateral pairs, very rarely as many as four pairs, pubescent, coarse hairs, mainly in the upper surface of the leaflets. Restricted to the Quime region in the province of Inquisivi in the department of La Paz. Chromosome number: 2n=2x=24. 19 20 PH Yon OLS OrG ri SAS Vol. 55, No. IIL. SERIES COMMERSONIANA Buk., Bull. Acad. Sci. U.R.S.C., ser. Biol. 2:714. 1938, nom. nud.; ex Buk. & Kameraz, Bases of Potato Breeding 19, 1949. SERIES GLABRESCENTIA Buk., Problemy Bot. 2, 1955 nom. nud.; ex Buk. & Kameraz, Bases of Potato Breeding 19, 1959. SERIES TARIJENSA Corr., Tex. Res. Found. Contrib. 432555029602. SERIES YUNGASENSA Corr., Tex. Res. Found. Contrib. 4:220-222, 1962. 3. Solanum berthauktit Hawkes, Bull. Imp. Bur. Plant Breed. & Genet., Cambridge, 122, 1944. Plants tall, branched, light green, very glandu- lous and pubescent. Corolla pentagonal to substellate from white or whitish to pale violet-blue. More close- ly related to S. tarijense than to any other species. Mostly in dry valleys of the eastern slopes of the Cordillera of Cochabamba or Tunari, towards Aiquile and Sucre, 2000-2800m alt., among Acacias and Schinus or in brushy mountain slopes and stony clayey soils. Chromosome number: 2n=2x=24. Prof. J.G. Hawkes has postulated that the proba- ble origin of S. berthaultii is from a hybridization between S. tartijense and some blue-flowered mountain species from the Tuberosa series. However, up until now, it has not been possible to satisfactorily repro- duce artificial hybrids similar to S. berthaulti, even when using S. tatijense in crosses with S. spar- SApAhum, 1 1984 Ochoa, Karyotaxonomic studies 4. Solanum chacoense Bitt., Repert. Sp. Nov. 11:18, July, 1912. S. caiptpendense Card., Bol. Soc. Peruana Bot. 5(1-3):35-36, 1956. S. cuevoanum Card., Bol. Soc. Peruana Bot. 5(1-3):36-37, 1956. S. amezkt Card., Bol. Soc. Peruana Bot. 5(1-3): 37-40, 1956. S. chacoense §. catpipendense (Card.) Corr., Wrightia 2:172, 1961. Plants up to lm or more tall in shade and thick- ets, and 15-20cm tall in open fields. Leaves usually with 4-5 lateral pairs. Corolla stellate or sub- stellate to pentagonal, pure white to yellowish or white with mauve acumens; small calyx with very short, almost apiculate, acumens. Fruits globose to ovate, light green spotted with small white spots. Solanum chacoense is a highly variable species. Therefore, many taxa of different ranks have been created which has greatly confused its taxonomy. It is also the most widely distributed tuber-bearing species after S. acaule and has been found as a weed in many different places in Argentina, Brazil, Para- guay, Uruguay and southern Bolivia. Although triploid forms of S. chacoense have been reported, the material collected by the author in Bolivia is exclusively diploid, 2n=2x=24 chromosomes. 5. Solanum tarijense Hawkes, Bull. Imp. Bur. Pl. Breed. & Genet., Cambridge, 114-115, 1944. Solanum zudantense Card., Bol. Soc. Peruana Bot., 5:31-32, 1956. 2 22 PHY 0) LyOvGaik A Vol. 55, Noone Solanum trigalense Card., Bol. Soc. Peruana Bot., 5:41-42, 1956. Solanum berthauktik §. zudanense (Card.) Corr., Wrigthia 2:184, 1961. Plants of 60-80cm tall, aromatic, pubescent and puberulent, glandular. Leaves with 3-4 lateral pairs and several to many interstitial leaflets. Corolla stellate to substellate or pentagonal, always white or creamy white, calyx with long acumens. Fruit glo- bose, green with scattered white spots. Habitat is mostly in low, dry valleys with Acacia and Schinus trees associated with herbs in sandy loam soil. Between 2500-300m alt. Distribution: from the southeast of Cochabamba, Bolivia, to Catamarca Province in northern Argentina. All of the living material of S. tartijense collected by the author with- in the Bolivian boundary have 2n=2x=24 chromosomes. 5a. Solanum tarijense var. pojoense (Card.) Corr., Wrightia 2:173, 1961. Solanum vallegrandense Card., Bol. Soc. Peruana Bote, S223 mode Solanum vallegrandense var. pofoense Card., Bol. Soc. Peruana Bot. 5:24, 1956. Plants less vigorous than in the typical species, smaller and fewer dissected leaves, corolla stellate, only creamy white, calyx also smaller in the typical species. Distribution: mainly in Santa Cruz and Tarija, Bolivia, up to the Province of Salta in north Argentina. Chromosome number: 2n=2x=24. 1984 Ochoa, Karyo taxonomic studies 23 6. Solanum yungasense Hawkes, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist?>? servel2397269727.1954. Plant glabrous to sparsely pubescent, erect or decumbent nearly up to 2m tall; stem slender to stout, usually branched, widely winged, wings straight or sinuous; tubers white, 3.0-4.0cm long and 2.0-2.5cm thick. Leaves light green, long and narrow with 6-7 pairs of lateral leaflets narrowly lanceolate, few small interstitial leaflets. Corolla deeply stellate, 2.0-2.5cm diameter with narrow and long lobes. Fruit globose, light green, 1.5cm in diameter. This species lives in a similar ecological area as Solanum violacetmaunorzatum of the Conicibaccata series, but both are quite different. Habitat: in tropical or subtropical forests where the rainfall is abundant and the temperature varies from mild to rather warm. Distribution: from Nor Yungas of La Paz to the tropical region near Tambopata River in the Peruvian Department of Puno at 1300-1800m alt. where this species has been identified by the author for the first time. The ploidy level varies from 2n=2x=36 chromo- somes. 7. Solanum $§Lavoviridens Ochoa, Am. Pot. Journal 57(8) :387-390, 1980. Plant vigorous, broadly spreading, stout, green- ish-yellow, very glandulous, nearly 1m tall. Stem robust, erect, simple or branched, pilose. Leaves covered with dense, simple and glandular hairs as in Solanum berthaultii. Corolla substellate to pentagonal, white or creamy white. Fruit globuse. Growing at edges of forests or thickets in the tropical regions of Camata, 1600-1800m alt., in the Province of Saavedra, Department of La Paz. 24 ist vd Abe(O)eity (0) (CeIn YA Vol’. 55; Nowe! This species seems to be of a hybrid origin, involving species of the series Commersoniana. If such would be the case, the progenitors could be S. yungasense crossed with a white-flowered form of S. berthauktii, or perhaps some unknown species, since the locality of S. berthaultii is distant and quite unlike the habitat of S. 4lavoviridens. Until further information is obtained, we prefer to main- tain S. flavoviridens as it is. 8. Solanum Lritusinum Ochoa, Phytologia 48(3):229- 237 Osis Plant up to Im tall, erect; stem usually branched, sparsely pilose, winged. Leaves with few glandular hairs, 2-3 pairs of lateral folioles and 0-2 small in- terjected leaflets. Calyx light green, pubescent, with acuminate lobules. Corolla stellate, purple. Fruit globose to ovate, green. Growing in subtropical regions below 2000m alt. in low, rather dry, stony ravines near river banks of La Playa in the Province of Valle Grande, Department of Santa Cruz. Chromo- some number: 2n=2x=24. IV. SERIES CONICIBACCATA Bitt., Repert. Sp. Nov. 11: 381, 1912. SERIES OXYCARPA Rydb., Bull. Torrey Bot. Club SILRAWAG L745 LC ph 9. Solanum violacetimaumonatum Bitt., Repert. Sp. Nov. ILigskeio. ISA, Sokanum violaceimuunorzatum var. papillLosum Hawkes, Bull. Imp. Bur. Pl. Breed. & Genet. Cambridge 12, 14, 113, 1944. 1984 Ochoa, Karyotaxonomic studies 25 Plant up to 2-3m tall, stem slender, flexuous, often densely mottled with light purple, glabrous or slightly puberulent. Leaves pubescent, 2-4 pairs of lateral leaflets, and 0-4 interjected leaflets. Corolla rotate to rotate-pentagonal 2-3cm in diameter, bright purple to violet, calyx lcm long, glabrous to glabrescent. Fruit long conical with obtuse apex, 2.0-2.5cm long, pure green. Growing in cloudy forest, thickets, near streams, clearings of woods at 1800 to 3600m alt. Distribution: from Unduavi, Nor Yungas of La Paz up to Colomi and Incachaca in the Province of Chapare, Department of Cochabamba. In my opinion, S. viokaceimarmoratum is quite different from the southern Peruvian species S. buesr1, S. santolallae and S. wtubambae, as well as from S. laxissimum of central Peru. Chromosome number: 2n=2x=24. V. SERIES CUNEOALATA Hawkes, Bull. Imp. Bur. Pl. Breed. & Genet., Cambridge 118, 1944. 10. Solanum infundibuliforme Phil., Anal. Mus. Nac. Chitte, “2nd eda Bat... 655. LSol- Solanum ingundibuli forme var. angustepinnatum Bitt., Repert. Spec. Nov. 11:388, 1912. Solanum platypterum Hawkes, Bull. Imp. Bur. Plant Breed. & Genet., Cambridge, 118, 1944. Solanum microphyllum Hawkes, Bull. Imp. Bur. Plant Breed. & Genet., Cambridge, 118, 1944 (not S. microphyllLum Dun., 1813). Solanum glanduliferuwn Hawkes, Bull. Imp. Bur. Plant Breed. & Genet., Cambridge 118-119, 1944. Solanum pinnatifidum Card., Rev. Agric., Cocha- bamba 2(2):33, 1944 (not S. pinnatifidwn Lam., 1797; not Ruiz and Pavon, 1799). PUR Ys? PO OG. kA Vol. 55, No. 1 Solanum xerophyllum Hawkes, J. Linn. Soc., Bot., Dam WhOSne Oey. Solanum infundibuliforme var. albiflorum Ochoa, Phytologia, 46(4):223, 224, 1980. Plant usually small, less frequently up to 30-40cem tall, stem erect or decumbent, simple or branched. Lear imparipinnatisect to imparipinnate or sometimes lyrate; lateral leaflets usually 2-3 pairs decurrent on the rachis, linear or linear-lanceolate to lanceolate or narrowly elliptic-lanceolate, Corolla extremely variable in color and shape, from white to dark purple and from rotate to rotate- substellate. : Fruit globose, green or green mottled with white, Habitat: from subxerophytic scrub desert asseciated with cactus or thorny shrubs of low regions to colder and wet places of high mountains or puna associated mainly with Stipa ichu, 2400-4100m alt. Distribution: rrom northwest Argentina, south and central Bolivia to the northern Chile. Chromosome number; 2n=2x=24, VI. SERIES TUBEROSA Rydb., Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 51:146-148, Buk. & Kameraz, Bases of Potato Brecd ine Shel IoosensuesGracton. 1924) nomen nudum. 1m SERIES ANDIGENA Buk. ibid 24, 1959. SERIES TRANSAEQUATORIALIA Buk. ibid. 21, 1959. SERIES VAVILOVIANA Buk. ibid, 18, 1959. SERIES ANDREANA Hawkes, Bull. Imp. Bur. Plant Breed. Genet. Camb. 50, 1944. 1934 Ochoa, Karyoctaxonomic studies tl, Solanum alandiae Card., Bol, Soc. Peruana bot. eee ont Solanum torrecillasense Card,, Bol, Soc. Peruana Bot. 5:15, 1956. Plant stout, branched, light green. Stem erect or sub-decumbent, glabrescent, widely winged. Leaves odd-innate, 2-3-(4) pairs of folioles, 0-4 intersti- tial leaflets; terminal leaflet much larger than the laterals widely elliptic-lanceolate with acute apex and rounded base; pseudoestipular leaves; very large, showy flowers. Corolla subpentagonal, dark lilac, articulation of the pedicel above the middle or near the calyx. Fruit globose to ovate, green with sparse, small, white spots. Distribution; inter-Andean valleys of central Bolivia, from north of Chuquisaca to east of Cochabamba, between 2000 and 2600m alt., common near cultivated fields, streams and thickets, Chromosome number: 2n=2x=24, 12. Solanum oplocense Hawkes, Bull, Imp. Bur. ta be Breed, & Genet., Cambridge, 119, 1944. Plant rather small, 30-40cm tall, erect to de- cumbent, mostly rosette at the base when young; stem simple or branched with very narrow wings. Leaves with 3-4 pairs of lateral leaflets, coarsely pilose including the margins, 0-3 interstitial leaflets; lateral leaflets ovate to wide elliptic or elliptic, usually obtuse apex, rounded to broadly cuneate base; first upper pair of folioles decurrent on the rachis, Corolla violet, light purple or slightly bluish, pen- tagonal to substellate; arciculation of the pedicel near the middle or slightly below the middle, Fruit globose to ovate, dark green with sparse, small, white spots, Distribution: from the Provinces of Mizque and Campero, south of Ccchabamba, 2200m alt., to the heights of Oro Ingenio near 4000m alt. in the Province of Nor Cinci, Potosi, in Bolivia, as far south as the vicinities of Humahuaca in the Argentine Province of Jujuy at 3500m alt. Although it has usually been found in lower altitudes, associated with Cactaceae and other xerophytic or subxerophytic plants, it also grows in cold puna regions together with Stipa ichu, Werneria, Astragalus, and other 28 J VEL NG AE} 1, (0) (Ie. Vols 55)5 Nose plants endemic to high altitudes. Chromosome number: although the chromosome number for this species has been reported to be diploid, that is, 2n=2x=24 chromo- somes including the samples originally collected in the type locality, the countings made in all the living collections studied here have two ploidy levels: 2n=4x=48 or 2n=6x=72 chromosomes. 13. Solanum vidaur1eL Card., Bol. Soc. Peruana Bot. 5:26-30, 1956. Plant very gracile, 15-60cm tall; stem erect, simple or branched, slender, sparsely pilose, without wings or with very narrow decurrent lines. Leaves with 3-4-(5) pairs of lateral folioles, linear lanceo- late or narrowly elliptic-lanceolate, coarsely pilose like the margins which are slightly denticulate; the first upper pair of folioles decurrent on the rachis; interjected leaflets 0-5. Corolla subpentagonal to pentagonal or sometimes rotate, dark lilac to purple. Fruit globose to ovate, up to 2cm in diameter, dark green mottled with scattered white spots. Distribu- tion: although the altitudinal limits of S. vidaurret are between 2600 and 3400m alt., this species inhabits mostly xeric valleys of 2600-2800m alt., where the climatic conditions are rather mild and dry, growing associated mainly with Cactaceae and thorny plants. Its geographical distribution extends from south Bolivia to Santa Victoria in northern Argentina, right near the border with Bolivia. Chromosome numbers: two ploidy levels have been found 2n=2x=24 and 2n=4x=48 chromosomes. 1984 Ochoa, Karyotaxonomic studies 29 14, Solanum brevicaute Bitt., Repert. Sp. Nov. ll: 390-391, 1912. Solanum Lirtuntanum Card. et Hawkes, Journ. Linn. Soc. Bot. 53:106-108, 1945. Sokanum colLominense Card., Bol. Soc. Peruana Bot. 5:21-23, 1956. Solanum achacachense Card., Bol. Soc. Peruana Bot. 5:30-31, 1956. Plant usually low, 20-25(-60)cm tall, bushy or erect spreading, densely and coarsely pilose along the stem, rather stout, simple or branched slightly rosette and flexuous at the base. Leaves coarsely pubescent, 3-4(-5) pairs of lateral folioles and few to many interjected leaflets. Folioles broadly ovate-elliptic to elliptic-lanceolate, apex obtuse to subobtuse or acuminate; base oblique, broadly rounded or very rarely subcordate. Pedicel articulation is not constant, sometimes above the middle, others near the middle or even below. Corolla rotate 3.5cm in diameter, dark purple to bluish-violet; fruit globose to ovoid, dark green, 2cm in diameter. Distribution: although S. brevicaule is found in almost all the Bolivian territory, from the highlands in the vicini- ties of La Paz at almost 4000m alt. to the valleys near Cochabamba, Sucre and Tarija between 2600 and 3000m alt., it is also found in the mountainous regions of the Provinces of Jujuy and Salta in Argentina. Thus, this species not only grows in Andean humid slopes, but it is also frequently found in lower and dryer ecological formations. 2n=2x=24. 15. Solanum Leptophyes Bitt., Repert. Sp. Nov. 12: 448-449, 1913. Solanum spegazzinti Bitt., Repert. Sp. Nov. 12: 449-450, 1913. PeH Ye TAOREAOsGaheA Vol. 55, No. Solanum gourlLayt Hawkes, Bull. Imp. Bur. Pl. Breed. & Genet., Cambridge, 120-121, 1944. Solanum pachytrichum Hawkes, Bull. Imp. Bur. Pl. Breed. & Genet., Cambridge, 121-122, 1944. Solanum punoense Hawkes, Bull. Imp. Bur. Plant Breed. & Genet., Cambridge, 123, 1944. Plant small, 10-15(-35)cm tall, gracile; stem slender, erect, branched, slightly flexuous and shorter internodes towards the base, sparsely pilose. Leaves usually long and narrow, sparsely pilose, 4-5(-7-8) pairs of lateral folioles, (0-)5-11(-16) interjected leaflets; folioles usually narrowly elliptic-—lanceolate or occasionally almost widely elliptic, obtuse or sub- .acute apex, obliquely rounded to cuneate base. Pedun- cles short 2-4cm long, pedicel articulation near or above the middle. Corolla rotate to subpentagonal, violet to light purple or violet-purplish. Fruit globose to ovoid green with 1 or 2 purple stripes. Distribution: widely distributed from the northwest of Argentina throughout Bolivia to the interior of southern Peru as far as the Province of Antabamba in the Department of Ayacucho in Peru. It habits xeric or subxeric valleys, growing in poor and stony soils together with Acacia sp and Cactaceae at altitudes of 2600-3000n. It extends to high, humid, Andean valleys up to nearly 4000m alt. Chromosome number: 2n=2x=24. 16. Solanum candolLlLeanum Berth., Ann. Sci. Agron. et Etrang. 3 Ser. 6th year, Vol. 2:184-185, 190. Wenesiss Ie)alibe Solanum mandonit A. DC., Bibl. Univ., Arch. Sci. Phys. et Nat., ser. 3, 15:438. 1886 (not S. mandonts van Heurk et Muell. in Heurk, Obs. Bot., 78, 1870). 1984 Ochoa, Karyotaxonomic studies 31 Plant large, very robust, erect, more or less pubescent throughout, 1 m tall or more, stem thick, usually branched, widely winged. Leaves large and highly dissected, 4-5(-6) pairs of narrow lateral folioles and numerous interjected leaflets, folioles with subobtuse to subacuminate or acuminate apex, rounded to obliquely rounded base. Pedicel articu-— lation well above the middle or to 6-7 mm below the calyx; calyx pilose with lanceolate lobes and long acumens; corolla rotate, large deep blue or dark pur- ple; fruit globose to ovoid, large, 3.5 cm in diameter, green at the base, light green to almost whitish towards the apex, sometimes very sparsely mottled with white spots. Distribution: growing abundantly in the Bolivian provinces of Larecaja and Franz Ta- mayo, Department of La Paz, and also in the other side of Cordillera de Apolobamba, behind the great Palomani Peak in the Peruvian territory of the Puno Department. The altitudinal limits of this species are between 2700-3700 m. Grows in thickets, near river or stream banks, in shrubby crevices of medium altitude valleys or even in colder regions of puna limit near the Sttpa tehu steppe. In addition to its similar geographical distribution and its great vegetatively resemblance of the foliage to some forms of S. tuberosun subsp. andigena, S. candolleaum pro- duces abundant and very large tubers, up to 14 cm long, ovate or flat-ovate. It is quite possible that this species has played an important role in the evo- lution of some cultivated species. Chromosome number: two ploidy levels, 2n=2x=24 and 2x=3x=36. 17. Solanwn sparstptlum (Bitt.) Juz. et Buk., in Vavi- lov, Theor. Bases Plant Breed., 3:11, 1937. Solanum tuberosum subsp. sparsipilum Bitt., Repert. Spec. Nov. 12:152, 1913. 32 BuHiL et OA OuG aA Vol. 55, No» 2 Solanum sucrense var. brevifolcolum Hawkes, Bull. Imp. Bur. Pl. Breed. & Genet., Cambridge, 51, 1944 nom. nud. Solanum anomalocalyx Hawkes, Bull. Imp. Bur. Pl. Breed. & Genet., Cambridge, 126-127, 1944. Solanum brevamucronatum Hawkes, Bull. Imp. Bur. Pl. Breed. & Genet., Cambridge, 127, 1944. Solanum Lapazense Hawkes, Bull. Imp. Bur. Pl. Breed. & Genet., Cambridge, 127-128, 1944. Solanum moLlepujroense Card. et Hawkes, Jour. Ibalising Seon Boe, DS SilOls\5 IeySye Solanum anomalocalyx var. llaklaguantanum Card. et) Hawkes. Jour. Lann. Soc. Bot. 533104, 1945. Solanum anomalocakyx var. brachystylum Card. et Hawkes, Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 53:104, 1945. Solanum anomalocalyx var. muszale Card. et Hawkes, Journ. Linn. Soc., Bot. 53:106, 1945 (as var. muralt(s). Solanum rutz-zebaltlosrt Card., Rev. de Agricul- tura, Cochabamba 11:13-14, 1968. Plant vigorous, more than Im tall, stem stout, erect to erect-ascending, usually branched, pilose throughout with scattered coarse haris. Leaves with 3-4(-5) lateral folioles and with or without several interjected leaflets; folioles ovate-elliptic to broadly elliptic, narrowly decurrent on the rachis especially in the upper pair, obtuse to shortly acumi- nate apex, cuneate or rounded at the base. Pedicels articulated near or above the middle. Calyx rather small, 5-6mm, symmetric or asymmetric (bilabiate) with broadly elliptic-lanceolate apiculate lobes. Corolla rotate or rotate-pentagonal, usually small, 3cm in diameter, dark purple to violet or light blue. Fruit light green, 12-15mm in diameter. 1984 Ochoa, Karyotaxonomic studie v Solanum sparstptlum grows usually as a weed in cultivated fields and waste places. It is a highly variable species. The author estimates that there are at least 10 synonyms in Bolivia alone, and 4 more in the Peruvian territory. Its general morphology bears a great resemblance to some representative forms of the cultivated tetraploid Group Andigena or Solanum tuberosum subsp. andigena (Juz. et Buk.) Hawkes. There- fore, it has been postulated that it has played an im- portant role in the evolution of some of the cultivated species. Distribution: from southern Peru to central Bolivia, mostly in inter-Andean temperate valleys 2400-3000 m alt., in or near cultivated fields, grassy banks, waste places, and stone walls near farm houses. It can also be found, although with less frequency, at higher altitudes and in colder climatic conditions up to nearly 4200 m.alt. Chromosome number: 2n=2x=24, 18. Solanum gandartllastt Card., Bol. Soc. Peruana Bot. 5(1):16-20, 1956. Plant small, bushy and spreading, 20-25 cm tall, light green, glabrous or glabrescent. Stem slender, suberect to semirosette. Leaves with 1-2(-3) lateral folioles and no interjected leaflets; terminal foliole very enlarged, lateral leaflets broadly ovate or broadly elliptic-lanceolate, rounded to subcordate at the base, obtuse to shortly acuminate at the apex. Pedicels arti- culate well above the middle; calyx strongly reflexed, widely oblong spatulate or liguliform leafy lobes; corolla rotate, white, small up to 2.5 cm in diameter. Fruit globose to ovoid, light green, sparsely white spotted, 15 mm long. Distribution: found only in cen- tral and southeastern Bolivia, Departments of Cocha- bamba, Chuquisaca and Santa Cruz, between 2000-2800 m mostly in xeric regions, in dry rocky soils associated with Cactaceae and Acacia forests or under thorny bushes. Chromosome number: 2n=2x=24., 35 34 Pity Tr oD Oe TA Vol. 55, No. 1 19. Solanum sucrense Hawkes, Bull. Imp. Bur. Pl. Breed. & Genet., Cambridge, 126, 1944. Plant vigorous, stem stout, erect, branched, winged; leaves 3-4(-5) pairs of lateral folioles, 4-6 interjected leaflets; folioles widely elliptic- lanceolate to elliptic-lanceolate with long petio- lules. Pedicel articulation near or above the middle. Corolla light bluish-violet, 2.5-3.0 cm in diameter, pentagonal to sub-stellate with long, poorly delimited acumens; calyx small regular to symmetric or strongly bilabiate with shortly acuminated lobes. Fruit glo- bose, 1.5-2.0 cm in diameter, deciduous, dark green or dark green mauvish towards the apex. Solanum sucrense is considered a "weedy" species and vegetatively has a great resemblance to S. sparst- ptlum and to some forms of S. tuberosum subsp. andt- gena. Therefore, it may have played a role in the evolution of the cultivated species S. tuberosum, and as in the latter, it also has 2n=4x=48 chromosomes. In addition, my collection No. 11926, which is a topotype of S. sucrense, is highly valuable for its extreme resistance to all Potato X viruses, including PVX. (Brown, C.R., L. Salazar, C. Ochoa & C. Chuqui- llanqui, paper in print). Also, Solanun sucrense, in spite of being tetraploid, is self-incompatible but crosses easily with tetraploid cultivars, thus giving a new route in breeding for resistance against the PVX complex. Distribution: found only in Central Bolivia, Department of Chuquisaca, near Sucre, between 2600-3000 malt. Growing in cultivated fields or as a garden weed, edges of corn fields or crevices of old walls. Common name 'Alcco papa." 1984 Ochoa, Karyotaxonomic studies VII. SERIES MEGISTACROLOBA Card. et Hawkes, Jour. Linn. Soc... Bot. 153293, \L945. 20. Solanum boLiviense Dun. in DC., Prodr. 13(1):43, T8523 Plant subrosette or caulescent, erect-ascending or spreading prostrate, sparsely pilose with coarse hairs; stem simple or branched, leaves simple or with a pair of very small, lateral folioles; leaf blade or terminal foliole large, elliptic to ovate or elliptic- lanceolate, obtuse to acute apex, broadly rounded to narrowly cuneate at base. Articulation of the pedicel above the middle. Corolla rotate-pentagonal to pen- tagonal, deep purple. Fruit globose, 2cm in diameter, usually dark green. Distribution: from Chuquisaca Department in central Bolivia to the Province of Salta, Department of Santa Victoria into northwest Argentina at altitudes of 1700-3400m. In wet forest edges, among shrubs in sand-clayey soil, stony slopes, common in crevices under humid forests of Polylepis, and also in higher altitudes associated with Stipa ichu. Chromo- some number: 2n=2x=24. 21. Solanwn megistacroLobum Bitt., Repert. Sp. Nov. LOSSS6s elon Sokanum alticola Bitt., Repert. Spec. Nov. 12:5-6, 1913. Solanum decurrentiLobum Card. et Hawkes, Jour. Linn. Soc., Bot. 53:97-98, 1945. Solanum tonalLapanum Card. et Hawkes, Jour. Linn. Soc., Bot. 53:98-99, 1945. Solanum ellLipsrcfolium Card et Hawkes, Jour. Linn. Soc.;, Bot. 53:100-101, 1945. Solanum tonalapanum var. subintegrifolium Card. et Hawkes, Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 53:99-100, 1945. Solanum uteyd Card., Bol. Soc. Peruana Bot., 5:32-33, 1956. 35 36 Pai vont Oise On GrelerAl Vol. 955), Nowe Plant small, usually forming a rosette or less frequently suberect-ascending; stem weakly angled and straggling, sparsely to densely pilose. Leaf simple to oddpinnate or pinnatilobed to sublyrate with 0-1-3 (-5) small lateral folioles; terminal foliole usually very large and extremely variable in shape from sub- orbicular to broadly elliptic or oval-elliptic, or from oblong or oblanceolate to lanceolate, sometimes also rhomboid and even longly subespatulate, broadly rounded to obtuse-apiculate or very rarely subacute at the apex, broadly rounded to cuneate at the base; lateral folioles similar in shape to the terminal, but much smaller, sessile, and basiscopically decurrent on the rachis. Pedicel articulation above the middle or rather near the calyx. Corolla rotate or subrotate to pentagonal or rotate-stellate, purple to lilac. Fruit globose to broadly ovoid compressed, dark green, 2.5 cm in diameter. Solanum megtstacrolobum represents the type spe- cies of the series. Because it is very heterogeneous and variable, it has caused great difficulties in its classification. Some of the taxa listed above as synonyms could probably be transferred, in the future, to a lower rank, as a vartety or a form, but should no longer be maintained as species. Distribution: this is a typical, high mountain species growing mostly bet- ween 3000-4000 m alt., in humid highlands on grassy banks, stone walls, among wet bushes and along streams; from the high plateau of the Cailloma Province, Depart- ment of Arequipa, and Lake Titicaca region of southern Peru through Bolivia to the northwest of Argentina. All the living samples of S. megtstacrolobwn, collected by the author in Bolivia have 2n=2x=24 chromosomes. The few remaining Bolivian species not included here will be treated in a forthcoming publication. Ochoa, Karyotaxonomic studies 37 1984 (Ochoa_ 11888) Solanum leptophyes Bree. ———— near x 1/2 38 Py tT Or 0 CT A Vol. 55, No. LITERATURE REFERENCES BITTER, G. 1912-1913. Solana nova vel minus cognita. Repert. Spec., Novarum Regni Veg. 10:536; 11:18, 381-385, 389-391, 392-393, 393-394; 12:5-6, 152, 448-449, 453-454. BERTHAULT, P. 1911. Recherches botaniques sur les varietes cultivees du Solanum tuberosum et les especes sauvages de Solanum tuberiferes voisins. Ann) SCs Agron .metrhtrane. (bards) sera lS).) 10 (AyBaleyAs Aes 5 ILO) BRUCHER, H. 1957-1959. Kritische Betrachtungen zur Nomenklatur argentinischer Wildkartoffeln. I. Die Serie Commersoniana. Der Zuchter 26:97-106. 1956; III. Die Serie Cuneoalata. Der Zuchter 27: 77-80. 1957; IV. Die Serie Tuberosa. Der Zuchter 27: 353-357. 1957; V. Die Serie Acaulia. Der Zuchter 29:149-156. VI. Die Serie Alticola (=Megistacroloba). Der Zuchter 29:257-262. BUKASOV, S.M. 1933. The potatoes of South America and their breeding possibilities. Lenin Acad. Neta Selo dg WoSoScito Mises Wilg ihovele (Sipyoiks Se te Bull. Appl. Bot., Genet., & Pl. Breed. Leningrad). 192 pp. (in Russian, English summary). BUKASOV, S.M. 1937. Theoretical Bases of Plant Breed- ing (in N.I. Vavilov) 3:1-76. BUKASOV, S.M. 1959. In Bukasov, S.M., and Kameraz, A.Y. Bases of Potato Breeding. Leningrad. CARDENAS, M. 1944. Enumeracion de las papas silves- tres de Bolivia. Rev. Agr. Cochabamba 2(2):27-37. 1984 Ochoa, Karyotaxonomic studies CARDENAS, M. 1956. New species of Solanum (TUBERA- RIUM-HYPERBASARTHRUM) from Bolivia. Bol. Soc. Peruana Bot. 5:9-45. CARDENAS, M. 1968. A new species of wild potato from Cochabamba. Rev. Agricultura, Cochabamba 11: 13-14. CARDENAS, M. & HAWKES, J.G. 1945. New and little- known wild potato species from Bolivia and Peru. Jour. Linn. Soc., Bot. 53:91-108. CORRELL, D.S. 1962. The potato and its wild rela- tives. Texas Res. Found. Contrib., 4. 606 pp. DE CANDOLLE, A. 1852. Prodromus. 13, I. Paris. HAWKES, J.G. 1944. Potato collecting expeditions in Mexico and South America. II. Systematic classi- fication of the collections. Bull. Imp. Bur. Plant Breed. & Genet., Cambridge, 142 pp. HAWKES, J.G. 1956. Taxonomic studies on the tuber- bearing Solanums. I. Solanum tuberosum and the tetraploid species complex. Proc. Linn. Soc. Lond. 166:97-144. HAWKES, J.G. 1963. A revision of the tuber-bearing Solanums (2nd Ed.). Scot. Pl. Breed. Sta. Rec. 76-181. HAWKES, J.G. & HJERTING, J.P. 1969. The potatoes of Argentina, Brazil, Paraguay and Uruguay. Oxford University Press. 259 pp. OCHOA, C. 1962. Los Solanum tuberiferos silvestres del Peru. Lima, Peru. 297 pp. 39 40 iD T5L Se GE (0) 1 ©, aL A Vol. 55, No. OCHOA, C. 1979. Exploracion colectora de papas sil- vestres en Bolivia. Biota 11(91):324:330. Illust. Map. OCHOA, C. 1980. New taxa of Solanum from Peru and Bolivia. Phytologia 46:223-225. OCHOA, C. 1980. A new tuber-bearing Solanum poten- tially useful for breeding for aphid resistance. Am. Pot. Journal 57:387-390. OCHOA, C. 1981. Two new tuber-bearing Solanum from South America. Phytologia 48:229-232. OCHOA, C. 1982. A new variety of the Bolivian tuber- bearing Solanum capsicibaccatum. Phytologia 50: 181-182. NOTES ON NEW AND NOTEWORTHY PLANTS, CLXXIT Harold N, Moldenke CITHAREXYLUM CALVUM Mold., sp. nov. Frutex ramis ramulisque gracillimis glabris longitudinaliter striatis angulatisque nigrescentibus, foliis ovatis vel lanceolate-ovatis chartaceis viridulus 4--7 cm. longig 2--4.5 cm. latis utrinque glabris apicaliter acutis vel breviter acuminatis marginaliter integris basaliter acutis vel rotundatis, inflores- centiis terminalibus solitariis simplicibus brevibus 4--7 cm, longis submultifloris, pedunculis rhachideque gracillimis viridi- bus, calyce obconico ca, 5 mm, longo apicaliter 3 m, lato glabro margine breviter 5-lobato lobis obtusis, corolla alba tubo 5 m, longo lobis patentibus 1—1.5 mm, longis extus minutissime puber- ulis. Shrub; branches and branchlets apparently very slender, glab- rous, longitudinally angular-striate and ridged, nigrescent in drying; petioles slender, about 5 mm, long, subglabrous; leaf- blades chartaceous, rather uniformly bright-green on both sur- faces, ovate or lanceolate-ovate, 4--7 cm. long, 2--4.5 cm. wide, apically acute or short-acuminate, marginally entire, basally acute or rounded, very glabrous on both surfaces; inflorescence racemi- form, terminal, solitary, simple, relatively many-flowered, 4--7 cm. long, the short peduncles and rachis very slender, green, very minutely and microscopically puberulous; calyx in anthesis ob- conic, about 5 mm, long, apically 3 mm, wide, externally glabrous, the rim plainly and regularly 5-lobed, the lobes short and apic- ally obtuse; corolla white, its tube equaling or very slightly ex- serted from the calyx, the lobes spreading, apically rounded, ex- ternally very minutely puberulous. The species is based on M, Sousa & E. Cabrera 12309 from 7 km, north of Puerto Morelos, Quintana Roo, Mexico, collected on May l, 1982, and deposited in the Lundell Herbarium at the University of Texas. CITHAREXYLUM DONNELL-SMITHII var. PUBESCENS Mold., var. nov. Haec varietas a forma typica speciei laminis foliorum subtus densissime puberulentis recedit, This variety differs from the typical form of the species in having its leaf-blades very densely puberulent beneath, The variety is based on L. Alfredo Pérez J. 1125 from a low de- ciduous forest at Estacidn de Biologfa de Chamela, Jalisco, Mexi- co, collected on March 30, 1975, and deposited in the Lundell Her- barium at the University of Texas, The collector describes the plant as a tree, 7 m. tall, the bark yellowish gray-brown, separating in longitudinal scaly strips. 41 42 PH Y.T0) OjG A Vol, 55, Now 1 CITHAREXYLUM HEXANGULARE f£, PARVIFOLIUM Mold., f. nov. Haec forma a forma typica speciei foliis maturis 2.5--8 cm. longis 0.8--1.4 cm latis recedit. This form differs from the typical form of the species in having its apparently mature leaves much smaller, only 2.5--8 cn, long and 0.8--1.4 cm. wide. The type of the form was collected by Tom Wendt and A, Villa- lobos C. (no. 3465) on the banks of a river with potrero and acahual in the evergreen forest zone at Panga del Rfo Corte, 18 km. east of Boca del Monte, in the municipality of Matfas Romero, Oaxaca, Mexico, at 70 m altitude, lat. 17°05' N/. long. 94°53' 45" W., on November 25, 1981, and is deposited in the Lundeil Herbarium at the University of Texas. The collectors describe the plant as a shrub, 2--3 m. tall, the flowers fragrant, and the corollas white. GMELINA ASIATICA £. PARVIFOLIA (Roxb.) Mold., stat. nov. Gmelina parvifolia Roxb., Pl. Coast. Coromand. 2: 32, pl. 162. 17 98. GMELINA ASIATICA f£, INERMIS (Wight) Mold., stat. nov. Gmelina inermis Wight ex Wall., Numer. List 87, no. 1816d, hyponyn. 1831. Ramis ramulisque semper inermibus. LANTANA OVATA var. PUBESCENS Mold., var. nov. Haec varietas a forma typica speciei laminis foliorum subtus densissime pubescentibus recedit. This variety differs from the typical form of the species in having the lower surface of its leaf-blades very densely pubes- cent. The type of the variety was collected by D. C. Daly, M. J. G. Hopkins, L, E. Forero, S. Beck, W. Herndndez, H. Phipps III, and H, Wolf (no, 2121) occasional in disturbed semi-deciduous forest on a gentle slope at Serrania de Santiago, 2 km. east of the town of Santiago de Chiquitos, in the province of Chiquitos, Santa Cruz, Bolivia, on July 19, 1983, and is deposited in the Lundell Herbar- ium at the University of Texas. The collectors describe the plant as a little-branched subshrub, 50 cm. tall, growing in clumps, the corollas lilac with yellow centers. LIPPIA ELEGANS var. MACROPHYLLA Mold., vare nov. Haec varietas a forma typica speciei laminis foliorum superi- oribus usque ad 9.5 cm. longis 5.5 cm. latis recedit. This: variety differs from the typical form of the species in its much larger upper leaves at and just below the inflorescences, these having blades to 9.5 cm. long and 5.5 cm. wide. The type of the variety was collected by B. A. S. Pereira and R. C. Mendonga (no, 408) in the vicinity of Cachoeira do Pipiri- pau, Distrito Federal, Brazil, on March 16, 1983, and is deposited in the Britton Herbarium at the New York Botanical Garden. The collectors describe the plant as an "Arbusto delgado, ca. 1.8 m 1984 Moldenke, New & noteworthy plants 43 altura, folhas muita arom4ticas, flores alvas, também aromaticas" and encountered it in a mata ciliar at 800 m. altitude "apos a ponte sobre o rio Pipiripau", LIPPIA GRISEA var. LATIFOLIA Mold., var. nov. Haec varietas a forma typica speciei laminis foliorum subro- tundo-subobovatis usque ad 4 cm, latis recedit. This variety differs from the typical form of the species in it broader leaf-blades, which are subrotund=subobovate and up to 4 cm. wide. The type of the variety was collected by E, P, Héringer, ee Filgueiras, B. C. Mendonga, and B. A. S. Pereira (no. 7050) at Bacia do Rio Sado Bartolomeu, Distrito Federal, Brazil, on June 15, 1981, and deposited in the Britton Herbarium at the New York Botanical Garden, The collectors describe the plant as "Subar- busto ca. 0.5 m. de altura, folhas e ramos com pubescencia branca, flores roseo claro ou brancas" and found it growing on "campo sobre morro cascalhento". LIPPIA MCVAUGHI var. LATIFOLIA Mold., var. nov. Haec varietas a forma typica speciei laminis foliorum maturis 4--6 cm. longis 2.5--4 cm. latis recedit. This variety differs from the typical form of the species in having its mature leaf -blades ovate, 4--6 cm. long, and 2.5--4 cm. wide. The variety is based on L. Alfredo Pérez 389 from a low de- ciduous forest with legumes and cacti 2 miles from La Pintada, Jalisco, Mexico, collected on December 13, 1970, and deposited in the Lundell Herbarium at the University of Texas. The collector describes the plant as a tree, 5 m. tall, the corollas greenish- yellow. SYNGONANTHUS DENSIFLORUS war, BREVIPES Mold., var. nov. Haec varietas a forma typica speciei caule erecto brevissimo recedit. This variety differs from the typical form of the species in having its erect above-ground stem very short, almost indiscern- ible in the densely clustered basal leaves. The variety is based on Héringer, Filgueiras, Mendonga, & Pereira 7488 from "barra do corrego", Cabeca do Veado, Lago Sul, Distrito Federal, Brazil, collected on August 12, 1982, and de- posited in the Britton Herbarium at the New York Botanical Gar- den. The collectors refer to the plant as frequent in wet soil of brejo, the inflorescence white. ADDITIONAL NOTES ON THE ERIOCAULACEAE, XCV Harold N. Moldenke PAEPALANTHUS POLYCLADUS Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 54: 459, 1983. Fmended synonymy: Paepalanthus polyclados Alv, Silv., Fl. Mont. ULB Gols AAsi5 Ue AsiG PAEPALANTHUS POLYTRICHOIDES Kunth Additional bibliography: Mold., Prytologia 54: 452 & 459. 1983. The Schultes & Cabrera 19129 & 19185 previously cited by me as representing P. polytrichoides, actually prove to be P. pauperri- mus Herzog. Additional citations: VENEZUELA: Amazonas: Steyermark, Maas, Field, & Redmond 123630 (Lc). Bolivar: W. W. Thomas 2513 (N). BRAZIL: Amapd: Egler 47239 (W—2435318). Amazonas: A. Janssen 458 (Ld). Para: Daly, Callejas, Silva, Taylor, Rosario, & Santos 1064 (Ld); Davidse, Rosa, Rosdrio, & Silva 17871 (Ld, N)3; Martin- elli 6913 [R. B. Herb. 202833] (Ld); Plowman, Rosa, & Rosario 9627 (Ld, N, W--2967826); Prance, Pennington, & Murca Pires 1282 (W--2514753); Rosa & Santos 1881 (N, N, N). PAEPALANTHUS POLYTRICHOIDES var. DENSUS Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 33: 56--57. 1976; @ligaard & Balslev, Rep. Bot. Inst, Univ. Aarhus 4: 97. 1980; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 110, 129, & 617. 1980. It seems most probable to me that this taxon should be raised to specific rank. Recent collectors have found it forming firm cushions in wet places on grass paramos with large sloping bog v toward the lakes, up to 3 m. tall scrub in protected places, at 3350--3450 m. altitude, flowering in September. Additional citations: COLOMBIA: Cundinamarca: Cleef 3577 (W-- 2850661); Cleef & Jaramillo-Mejfa 50 (W--2850665)3; Cuatrecasas & Jaramillo 25737 (W--2342297--isotype). ECUADOR: Loja: @llgaard & Balslev 9717 (Ac, E--2773078, Ld, N, N). PAEPALANTHUS POLYTRICHOIDES var. GLABER Mold. Synonymy: Paepalanthus polytrichoides var. glabra Mold., Phy- tologia 54: 243, in syn. 1983, Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 42: 31. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 110, 117, 122, 157, & 617. 1980; Mold., Phytolo— Petey BYAR 72815 S/o Cy asin AIG Ky. Recent collectors refer to this plant as an herb, 5 cm. tall, with white inflorescences, and report it from white-sand savannas with open bare-ground areas and "abundant" or "ubiquitous in white-sand campinas", in both flower and fruit in June, September, and November. The Prance & al. 6017 collection, cited below, is a mixture with Cyperus sp. The Janssen 275, distributed as P, 44 1984 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 45 polytrichoides var, glaber, actually is Syngonanthus caulescens (Poir.) Ruhl. Additional citations: VENEZUELA: Amazonas: Maguire, Wurdack, & Bunting 37641 (W--2169002). Bolivar: Maguire, Steyermark, & Maguire 53599 (W--2514910). GUYANA: R. S. Cowan 39283 (W-——-2168847). SURINAM: W. W. Thomas 2382 (Ld). BRAZIL: AmazO6nas: Calderon, Monteiro, & Guedes 2582 (Ld, W--2931236); Prance, Coélho, Maas, & Pinheiro 11662 (W--2801672), 11667 (W--2801676); Prance, Phil- cox, Rodrigues, Ramos, & Farias 5145 (W--2573077A); Prance, Ramos, Farias, Paula, & Albuquerque 10420 (W--2573052A); Prance, Ramos, Farias, & Philcox 4833 (W--2573084A), 4836 (W--2573081A), Para: Daly, Campbell, Silva, Silva, Bahia, & Santos D.808 (N). Roraima: Prance, Forero, Wrigley, Ramos, & Farias 6017 in part (W--2573059A), PAEPALANTHUS POLYTRICHOIDES f£. VILLOSUS Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 37: 52, 19773; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 124, 157, & 617. 1980. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Amapd: Black 49-8245 (W--2252936). PAEPALANTHUS PRAEDENSATUS Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 30: 320. 1975; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 157, 424, & 617. 1980. Additional citations: MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS & CLIPPINGS: Alv,. Beiv., Fly Monts Ll: 120—-121; pla 7541. 1928 Cds) N, W). PAEPALANTHUS PRAEMORSUS Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 30: 320-——-321 (1975) and 35: 114. 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 157, 426, & 617. 1980. PAEPALANTHUS PRUINOSUS Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 30: 321. 1975; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 157 & 617. 1980. PAEPALANTHUS PSEUDOELONGATUS Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 30:321—322. 1975; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 157 & 617. 1980. PAEPALANTHUS PSEUDOTORTILIS Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Mold,, Phytologia 35: 30 (1976) and B56 97:73) Mold.) Phytol. Mem. 2¢ 157.6 617. 1980. PAEPALANTHUS PUBESCENS KUrn. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 30: 322--323. 1975; Mold., Phytol, Mem. 2: 157 & 617. 1980. PAEPALANTHUS PUBESCENS vare CHAPADENSIS Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 30: 323--324. 1975; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 157 & 617. 1980. PAEPALANTHUS PUBESCENS var. LONGEPILOSUS Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 30: 324. 1975; Mold., 46 PH? YOvESOV LE: OG eA Vol. 55, Nove Phytol. Mem. 2: 157 & 617. 1980. Additional citations: MOUNTED CLIPPINGS: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 56. 1928 (Ld, N, W). PAEPALANTHUS PULCHELLUS Herzog Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 30: 324--325. 1975; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 158 & 617. 1980; Mold. in Harley & Mayo, Toward Checklist Fl. Bahia 75. 1980; Mold., Phytologia 51: 244-- 245. 1982. Recent collectors describe this plant as having dull-green leaves and brown involucral bractlets under white florets. They have encountered it on bare stony ground subject to periodic flooding in a region of "sandstone, metamorphic and quartzite rock outcrops with associated marsh, damp flushes, and grassland, some cutover mixed deciduous woodland by streams and cerrado", as well as on natural campo, in restinga, and "locally common" in moist depressions of campo rupestre, at 1500--1600 m. altitude, in both flower and fruit in March, June, and August, The Mori & al, 11924 collection, cited below, was photographed in situ by the collectors. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Bahia: Harley, Mayo, Storr, Santos & Pinheiro in Harley 19643 (Ld, N, W--2936308); Mori & pom 14348 (Ld, N); Mori, Carvalho, Mattos Silva, Santos, & Ribeiro 11924 (Ld), 11937 (Ld, N). PAEPALANTHUS PULCHELLUS yar, PUBERULENTUS Mold., Phytologia 51: 244--245. 1982. Bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 51: 244--245 (1982) and 52: 122. 1982. Citations: BRAZIL: Goias: Hatschbach 43162 (Ld--type, W-- 2931979--isotype). PAEPALANTHUS PULLUS KUrn. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 42: 31--32. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 158 & 617. 1980; Mold., Phytologia 54: PSV ERIS IE Additional citations: BRAZIL: Para: Secco 224 (1d). PAEPALANTHUS PULLUS var. FLAVIDUS Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 30: 325--327. 1975; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 158 & 617. 1980. Citations: MOUNTED CLIPPINGS: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 56. 1928 (Ld, N, W). PAEPALANTHUS PULLUS var. LATIFOLIUS Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 30: 326 & 327. 1975; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 158 & 617. 1980. Citations: MOUNTED CLIPPINGS: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 56, 1928 (Ld, N, W). PAEPALANTHUS PULLUS var. LONGEPILOSUS Alv. Silv. 1984 Moldenke, Notes on Friocaulaceae 47 Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 30: 326——-327. 1975; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 158 & 617. 1980. Citations: MOUNTED CLIPPINGS: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 56. 1928 (Ld, N, W). PAEPALANTHUS PULLUS var, RAMOSUS Alv, Silv. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 30: 327, 1975; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 158 & 617. 1980. Citations: MOUNTED CLIPPINGS: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 56. 1928 (Ld, N, W). PAEPALANTHUS PULVINATUS N. Ee Br. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 42: 32. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 208 & 618. 1980. PAEPALANTHUS PUNGENS Griseb. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 37: 52. 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 90 & 618. 1980. Additional citations: CUBA: Oriente: C, wright 3233 (E-- 2058232—isotype). PAEPALANTHUS PUNGENS var. BREVIFOLIUS Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 37: 52. 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 90 & 618. 1980. PAEPALANTHUS RAMOSISSIMUS Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 30: 328--329. 1975; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 158 & 618. 1980. Citations: MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS & CLIPPINGS: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 209--210, pl. 138. 1928 (Ld, N, W). PAEPALANTHUS RAMOSUS (Wikstr.) Kunth _ Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 42: 32. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 158, 369, 397, 398, 400, 402, 404, 424, 427, & 618. 1980; Mold. in Harley & Mayo, Toward Checklist Fl. Bahia 75. 1980. Recent collectors have encountered this plant in sandy soil of restingas, campos, and Campo rupestre, mostly in wet spots, at 1050 m. altitude, describing the flowers as white in May. Material has been misidentified and distributed in some her- baria as P. sychnophyllus Ruhl, Additional citations: BRAZIL: Bahia: Carvalho, Mori, & Boom 713 (N)3; Harley, Mayo, Storr, Santos, & Pinheiro in Harley 18085 (Ld, N); Lanna 754 [Castellanos 25504] (Fe--6047); Mori, Mattos Silva, Kallunki, Santos, & Pereira dos Santos 9682 (N): Minas Gerais: Hatschbach 42873 (Ld). Rio de Janeiro: Araujo 1788 (Fe--13246); Freire V.66 [Silva 66; Herb. FEEMA 18589] (Ld); Lira 201 [Rocha 139; Herb. FEEMA 17469] (Ld); Maas & Carauta 3142 (1d); Silva & Alves 63 [Herb. FEEMA 18364] (Ld); Sucre, Graziela, & Ichaso s.n. [Herb. Jard. Bot. Rio Jan. 175198] (W-- 2928658); Viana 552 [Herb. Jard. Bot. Rio Jan. 162079] (w-- 48 PAH YgleO) 1s (ONG eivA Vol. 55, No. 1 2928657). MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: Schnitzl., Icon. 1: 46, fig. 4. 1845 (Ba--381099). PAEPALANTHUS RAMOSUS var. AFFINIS (Bong.) Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 42: 32. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 158, 369, 397, 400, 404, 424, & 618. 1980; Mold. in Harley & Mayo, Toward Checklist Fl. Bahia 75. 1980. Recent collectors describe this plant as a wiry, erect, branched herb or subshrub or as a "rosette plant with rather woody stems", 20--80 cm. tall, "with monocarpic basal rosettes and monocarpic shoots", with a stout base, the stems branched, erect, flowering, the leaves rather bright-green or mid-green, the flower- ing stems woody, the involucral bractlets brown or dark-brown, and the flower-heads and florets white or cream-color. They have found it growing on damp sand in open restinga in a region of "mixed restinga with high forest, bushy areas, damp open ground, and marshes", on stony ground in damp grassland in regions of "sandstone, metamorphic and quartzite rock outcrops with associated marsh, damp flushes and grassland and some cutover mixed deciduous woodland by streams and cerrado", in dry places and sandy soil on campos, and in an area of "sandstone rocks and open scrub on rocky hillsides", from sealevel to 1600 m. altitude, in flower in Febru- ary, March, and May to July, and in fruit in February and May. Mori and his associates refer to it as "common on campo rupestre". The Clausen 3, cited below, was previously cited as typical P. ramosus (Wikstr.) Kunth, Additional citations: BRAZIL: Bahia: Carvalho, Mori, & Boom 713 (Ld); Hage & Santos 848 (Ld); Harley, Mayo, Storr, Santos, & Pinheiro in Harley 17999 (Ld, N), 18755(Ld, N), 19605 (Ld, N), 19781 (Ld, N); Lanna Sobrinho 1437 [Herb. Brad. 60604] (Eu--37659); Mori, King, Santos, & Hage 12519 (Ld, W--2854271); Mori, Walther, & Necker 12792 (Ld, N). Minas Gerais: P. Clausen 3 (Br, Br, Ml, Mu, N, Qu). MOUNTED CLIPPINGS: Kunth, Enum. Pl, 3: 572. 1841 (W). PAEPALANTHUS REFLEXUS Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Mold.. Phytologia 30: 334--335. 1975; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 158 & 618. 1980. Citations: MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS & CLIPPINGS: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 157 €158, pl. 99. 1928 (Ld, N,W). PAEPALANTHUS REFRACTIFOLIUS Alv, Silv. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 33: 57-58. 1976; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 158 & 618. 1980; Mold. in Harley & Mayo, Toward Checklist Fl, Bahia 75. 1980. Recent collectors describe this plant as an erect herb, to 40 cm. tall, the involucral bractlets brown, and the florets white. They have found it growing among long grass in marshes in a region of "sandstone, conglomerate, metamorphic and quartzite rock out- crops with associated scrubby vegetation with damp flushes, grass- land and marsh in some areas", at 1600--1850 m. altitude, flow- ering and fruiting in March, 1984 Moldenke, Notes on Friocaulaceae 49 Additional citations: BRAZIL: Bahia: Harley, Mayo, Storr, Santos, & Pinheiro in Harley 19724 (Ld, N, W--2936317); Harley, Renvoize, Erskine, Brighton, & Pinheiro in Harley 15473 (W-- 2771330). MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS & CLIPPINGS: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 171--172, pl. 110. 1928 (Ld, N, W). PAEPALANTHUS REGALIS Mart. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 42: 32, 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 158, 427, & 618. 1980, Recent collectors have encountered this plant in campo rupestre on exposed slopes, at 1000 m. altitude. in both flower and fruit in June. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Bahia: Mori & Boom 14447 (Ld, N). Miras Gerais: Maguire, Mendes Magalh&es, & Maguire 49265 (W--2435326). PAEPALANTHUS REGALIS var. RECURVUS Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 30: 336, 1975; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 158, 427, & 618. 1980. Citations: MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS & CLIPPINGS: Alv. Silv., Fl. SemG, 22) 55,. pl. SL &92.9 1928 Cad, N,: Ws PAEPALANTHUS REGELIANUS KU§rn. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 30: 336--337. 1975; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 158 & 618. 1980, PAEPALANTHUS REPENS (Lam.) KUrn. Additional & emended bibliography: Bong., Mem. Acad. Sci. St. Petersb., ser. 6, 1: 623--624, pl. 7. 1831; Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber. 40 (2): 15. 1914; Mold.. Phytologia 42: 32. 1979; Monteiro, Giulietti, Mazzoni, & Castro, Bol. Bot. Univ. S. Pavlo 7: 44. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 96, 425, 428, & 618. 1980. Bongard (1831) lists this species from the Serra da Piedade in Brazil, bui this must surely be a misidentification, He himself expresses a question about the determination, noting "Propter nimis brevem cel. Lamarckii descriptionem difficiliter determin- anda species. Nostra planta bene convenit et cum icone et cum descriptione citata, sed recedit pedunculis:et vaginis brevioribus, Priores in specimine Lamarckiano dicintur 5--6 pollicares et va- gina pollicem longa; haec organa autem dimidium breviora in speciminibus Brasiliensibus." Steudel (1855) ascribes it to “Ins. Borbonia" [=Mauritius]. Additional citations: HISPANIOLA: Dominican Republic: Eggers 2216 (W--937200); A, H. Licgier 13144 (W--2801675); T&irckheim 3327 (E--2058756, Ld--photo, W--695701). MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS & CLIPPINGS: Lam., Encycl. Meth. Bot. 1: pl. 50, fig. 2. 1791 (Ld); Mold., N. Am. Fl. 19: 42. 1937 (W); Ruhl. in Urb., Symb. Antill. fs 273. 1912 (Ww). PAEPALANTHUS RESTINGENSIS Mold. 50 PHY T 0.8 O/C Ti Vol. 55, No. 1 Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 30: 339, 1975; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 158 & 618. 1980; Mold. .in Harley & Mayo, Toward Checklist Fl. Bahia 75. 1980. Recent collectors have encountered this plant on sandy campo with restinga, on exposed coastal dunes, and in "open areas on usually wet white sand" in a region of "mixed restinga vegetation on sand, with high forest, low trees and shrubs, and sedge meadows [brejo] with open wet areas on white sand", from sealevel to 50 m. altitude, flowering and fruiting in February and April, Additional citations: BRAZIL: Bahia: Carvalho & Lewis 1097 (Ld); Harley, Mayo, Storr, Santos, & Pinheiro in Harley 18527 (Ld, N, W--2936329). PAEPALANTHUS RETUSUS C, Wright Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 37: 53, 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 90, 427, & 618. 1980. Additional citations: CUBA: Pinar del Rio: Ekman 12806 (E-- 1006766); C. Wright 3744 (W--46430--isotype). PAEPALANTHUS RHIZOCEPHALUS Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 33: 58. 1976; Mold., Phytol. Mem, 2: 158 & 618, 1980, Additional citations: BRAZIL: Goias: W. R. Anderson 8188 (W-- 2755389). MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS & CLIPPINGS: Alv. Silv., \pAbes Mont. 1: 126-127, pl. 78. 1928 (Ld, N, W). PAEPALANTHUS RHIZOMATOSUS Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 30: 340--341. 1975; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 158 & 618. 1980, Citations: MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS & CLIPPINGS: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 148--149, pl. 92. 1928 (Ld, N, W). PAEPALANTHUS RIEDELIANUS (Bong.) KUrn. Additional synonymy: Paepalanthus riedelianus (Bong.) Ruhl. ex Mold., Phytologia 54: 243 in syn. 1983. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phvtologia 30: 341--342, 1975; C. D. Cook in Heywood, Flow. Pl. World 281, fig. 3. 1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 158 & 618. 1980; Mold., Phytologia 54: 243. 1983. Additional illustrations: C. D. Cook in Heywood, Flow. Pl. World Peon seal SiS Asie Additional citations: MOUNTED CLIPPINGS: Bong., Ess. Monog. Erioc. 30. 1831 (N, W); Kunth, Enum. Pl. 3: 500--501 & 575. 1841 (N, W). PAEPALANTHUS RIGIDIFOLIUS Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 30: 342--343. 1975; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 158 & 618. 1980. Citations: MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS & CLIPPINGS: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 66--67, pl. 38. 1928 (Ld, N, W). PAEPALANTHUS RIGIDULUS Mart, 1984 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae oo. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 33: 130 & 187 (1976) and 35: 263 & 279. 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 158 & 618. 1980, Additional citations: MOUNTED CLIPPINGS: Kunth, Enum, Pl. 3: 510 (N, W). PAEPALANTHUS RIGIDUS (Bong.) Kunth Additional synonymy: Paepalanthus rigidus (Bong.) Ruhl. ex Mold., Phytologia 54: 243 in syn. 1983. Additional & emended bibliography: Bong., Mem. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Pdtersb., ser. 6, 1: 621--622. 1831; Mold., Phytologia 33: 130-—-131 & 191. 1976; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 158 & 618. 1980; Mold., Phytologia 54: 243. 1983. Additional citations: MOUNTED CLIPPINGS: Bong., Ess. Monog. Erioc. 217-22, 1831 (N, W). PAEPALANTHUS RIPARIUS Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 37: 53. 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 90 & 618. 1980. Additional citations:MOUNTED CLIPPINGS: Mold., N. Am. Fl. 19: 42--43,. 1937 (N, W). PAEPALANTHUS ROBUSTUS Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 33: 132 & 191. 1976; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 158 & 618. 1980, Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Irwin, Maxwell, & Wasshausen 20532 (W--2598440). MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS & CLIPPINGS: Aive Silv., Fl. Serr. Min. 53. 1928) (WW); Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 194--195, pl. 128. 1928 (Ld, N, W). PAEPALANTHUS RORAIMENSIS Mold, Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 33: 132--133, 1976; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 118, 122, & 618. 1980; Mold., Phytologia 50: 245. 1982. Recent collectors refer to this plant as an herb to 50 cn, tall, with grayish-white inflorescence heads, locally frequent at the edges of morichal, in both flower and fruit in February and June. Additional citations: VENEZUELA: Amazonas: O, Huber 3840 (Id). Bolfvar: B, Maguire 33383 (W--2168908); Steyermark, Brewer-Carias, & Liesner 124310 (N). PAEPALANTHUS RUFESCENS Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Mold.,, Phytologia 33: 133, 1976; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 158 & 618. 1980. Citations: MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS & CLIPPINGS: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 104—106, pl. 57 (2) & 65. 1928 (Ed, N, W). PAEPALANTHUS RUFICEPS Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Mold,, Phytologia 33: 133--134, 1976; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 158, 427, & 618. 1980. PAEPALANTHUS RUFO-ALBUS Alv, Silv. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 33: 134, 1976; Mold., 52 PeHey el 20) ENOnG aA Vol. 555, Noo Phytol, Mem. 2: 158 & 618. 1980. Citations: MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS & CLIPPINGS: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 94--96, pl. 60 & 61. 1928 (Ld, N, W). PAEPALANTHUS SALTICOLA Herzog Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 33: 134--135 (1976) and 35: 120. 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 158 & 618. 1980. Recent collectors describe this species as an herb, 15 cm. tall, the leaves mid-green, and the heads ashen-gray, They have found it growing in sandy clay soil and in open scrub on white sand with damp areas and extensive sedge meadows (brejo) partly burned over and forming "uma densa almofada em lugar timedo" in restinga and natural campo, at 950 m. altitude, in flower in June and in both flower and fruit in February. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Bahia: Harley, Mayo, Storr, Santos, & Pinheiro in Harley 18843a (N); Mattos Silva & Brito 899 (Ld); Mori, Carvalho, Mattos Silva, Santos, & Ribeiro 11977(Ld, N). PAEPALANTHUS SAVANNARUM (Mold.) Mold., Phytologia 49: 213, 1981. Synonymy: Syngonanthus savannarum Mold., Phytologia 2: 352 & 381, nom. nud. 1947; Mold. in Maguire & al., Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 75: 202, 1948, Bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 2: 352 & 381, 1947; Mold. in Maguire & al., Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 75: 202. 1948; Mold., Alph. List Cit. 3: 701 & 894 (1949) and 4: 1166. 1949; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 2, 67 & 214. 1949; Mold., Phytolo- gia 4: 330. 1953; E. J. Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 11: 244. 1953; Mold., Résumé 74, 76, & 493, 1959; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 1: 5. 1959; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.4: 593. 1962; Mold., Fifth Summ. Hs 128 +& 13E @971) wand 22° 965.. 19723) Mold.),, Phytologiay Ss <5 & 273 (1976) and 38: 35--37. 1977; Mold., Biol. Abstr. 65: 3719. 1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 120; 123, & 625. 1980; Mold., Phyto- logia 49: 293. 1981; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.39: 101. 1982; Mold., Phytologia 50: 245, 246, 264, & 270. 1982. Recent collectors describe this plant as a small herb forming dense cushions on white sand savannas and have found it growing in open rocky sandstone areas bordering wet savannas, at 1300 m. altitude, in both flower and fruit in November and December. Additional & emended citations: VENEZUELA: Bolivar: B. Ma- guire 33729 (W--2168915); J. A. Steyermark 93759 (Ld, W-- 2584303); Steyermark & Pruski 121064 (Ld). GUYANA: Maas, Westra, & al. 4361 (Ld, N)3; Maguire, Bagshaw, & Maguire 40763 (W-- 2169082); Maguire & Fanshawe 23280 (W--1907829--isotype); Ma- guire, Tillett, & Tillett 43843 (Ba, Ld, N). PAEPALANTHUS SAVANNARUM var. GLABRESCENS (Mold.) Mold., Phytolo- em tel (AGIA PAss\5 ilsyehle Synonymy: Syngonanthus savannarum var. glabrescens Mold. in Maguire & Wurdack, Mem. N. Y. Rot. Gard. 9: 412. 1957. Syngo- nanthus savannarum f. glabrescens Mold., Phytologia 38: 36 sphalm. LOTT « 1984 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 53 Bibliography: Mold. in Maguire & Wurdack, Mem. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 9: 412. 1957; Mold., Resumé 74 & 493, 1959; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 11: 4, 1964; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 128 (1971) and 2: 965. 1971; Mold., Phytologia 33: 51 (1976) and 38: 36--37. 1977; Mold., Phy- tol. Mem. 2: 118 & 120, 1980; Mold., Phytologia 49: 293. 1981; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.39: 101. 1982; Mold., Phytologia 50: 245, 246, 264, & 270. 1982. Recent collectors describe this plant as growing to 10 cm. tall, with gray inflorescence heads, "formando pequenos cojines er la pared encima del salto", growing as well in white sandy parts of savannas, where it is said to be "frequent",, at 100-- 2000 m. altitude, in both flower and fruit from December to February. Davidse found it on open savannas with Trachypogon, Echinolaena and Paspalum dominant and with a narrow zone of gal- gery forest along the rivers, the soil with the top 20 cm. sand and organic material mixture, then 1 m. of white sand, below which is yellow sand. His no. 4681, cited blow, was previously incorrectly cited as P, steyermarkii Mold. Additional & emended citations: VENEZUELA: Amazonas: O, Huber 1591 (Ld); Huber & Tillett 2765 (Ld), 2793 (Ld); Wurdack & Ad- derley 42874 (N, S, W--2320883). Bolfvar: Davidse 4681 (N); Huber & Steyermark 6940 (Ld); Ruiz-Teran & Loépez-Palacios 11217 Steyermark, Huber, & Carreno E, 128220a (Ld); Steyermark & Wur- dack 331 (N, W--2168504, W--2407789), 539 (N--type, W--2168516-- isotype). PAEPALANTHUS SAXATILIS (Bong.) KUrn. Additional synonymy: Paepalanthus saxatilis (Bong.) Ruhl. ex Mold., Phytologia 54: 243 in syn. 1983. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 33: 135--136 & 188. 1976; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 158 & 618. 1980; Mold., Phytologia B4e02465,. 1983, Additional citations: MOUNTED CLIPPINGS: Bong., Ess. Monog. Erioc, 25. 1631 (N, Wl. PAEPALANTHUS SAXICOLA K§rn. Additional bibliography: Mold., Biol, Abstr. 63: 6590. 1977; Mold., Phytologia 37: 53 & 84 (1977) and 42: 32 & 38. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 110, 118, 158, & 618, 1980; Mold., Phytologia 50: 245 (1982) and 54: 237 & 243. 1983. Recent collectors refer to this plant as growing 5 cm. tall, and found it in both flower and fruit in September. Additional citations: VENEZUELA: Amazonas: Huber, Medina, & Clark 5676 (Id). BRAZIL: Mato Grosso: Maciel, Teixeira, & al, 26 [Herb. FEEMA.23321] (Fe). PAEPALANTHUS SAXICOLA var. CONICUS Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 42: 32 & 38. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 110, 118, & 618. 1980; Mold., Phytologia 50: 245. 1982. Recent collectors describe this plant as a frequent diminutive 54 Puy Vetu Oe liu: Vol. 55, No. 1 herb with "blanco-plateadas" inflorescence heads, and have found it growing in open wet areas, in shallow depressions in open sandy areas in 2 cm. of standing water on bana (white sand areas with shrubs and small trees), and in wet ground along streams at the base of Mauritia palms, at 120--200 m. altitude, in fruit in February and both in flower and fruit in April and August. They report the vernacular name, "yuwije". Additional citations: COLOMBIA: Guainia: Liesner & Clark 9122 (Ld). Vaupés: Schultes, Baker, & Cabrera 17987 (W-- 2198899); Schultes & Cabrera 17586 (W--2198889). VENEZUELA: Amazonas: H. I. Clark 6638 (N); O. Huber 2346 (Ld); Liesner 6893 (Ld), 6928 (Ld); J, A. Steyermark 57848 (N, W--1901746). PAEPALANTHUS SAXICOLA var. PILOSUS Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Biol. Abstr. 63: 6590. 1977; Mold., Phytologia 37: 53. 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 158 & 618. 1980. PAEPALANTHUS SCANDENS Ruhl. Additional synonymy: Papaelanthus scandens Ruhl. ex Domin, Ann. Jard. Bot. Buitenz. 24 [ser. 2, 9]: 247 sphalm. 1911. Additional bibliography: Domin, Ann. Jard. Bot. Buitenz,. 24 [ser. 2, 9]: 247. 1911; Mold., Phytologia 42: 32--33 (1979) and 45: 270. 1980; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 158,°429, & 618. 1980. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Distrito Federal: Filgueiras 894 (W--2941383); Héringer, Maguire, Murga Pires, Maguire, & Silva 56190 (W--2514874); Héringer, Paula, Mendonga, & Salles 48 (N). Goids: Irwin, Harley, & Smith 32762 (W--2709584); Irwin, Santos, Souza, & Fonséca 24248 (W--2582549A). PAFPALANTHUS SCANDENS var. ALMASENSIS Mold., Phytologia 45: 270. 1980. Bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 45: 270. 1980; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 158 & 618. 1980. Mori and his associates refer to this plant as common on campo rupestre, at 1300—1600 m. altitude, and found it in both flower and fruit in July. Citations: BRAZIL: Bahia: Harley, Mayo, Storr, Santos, & Pinheiro in Harley 19725 (Ld--isotype, N--isotype, Ub--type, W-- 2936316--isotype); Mori, King, Santos, & Hage 12539 (Ld, W-- 2854275). PAEPALANTHUS SCHENCKII V. A. Pouls. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 35: 31. 1976; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 158, 427, & 618. 1980. PAEPALANTHUS SCHLIMII KUrn. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 33: 141--142. 1976; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 110, 118, & 618. 1980, 1984 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 55 PAEPALANTHUS SCHOLIOPHYLLUS Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 33: 142. 1976; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 158 & 618. 1980; Mold., Phytologia 50: 248. 1982. Mori and Benton found this plant growing on campo rupestre, at 1000--1200 m. altitude, in flower in December. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Bahia: Mori 12896 (Ld, N); Mori & Benton 13210 (Ld, N). Goids: Glaziou 22302 [U. S. Nat. Herb. photo 5888] (W--photo). PAEPALANTHUS SCHOMBURGKII Klotzsch Additional bibliography: Knuth, Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Beih. 43: [Init. Fl. Venez.] 180. 1927; Mold., Phytologia 33: 133 & 142--143 (1976) and 37: 258 & 259. 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem, 2: 118, 122, & 618. 1980. Knuth (1927) cites ImThurn 33 and Schomburgk s.n. from Rorai- ma, Venezuela. Additional citations: MOUNTED CLIPPINGS: Klotzsch in Schomb., Faun. Fl. Brit. Guian. 1064. 1848 (N, W). PAFPALANTHUS SCHUECHIANUS K8rn. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 35: 31. 1976; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 158, 398, 427, & 618. 1980. PAEPALANTHUS SCHULTESII Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 33: 144—145. 1976; Mold., Phytol. Mem, 2: 110 & 618. 1980, Additional citations: COLOMBIA: Cundinamarca: Killip 34090 (W--1770936). Norte de Santander: Fosberg 19185 (W--2108104). PAEPALANTHUS SCHWACKEANUS Ruhl, Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 33: 145--146 (1976) and 35: 254. 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 158, 427, & 618. 1980. PAEPALANTHUS SCHWACKEANUS var. GLABRESCENS Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 33: 145—146. 1976; Mold,, Phytol. Mem. 2: 158 & 618, 1980, Citations: MOUNTED CLIPPINGS: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 224, 1928) (Gd, N, W). PAEPALANTHUS SCIRPEUS Mart. This taxon is now known as Blastocaulon scirpeum (Mart.) Giul., which see, PAEPALANTHUS SCLERANTHUS Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 33: 147-148. 1976; Monteiro, Giulietti, Mazzoni, & Castro, Bol. Bot. Univ. S. Paulo 7: [43], 45, 46, 52, & 57, fig. 45--50. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 158 & 618. 1980. Additional illustrations: Monteiro, Giulietti, Mazzoni, & Cas- tro, Bol. Bot. Univ. S. Paulo 7: 57. 1979, [to be continued] BOOK REVIEWS Alma L. Moldenke “HERBIVORY The Dynamics of Animal-Plant Interactions" by Michael J. Crawley, x & 437 pp., 90 b/w fig. & 16 tab. University of California Press, London, England, Los Angeles & Berke- ley, California 94720. 1983. $45.00. This Volume 10 in the Studies in Ecology series is an impor- tant, well-prepared study coordinating a wealth of material from the invertebrate and vertebrate animal world with the plant world's forests, crops, range and weed growths as well as lab ex- periments. "It aims to show how plant numbers, sizes, chemical composition and spatial distribution affect the birth, death and dispersal rates of their herbivores, and how the timing, intensi- ty, selectivity and spatial pattern of animal feeding affect the establishment, growth and seed set of plants."' There is a par- ticularly well developed chapter on plant-herbivore dynamics that stresses the use of the Lotka-Volterra as the basic popula- tion model and a subsequent one on community dynamics. Then there is a well organized chapter of important conclusions such as “ani- mal numbers are not food limited (their populations are deter- mined by natural enemies or by habitat requisites)....and plants do not submit passively to herbivore attack, but respond to feeding by changing their shape, their chemistry, their photosyn- thetic rate and their physical defences." A very full list of references is provided, CHALLENGING BIOLOGICAL PROBLEMS - Directions Toward Their Solu- tion" edited by John A. Behnke, xi & 502 pp., 32 b/w fig., 22 tab. & 3 maps. Oxford University Press, Oxford, England & New York, N. Y. 1001, 1972. $25.00. This well oriented book is a 25th Anniversary celebration volume for the American Institute of Biological Sciences, Al- though presented more than a decade ago, it still makes pertinent reading and fortunately is still available. Scientific progress in this interim as that of earlier times, of the present and of the forseeable future, has and will mean clarifying parts of the bigger problems and exposing new fields for future endeavors. The 21 papers are all written by prominent leaders in their own fields, such as J. Lederberg on Biological Innovation and Genetic Inter- vention, I. Kupferman on Cellular Mechanisms of Learning, D. Ax- elrod and P. Raven on Evolutionary Biogeography Viewed from Plate Tectonic Theory, and D. Janzen on Whither Tropical Ecology. It is interesting to note, in line with the recent Nobel Prize awarding, Witt's comment on the "brilliant work of Barbara Mc- Clintock (1961) which demonstrates that: the impediments can be sur- mounted." 56 4 PHYTOLOGIA An international journal to expedite botanical and phytoecological publication Vol. 55 March 1984 No. 2 q LIBRAR\ df CONTENTS MAR1 6 1984 1 INEW YORK BOTANICAL GARD -MOLDENKE, H. N., Additional notes on the Eriocaulaceae. a vo DOS OARS RAIS oe Oy Bice nk ad ae ee 577 LANDON, K. C., A new Nymphaea variety discovered in . ARM COMIN SAIVICUES 84! 0, os Woe ee Vee Ep Seed sats ks i» v2 -an0 109 _ SMITH, L. B., & WASSHAUSEN, D. C., Notes on Begoniaceae—IV. . 112 A MOLDENKE, H. N., Notes on new and noteworthy plants. - RARE PLS to kate c kia vie ated a w/oretikehy yd ease Gao 4'e hale! ries By BeereeNE, A. LL), Book reviews... oa Roi ote wee dew ek ces 117 a J p Published by Harold N. Moldenke and Alma L. Moldenke 303 Parkside Road 3 Plainfield, New Jersey 07060 ¥ U.S.A. _ Price of this number $3.00; for this volume $14.00 in advance or $15.00 after close of the volume; $5.00 extra to all foreign addresses and domestic _ dealers; 512 pages constitute a complete volume; claims for numbers lost in the mails must be made immediately after receipt of the next following va number for free replacement; back volume prices apply if payment is received after a volume is closed. Mi Why ADDITIONAL NOTES ON THE ERIOCAULACEAE, XCVI Harold N. Moldenke PAFPALANTHUS SCOPULIFER Alv,. Silv. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 33: 148, 1976; Mold., Phytol. Mem, 2: 158 & 618, 1980. Citations: MOUNTED CLIPPINGS: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 98—~—99, 1928 (Id, N, W). PAEPALANTHUS SCOPULORUM Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 33: 148--149 (1976) and 35: 120, 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem, 2: 118 & 618. 1980; Mold., Phytologia 50: 245 & 246. 1982. Recent collectors have found this plant growing on open rocky plateaus, in marshes, and "along moist ledges at base of salto", at 640--2420 m. altitude, often "locally frequent", flowering and fruiting in February, August, and October, Tillett and his associates describe it as an herb, the leaves thin, slightly brittle, dark- or mid-green, the "bracts at base of and scapes light-green", the inflorescence bracts brownish or blackish, the flowers white, and have found it "locally abundant in grass on hillsides of sandstone talus in mist from falls covered with dense 1 m. growth of grass, herbs and some low shrubs" and "local- ly frequent in wet areas, scrub and low (8—10 m.) forest: in Guy- anao Material of this species has been misidentified and distribu- ted in some herbaria as the very similar P, tatei Mold. and the Steyermark 75491 collection, cited below, was erroneously so reported by me in a previous publication, Steyermark and his associates say of their nos. 115578 & 115718 "cf. also P. per- plexans and P, roraimensis" which are likewise obviously closely related taxa. The Maguire & al, 31718, cited below, was also previously erroneously regarded by me as P, tatei, Additional citations: VENEZUELA: Amazonas: Maguire, Phelps, Hitchcock, & Budowski 31718 (F, Gl, K, N, Ve, W--2046544); Steyermark, Espinosa, McDiarmid, & Brewer-Carias 115718 (Ld), 115578 (Ld). Bolivar: B, Maguire 33045 (W--2168895); Steyermark 59914 (W--1901801--isotype), 75491 (Ss, W--2407755). GUYANA: pi & Tillett 45751 (N); Tillett, Tillett, & Boyan 45071 (N). PAEPALANTHUS SCOPULORUM var. AUYANTEPUIENSIS Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 33: 149. 1976; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 118 & 618. 1980. Recent collectors describe this plant as having elongated stems, flaccid grass—-green leaves, and black involucres, and re- fer to it as locally frequent at 1895--1910 m. altitude, in flower in February. The Steyermark & Wurdack collection, cited 57 58 EBs LOR ONG err: Vol. 55, No. 2 below, was previously incorrectly identified as P. tatei Mold. or as typical P, scopulorum Mold. Additional citations: VENEZUELA: Bolfvar: Steyermark & Wur=- dack 1080 (N, W--2168531). PAEPALANTHUS SCYTOPHYLLUS Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 33: 149, 1976; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 158, 427, & 618. 1980. PAEPALANTHUS SEDOIDES Kb8rn. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 33: 149--150. 1976; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 158, 398, & 618. 1980. PAEPALANTHUS SELLOWIANUS KUrn. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 42: 33, 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 158, 425, 427, & 618. 1980, PAEPALANTHUS SENAEANUS Ruhl, Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 37: 39 & 53. 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 158 & 618. 1980. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: A. Silveira 368 [Herb, Marie-Victorin 15832] (Ld--photo). MOUNTED CLIPPINGS & ILLUSTRATIONS: Alv. Silv., Fl. Serr. Min. 61--62. 1908 (W); Alv. Silver MON Gem sm pile 69 —1O2S-n(idemNewiW) le PAEPALANTHUS SERICEUS Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 33: 152—153, 1976; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 158 & 618. 1980. Additional citations: MOUNTED CLIPPINGS & ILLUSTRATIONS: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 84--85, pl. 50. 1928 (Ld, N, W). PAEPALANTHUS SERICIFOLIUS Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 33: 153. 1976; Mold., Phytol, Mem. 2: 158 & 618. 1980. Citations: MOUNTED CLIPPINGS: Alv. Silv., Fl. Serr. Min. 56. 1908 (W). PAEPALANTHUS SERRALAPENSIS Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 33: 183. 1976; An— gely, S. Am. Bot. Bibl. 2: 669, 1980; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 158 & 618, 1980. Additional citations: MOUNTED CLIPPINGS: Bong., Ess. Monog. Erioc. 31. 1831 (W); Kunth, Enum. Pl. 3: 576. 1841 (N, W). PAEPALANTHUS SERRINHENSIS Alv. Sil. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 33: 183, 1976; Mold., Phytol, Mem, 2: 158, 427, & 618. 1980. Citations: MOUNTED CLIPPINGS & ILLUSTRATIONS: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1, 44--46, pl. 23. 1928 (Ld, N, W). PAEPALANTHUS SESLERIOIDES Griseb. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 37: 53-—-54, 1977; 1984 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 59 Mold., Biol, Abstr. 63: 3041. 1977; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.31: 16. 1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem, 2: 92, 92, 397, 618, & 619. 1980; Mold., Phytologia 54: 436, 1983. The Wright collection, cited below, is a mixture with P, lamarckii Kunth. Additional citations: CUBA: Pinar del Rfo: c, wright 3234 in part (W--46429--isotype). PAEPALANTHUS SESLERIOIDES var. CARABIAE Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 37: 54, 1977; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.31: 16. 1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 92 & 619, 1980, PAEPALANTHUS SESLERIOIDES var. WILSONII Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 37: 54, 1977; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.31: 16. 1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 90, 92, & 619. 1980. Additional citations: ISLA DE PINOS: Killip 45363 (Mi). PAEPALANTHUS SESSILIFLORUS Mart. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 42: 33. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 118, 159, 403, & 619. 1980. Recent collectors refer to this plant as a minute heliophile herb, growing in white sand "em restinga arbustiva e aberto"” in full exposure to the sun, the flower-heads white, and have found it in anthesis in April and in both flower and fruit in October. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Amazonas: Madison, Kennedy, Mon- teiro, & Braga 6226 (N). Rio de Janeiro: Araujo & Maciel 3030 [Herb. FEEMA 14861] (Ld). PAEPALANTHUS SESSILIFLORUS var. VENEZUELENSIS Mold, Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 42: 33. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 118 & 619. 1980. Additional citations: VENEZUELA: Bolivar: Steyer- mark, Steyermark, Wurdack, Wurdack, & Wiehler 106609 (W--2926075-- isotype). PAEPALANTHUS SESSILIS H. Lecomte Additional bibliography: Mold., Pkytologia 33: 187, 1976; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 217 & 619. 1980. PAEPALANTHUS SICAEFOLIUS Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 33: 187 (1976) and 35: 263. 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 159 & 619, 1980. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Irwin, Santos, Souza, & Fonseca 22302 (W--2582560A). MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: pl. 148. 1928 (Ld). PAEPALANTHUS SILVEIRAE Ruhl, Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 33: 187—-188, 1976; Mold., Phytol, Mem. 2: 159 & 619, 1980. 60 Ee YatOeh) OGeieA Vol. 55, No, 2 PAEPALANTHUS STMILIS Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 33: 188. 1976; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 159 & 619. 1980. Citations: MOUNTED CLIPPINGS & ILLUSTRATIONS: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 199——-200, pl. 131. 1928 (Ld, N, W). PAEPALANTHUS SINGULARIUS Mold. Synonymy: Paepalanthus singularis Mold., in herb. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 37: 54. 19773; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 159 & 619. 1980, Recent collectors have encountered this plant in "hot open places in white sand with low restinga vegetation surrounded by mata alta on terra firme" and on "campo aberta", in both flower and fruit in June, Additional citations: BRAZIL: Pard: Campbell, Ongley, Ramos, Monteiro, & Nelson P,22542 (N, W-——2935297); Cid, Ramos, & Mota 1217 [Herb. Inst. Nac. Pesq. Amaz. 94436] (Ld, N); Davidson & Martinelli CD.10623 (Ld). PAEPALANTHUS SPATHULATUS K8rn. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 33: 188--189. 1976; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 159 & 619. 1980. PAEPALANTHUS SPECIOSUS (Bong.) KUrn. Additional synonymy: Paepalanthus speciosus Bong. apud Ruhl, in Wettstein, Denkschr. K. Akad. Wiss. Wien Math.-Nat. 79: 87. 1908. Additional bibliography: Ruhl, in Wettstein, Denkschr, K. Akad. Wiss. Wien Math.-Nat. 79: 87. 1908; Latorre, Ortega, & Inca, Cienc. Naturaleza 18: 62. 1977; Mold., Phytologia 42: 33, 1979; Mold., Phytol, Mem. 2: 159, 424, 425, 427, & 619. 1980; Mold., Phytologia 52: 414 (1983) and 54: 237. 1983. Recent collectors have found this plant growing in periodical- ly burned cerrado and in wet clay-sand soil of cerrado in an area of Capoeira, in both flower and fruit in August and October, They describe it as an herb, 1—1.5 m. tall, with cream-colored flowers and list the vernacular name "vassourao". Ruhland (1908) cites and unnumbered Wacket collection from the border of Minas Gerais and Sao Paulo, Brazil, lLatorre and his associates (1977) cites Krukoff 2052 from Amazonian Brazil, They erroneously give "R, Kruk" for B. A. Krukoff.and "(Boug.) Koene" for "(Bong.) KYrn." Additional citations: BRAZIL: Distrito Federal: Héringer 17388 (N); Heringer, Paula, Mendonga, & Salles 86 (N). Goias: We Re Anderson 6212 (W--2755479). Mato Grosso: Macedo, Duarte, & An- tonia 1449 (N); Murga Pires & Santos 16333 (N). MOUNTED CLIPPINGS: Kunth, Enum. Pl. 3: 579, 1841 (N, W). PAEPALANTHUS SPECIOSUS var. ANGUSTIFOLIUS Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 37: 54. 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 159 & 619. 1980. 1984 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 61 Recent collectors have encountered this plant in cerrado and cerrado brejoso. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Distrito Federal: Héringer 16876 (N); Heringer, Figueiras, Mendonga, Pereira, Salles, & Silva 474 (N). PAEPALANTHUS SPECIOSUS var. ATTENUATUS Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 42: 33, 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 159 & 619. 1980. Recent collectors have found this plant in flower in December, growing at 3300 feet altitude. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Distrito Federal: Héringer, Paula, Mendonga, & Salles 483 (N). Goids: Maguire, Maguire, & Murga Pires 44790 (ld, N). PAEPALANTHUS SPECIOSUS £. CALVESCENS Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 42: 33. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 159 & 619. 1980. PAEPALANTHUS SPECIOSUS var. CHLOROCEPHALUS Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 33: 195. 1976; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 159 & 619. 1980. PAEPALANTHUS SPECIOSUS var. GLABER Ruhl, Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 33: 191--197. 1976; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 159, 424, 425, & 619. 1980. Recent collectors refer to this plant as "white-flowered shrub- lets or woody herbs", 1--1.5 m. tall, and have encountered it in swamps, in cerrado, and on campo rupestre, at 1100 m, altitude, in flower in April and May, and in fruit in May. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Distrito Federal: Pereira 236 (N). Goids: W. R, Anderson 6536 (W--2755480)3; Hatschbach 43081 (Ld, W--2931955); Ramamoorthy 521 (E--2904853). PAEPALANTHUS SPECIOSUS var. GOYAZENSIS Mold., Phytologia 52: 414. 1983. Bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 52: 414 (1983) and 54: 237. 1983. Héringer and his associates describe this plant as a subshrub, with white inflorescences, and encountered it on campo rupestre, in flower in May. The Dawson collection, cited below, was previ- ously regarded by me as representing var. glaber Ruhl. Citations: BRAZIL: Distrito Federal: Heringer, Figueiras, peal Pereira, Salles, & Silva 4602 (N). Goias: EF. Y. Day son 14271 (Ld--type). PAEPALANTHUS SPECIOSUS var. KOERNICKEI Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 33: .91 & 197. 1976; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 159 & 619, 1980. PAEPALANTHUS SPECIOSUS var. PULVERULENTUS Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 33: 192 & 197--198. 62 Pans YoerOe: OsGaipA Vol. S55 Nose 2 1976; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 159 & 619, 1980. Recent collectors describe this plant as 60 cm. tall, with white inflorescence heads, and have found it growing on campo cerrado and in cerrado on periodically burned campo, at 180 n. altitude, flowering and fruiting in June, Additional citations: BRAZIL: Goids: Murga Pires & Santos 16214 (N, N). Parad: Rosdrio 76 (N, N). PAEPALANTHUS SPHAEROCEPHALUS Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 33: 198 (1976) and 34: 259. 1976; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 159 & 619, 1980; Mold. in Harley & Mayo, Toward Checklist Fl. Bahia 75. 1980, Recent collectors describe this plant as a heliophytic rosette herb, 10 cm. tall, the flower-heads white. They have encountered it in wet sandy soil, on campo rupestre, and in "marshes in a region of sandstone, conglomerate, metamorphic and quartzite rock outcrops with associated scrubby vegetation with damp flushes and grassland and marsh in some areas", at 1000 m. altitude, flowering and fruiting in March and July. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Bahia: Harley, Mayo, Storr, San- tos, & Pinheiro in Harley 19667 (Ld, N, W--2936318); Mori, King, Santos, & Hage 12399 (Ld, W--2854263), 12407 (Ld, W--2854258). Minas Gerais: Hatschbach 41536 (Ld). PAEPALANTHUS SPHAERULIFER Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 33: 199, 1976; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 159 & 619, 1980. Citations: MOUNTED CLIPPINGS & ILLUSTRATIONS: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 103--104, pl. 64. 1928 (Ld, N, W). PAEPALANTHUS SPIRALIFOLIUS Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 33: 199. 1976; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 159 & 619. 1980. Citations: MOUNTED CLIPPINGS & ILLUSTRATIONS: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 178--179, pl. 115. 1928 (Ld, N, W). PAEPALANTHUS SPIRIFER Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 33: 199--200. 1976; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 159 & 619. 1980. Additional citations: MOUNTED CLIPPINGS & ILLUSTRATIONS: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 195--197, pl. 129. 1928 (Ld, N, W). PAEPALANTHUS SPIROPHORUS Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 33: 200. 1976; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 159 & 619. 1980, Citations: MOUNTED CLIPPINGS & ILLUSTRATIONS: Alv. Silv., Fl. Monts, 13)2175-=176,) pl 135 ot 926nGid, .N; Ww). PAEPALANTHUS SPIXIANUS Mart. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 33: 200--201 (1976) and 35: 262, 263, & 279. 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 159, 401, & 619. 1980. 1984 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 63 PAEPALANTHUS SQUAMULIFERUS Mold. Additional synonymy: Leiothrix squamuliferus Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 419 in syn. 1980. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 33: 201--202 (1976) and 35: 304. 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 118, 419, & 619. 1980, Additional citations: VENEZUELA: Bolivar: steyermark 59777 (W- 1901796—-isotype). PAEPALANTHUS STEGOLEPOIDES Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 33: 271. 1976; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 118, 159, & 619. 1980; Mold., Phytologia 50: 245 & 418, 1982, Recent collectors describe this plant as a frequent herb, to 1.5 m. tall, forming tufts, the light-green leaves spreading- ascending, the inflorescence heads gray-white, and the flowers white. They have found it growing in open boggy savannas and "on open slopes at base of cliffs, at 1500--3000 m. altitude, flower- ing and fruiting in February, August, and December. Additional citations: VENEZUELA: Amazonas: Steyermark, Brewer- Carias, & Liesner 124391 (N), 124533 (N). Bolivar: Moore, Am- brose, Dietz, & Pfister 9813 (Ba, N); Steyermark & Wurdack 491 (W--2407721); wurdack 34315 (W--2168927--isotype). PAEPALANTHUS STEGOLEPOIDES var. ACUTALIS Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 33: 271. 1976; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 159 & 619. 1980. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Amazonas: Maguire, Murca Pires, & Maguire 60509 (N—isotype). PAEPALANTHUS STENOLEPIS Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 33: 271. 1976; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 159 & 619. 1980. Citations: MOUNTED CLIPPINGS & ILLUSTRATIONS: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 43--44, pl. 22. 1928 (Ld, N, W). PAEPALANTHUS STEPHANOPHORUS Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytoiogia 33: 271--272. 1976; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 159 & 619. 1980. Citations: MOUNTED CLIPPINGS & ILLUSTRATIONS: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 40--42, pl. 20. 1928 (Ld, N, W). PAEPALANTHUS STEREOPHYLLUS Ruhl, Synonymy: Paepalanthus stereoshyllus Ruhl. ex Moid., Phytol. Mem. 2: 619 sphalm, 1980. oS aay Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 33: 272. 1976; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 159, 428, & 619. 1980. PAFPALANTHUS STEYERMARKII Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 42: 33—34, 1979; “Pre Phytol. Mem. 2: 118 & 619, 1980; Mold., Phytologia 55: 53, 64 PRE Yoel 300i) ONG) eigrA' Vol. 55, No. 2 Recent collectors refer to this plant as an herb growing in globose clumps, the leaves pale-green, and the inflorescence heads gray. They have found it growing on dry savannas, at 1400 m. altitude, both in flower and fruit in November. The Davidse 4681, distributed as P, steyermarkii and so cited in a previous publication in this series, actually is P. savan- narum var. glabrescens (Mold.) Mold. Additional citations: VENEZUELA: Bolivar: Maas & Steyermark 5366 (Ut--390372B); B. Maguire 33241 (W--2168904); J. A. Steyer- mark 59369 (W--1901817---isotype), 111284 (W--2814186); sSteyermark & Aristeguieta 64 (W--2430089); Steyermark, Smith, Smith, Dun- sterville, & Dunsterville 105473 (W--2925998). PAEPALANTHUS STRIATUS Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 33: 273 €274. 1976; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 159 & 619, 1980. PAEPALANTHUS STRICTUS KBrn. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 33: 274. 1976; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 159 & 619. 1980. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Maguire, Mendes Magalhaes, & Maguire 49223 (W--2435296). PAEPALANTHUS STUEBELIANUS Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 42: 34, 1979; Mold., Phytol, Mem. 2: 134 & 619. 1980; Mold., Phytologia 54: 235. 1983. Recent collectors describe this plant as forming cushions, with the inflorescences white [or "heads brown", probably in fruit] and report it as "common in sandy soil on sandstone outcrops with sterile white sand overlying black sand, with Ericaceae, wein- mannia, and melastomes abundant", at 2800--2900 m. altitude, in flower and fruit in March, July, and September. Additional citations: PERU: Amazonas: Boeke 2036 (W--2927523), 2133 (N, N)3 Hutchison & Wright 5548 (W--2509032); Luteyn & Lebron-Luteyn 5526 (N, W--2915260). Piura: Sagdstegui A., Lépez, & Mestacero 10225 (Ld). PAEPALANTHUS SUBCAULESCENS N. E. Bre Additional bibliography: Knuth, Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Beith, 43: [Init. Fl. Venez.] 180--181. 1927; Mold., Phytologia 35: 33-- 34. 1976; Mold., Biol. Abstr. 63: 3041. 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 118, 122, & 619. 1980. Knuth (1927) cites Connell & Quelch 300 from Roraima, Venez-— uela. Actually the first-mentioned of these collectors is F. McConnell. Additional citations: MOUNTED CLIPPING: N. E. Br., Trans. Linn, Soc. Lond. Bote, ser. 2, 6: 71. 1901 (W). PAEPALANTHUS SUBFALCATUS Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.23: 388. 1974; Mold., Phytologia 35: 34--35. 1976; Mold., Biol. Abstr, 63: 1984 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 65 3041. 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 159, 428, & 619. 1980. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Irwin, Santos, Souza, & Fonseca 23355 (W--2582551A). PAEPALANTHUS SUBFALCATUS var. VILLOSUS Mold, Additional bibliography: Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.23: 388. 1974; Mold., Phytologia 35: 35. 1976; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 159 & 619, 1980. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Irwin, Fonseca, Souza, Santos, & Ramos 28201 (W--2709898-- isotype). PAEPALANTHUS SUBTILIS Miq. Additional bibliography: Knuth, Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Beih. 43: [Init. Fl. Venez.] 181. 1927; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.31: 17. 1978; Mold., Phytologia 42: 31 & 34. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 118, 122, 124, 159, 428, & 619. 1980; Mold. in Harley & Mayo, To- ward Checklist Fl. Bahia 75. 1980; Mold., Phytologia 50: 245 & 248 (1982) and 54: 80 & 151. 1983. Recent ‘collectors describe this plant as an herb, 5--10 cm. tall, with gray, grayish-white, or whitish inflorescence heads and have found it growing "locally abundant" in disturbed areas of sandy savannas, in wet sandy soil of laja granitica, in igapo, on open white-sand roadbanks, in areas of "sandstone, metamorphic and quartzite rock outcrops with associated marsh and damp flushes", and on "rocky riversides with rapids, riverine vegetation, cerra- do with sandstone outcrops and some grassland areas subject to flooding", at 75-1500 m. altitude, flowering and fruiting in February, March, June, and July. Goodland reports it from "grassland with scattered trees, the dominants being Curatella, Byrsonima, Trachypogon, & Fimbristylis", A photograph of the plant in situ is said to accompany Plowman & al. 9560. The Egler 47650, cited by me in a previous paper as P. sub- tilis, is a mixture of P. leucocyaneus var. egleri Mold. and Syngonanthus glandulosus f. epapillosus Mold, Knuth (1927) cites "Connell"[=McConnell] & Quelch 312 from Roraima and Gaillard 95 from Bolfvar, Venezuela. Material of P. subtilis has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria as Lachnocaulon SP. On the other hand, the Steyermark & Pruski 121066, distributed as P. subtilis, actually is P. aristatus Mold. Additional citations: VENEZUELA: Amazonas: O, Huber 1085 (Ld), 2144 (Ld), 4652 (Ld), 5601 (Ld), 5621 (Ld); Huber & Tillett 937 (Ld); Molina & Barkley 18V186 (W--1999487). Bolfvar: J. Ae Steyermark 89700 (W--2486399). GUYANA: Goodland 282 (W-- 2548120); Maguire & Fanshawe 23000 (W--1907815), SURINAM: Ma- guire 23984 (W--1907852). BRAZIL: Amapa: Maguire, Murca Pires, & Maguire 47129 (W—2435345). Amazdnas: Alencar 43 (Ld, N, W— 2932763); Poole 1616 (Ld, N); Prance, Steward, Ramos, Fidalgo, & Prance 20201 (N, W--2935295); Schmidt & Pabst 9684 [Herb. Brad. 70039] (Ld). Bahia: Harley, Mayo, Storr, Santos, & Pinheiro in Harley 19577 (Ld, N, W--2936333), 20127 (Ld, N). Parad: Plowman, 66 PAHS Yee Os ONG RETA Vol. 55,5) Now eZ Rosa, & Rosario 9784 (Ld, N). PAEPALANTHUS SUBTILIS var. HIRSUTUS Ruhl. Additional bibliography: "M, P. B."" [Mold.], Biol. Abstr. 63: 6594. 1977; Mold., Phytologia 35: 113. 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 124, 159, 428, & 619, 1980; Mold., Phytologia 50: 245, 1982. Additional citations: VENEZUELA: Amazonas: Huber & Tillett 2851 (Ld). PAEPALANTHUS SUBTILIS var, PUBERULUS Ruhl. Additional bibliography: "M. P. B."' [Mold.], Biol. Abstr. 63: 6594. 1977; Mold., Phytologia 35: 1]3--114. 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 159 & 619, 1980; Mold., Phytologia 50: 248. 1982, Plowman and his associates encountered this plant on open white-sand campina and photographed it in situ. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Pard: Plowman, Rosa, & Rosario 9560 (Ld, N, W--2967824), PAEPALANTHUS SUCCISUS Mart. Additional synonymy: Paepalanthus succisus "Mart. ex Koern," apud Mold, in Harley & Mayo, Toward Checklist Fl. Bahia 76. 1980. Additional bibliography: "M. P, R."" [Mold.], Biol. Abstr. 63: 6594, 1977; Mold., Phytologia 35: 114. 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 159, 428, 619, & 628. 1980; Mold. in Harley & Mayo, Toward Checklist Fl. Bahia 76, 1980; Mold., Phytologia 50: 263. 1982. Recent collectors describe this species as a rosette herb, to 25 cm. tall, the leaves gray-green, the involucral bractlets dark, and the florets white. They have found it growing on campo rupestre and in marshes in a region of "sandstone, metamorphic and quartzite rock outcrops associates with marsh and damp flushes", at 1000--1500 m. altitude, in flower in February and July. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Bahia: Harley, Mavo, Storr, Santos, & Pinheiro in Harley 19551 (Ld, N, W--2936326)3; Mori, King, Santos, & Hage 12404 (Ld, W--2854259). PAEPALANTHUS SUFFRUTICANS Ruhl. Additional bibliography: "M. P. B." [Mold.], Biol. Abstr. 63: 6594. 1977; Mold., Phytologia 35: 114--115. 1977; Monteiro, Giu- lietti, Mazzoni, & Castro, Bol. Bot. Univ. S. Paulo 7: 44. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 159 & 619. 1980. Recent collectors have encountered this plant at 1500--1700 nm. altitude, flowering in November, and refer to it as an herb, 60 cm. tall, with white flowers. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Cruz, Shepherd, & al, 6475 (W--2883679). PAEPALANTHUS SUFFRUTICANS var. ANGUSTIFOLIUS Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: "M, P. R." [Mold.], Biol. Abstr. 63: 6594. 1977; Mold., Phytologia 35: 115. 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 159 & 619. 1980, 1984 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 67 PAEPALANTHUS SUPERBUS Ruhl. Additional bibliography: "M, P. B." [Mold.], Biol. Abstr. 63: 6594. 1977; Mold., Phytologia 35: 115--116. 1977; Mold., Phytol, Mem. 2: 159 & 619. 1980, Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: A. Silveira 373 (Ld--photo). MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: Alv, Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: pl. 168. 1928 (Ld, N, W). PAEPALANTHUS SUPINUS KUrn. Additional bibliography: "M. P. B." [Mold.], Biol. Abstr. 63: 6594. 1977; Mold., Phytologia 35: 116--117. 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 159, 175, & 619. 1980. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Mato Grosso: W. R. Anderson 9900 (W--2755481). MOUNTED CLIPPINGS: KUrn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. pmGie 352) & 507. 1863 (NW). PAEPALANTHUS SYCHNOPHYLLUS Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 42: 34, 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 159 & 619, 1980; Mold., Phytologia 55: 47, 1984. The Sucre & al, 5312 [Herb. Jard. Bot. Rio Jan. 175198], dis- tributed in some herbaria as P. sychnophyllus, actually ig P. ramosus (Wikstr.) Kunth. PAEPALANTHUS SYNGONANTHOIDES Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: "M, P. B." [Mold.], Biol. Abstr. 63: 6594. 1977; Mold., Phytologia 35: 118--119. 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 159 & 619. 1980, Additional citations: MOUNTED CLIPPINGS & ILLUSTRATIONS: Alv. Siilve, “Ll. Serr. Min. 67. 1908 (W)s Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: pl. ithe. L928 ACid',. -N 5 Wis PAEPALANTHUS TATEI Mold, Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 42: 34. 1979; Mold., Phytol Mem. 2: 110, 118, 122, 224, 357, & 619. 1980. Recent collectors have encountered this plant in rock crevices at the edges of rivers, on forested slopes of sandstone substrate, on moist sandstone slopes, along rivulets on wet sandstone, in sandy soil on shaded wet banks in primary wet forests, at the edges of streams in primary forested areas (the forest evergreen) with soils tending to be sandy and derived from schist or gneiss rock, and "common" in Wet dwarf forests, at 600--1310 m, altitude, in flower in July and November, and in both flower and fruit in March, They describe the inflorescence as "grayish" or the "fruiting-heads jet-black", The Bogner specimen cited below was grown from seeds collected on Mt. Auyantepui, Venezuela. The Maguire, Phelps, Hitchcock, & Budowski 31718, Steyermark 75491, and Steyermark, Espinosa, McDiarmid, & Brewer-Carias 115718, distributed and/or cited by me previously as P. tatei, are now believed, instead, to represent the closely related P. scopu- lorum Mold., while Steyermark & Wurdack 1080 is P. scopulorum var, auyantepuiensis Mold. 68 Bebwyeer lO, EG ONG earl: Vol. 55, No. 2 Additional citations: VENEZUELA: Amazonas: Maguire, Cowan, & Wurdack 29631 (W--2046480); Maguire & Maguire 35020 (W--2168937), 35021 (W €2168938), 35208 (W--2168942); Maguire & Politi 27343 (W--2046426), 27702 (W--2046443). Bolivar: Luteyn, Lebrdén-Luteyn, & Steyermark 6262 (N, W--2939058); J. A. Steyermark 75504 (W-- 2407756), 75998 (W--2407781), 90337 (W--2430216), 93450 (W-- 2584114); Steyermark & Maas 123730 (Lc); Steyermark & Nilsson 723 (W--2400064); Steyermark & Wurdack 1123 (W--2168532). Tachira: Liesner & Gonzalez 10336 (Ld); Liesner, Gonzalez, & Smith 9598 (Ld, N); Steyermark & Liesner 118877 (Ld), 118926 (Ld), 119030 (Ld); Steyermark, Liesner, & Gonzalez 119863 (Ld). GUYANA: Ma- guire & Fanshawe 32538 (W--2168884). SURINAM: Maguire 24241 (W—- 1907835), 24670 (W--1907841), 24832 (W--1907845); Maguire, Schulz, Soderstrom, & Holmgren 54203 (W-—2514872). CULTIVATED: Germany: Bogner 170/75 (Ld). PAEPALANTHUS TENUICAULIS Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: "M., P. B." [Mold.], Biol, Abstr. 63: 6594, 1977; Mold., Phytologia 35: 121. 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 159 & 619. 1980. Citations: MOUNTED CLIPPINGS & ILLUSTRATIONS: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. de 113-115; pl. 166, fig. 2. :1928 GidsaN, W). PAEPALANTHUS TESSMANNII Mold. Additional bibliography: "M. P. B." [Mold.], Biol. Abstr. 63: 6594. 1977; Mold., Phytologia 37: 54--55., 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 159 & 619. 1980. Hatschbach encountered this plant in brejo, in flower in Decem- ber. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Parand: Hatschbach 42658 (Ld); Reitz & Klein 17457 (W--2548328). PAEPALANTHUS TORTILIS (Bong.) Mart. Additional synonymy: Paepalanthus tortilis (Bong.) "Mart, ex Koern." apud Mold. in Harley & Mayo, Toward Checklist Fl. Bahia 76. 1980. Paepalanthus tortilis (Bong.) Ruhl. ex Mold., Phytolo- gia 54: 244 in syn. 1983. Additional bibliography: Knuth, Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Beih, 43: [Init. Fl. Venez.] 181. 1927; Mold., Phytologia 42: 34-- 35. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 110, 118, 159, 404, 426, 428, 619, & 628, 1980; Mold. in Harley & Mayo, Toward Checklist Fl. Bahia 76. 1980; Mold., Phytologia 50: 263 (1982) and 54: 128 & 244. 1983. Recent collectors describe this plant as a small heliophytic herb, 12--15 cm. tall, the leaves bright- or light-green, the sheaths “paler on the lower surface", the flower-heads white, and the involucral bractlets "black-gray with white spots" [tufts of hair?], They have found it growing in caatinga, in "mixed restinga, mainly high restinga on drier ground with areas of nor- mally wet sedge meadow [brejo ‘, in wet sand and in shallow pools in a region of sandstone rocks and open scrub on rocky hillsides, in wet places with Sphagnum, in wet sandy soil, and "in flush by 1984 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 69 roadside between rocks in area of sandstone rocks intersected by small streams with some disturbed areas by roadsides", at 500-- 1180 m. altitude, in both flower and fruit in January, February, April, and July. The Maas & Carauta 3148, cited below, is a mixture with Leioth- rix dielsii Ruhl. and it is very possible that the description given on the label (see above) really applies only to that (major) part of the collection. Surely on herbarium sheets the inflores- cence heads of P. tortilis appear to be almost black. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Bahia: Harley, Mayo, Storr, Santos, & Pinheiro in Harley 18052 (Ld, N, W--2936331), 18691 (Ld, N, W—-2936328), 18725 (Ld, N, W—2936327); Harley, Renvoize, Erskine, Brighton, & Pinheiro in Harley 15957 (W—-2771332); Hatsch- bach & Guimaraes 42414 (Ld). Rio de Janeiro: Araujo & Maciel 4019 [Herb. FEEMA 14859] (Ld); Maas & Carauta 3148 in part (Ut-- 355112B); Le Be Smith 6590 (W--2120188); Sucre, Graziela, Ichaso, & Carvalho 175201 (W--2948091); Ule 868 (W-—2699215). MOUNTED CLIPPINGS: Bong., Ess. Monog. Erioc. 24, 1831 (N, W); Kunth, Enum. Pl. 3: 502--503 & 572, 1841 (N, W); A. St.-Hil., Voy. Dist. Diam. 1: 392. 1833 (N, W). PAEPALANTHUS TORTILIS var. GLABERRIMUS Mart. & Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Biol. Abstr. 64: 4787. 1977; Mold., Phytologia 37: 55. 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 159, 404, & 619. 1980. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Rio de Janeiro: Araujo 3297 [Herb. FEEMA 15489] (Ld). PAEPALANTHUS TORTILIS var. MINOR Mold. Additional bibliography: "M. P. B."" [Mold.], Biol. Abstr. 63: 6594. 1977; Mold., Phytologia 37: 55. 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 159 & 619. 1980. PAEPALANTHUS TRIANGULARIS (L.) KUrn. Additional & emended bibliography: J. F. Gmel. in L., Syst. Nat., ed. 13, imp. 1, 2: 206. 1791; Savage, Cat. Linn, Herb. Lond. 21. 1945; "M. P. B." [Mold.], Biol. Abstr. 63: 6594. 1977; Mold., Phy- tologia 35: 127--129. 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 159, 432, & 619. 1980. PAEPALANTHUS TRICHOLEPIS Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: "M. P. B." [Mold.], Biol. Abstr. 63: 6594. 1977; Mold., Phytologia 35: 129--130. 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 159, 428, & 619. 1980. Citations: MOUNTED CLIPPINGS & ILLUSTRATIONS: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 32--33, pl. 14. 1928 (Ld, N, W). PAEPALANTHUS TRICHOPEPLUS Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: "M. P. B." [Mold.], Biol. Abstr. 63: 6594. 1977; Mold., Biol. Abstr. 64: 686. 1977; Mold., Phytologia 35: 252. 1977; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.31: 17. 1978; Mold., Phy- tol, Mem. 2: 159 & 620. 1980. 70 Pe Vere nO ONG, sara Vol. 55, Now 2 Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Irwin, Maxwell, & Wasshausen 20075 (W--2598326), 20076 (W--2569053A), MOUNTED CLIPPINGS & ILLUSTRATIONS: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 151--152, pl. eig TIC PAY Gaels Ite Ae PAEPALANTHUS TRICHOPETALUS KUrn. Additional bibliography: Domin, Ann. Jard. Bot. Buitenz, 24 [sers) 26) 91h 248.2901) "Mo P. BL" [Mold. ],/Biol<) Abstrena3e 6594. 1977; Mold., Phytologia 35: 130--131. 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 159 & 620. 1980. Gardner misidentified and distributed his material of this tax- on as Eriocaulon SP. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: G, Gardner 5268 (W--1067054--isotype). PAEPALANTHUS TRICHOPHYLLUS (Bong) (KUrn. Additional bibliography: "M, P. B." [Mold.], Biol. Abstr. 63: 6594. 1977; Mold., Biol. Abstr. 64: 686. 1977; Mold., Phytologia 35: 252--253. 1977; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.31: 17. 1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 159 & 620. 1980; Mold. in Harley & Mayo, Toward Checklist Fl. Bahia 76. 1980 Recent collectors describe this plant as qn erect branched herb, 25--35 cm. tall, the leaves gray- OF grayish-green, the involucral bractlets brown or dark-brown, and the florets whit- ish, They have found it growing in dry places on campo rupestre, in marshes in a region of "sandstone, conglomerate, metamorphic and quartzite rock outcrops with associated scrubby vegetation with damp flushes, grassland, and marsh in some areas", at 1300-- 1850 m. altitude, flowering and fruiting in March and July. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Bahia: Harley, Mayo, Storr, Santos, & Pinheiro in Harley 19727 (Ld, N, W--2936315), 19729 (Ld, N, W--2936314), 19733 (Ld, N, W--2936313); Harley, Renvoize, Erskine, Brighton, & Pinheiro in Harley 16066 (W--2791566). MOUNTED CLIPPINGS: Kunth, Enum, Pl. 3: 579. 1841 (N, W). PAEPALANTHUS TRUXILLENSIS KbBrn,. Additional bibliography: Knuth, Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Beih. 43: [Init. Fl. Venez.] 181. 1927; Mold., Biol. Abstr. 64: 686. 1977; Mold., Phytologia 35: 253--254, 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 118 & 620. 1980. Recent collectors describe this plant as having the leaves dull pale-green or rich-green on both surfaces, the flower-heads white or dull-white, and the involucral bractlets "gray-black" or "black-green", They have encountered it on paramos, at 3000-—- 3200 m. altitude, flowering in June, Knuth (1927) cites only Linden 297 from Trujillo, Venezuela. Additional citations: VENEZUELA: Apure: Steyermark, Dunster- ville, & Dunsterville 98629 (N), 101142 (N). Lara: Liesner, Gonzalez, Wingfield, & Burandt 8054 (Ld). Tachira: Steyermark 57371 (W--1901728). 1984 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 7 PAEPALANTHUS TUBERCULATUS Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Mold., Biol. Abstr. 64: 686. 1977; Mold., Phytologia 35: 254. 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 159 & 620. 1980. Citations: MOUNTED CLIPPINGS & ILLUSTRATIONS: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 222--224, pl. 147. 1928 (Ld, N, W). PAEPALANTHUS TUBEROSUS (Bong.) Kunth Additional synonymy: Paepalanthus tuberosus (Bong.) Ruhl, ex Mold., Phytologia 54: 244 in syn. 1983. Additional & emended bibliography: Bong., Mem. Acad. Imp. Sci. St.-Petersb., ser. 6, 1: 629--630. 1831; Mold., Biol. Abstr. 64: 686.1977; Mold., Phytologia 35: 254--255 & 279. 1977; Mold., Phy- tol. Mem. 2: 159 & 620. 1980; Mold., Phytologia 44: 244. 1983. Citations: MOUNTED CLIPPINGS: Bong., Ess. Monog. Erioc. 29. 1831 (N, W); Kunth, Enum. Pl. 3: 575. 1841 (N, W). PAEPALANTHUS ULEANUS Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 42: 35. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 159 & 620. 1980. PAEPALANTHUS UNCINATUS G, Gardn. Additional bibliography: Mold., Biol. Abstr. 64: 686. 1977; Mold., Phytologia 35: 256. 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 159 & 620. 1980. PAEPALANTHUS UNDULATUS Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Mold., Biol. Abstr. 64: 686. 1977; Mold., Phytologia 35: 256--257 & 278, 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 160 & 620. 1980. PAEPALANTHUS URBANIANUS Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Anon., Roy. Bot. Gard. Kew Lib. Awaren. 8: 33. 1978; Mold., Phytologia 42: 35. 1979; Mold., Phy- tol. Mem. 2: 160 & 620. 1980, Additional citations: RRAZIL: Goids: W. R. Anderson 7689 (W-- 2755406). PAEPALANTHUS URBANIANUS Var. ANGUSTIFOLIUS Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold,, Phytologia 42: 35. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 160 & 620. 1980. PAEPALANTHUS USTERII Beauverd Additional bibliography: Mold., Biol. Abstr. 64: 686. 1977; Mold., Phytologia 35: 258--259. 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem, 2: 160 & 620. 1980, Citations: MOUNTED CLIPPINGS: Beauverd, Bull, Herb. Boiss., ser. 2, 8: 295. 1908 (N, W). PAFPALANTHUS VAGINANS Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Mold., Biol. Abstr. 64: 686. 1977; Mold., Phytologia 35: 259, 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 160 & 620, 72 VP Wel NG AE (0), 165 (0) (ee I Vol. 55, No. 2 1980. Citations: MOUNTED CLIPPINGS & ILLUSTRATIONS: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 166-~167, pl. 106. 1928 (Ld, N, W). PAEPALANTHUS VAGINATUS KUrn. Additional bibliography: Phytologia 35: 259-260. 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 160 & 620. 1980. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Irwin, Santos, Sovza, & Fonséca 22825 (W-=2582553A). PAEPALANTHUS VARIABILIS Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Mold., Biol. Abstr. 64: 686. 1977; Mold., Phytologia 35: 261. 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 160 & 620. 1980. Additional citations: MOUNTED CLIPPINGS & ILLUSTRATIONS: Alv. Silv., Fl. Serr. Min. 49. 1908 (W); Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1:°154— 156, pl. 97 & 98. 1928 (Ld, N, W). PAEPALANTHUS VARIABILIS VaYe GLABRESCENS Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Mold., Biol. Abstr. 64: 686. 1977; Mold., Phytologia 35: 261. 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 160 & 620. 1980. Citations: MOUNTED CLIPPINGS: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 156. 1928 (Ld, N, W). PAEPALANTHUS VELLOZIOIDES KUrn. Additional bibliography: Mold., Biol. Abstr. 64: 686. 1977; Mold., Phytologia 35: 260, 262--263, & 279 (1977) and 37: 35. 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 160 & 620, 1980. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Maguire, Maguire, & Murca Pires 44680 (Ld, N). PAEPALANTHUS VELUTINUS Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Mold., Biol. Abstr. 64: 686, 1977; Mold., Phytologia 35: 264. 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 160 & 620. 1980. Citations: MOUNTED CLIPPINGS & ILLUSTRATIONS: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 145--147, pl. 91. 1928 (Ld, N, W). PAEPALANTHUS VENETIFOLIUS Mold. & Steyerm. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 42: 35. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 160 & 620. 1980. Additional citations: VENEZUELA: Bolfvar: Steyermark, Espinoza, & Brewer-Carias 109405 (W--2813879--isotype). MOUNTED ILLUSTRA- TIONS: Mold, in Steyerm. & Brewer-Carfas, Bol. Soc. Venez. Ci- enc. Nat. 132/133: [285], fig. 4. 1976 (1d). PAEPALANTHUS VENUSTOIDES Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Biol. Abstr. 64: 686, 1977; Mold., Phytologia 35: 264. 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 118, 427, & 620. 1980, Additional citations: MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: Mold., Act. Biol. 1984 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae a3 Venez. 2: 49. 1957 (Ld); Soukup, Biota 5: 302. 1959 (Ld). PAEPALANTHUS VENUSTUS Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Biol. Abstr. 64: 686. 1977; Mold., Phytologia 37: 55 (1977) and 38: 126. 1977; Hocking, Ex- cept. Bot. A.31: 17 & 18. 1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 118 & 620. 1980. Recent collectors have found this plant growing at 1650 m, altitude, Additional citations: VENEZUELA: Bolivar: B, Maguire 32800 (W--2168891), 32840 (W--2168893--isotype), 32884 (W--2168894); Steyermark, Berry, Dunsterville, & Dunsterville 117452a (Ld). PAEPALANTHUS VESTITUS Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.31: 17. 1978; Mold., Phytologia 42: 35. 1979; Mold. in Harley & Mayo, Toward Checklist Fl. Bahia 76. 1980; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 160 & 620. 1980. PAEPALANTHUS VESTITUS var. CAULESCENS Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 42: 35. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 160 & 620. 1980; Mold. in Harley & Mayo, Toward Checklist Fl. Bahia 76. 1980. Recent collectors describe this plant as shrubby, with an erect to creeping stem to 1 m. long and with spiral phyllotaxy, the leaves silvery-gray. They have found it growing in the shade of rocks in a region of "sandstone, conglomerate, metamorphic and quartzite rock outcrops with associated scrubby vegetation with damp flushes, grassland, and marsh in some areas", at 1500--1850 m. altitude, in flower and fruit in February and March. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Bahia: Harley, Mayo, Storr, San- tos, & Pinheiro in Harley 19579 (K, K), 19704 (N). PAEPALANTHUS VIGIENSIS Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 35: 278. 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 160 & 620. 1980. PAEPALANTHUS VILLIPES Mold. Synonymy: Paepalanthus viliipes Mold., Phytologia 54: 244 in syn. 1983. Additional bibliography: Mold,, Phytologia 35: 278--279. 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 160 & 620. 1980; Mold., Phytologia 54: 244. 1983. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Pard: Murca Pires 4082 (W-- 2221370). PAEPALANTHUS VILLOSULUS Mart. Additional bibliography: Domin, Ann, Jard. Bot. Buitenz. 24 [ser. 2, 9]: 248. 1911; Mold., Phytologia 35: 279—280. 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 160 & 620. 1980. 74 PH Yee reOn On GataeA Vol. 55, Nose 2 PAEPALANTHUS VIRIDIPES Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 35: 280. 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem, 2: 160 & 620. 1980. Citations: MOUNTED CLIPPINGS & ILLUSTRATIONS: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont... 2ehad5——116, pl. ¥1.01928: (edn, W). PAEPALANTHUS VIRIDIS KBrn. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 42: 35--36. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 118, 160, & 620. 1980. Recent collectors describe this plant as having dull-green leaves and "pale-white" flowering heads. They have found it growing on sandy shaded banks bordering roadside ditches, at 250-- 300 m. altitude, in both flower and fruit in November. Additional citations: VENEZUELA: TAchira: Steyermark, Liesner, & Gonzalez 119549 (Ld). PAEPALANTHUS VIRIDULUS Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 35: 281--282. 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 160 & 620. 1980. PAEPALANTHUS VISCOSUS Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 35: 282. 1977; Mold., Phytol, Mem. 2: 125 & 620. 1980. Huber & Tillett have encountered this plant in extensive shrubby matorrales and frequent on banks, in the open, and in anegadizas areas, at 100--120 m. altitude, in both flower and fruit in March and July, describing the inflorescence heads as white or dark-gray and dry. They further state that it "formando pequefios cojines, frecuente en la sabana y sobre el arena desnuda de la antigua carretera", Additional citations: VENEZUELA: Amazonas: O, Huber 5150 (Ld); Huber & Tillett 5352 (Ld), 5447 (Ld). SURINAM: Archer 2836 (W-- 2250358--isotype); Maguire & Stahel 23665 (W--1907850), 24979 (W-- 1907846). PAEPALANTHUS WARMINGIANUS (KUrn.) KUrn. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 35: 282--283. 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 160 & 620. 1980. PAEPALANTHUS WEBERBAUERI Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 42: 36. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 134 & 620. 1980. PAEPALANTHUS WEDDELLIANUS K8rn. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 35: 283--284. 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 160 & 620. 1980. PAEPALANTHUS wILLIaMstr Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 42: 36. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 110, 118, 160, & 620. 1980; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. Al36e 225 1981. Recent collectors describe this plant as 30 cm. tall, the 1984 Moldenke, Notes on Friocaulaceae 75 flowers cream ¢olor or "tan", and "the inflorescence producing plantlets". They have found it growing in white sand of flooded campina, in forests next to white sand savannas, in sandy soil of campo fechada, and "not common" in very wet spots of white sand campina, in flower in June, July, and November, and in fruit in April and May. Additional citations: COLOMBIA: Vaupés: Schultes, Baker, & Cabrera 18166 (W-~2198895). VENEZUELA: Amazonas: Davidse, Huber, & Tillett 16962 (Ld); Huber, Tillett, & Davidse 3770 (Ld); Ma- guire & Wurdack 34549 (W--2168930); Maguire, Wurdack, & Keith 41757 (W--2279317). BRAZIL: Amazénas: Calderdn, Monteiro, & Guedes 2671 (Ld, W--2931234); cid, Buck, Nelson, Almeida, Mota, & Lima 466 (Ld). Para: Froes 29934 (W--2343719). Roraima: Steward, Araujo, Buck, Ramos, & Ribamar 97 (Ld, N, N, W--2930232). PAEPALANTHUS WURDACKI Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 35: 284--285., 1977; Mold, Phytol. Mem. 2: 134 & 620. 1980. PAEPALANTHUS XANTHOPUS Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 35: 285. 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 160 & 620. 1980. Citations: MOUNTED CLIPPINGS & ILLUSTRATIONS: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 70--72, pl. 41. 1928 (Ld, N, W). PAEPALANTHUS XIPHOPHYLLUS Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 35: 285. 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 160 & 620. 1980. PAEPALANTHUS YUCCA Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Mold., Biol. Abstr. 64: 1838. 1977; Mold., Phytologia 35: 285--286. 1977; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.31: 17. 1978; Angely, S. Amer. Bot. Bibl. 2: 674, 1980; Mold., Phy=- tol. Mem. 2: 160 & 620. 1980, PHILODICE Mart. Additional & emended bibliography: Meisn., Pl. Vasc. Gen. 2: 312. 1843; Durand, Ind. Gen. Phan. 454. 1888; Post & Kuntze, Lexi- con 431 & 623. 1904; Lotsy, Vortr. Bot. Stammesges. 3 (1): 707. 1911; Knuth, Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Beih. 43: [Init. Fl. Ver- ez.] 183. 1927; Rouleau, Guide Ind. Kew, 145 & 270. 1970; Thani- kaimoni, Inst. Franc. Pond, Trav. Sect. Scient. Techn. 13: 180 & 285. 1976; Giulietti, Bol. Bot. Univ. S. Paulo 6: [61] & 63. 1978; tiocking, Excerpt. Bot. A,31: 17 & 18. 1978; Mold., Phytolo- gia 42: 36 & 509, 1977; Monteiro, Giulietti, Mazzoni, & Castro, Bol, Bot. Univ. S. Paulo 7: [43], 45, 47, 54, & 59, fig. 101. 1979; Moid., Phytologia 45: 40 & 509. 1980; Mold., Phytol. Mem. Sebo, 118, 223, 125, 160, 172, 426, 430, 431, 6.620. 19805 Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.36: 22. 1981; Badillo, Schnee, & Rojas, Ernstia 14: [Clave Fam. Pl. Sup. Venez., ed. 6] 213. 1983; Mold., Phytologia 52: 508 (1983), 54: 244 (1983), and 54: 509. 1983. 76 Pe Yl 10h ONG aiaA Vol. 55, Now 2 PHILODICE CUYABENSIS (Bong.) KUrn. Additional synonymy: Philodice cuyabensis (Bong.) Ruhl, ex Mold., Phytologia 54: 244 in syn. 1983, Additional bibliography: Mold., Biol. Abstr. 64: 1838; Mold., Phytologia 35: 288--289 (1977) and 38: 50. 1977; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.31l: 17, 1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 160 & 620, 1980; Mold., Phytologia 54: 244, 1983, Poole refers to this plant as an infrequent annual, ee OS 0) SYNGONANTHUS QUADRANGULARIS Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 38: 29, 1977; Mold., Phytol, Mem. 2: 167 & 625. 1980. Citations: MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS & CLIPPINGS: Alv, Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 333--334, pl. 210. 1928 (Ld, N, W). SYNGONANTHUS RECLINATUS (KUrn.) Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 38: 29--30. 19773; Mold., Biol. Abstr. 65: 3719. 1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 167 & 625. 1980. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Goids: Duarte 13954 [Herb. Brad. 60826] (Ld); G. Gardner 3488 (W--936281--isotype). SYNGONANTHUS REFLEXUS Gleason Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 42: 204--205 (1979) and 46: 155. 1980; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 112, 120, 168, & 625. 1980. Recent collectors describe this plant as a very common herb, 15--40 cm. tall, the inflorescences dry, the flowering heads white, and the "flowers cream", They have found it growing on quartzite-based mesas, in very wet spots on white-sand campinas, and "frequent throughout the savannas", 35-334 m. altitude, in flower in April, and both in flower and fruit in January, Febru- ary, and June to August. Huber refers to it as "common on all savannas" and as a "hierba arrosetada comin en toda la sabana anegadiza", Calderdén and his associates make the remarkable assertion "plants ash-white color with golden hairy inflores- cences" -- certainly an error in observation, The Maguire, Wurdack, & Keith 41759, Murga Pires, Black, Wur- dack, & Silva 6182, 6462, 6470, & 6553, and Rosa & Santos 1993, previously cited as typical S. reflexus, are now considered by me as representing its var. longifolius Mold., while Steyermark 75854 is S. xeranthemoides var, tricostatus (Gleason) Mold. Additional citations: COLOMBIA: Guainfa: Garcia-Barriga 20833 (W--2844154); Maguire, Wurdack, & Keith 41845 (W--2279329). Vaupés: Schultes, Baker, & Cabrera 18178 (W--2198896); Schultes & Cabrera 14229 (W--2198866), 14348 (W--2198870), 19172 (Ld, W-- 2198915), 19948 (W--2198931), 19990 (W--2198933). VENEZUELA: Amazonas: Farinas, Velasquez, & Medina 450 (N); O. Huber 1078 (Ld), 2387 (Ld), 2418 (Ld), 2450 (Ld), 2529 (Ld), 2552 (Ve), 2644 (Ld), 2670 (Ld), 3406 (Lc), 3851 (Lc), 3875 (Lc), 3925 (Ve); Huber & Medina 5756 (Ld); Huber & Tillett 2910 (Ld), 3060 (Ld), 1984 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 259 5458 (Ve), 5473 (Ld); Huber, Tillett, & Davidse 3658 (Ld), 3683 (Ve); Maguire & Wurdack 35655 (W--2168956); Maguire, Wurdack, & Bunting 36352 (W--2168973), 36675 (W--2168981); Maguire, Wurdack, & Maguire 41681 (W--2279300); J. A. Steyermark 57816 (W--1901738) ; Wurdack & Adderley 42868 (W--2320881). BRAZIL: Amaz6nas: Cal- deron, Monteiro, & Guedes 2558 (Ld, W--2931219), 2672 (Ld, W-- 2931233); Rosa & Lira 2281 (N). SYNGONANTHUS REFLEXUS var. LONGIFOLIUS Mold., Phytologia 46: 155. 1980. Bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 46: 155. 1980; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 120, 168, & 625. 1980. Recent collectors describe this plant as an "arbuste de 60 cn., inflorescencia branca" and report it localiy abundant on scrub savannas and wet savannas, in "floresta com manchas de serrado, solo arenito e quartzito", at 120--425 m. altitude, in both flow- er and fruit in May, October, and December. Most of the collec- tions cited below were previously cited by me in earlier install- ments of these notes as typical S. reflexus Gleason before the validity of the present variety was established. Citations: VENEZUELA: Amazonas: Maguire, Wurdack, & Keith 41759 (B, B, Mu, N, S). BRAZIL: Mato Grosso: Rosa & Santos 1993 (N). Parad: Murga Pires, Black, Wurdack, & Silva 6182 (N), 6462 (N--type), 6470 (N), 6553 (N). SYNGONANTHUS RETRORSO-CILIATUS Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 38: 31--32. 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 168 & 625. 1980. Citations: MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS & CLIPPINGS: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 347--349, pl. 220. 1928 (Ld, N, W). SYNGONANTHUS RETRORSUS Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 38: 32, 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 168 & 625. 1980. Citations: MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS & CLIPPINGS: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 344--345, pl. 218. 1928 (Ld, N, W). SYNGONANTHUS RHIZONEMA Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 38: 32--33 & 43. 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 168 & 625. 1980. SYNGONANTHUS RIVULARIS Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 38: 33 & 48. 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 120 & 625, 1980. Huber and Tillett encountered this plant on Savannas, growing with their no. 5573 at 100 m. altitude, in both flower and fruit in July. Additional citations: VENEZUELA: Amazonas: Huber & Tillett 5573a (Ve). Bolivar: Steyermark & Wurdack 792 (W--2168524--iso- type, W--2407796--isotype). 260 PLAY NEVORLEOnG. a A Vol. 55, No. 4 SYNGONANTHUS ROBINSONITI Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 38: 33--34. 1977; Mold., Biol. Abstr.) 65:3) 3719. 1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 228, ZAG SOLS en LO SOs SYNGONANTHUS RUFIPES Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 38: 34. 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 168 & 625. 1980. Additional citations: MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS & CLIPPINGS: Alv. Shuky5, WIS Werves Ile St, jal WA, TWOWEY (Gtala ING W)E SYNGONANTHUS RUFO-ALBUS Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 38: 34--35. 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 168, 444, & 625. 1980. SYNGONANTHUS RUPRECHTIANUS (K8rn.) Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 38: 35 & 126. 1977; Mold., Biol. Abstr. 65: 3719. 1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 168, 398), 4275 & 625), 11980). SYNGONANTHUS SAVANNARUM Mold. & S.~ SAVANNARUM var. GLABRESCENS Mold. These taxa are now classified as Paepalanthus savannarum (Mold.) Mold. and P. savannarum var. glabrescens (Mold.) Mold., which see. SYNGONANTHUS SCHLECHTERI Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 38: 33, 37, & 132. 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 221 & 625. 1980. SYNGONANTHUS SCHWACKEI Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 38: 37--39. 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 168 & 625. 1980. SYNGONANTHUS SCLEROPHYLLUS Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 38: 38. 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 168 & 625. 1980. SYNGONANTHUS SICKII Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 38: 38. 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 168 & 625. 1980. SYNGONANTHUS SIMILIS Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 38: 38--39. 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 120, 168, & 625. 1980. SYNGONANTHUS SIMILIS var. VENEZUELENSIS Mold., Phytologia 45: 209, 1980. Bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 45: 209. 1980; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 120 & 625. 1980. Huber describes this as an herb, 20--30 cm, tall, with the "ex- 1984 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 261 ternal floral bracts" [involucral bracts] "marrdén doradas", the flowers white. He encountered it on open savannas, where he re- ports it frequent, and on wet savannas with hummocks "por debajo de morichal", at 95--98 m,. altitude, in flower in February and both in flower and fruit in May. Citations: VENEZUELA: Amazonas: O. Huber 1633 (Ld--type), 1905 (Ld), 3359 (Ve). SYNGONANTHUS SIMPLEX (Miq.) Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Knuth, Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Beih. 43: [Init. Fl. Venez.] 182. 1927; Mold., Phytologia 38: 39--42. 1977; Mold., Biol. Abstr. 65: 3719, 1978; Mold., Phytolo- cudaua2s) 9006 43, 1979: Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 1125 120, 123, 125, 168, & 625. 1980; Mold., Phytologia 54: 235, 1983. Knuth (1927) cites Passarge & Selwyn 580 from Bolfvar and Con- nell & Quelch 126 from Roraima, Venezuela, Recent collectors have found the plant on wet and inundated savannas, "rather frequent", at 50 m. altitude, describing the inflorescence heads as white, in both flower and fruit in Septem- ber and November. Additional citations: COLOMBIA: Vaupés: Schultes & Cabrera 12381 (W--2198862), 13505 (W--2198882), 14963 (W--2198876), 19936 (W-~2198930). VENEZUELA: Amazonas: Maguire & Politi 28035 (W-- 2046451); Maguire, Wurdack, & Keith 41793 (W--2279322); Thomas & Rogers 2615 (N). Bolfvar: Huber, Alarcon, & Davidse 6816 (Ld). Gu4rico: Delascio, Montes, Mesa, & Arismandi 10228 (W--2937050). GUYANA: Maguire & Fanshawe 23206a (W--1907822). SYNGONANTHUS SIMPLEX var. APPENDICULIFER Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 38: 42. 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 123, 168, & 625. 1980, SYNGONANTHUS SINUOSUS Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 38: 42--43, 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 168 & 625. 1984. Additional citations: MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS & CLIPPINGS: Alv. Silv., Fl. Serr. Min. 75. 1908 (W); Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1:3) 353-- BS IpeDleeeeout tes. 2 el O28e Ghd, Ny Wie SYNGONANTHUS SPADICEUS (KUrn.) Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 38: 43. 1977; Mold., Biol. Abstr. 65: 3719. 1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 168 & 625. 1980. SYNGONANTHUS SQUARROSUS Ruhl, Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 38: 31 & 43--45 (1977) and 38: 183 & 192. 1978; Mold., Biol. Abstr. 65: 3719, 1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 168 & 625. 1980. SYNGONANTHUS SQUARROSUS var. ELATIOR Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 38: 44--45, 1977; 262 i eL NCU AL (0) 1, (0) (ChE AN Vol. 55, No. 4 Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 168 & 625. 1980. Citations: MOUNTED CLIPPINGS: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 396. 1928 (Ld, N, W). SYNGONANTHUS STEYERMARKII Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 38: 45. 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 120 & 625. 1980. Recent collectors describe this plant as growing in dense tufts and have encountered it at 3000-~3200 m. altitude, in both flower and fruit in January. Additional citations: VENEZUELA: Apure: Steyermark, Dunster- ville, & Dunsterville 101243 (N). SYNGONANTHUS SURINAMENSIS Mold, Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 38: 45. 1977; Mold., Phytol, Mem. 2: 125 & 625. 1980. Additional citations: SURINAM: B. Maguire 24321 (W--1907837), 24502 (N--type, W--1907840--isotype). SYNGONANTHUS TENUIPES Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 38: 45--46. 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 168 & 625. 1980. Citations: MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS & CLIPPINGS: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 326--327, pl. 207. 1928 (Ld, N, W). SYNGONANTHUS TENUIS (H.B.K.) Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Knuth, Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Beih, 43: [Init. Fl. Venez.] 182. 1927; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A. 30. 421. 1978; Mold., Phytologia 42: 205. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 112, 120, 123, 168, 442, 444, & 625. 1980;Mold., Phytolo-— gia 50: 246. 1982. Recent collectors describe this plant as a common herb, 15--30 cm. tall, forming small colonies, often mixed with grasses and Xyris, with white inflorescence heads. They have encountered it in open areas of cerrado on white sand, in periodically burned cerrado and campina, on wet and sandy savannas.over a quartzite base, in marshes on inundated campo, in "open treeless areas on white-sand savannas dominated by Lagenocarpus and Axonopus species interspersed with tree and shrub islands", and very abundant on "campo sujo, solo areia", at 20--255m. altitude, in both flower and fruit in February, June, July, August, November, & December. The vernacular name, "sempre viva", has been reported for this species -- actually, it is applied to all the Brazilian species with dry, Xeranthemum-like heads which are long-persistent after being picked. Steward and his associates report finding "a few heads proliferous" on their no, 74. Huber refers to the plant as "very common or even dominant all over the savannas". Knuth (1927) cites an unnumbered Humboldt & Bonplant collection and Passarge & Selwyn 259 from Bolfvar, Venezuela. The Prance, Pennington, & Murga Pires 1295 collection, cited below, is a mix- ture with a species of Xyris and a grass. 1984 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 263 Material of S. tenuis has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria as S. gracilis (K¥rn.) Ruhl. On the other hand, the Bastos, Ubiratan, Bougas, & Carvalho 102, distributed as S. tenuis, is S. umbellatus (Lam.) Ruhl., while Prance, Nelson, Mon- teiro, & Lima 21039 is not eriocaulaceous, Additional citations: COLOMBIA: Vaupés: Maguire, Maguire, & Ferndndez 44114 (N); Maguire, Wurdack, & Keith 41458 (W-- 2279266); Schultes, Baker, & Cabrera 18533 (W--2198905); Schultes & Cabrera 14231 (W--2198867), 19704 in part (N, W--2198923), 19918 (W--2198927), Zarucchi 2135 (W--2962715). VENEZUELA: Ama- zonas: O. Huber 2506 (1d), 2643 (Ld); Huber & Tillett 5573 (Ld); Maguire, Wurdack, & Bunting 36336 (W--2168971), 36590 (W-- 2168978); Thomas & Rogers 2608 (N). BRAZIL: AmazOnas: Rosa & Li- ra 2350 (N). Goids: Murga Pires & Santos 16209 (N). Mato Grosso: Rosa & Santos 1962 (W--2901729). Pard: Bastos, Ubiratan, Boucas, & Carvalho 103 (N); Daly, Campbell, Silva, Silva, Bahia, & Santos D.930 (Ld, N); Davidse, Rosa, Rosario, & Silva 17595 (Ld, N, W-- 2967828), 17683 (N), 17870 (Ld, N); Martinelli 6855 [RB Herb. 203477] (Ld); Prance, Pennington, & Murca Pires 1296 in part (W-- 2514742); Rosa 3186 (N). Roraima: Steward, Araujo, Buck, Ramos, & Ribamar 74 (N). MOUNTED CLIPPINGS: Kunth, Enum, Pl. 3: 534. 1841 (N, W). SYNGONANTHUS TENUIS var. MINOR Mold. Additional bibliography:Mold., Phytologia 38: 48 & 49. 1977; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.30: 421. 1978; Mold., Phytologia 50: 246. 1982. Recent collectors report this plant abundant on white-sand campina, the inflorescence heads white, and have found it both in flower and fruit in June. Additional citations: VENEZUELA: Amazonas: Huber & Tillett 2816 (Ld). BRAZIL: Amazonas: Calderon, Monteiro, & Guedes 2552 (Ld, W--2931215), 2553 (Ld, W--2931216). SYNGONANTHUS TIRICENSIS Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 38: 49, 1977; Mold., Phytol, Mem. 2: 120 & 626, 1980. Huber and Steyermark refer to this plant as very frequent on sandy wet savannas near rivers and in rocky areas among vegeta- tion associated with Chimantaea mirabilis, and in low scrub of Mallophyton chimantensis, at 2000--2500 m. altitude, describing the inflorescence heads dry and white or grayish-white, "with a hairy bud between the leaves" or with the "center of leafy clumps gray-white lanulose", the leaves themselves short, dull-green, and rosulate, They found it both in flower and fruit in January and February. Additional citations: VENEZUELA: Bolivar: Huber & Steyermark 6889 (Ld), 7004 (Ld), 7129 (Ld); Steyermark, Espinosa, McDiar- mid, & Brewer-Carfas 115882 (Ld), 115927 (Ld); Steyermark, Huber, & Carrefio E. 128939 (Ld); Steyermark & Wurdack 739 (W--2168531-- isotype, W--2407794--isotype). 264 PAH igy ale Oe Ll ORG RisrA Vol. 55, No. 4 SYNGONANTHUS TRICHOPHYLLUS Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 38: 49--50. 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 112 & 626. 1980. SYNGONANTHUS ULETI Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 38: 50 & 118. 1977; Mold., Biol. Abstr. 65: 3719 & 4341. 1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 168 & 626. 1980. SYNGONANTHUS ULEI var. GOYAZENSIS Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 38: 118. 1977; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 65 (8): C.22. 1978; Mold., Biol. Abstr. 65: 4341. 1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 168 & 626. 1980. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Goids: Irwin, Harley, & Smith 32664 in part (W--2752351--isotype). SYNGONANTHUS UMBELLATUS (Lam.) Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Knuth, Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Beih. 43: [Init. Fl. Venez.] 181. 1927; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 68: 4592. 1979; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.33: 87. 1979; Mold., Phyto- logia 42: 31 & 205--206. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 96, 112, 120; 1237, 125,126, 68, 172; 404, 428, 444, & 626. 19805 Molids Phytologia 54: 145. 1983. Recent collectors describe this plant as a "branched herb", 10--20 cm. tall, with white inflorescence heads and flowers, and have found it growing on wet and on white-sand savannas with areas of open bare ground, "frequent to abundant" on open campo sujo, on inundated campo, and in "open treeless areas on white- sand savannas dominated by Lagenocarpus and Axonopus species in- terspersed with tree and shrub islands", as well as "infrequent in full sun along small rivulets on savannas", at 90--460 m. altitude, in both flower and fruit in June, September, October, and December. Knuth (1927) cites Connell & Quelch 129 from Roraima, Venezu- ela. Material of S. umbellatus has been misidentified and distribur ted in some herbaria as S, tenuis (Lam.) Ruhl. and as Paepalan- thus sp. Cowan & Soderstrom 1713 and Maguire, Mur¢ga Pires, & Maguire 47130 are mixtures with f. proliferens Mold. Additional citations: COLOMBIA: Vaupés: Humbert & Schultes 27367 (N); Schultes & Cabrera 19646 (W--2198919), 19918a (W-- 2198928). VENEZUELA: Amazonas: O, Huber 4645 (ld); J. A. Steyer= mark 57846 (W--1901745); Thomas & Rogers 2592 (N). GUYANA: Cow- an & Soderstrom 1713 in part (W-=-2678027); Goodland 912 (W-- 2548125); Maas, Westra, & al. 4405 (Ld, N); Maguire & Fanshawe 23252 (W--1907827); Maguire, Tillett, & Tillett 43844 (N); Mori, Persaud, & Boyan 8024 (W--2832715)3; Ae C. Smith 2166 (W-—- 1777551). SURINAM: Irwin,'! Prance, Soderstrom, & Holmgren 57536 (W--2514870); B. Maguire 24380 (W--1907838); Maguire & Stahel 23662 (W--1907849); W. W. Thomas 2381 (Ld). FRENCH GUIANA: Black & Klein 54-17351 (Cy); Halle 455 (Cy, Cy); Hoock s.n. [22 1984 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 265 Mai 1957] (Cy, Cy); Raynal-Roques AR.19728 (Cy). BRAZIL: Amapd: Maguire, Mur¢ca Pires, & Maguire 47130 in part (W--2435292); Murca Pires & Cavalcante 52408 (W--2514665); Ribeiro 1516 (N). Para: Bastos, Ubiranat, Bougas, & Carvalho 102 (N); Black & Ledoux 50-10380 (W--2252969); Davidse, Rosa, Rosario, & Silva 17589 (Ld, N, W--2967829); Martinelli 6848 [RB Herb. 202992] (Ld). MOUNTED CLIPPINGS: Kunth, Enum. Pl. 3: 577. 1841 (N, W). SYNGONANTHUS UMBELLATUS £. BRACHYPHYLLUS (Huber) Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 38: 123, 1977; Anon. BLol. Abstr. 65.(8)i: C.22, 1978; Mold., Biol Abstr, 65% 4341. 1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 168, 428, 444, & 626. 1980. SYNGONANTHUS UMBELLATUS f£. LATIFOLIUS Herzog Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 38: 121 & 123. 1977; Anon.) 8101. Abstr. 65: °(8)):9G.22.- 119785" Molde, Biol.) Abstr.°65- 4341. 1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 123, 168, & 626. 1980. SYNGONANTHUS UMBELLATUS var. LIEBMANNIANUS (KU8rn.) Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 38: 123--124. 1977; Axvions,) bLol. Abstr. 65 (8)21G.22. 1978 Mold., Biol, Abstr. 65:2 4341. 1978; Mold., Phytol, Mem. 2: 168 & 626. 1980. SYNGONANTHUS UMBELLATUS f£. MINOR (Miq.) Mold, Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 38: 124--125. 1977; ANON BLO. Abstr. 65 ((8)is) G22. LO78ssMolds, Biolls Abstr. 65: 4341, 1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 125, 428, & 626. 1980. SYNGONANTHUS UMBELLATUS var. PRANCEI Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 38: 121 & 125. 1977; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 65 (8): C.22. 1978; Mold., Biol. Abstr. 65: 4341. 1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 168 & 626. 1980. SYNGONANTHUS UMBELLATUS f£, PROLIFERENS Mold. Synonymy: Syngonanthus umbellatus f. proliferus Mold. ex Hock- ing, Excerpt. Bot. A.33: 87. 1979. Syngonanthus umbellatus f, proliferans Mold., Phytologia 42: 205 sphalm, 1979. Additional bibliography:Anon., Biol. Abstr. 68: 4592. 1979; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.33: 87. 1979; Mold., Phytologia 42: 205. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 120, 123, 168, 444, & 626. 1980. The Cowan & Soderstrom 1713, cited below, and Maguire, Mur¢ga Pires, & Maguire 47130 are mixtures with typical S. umbellatus (Lam. ) Ruhl. Additional citations: GUYANA: Cowan & Soderstrom 1713 in part (W--2678027). SYNGONANTHUS UMBELLATUS f,. STELLARIS Mold. Additional bibliography: Anon, Biol. Abstr. 68: 4592, 1979; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.33: 87. 1979; Mold., Phytologia 42: 205. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 112 & 626. 1980. 266 PHY Onl ‘On, ae A Vol. 55, Now4 SYNGONANTHUS VARESCHII Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 38: 125. 1977; A- non. Biol, Abstr. .65:-(8)): G.o22%) 19785, Molld.),, Biol. Abstr oy G5: 4341. 1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 120 & 626. 1980. Additional citations: MOUNTED CLIPPINGS: Mold., Act. Biol. Veneze 02) @)it) 50601957" Gi) SYNGONANTHUS VENEZUELENSIS Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 38: 125--126. 1977; Anon... Biol) Abstr. (65) 1(8)is) C.22.) 19783, Mold... Biol.) Abstremo5 4341. 1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 120 & 626. 1980. Additional citations: VENEZUELA: Bolfvar: J. A. Steyermark 59347 (W--1901814--isotype). SYNGONANTHUS VENUSTUS Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 38: 126. 1977; A- non., Biol. Abstr. 65 (8): C.22. 1978; Mold., Biol. Abstr. 65: 4341. 1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 168 & 626, 1980. Additional citations: MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS & CLIPPINGS: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 366--368, pl. 232. 1928 (Ld; N, W). SYNGONANTHUS VERTICILLATUS (Bong.) Ruhl, Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 42: 206. 1979; Monteiro, Giulietti, Mazzoni, & C:stro, Bol. Bot. Univ. S. Paulo 7: [43], 46, 47, 53, & 58, fig. 75-=78. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2 20 SeG8s 42850) 626.) 1980). Additional illustrations: Monteiro, Giulietti, Mazzoni, & Castro. Bole Bot. Unive S. Paulo 7/258, 0fis. J5——-/ Sen Loo Hatschbach found this plant growing in wet sandy soil of campo rupestre, at 1050 m. altitude, both in flower and frud iain March. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Anderson, Stieber, & Kirkbride 35459 (W--2709606); Hatschbach 41321 (N, W--2840065), 42863 (Ld, W--2937363); Irwin, Maxwell, & Wasshausen 20797 (W-- 2598435); Irwin, Santos, Souza, & Fonséca 22664 (W--2582556A). MOUNTED CLIPPINGS: Kunth, Enum. Pl. 3: 577. 1841 (N, W). SYNGONANTHUS WAHLBERGII (Wikstr.) Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 38: 129--133. 1977; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 65 (8): C.22. 1978; Mold., Biol. Abstr. 65: L340 107/8eMolldeawehy tole Meme2: 7205, 2130 21/5 22 eee 234, 236, 238, 246, 428, 444, & 626. 1980. SYNGONANTHUS WEDDELLII Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 38: 133. 1977; A- non., Biol. Abstr. 65 (8): C.22. 1978; Mold., Biol. Abstr. 65: 4341. 1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 168 & 626. 1980; Mold. in Har- ley & Mayo, Toward Checklist Fl. Bahia 77. 1980. SYNGONANTHUS WEDDELLII vare GRACILIS Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 38: 133. 1977; Anon., 1984 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 267 Biol, Abstr. 65 (8): C,22. 1978; Mold., Biol. Abstr. 65: 4341. 1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 168 & 626. 1980; Mold. in Harley & Mayo, Toward Checklist Fl. Bahia 77. 1980. Recent collectors describe this plant as having gray-green leaves and pale-brown involucral bractlets. They have encounter- ed in a region of "sandstone, metamorphic and quartzite rock out- crops with associated marsh, damp flushes and grassland and some cutover mixed deciduous woodland by streams and cerrado", at 1500--1600 m. altitude. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Bahia: Harley, Mayo, Storr, San- tos, & Pinheiro in Harley 19623 (N). SYNGONANTHUS WELWITSCHII (Rendle) Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 38: 133--134. 1977; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 65 (8): C.22. 1978; Mold., Biol. Abstr, 65: 4341. 1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 209 234, & 626. 1980. SYNGONANTHUS WIDGRENIANUS (KUrn,) Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 38: 178--180. 1978; Anons, biol. "Abstr. 65° (8) 2°C.22 11978; Mold.) Biol. Abstr.165: 4341. 1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 168, 444, & 626. 1980. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Widgren 822 (W-- 936263--cotype). SYNGONANTHUS WIDGRENIANUS var. PUBERULIFOLIUS Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 38: 179--180. 1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 168, 444, & 626. 1980. SYNGONANTHUS WILSONII Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 38: 180. 1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 91, 92, & 626. 1980. SYNGONANTHUS XANTHOLEPIS Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Mold.,, Phytologia 38: 180. 1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 168 & 626. 1980. Citations: MOUNTED CLIPPINGS: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 395. 1928 (N, W). SYNGONANTHUS XERANTHEMOIDES (Bong.) Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Knuth, Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Beih, 43: [Init, Fl. Venez.] 182. 1927; Mold., Phytologia 42: 206—-207. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 110, 120, 123, 168, 404, 425, 428, 443, 444, 626, & 628. 1980; Mold. in Harley & Mayo, Toward Checklist Fl. Bahia 77. 1980; Mold., Phytologia 50: 246 & ZOACL9G2), 512" 302) (1982), 53%) SLAY (4983), $4201455.'234,! 235,08 237 (1983), and 55: 89 & 158. 1984. Recent collectors have encountered this plant "in wet areas in savanna leading to cano", on "wet marshy savannas leading to morichal", "in open morichal with scattered mMauritia palms but otherwise marshy grassland, locally with standing shallow pools of water dominated by Eleocharis elegans", “along marshy edges of 268 PAHS YoteOe bl O8G ai 7A Vol. 25/5) eNoene4 lower parts of quebradas among rocks, with a narrow gallery for- est with Mauritia", and in "catinga umida cortada por diversos igarapés", at 60--80 m. altitude, the flowering heads described as white. They have found it both in flower and fruit in Febru- arye Knuth (1927) cites Passarge & Selwyn 220 from Bolivar and Pittier 5841 from Miranda, Venezuela. Material of S. xeranthemoides has been misidentified and dis- tributed in some herbaria as S. caulescens (Poir.) Ruhl. and as Paepalanthus sp. On the other hand, the Aristeguieta & Tamayo 4490, distributed as typical S. xeranthemoides, actually repre- sents f£. brevifolius Mold,, while Steyermark, Berry, Dunsterville, & Dunsterville 117344 is var. tricostatus (Gleason) Mold. and Mur- ca Pires & Santos 16612 is Eriocaulon humboldtii Kunth. Additional citations: COLOMBIA: Meta: Haught 2740 (W--1707280). Vaupes: Schultes & Cabrera 20056 (W--2198935). VENEZUELA: Amazo- nas: H. L. Clark 6566 (N); O. Huber 4240 (ld). Apure: Davidse & Gonzalez 13910 (Ld), 14156 (Ld), 15528 (Ld), 15734 (Ld). Tdch- ira: Steyermark & Liesner 119298 (Ld). BRAZIL: Amazénas: Calder- on, Monteiro, & Guedes 2699 (Ld, W--2931230); A. Janssen 460 (Ld). Goids: Hatschbach 34244 (W-~2839299); Irwin, Souza, & Reis dos Santos 10510 (N, W--2934275). Mato-Grosso: Prance, Lleras,; & Coélho 18991 (N). Minas Gerais: Irwin, Maxwell, & Wasshausen 21004 (W--2598446). Pard: Prance, Silva, Berg, Henderson, Nelson, Balick, Bahia, & Santos P.25314 (W--2868546); Rosa & Santos 1882 (N, N). Rio de Janeiro: Segadas Vianna, Lau, Ormond, Machline, & Lorédo I.380 in part (Sm). Rondonia: Maguire, Murga Pires, Ma- guire, & Silva 56445 in part (N), 56460 (W-——-2514897). Sado Paulo: Black 51-11027 (W--2252975). SYNGONANTHUS XERANTHEMOIDES var. ALPINUS Mold., Phytologia 54: 235 non. nud. 1983; var. nov. Bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 54: 235. 1983, Haec varietas a forma typica speciei statura humiliore foliis 2.5--4 cm. longis pedunculis 6--10 cm. longis recedit. This variety differs from the typical form of the species in its much smaller stature, the leaves only 2.5--4 cm. long dur- ing anthesis and the peduncles only 6--10 cm. long. The variety is based on Steyermark, Huber, & Carreno E.128588 from 'Pequenas altiplanicies en la base septentrional de los farallones superiores del Amuri-tepui (Sector W del Acopdn-tepui) Macizo del Chimant&, Estado Bolivar, Pos. geogrdfica aprox.: 5 10' N, 62° 07' W.", Venezuela, at an altitude of about 1850 m., collected between February 2 and 5, 1983, and deposited in the Lundell Herbarium at the University of Texas. The collectors note that the plant forms dense tufts at the base of canyons. On other collections they describe the plant as a low herb common in wet sandy or swampy savannas, rather frequently forming small clumps among the grass and also forming dull-green clumps by sandstone rock outcrops at 2170--2200 m. altitude, resembling Chimantaea huberi in habit of growth, often growing in C. mirabilis vegeta-— 1984 Moldenke, Notes on Friocaulaceae 269 tion, the leaves erect, stiff, olive-green, the involucral bracts "marrén claro doradas", and the inflorescence heads dry, whitish or gray. Citations: VENEZUELA: Bolivar: Huber & Steyermark 6911 (Ld), 6973 (Ld); Steyermark, Huber, & Carreno E. 128236 (Ld), 128438 (Ld), 128588 (Ld--type), 128790 (Ld). SYNGONANTHUS XERANTHEMOIDES var. ANGUSTIFOLIUS Mold., Phytologia 51: 302. 1982. Bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 51: 302. 1982. Huber and Medina describe this plant as an “hierba frecuente en el borde y sobre los monticulos en el arbustal, cabezuelas blancas", at 120 m. altitude, and found it in both flower and fruit in February. Citations: VENEZUELA: Amazonas: O, Huber 5112 (Ld--type); Huber & Medina 5974 (Ld). SYNGONANTHUS XERANTHEMOIDES f£,. BREVIFOLIUS Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 42: 206--207. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 120, 168, & 626. 1980; Mold., Phytologia 50s 246 61-982) rand 54s 237). 1983). Recent collectors have encountered this plant on "treeless wet savannas dominated by Axonopus, Paspalum, Panicum and in spots Rapateaceae", on savannas with morichales, "locally frequent in boggy areas in scrub and adjacent Stegolepis bogs" , at the edges of waterholes on wet open sedge savannas, and on white-sand campinas, at 910--2140 m. altitude, describing the plants as to 30 cm. tall, the coarse, grass-like leaves light-green, the in- florescence heads ["spikelets"] and flowers white. They have found it in flower in June and in both flower and fruit in March, October, and December. Huber & Alarcon found it in "arbustales abiertos sobre roca arenisca", The Calderdn & al. 2699 and Segadas Vianna & al. I.380 collec-— tions, cited below, are mixtures with typical S. xeranthemoides (Bong.) Ruhl., while the Irwin & al. 21358, distributed and previ- ously cited as f. brevifolius, actually represents var. confusus (K8rn.) Mold. Additional & corrected citations: VENEZUELA: Amazonas: O. Huber 4274 (Ld), 5202 (Ld). Bolfvar: Davidse, Ramia, & Montes 4830 (E-- 2773081); Huber & Alarcon 7392 (Vo); Steyermark, Carrefio Espinosa, McDuarmid, & Brewer-Carfas 116117 (E-—-2881851); Steyermark & Liesner 127526 (Ld); Steyermark & Nilsson 677 (W--2400110). Gudrico: Aris- teguieta & Tamayo 4490 (N). GUYANA: Maas, Mennega, Welle, & Groen 5700 (Ld); Tillett & Tillett 45671 (N). BRAZIL: Amazonas: Calder- on, Monteiro, & Guedes 2555 (Ld, W—2931218), 2699 in part (W-- 2970399). Mato Grosso: Maguire, Murca Pires, Maguire, & Silva 56446 in part (W--2614893). Minas Gerais: Irwin, Maxwell, & Wass- hausen 20078 (W--2569051A). Rio de Janeiro: Segadas Vianna, Lau, Ormond, Machline, & Laré€do I.380 in part (W—2370793). Sao Paulo: Eiten & Eiten 2349 (W--2745130); Mattos & Mattos 8563 (W--2523012). 270 PPL AGS ORL ORGai yA Vol. 55, Now 4 SYNGONANTHUS XERANTHEMOIDES var. CONFUSUS (KUrn.) Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 38: 185-—-186 & 192, 1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 168, 425, 428, 444, & 626. 1980; Mold. in Harley & Mayo, Toward Checklist Fl. Bahia 77. 1980; Mold., Phytologia 54: 237. 1983. Recent collectors describe this plant as forming hard tussocks, the leaves erect and rigid, the peduncles 30--40 cm. long, the "heads light brown", the "floral bractlets" stramineous, and the florets white. They have found the plant growing in campo rupes- tre, in "cerrado seep in an area of gallery forest and adjacent cerrado", and in marshes in a region of open scrub on white sand with damp areas and extensive sedge meadows (brejo) partly burned over, at 550--1000 m. altitude, in both flower and fruit in Febru- art, March, and July. Material of this variety has previously mistakenly been re= garded as typical S. xeranthemoides (Bong.) Ruhl. or its f. brevifolius Mold. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Bahia: Harley, Mayo, Storr, San- tos, & Pinheiro in Harley 18832 (W--2936298), 18838 (Ac, Ld, N)3 Harley, Renvoize, Erskine, Brighton, & Pinheiro in Harley 15933 (W--2791601); Mori, King, Santos, & Hage 12643 (Ld, W--2854283). Goid4s: Irwin, Maxwell, & Wasshausen 21358 (Ld, N, W--2598443). SYNGONANTHUS XERANTHEMOIDES var. GRAHAMAE Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 42: 207. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 120, 123, & 626. 1980; Mold., Phytologia Sp)q dlsyesy DICE Recent collectors describe this plant as having the leaves and peduncles ("scapes") medium-green, the involucral bractlets brown or grayish-brown, and the flowers white. They report it often locally common on savannas and have also encountered it at the base of shaded canyons, in sandstone talus, on sand bars, in gravel on banks and near streams, along rocky streamsides in the mist of waterfalls, and often so abundant as to form a dense turf on wet sand. They have found it at altitudes of 100--1850 m. altitude, in flower in March and in both flower and fruit in February and from September to November. Additional citations: VENEZUELA: Amazonas: O. Huber 1677 (Ld), 3364 (Lc); W. W. Thomas 2646 (Ld). Bolivar: Huber & Entralgo 7399 (Ld); Steyermark, Huber, & Carreno E, 128586 (Ld). GUYANA: Tillett & Tillett 45486 (N), 45844 (N). SYNGONANTHUS XERANTHEMOIDES var. HIRSUTUS Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 42: 207. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 168 & 626. 1980. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Mato Grosso: Prance, Lleras, & Coélho 18981 (W--2772580). SYNGONANTHUS XERANTHEMOIDES var. MELANOLEPTS (Alv. Silv.) Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 38: 187. 1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 168, 444, & 626. 1980. 1984 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 271 Citations: MOUNTED CLIPPINGS: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 396, 1928 (N, W). SYNGONANTHUS XERANTHEMOIDES var. MINOR (Kunth) Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 38: 188. 1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 168, 428, 444, & 626. 1980. SYNGONANTHUS XERANTHEMOIDES var. STRIGILLOSUS Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 38: 188. 1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 168 & 626. 1980; Mold. in Harley & Mayo, Toward Checklist Fl. Bahia 77. 1980. Recent collectors describe this plant as a rosette herb with rigid olive-green leaves to about 6 cm. long, glossy above with white margins, pale-green beneath, the peduncles ["scapes"] to 30 em. tall, grayish, and the involucral bractlets stramineous. They have found it growing in open scrub on white sand with damp areas and extensive sedge meadows (brejo) partly burned over, at 950 m. altitude, in both flower and fruit in February. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Bahia: Harley, Mayo, Storr, San- tos, & Pinheiro in Harley 18831 (K). SYNGONANTHUS XERANTHEMOIDES var. TRICOSTATUS (Gleason) Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 42: 206 & 207. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 120, 123, 168, 444, & 626, 1980. Recent collectors refer to this plant as a common herb, 30--50 cm. tall, the leaves erect, borne in several planes, coriaceous, dull- or rich-green, the inflorescence heads dry, grayish-white or white, the involucral bractlets buff-brown, and the flowers dull- white. They describe it as growing in dense clumps or tufts and have encountered it around swamps, frequent on open or white-sand Savannas, among rocks in sandy areas near rapids, locally common under taller plants in moist areas of savannas, on wet savannas with a thin soil layer over white sand, and on rocky wet savannas dominated by Stegolepis and Cottendorfia, with Nietneria, Tofield- ia, Xyris, Abolboda, and Lagenocarpus also present, at 100~-2140 m. altitude, in flower in March, in fruit in February, May, and August, and in both flower and fruit in June, October, and Novem- ber. Huber & Tillett describe it as an "hierba arrosetada muy frecuente en todas la sabana anegadiza", The Steyermark 75854 collection, cited below, was distributed as and previously mistakenly cited as S. reflexus Gleason. Additional citations: VENEZUELA: Amazonas: O. Huber 1076 (ld), 3102 (Ld); Huber & Tillett 2859 (Ld), 5286 (Ve); Wurdack & Adder- ley 43691 (W--2320947). Bolfvar: Huber, Alarcon, & Barreat 6729 (Ld); Huber, Rodriguez, & Alarcon 7254 (Vo), 7329 (Id); Moore, Ambrose, Dietz, & Pfister 9647 (Ba); Je Ae Steyermark 75854 (Ld, W--2407773), 93485 (W--2584113); Steyermark, Berry, Dunsterville, & Dunsterville 117344 (Ld); Steyermark, Espinosa, McDiarmid, & Brewer-Carias 116117 (Ld); Steyermark & Nilsson 573 (W--2400109), 668 (W--2400112); We W. Thomas 2508 (N), 2707 (N). GUYANA: Maas & Westra 4412 (Ld, N); Maguire, Tillett, & Tillett 43833 272 PAB Yom Oun-One awn Vol. 55, No. 4 (Ld, N). BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Maguire, Mendes Magalhades, & Ma- guire 49090 (W--2435308). SYNGONANTHUS XERANTHEMOIDES var. VERNONIOIDES (Kunth) Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 38: 183, 185--188, & 190--192, 1978; Monteiro, Giulietti, Mazzoni, & Castro, Bol. Bot. Univ. S. Paulo 7: [43], 46--48, 53, & 58, fig. 70. 1979; Mold., Phytol, Mem. 2: 168, 404, 428, 444, 626, & 628. 1980; Mold., Phytologia 50: 264, 1982. Illustrations: Monteiro, Giulietti, Mazzoni, & Castro, Bot. Bol lWinshyo Sg EWC) 7/8 byYs}5 a8 WO)5 I7/S)- SYNGONANTHUS XINGUENSIS Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 38: 192. 1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 168 & 626. 1980. SYNGONANTHUS YACUAMBENSIS Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 42: 208. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 129 & 626. 1980; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A. S36: 23 LOSiee Molde chy tolocdalosh 264.0 98S% Material of this species has been mistakenly distributed in some herbaria as Eriocaulon sp. Additional citations: ECUADOR: Azuay: Holm-Nielsen, Jeppesen, Léjtnant, & Pllgaard 4814 (Ac, E--2773087, Eu--55331, Ut-- 352572B), 5080 (Ac, E--2773091); Prieto P.197 (W--2056919-- isotype). Loja: Balslev 1409 (Ld, N). SYNGONANTHUS YAPACANENSIS Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 38: 193. 1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 120 & 626. 1980. Recent collectors describe this plant as growing 15--20 cm. tall, the inflorescence heads dry and gray, grayish-white, or white. They have found it growing on white-sand savannas and in open grassland, "formando pequefios cojines en la sabana", at 95--125 m. altitude, referring to it as "frequent", "rather fre- quent", or "dominant on open savannas", in flower in April and both in flower and fruit in February, March, May, and August. Additional citations: VENEZUELA: Amazonas: Davidse, Huber, & Tillett 16948 (Ld), 17037 (Ld); O. Huber 2464 (Ld), 3227 (Lc), 3407 (Le), 3852 (Lc), 5088 (Ld), 6078 (Ld); Huber & Medina 5760 (Ld), 5806 (Ld); Huber & Tillett 3061 (ld); Huber, Tillett, & Davidse 3713 (Ld); Maguire, Cowan, & Wurdack 30782 (W--2046514-- isotype); Maguire, Wurdack, & Bunting 37615 (W--2169000), 37672 (W--2169003). SYNGONANTHUS YAPACANENSIS var. HIRSUTUS Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 38: 193. 1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 120 & 626. 1980. Huber refers to this plant as an herb forming "pequeffos co- jines", rather frequent on open savannas, at 100--120 m. alti- tude, the peduncles ("scapes") bluish-green and the inflores- cence heads gray or white, and found it both in flower and fruit 1984 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 273 in March and August. Additional citations: VENEZUELA: Amazonas: O. Huber 2411 (Ld), 5145 (Ld); Huber & Tillett 2914 (Ld), 3071 (Ld). TONINA Aubl. Additional & emended bibliography: J. F. Gmel. in L., Syst. Nat., ed. 13, imp. 1, 2: 206. 1791; Reichenb., Conspect. Reg. Veg. 1: 58. 1828; Durand, Ind. Gen. Phan. 454. 1888; Post & Kuntze, Lexicon 293, 563, & 623. 1904; Domin, Ann. Jard. Bot. 24 [ser,. 2, 9]: 248. 1911; Lotsy, Vortr. Bot. Stammesges. 3 (1): 705--707, pao ONT 35 :C. Willdie, Dict. Flow. Plies ede 5; :654.) 19255 Knuth, Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Beih, 43: [Init, Fl. Venez.] 183. 1927; Stap£, Ind. Lond. 3: 90 (1930) and 6: 316. 1931; J. C. Wil- lis, Dict. Flow. Pl., ed. 6, 654. 1951; Rouleau, Guide Ind. Kew. 96, 189, & 270. 1970; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.23: 389. 1974; Thanikaimoni, Inst, Fran¢g. Pond. Trav. Sect. Scient. Tech, 13: 236 & 285. 1976; Latorre, Ortega, & Inca, Cienc. Naturaleza 18:62, 1977; Bodley, Lab. Anthrop, Wash. St. Univ. Rep. Invest. 55: 23. 1978; Giulietti, Bol. Bot. Univ. S. Paulo 6: 63, 1978; Mold., Phytologia 42: 208. 1979; Monteiro, Giulietti, Mazzoni, & Castro, Boleeborwnivie (S. Paulow: [43]is046. 475) 545 1h 595 veie = L026 103, 1979; Mold,, Phytol. Mem. 2: 67, 75, 76, 79, 82, 84, 91, bes 1D 5 13:20, 2235 125, £265.29; 135,):1695 445, & 6265.:19805 Mold., Phytologia 45: 40 & 511. 1980; Mold. in Harley & Mayo, Toward Checklist Fl. Bahia 77. 1980; F. C. Seymour, Phytol. Mem, 1: 85 & 313. 1980; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.36: 23. 1981; Mold., Phytologia 50: 242 & 511 (1982) and 54: 234 & 237. '1983; Badillo, Schnee, & Rojas, Ernstia 14: [Clave Fam, Pl. Sup. Venez., ed. 6] 213. 1983; Mold., Phytologia 52: 511 (1983), 54: 511 (1984), and 55: 88 & 166, 1984. The Oldeman B.2674, distributed as Tonina sp., seems to be a sterile specimen of Syngonanthus macrocaulon Ruhl., while Prance & Ramos 23562 is not eriocaulaceous, TONINA FLUVIATILIS Aubl. Additional synonymy: Tonina flaviatilis Aubl, ex Mold., Phy- tol, Mem. 2: 445 in syn, 1980. Tonina aquatilis Aubl. ex Mold., Phytologia 52: 129 in syn. 1982, Additional bibliography: Domin, Ann, Jard, Bot. Buitenz, 24 [ser. 2, 9]: 248. 1911; Lotsy, Vortr. Bot. Stammesges. 3 aye 705--707, fig. 479. 1911; Knuth, Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. 43: [Init. Fl. Venez.] 183. 1927; Savage, Cat. Linn. Herb. Lond. 21. 1945; Latorre, Ortega, & Inca, Cienc. Naturaleza 18: 62. 1977; Mold., Phytologia 42: 208. 1979; Monteiro, Giulietti, Mazzoni, & Castro, Bol. Bot. Univ. S. Paulo 7: [43], 46, 54, & 59, fig. 102 & 103. 1979; Mold. in Harley & Mayo, Toward Checklist Fl. Bahia 77. 1980; F. C. Seymour, Phytol. Mem. 1: 85. 1980; Hocking, Ex- cerpt. Bot. A.36: 23. 1981; Mold., Phytologia 50: 242 (1982), 54: 234 & 237 (1983), and 55: 88 & 166. 1984. Additional illustrations: Lotsy, Vortr. Bot, Stammesges. 3 (1): 705, fig. 479. 1911; Monteiro, Giulietti, Mazzoni, & Castro, Bol. Bot. Univ. S. Paulo 7: 59, fig. 102 & 103. 1979. 274 POH) V4 THOSE OKC ob A Vol. 55, No. 4 Recent collectors describe this plant as an herb with a dense fibrous mat of roots, 30--490 cm. tall, the stems hairy, reclining at the base when submerged, erect above water, the young inflor- escecneces green or whitish, the older ones brown or "marrom", brown when in fruit. They describe it as forming dense swards or dense mats in shallow water, the stems branched at the base, the leaves grass-green, the inflorescence heads with pale-brown bractlets, and the fruit greenish-brown, They have found it growing in pastures and wet swales, in wet cultivated soil, in o- pen areas near streams, on llanos with pines and grasses, "rooted in white sand in running tea-brown water at roadsides in primary lowland rainforest with heavy leaf litter", in "damp marshy areas in open secondary growth", in capoeira, at the margins of creeks, in wet soaked soil of waste places on riverbanks, in boggy areas along trails and in sand along rivers, in open bogs, in fields with low swampy depressions on level areas of valleys, locally common at the edges of ponds, or even completely "terrestrial". Almeda and his associates refer to this plant as a "slender colonial herb mostly less than 1 foot tall, the perianth brown and scarious, locally abundant in secondary vegetation along fencerows and in moist depressions". Other collectors have found it in and around morichal dominated by Mauritia flexuosa and "common" in old pastures. Steyermark & Liesner describe it as "forming bunches of sprawling stems along dried stream margins"; Cowan reports it common in association with Stemodia, Cyperus, and Aciotis; Folsom refers to it as "terrestrial in ditches and clearings", It has been encountered from sealevel to 1000 m. altitude, in both flower and fruit from March to August, in flower also in November and in fruit also in January and October. A photograph was made of the habitat locality of Davidson 3644, Clark collected the species in an area of 3400--3600 mm. average annual rainfall. Material of T. fluviatilis has been misidentified and distribu- ted in some herbaria as f. parvifolia Mold., Anacharis sp, and Mayacaceae sp. and in at least one herbarium (perhaps through an accidental transposition of labels) as Hyptis longifolia Epling. On the other hand, the Lobo, Vilhena, & Ribeiro 115, distributed as Tonina fluviatilis, is not eriocaulaceous. Additional citations: MEXICO: Tabasco: C,. Cowan 3336 (N)3 So- lano & Cowan 2518 (N). HONDURAS: Gracias a Dios: C. Nelson 824 (E--2773099); Nelson & Romero 4123 (N). COSTA RICA: Puntarenas: Almeda, Wilbur, & Daniel 3339 (N); Wilbur, Almeda, & Daniel 23621 (Mi). San José: Weston, Weston, & Weston 4297 (Lc). PANAMA: Coclé: D'Arcy 11340 (Ld); Hammel 3417 (E--2773074). Colon: Correa, Mendieta, & Mayo 2041 (E-=2773098). Veraguas: Fol- som 3000 (Ld); Witherspoon & Dressler 8899 (W--2846693). TRIN- IDAD AND TOBAGO: Trinidad: Adams & Thomas 14565 (Mi); Bar nard 3 (E--2773100); Ramcharan eo Khan 5134 QOe COLOMBIA: Amazonas: Schultes & Cabrera 15611 (W--2144050). Ama- zonas/Vaupés: Schultes & Cabrera 14030 (W--2171309), 14053 (W=- 2171321), 14556 (W--2198873), 14604 (W--2198874), 14618 (W-- 1984 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 275 2198875). Antioquia: Alverson, White, & Shepherd 178 (N); J. Denslow 2521(Ws); Schultes & Cabrera 18648 (W--2198907). Magdalena: Haught 2287 (W-=-1706951). Meta: Haught 2579 (W-- 1707159). Putumayo: Schultes & Cabrera 19063 (W--2198913). Valle: Bristol 665 (W--2899593). Vaupés: Schultes & Cabrera 17162 (W--2198884), 19429 (W--2198918). VENEZUELA: Amazonas: H. L. Clark 6566 (Ld, N). Bolivar: J. A. Steyermark 88759 in part (W--2435335); Steyermark & Liesner 127665 (Ld). Gudrico: Davidse 3800 (Ld). Tachira: Liesner & Gonzalez 10418 (Ld); Steyermark & Liesner 119298 (N). Zulia: DeBruijn 1475 (W--2837700). GUYANA: Maas, Westra, & al. 3605 (Ld), 3808 (Ld, N). SURINAM: W. W. Thomas 2364 (N). FRENCH GUIANA: Cremers 5372 (Cy, Ld); Granville 3186 (1d); Raynal-Roques 19741 (Cy), 19824 (Cy). PERU: Loreto: Davidson 3644 (N); Gentry, Dfaz, Aronson, & Jaramillo 27685 (N); McDaniel, Rimachi, & Folsom 20534 (N),. BRAZIL: Amazonas: Baldwin 3555 (Mi); Calderon, Monteiro, & Guedes 2954 (Ld); Kubitzki, Cal- derén, & Poppendieck 79-91 (W--2917261). Bahia: Duarte 6070 {[Herb, Jard. Bot, Rio Jan. 113027] (Mi, W--2928661); Harley, Mayo, Storr, Santos, & Pinheiro in Harley 17980 (Ld, N). Maranhao: Jangoux & Bahia 185 (N); Rosa & Villar 2781 (N, N). Para: Cid, Mota, Ramos, & Rosas 2246 [Herb. Inst, Nac. Pesq. Amaz. 96487] (N, N, W--2988103); Martinelli 6818 [RB Herb. 203422] (Ld); Plow- man, Davidse, Rosario, & Santos 9122 (Ld, N, W--2967844); Prance & Pennington 1746 (W--2602078). MOUNTED CLIPPINGS: KUrn, in Maries OL. Bras, 3 (1) % 3025 1863 (WwW). TONINA FLUVIATILIS £, OBTUSIFOLIA Mold. Additional bibliography: Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.23: 389. 1974; Mold., Phytologia 38: 202. 1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 123 & 626. 1980. TONINA FLUVIATILIS £. PARVIFOLIA Mold. Additional bibliography: Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.23: 389. 1974; Mold., Phytologia 38: 202. 1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 120 & 626. 1980; Mold., Phytologia 54: 234 & 237. 1983. Killip reports this plant forming mats in open marshy ground along streams at 200--275 m. altitude and found it in both flower and fruit in April. His collection was erroneously distributed and previously cited by me as typical T. fluviatilis. Aubl, On the other hand, Cremers 5372, Granville 3186 and Raynal-Roques 19741, distributed as f. parvifolia, are better regarded as merely slightly smaller-leaved forms of typical T. fluviatilis Aubl., not nearly small enough to qualify as representative of the present form, Additional emended citations: COLOMBIA: Chocdé: Killip 35273 (N, S, W--1772008). WURDACKIA Mold. Additional bibliography: Rouleau, Guide Ind. Kew. 200 & 270. 1970; Giulietti, Bol. Bot. Univ. S. Paulo 6: 63. 1978; Mold., Phytologia 42: 208 (1979) and 45: 40 & 512. 1980; Mold., Phytol. 276 PUR WeruOns OxG aye Vol, 55, Noss Mem. 2: 121 & 626. 1980; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.36: 23. 1981; Badillo, Schnee, & Rojas, Ernstia 14: [Clave Fam. Pl. Sup. Venez., Gl Gl) PSG Wekssie WURDACKIA FLABELLIFORMIS Mold, Additional citations: VENEZUELA: Bolfvar: Steyermark & Wurdack 671 (Ld--photo of isotype, W--2168519--isotype, W--2407793-- isotype). ADDITIONAL NOTES ON THE GENUS CORNUTIA, VII Harold N. Moldenke The last previous in this series of notes on this genus was published in Phytologia 41: 123--130 (1978). For a detailed ex- planation of the herbarium acronyms used in this and all others in my continuing series of papers, see Phytologia Memoirs 2:463-- 469 (1980) and Phytologia 50: 268 (1982). CORNUTIA Plum. Additional synonymy: Cornutia Gaertn. f, ex Meisn., Pl. Vasc. Gen. 2: 199 in syn. 1840, Additional & emended bibliography: Neck,, Elem. Bot, 1: 352— SHOsiqy WVOOS Walslikel, sty Ing 7e SoS MilyA ade ha Se 6 aows Cacicizn- fein GacrenetGuct. oem Gl.) ss Ly 2——17 Si spills 23S LOU sareO aaa in) Lame Labi. sEneyel., Méth. Bot. 3: pl. 641 (1819) and SiaoG. 18233, Spreng. in) L., Syst. Beg., ed. 16, 1: 39. 18255 Loud. suont. Brits ed eles 290 CL830)) and ‘ed. 2, 529). 118322) Go) Donvain louder. Hort.) Brees, edie So 2296 16395" G. Don’ in Sweet, Hort. Brita, ed. 3, 551. 1839; Reichenb., Deutsch. Bot. [Repert. Herb. Nom.] 108. 1841; Brongn., Enum. Gen, Pl., ed. 1, 65. 1843; D. Dietr., Syn. Pl. 3: 612. 1843; Voigt, Hort. Suburb. Calc. 473. 18453 Walp., Repert. Bot. Syst. 4: 80--81 & 125. 1845; Lindl., Veget. Kingd. 664. 1846; A. L. Juss. in Orbigny, Dict. Univ. Hist. Nat. 13: 184 & 185. 1849; Brongn., Enum. Gen. Pl., ed. 2, 120. 1850; Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Mosc. 36 (2): 220 & 222--223. 1863; Seem., Fly Vit. 186.) 1866; Preiffer, Nom. Bot. 1 (1): 64 (1873), Lavo 876——877 «& 1671, (1874), 2 (@)): 24 (is74y, and 2 (2) 15695 taro, & 1593. 1874; Maxim., Bull. Acad. Imp. Sci. St.—-Pétersb. 31: 81. 1886; Durand, Ind. Gen. Phan. 321. 1888; Baill., Hist. Pl. 11: 86 & 111, 1891; Briq. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. 4 (3a): 135--138, 142, & 169 (1895) and 4 (3a): [381]. 1897; Post & Kuntze, Lexicon 143 & 688. 1904; D. H. Scott in Solered., Syst. Anat. Dicot. [transl. Boodle & Fritsch] 2: 1021. 1908; Urb., Symb. Antil. 4: 537. 1911; E. D. Merr., Interpret. Rumph. Herb. Amboinie, 450) LOM) Jie Ge Wits) Dict. blow. os ed anos aoe 1925; Dop, Bull. Soc. Hist. Nat. Toulouse 57: 203. 1928; E. D. 1984 Moldenke, Notes on Cornutia 277 Merr., Trans. Am. Philos. Soc., ser. 2, 24 (2): 334. 1935; Lemée, Dict. Descrip. Syn. Gen, Pl. Phan. 8b: 655. 1943; Savage, Cat, Linn. Herb. Lond, 107 & 222, 1945; H. N. & A. Le Mold., Pl. Life 2: 16, 18, 20--24, 32, 54, 65, 77, & 84. 1948; Metcalfe & Chalk, Anat. Dicot. 2: 1035--1037 & 1041, fig. 248 G. 1950; Lawrence, laxonamvasc., ©. imp. 2, 688 & 788. 951s J. Cy. Willis, Dict. Flow. Pl., ed. 6, 179. 1951; Alain in Leon & Alain, Fl. Cuba, imp. 1, 4: 280 & 313--314, fig. 135. 1957; Dalla Torre & Harms., Gen, Siphonog., imp. 2, 432 (1958) and imp. 3, 432. 1963; Lourteig, Taxon 15: 30. 1966; Rouleau, Guide Ind. Kew. 49 & 352. 1970; Lawrence, Taxon Vasc. Pl., imp. 2, 688 & 788, 1971; Mukhopadhyay, Pollen Morph. Verb. [thesis]. 1971; Serbanescu-Jitariu & Mitroiu, Act ebot. Hort. Bucurest.1972-732) VO LE, 16, & LISS ple 2, fig. 6. 1973; Thanikaimoni, Inst. Franc. Pond. Trav. Sect. Scient. Technel2 C2)is) 56 C1973) and) 23? 66 & 325.) 1976s Do He & Boze Bailey, Hortus Third 1149. 1976; Barclay & Perdue, Cancer Treat, Rep. 60: 1111. 1976; Bodley, Lab. Anthrop. Wash. Univ. Rep. In- vest. 55: 20. 1978; Fournet, Fl. Illust. Phan. Guad. Mart. 1391 & 1412. 1978; Mold., Phytologia 41: 123--130. 1978: Mukherjee & Chanda, Trans. Bose Res, Inst. 41: 41, 45, 47, & 51. 1978; Anon., Roy. Bot. Gard. Kew Lib. Curr. Awaren. 2: 28 & 39. 1979; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.33: 5, 91, & 165. 1979; Lopez—-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Andes 20: 22, 1979; Mold., Phytologia 41: 505. 1979; Rogerson, Becker, Long, & Prince, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club LO6: 154. 1979; J. To °& R. Kartesz, Syn. Checklist Vasc. Fl. 2% 466. 1980; Mold., Phytologia 45: 40, 490, & 505 (1980) and 47: See LooOee Mold... Phy tole Memsnas Dy Ol, 162). 7 74), wae Jig Os S0——os.eeo., o95-935°'95.8 97, LOO, 1025 103," L077, 115, 12459 1265 1OSeee50. bas, 240, 352, 395, 412, & 545—546. 198050F. Ce Sey— mour, Phytol. Mem. 1: 243 & 306. 1980; Mold., Phytologia 47: 505 (1981) and 49: 456 & 507. 1981; Rouleau, Repert. Nom. Gen. Ind. Kew. 480. 1981; Baumgardt, How Identify Flow. Pl. Fam. 264. 1982; Liogier & Martorell, Fl. Puerto Rico 152 & 311. 1982; Mold., Phy- tologia 50: 240, 243, 259, & 505 (1982) and 52: 116——118, 120, & 230. 1982; Reis & Lipp, New Pl. Sources Drugs 251. 1982; Badillo, Schnee, & Rojas, Ernstia 14: [Clave Fam, Pl. Sup. Venez, ed. 6] 223. 1983; C. L. & Aw A. Lundell, Wrightia 7: 119 & 159. 1983; Mold., Phytologia 52: 503 (1983) and 54: 229, 231, & 242. 1983; H. N. & A. L. Mold. in Dassan. & Fosb., Rev. Handb. Fl. Ceyl. 4: 300, 308, 329, & 335. 1983; Raj, Rev. Palaeobot. Palyn. 39: 355, 360, 370--371, 377, 381, 383, 384, 389, 406, 411, & 412, pl. 1l, fig. 4 & 5. 1983; Mold., Phytologia 54: 504. 1984. It is of interest to note that Reichenbach (1828) classified this genus in the Lamiaceae,. Barclay & Perdue (1976) report an unidentified member of this genus as being "promising" in cancer treatment. The Lgjtnant & Molau 13356 & 13451, distributed as represent-— ing Cornutia, actually are Aegiphila integrifolia (Jacq.) Jacq., while Poole, Guzman, & Lépez 1455 is Priva lappulacea (L.) Pers., and Chavelas P., Esparza, & Aceves ES.2492 and Pittier & Tonduz 8619 are not verbenaceous,. 278 POH YL 0 La) Gr ii vA Vol. 55, Now 4 CORNUTIA AUSTRALIS Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 123. 1978; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot, A.33: 91. 1979; Lopez-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Andes 20: 22, 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 140 & 545, 1980. CORNUTIA AUSTRALIS var. OCCIDENTALIS Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 123. 1978; Lépez—Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Andes 20: 22, 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 128 & 545. 1980. CORNUTIA COERULEA (Jacq.) Mold, Additional & emended bibliography: G. Don in Sweet, Hort, Brdite, ede 55) 51% L38s9s) Walipe, Reppert.) Bot. syste 4:8 OO. oso. Moild.,. Phy tologia Ai, 12375) 1978s Mold, Phytol, Mem.) 2s 938,552. & 545, 1980. CORNUTIA GRANDIFOLIA (Schlecht. & Cham.) Schau. Additional synonymy: Cornutia grandifolia var. grandifolia(S. & C.) Schau. ex F. C. Seymour, Phytol. Mem. 1: 243, 1980. Additional & emended bibliography: Walp., Repert. Bot. Syst. aR 05 IBYAS bl, Wo by NG Iho itoilslas ails dishiey 23 7/7/ & Bho IUSYAs}2 Metcalfe & Chalk, Anat. Dicot. 2: 1036 & 1037, fig. 248 G. 1950; Mold., Phytologia 41: 123--127 & 130. 1978; Hocking, Excerpt. BOE. Asoo), 6 J65.0-1979)s) Moild!.,. Phytol 3) Meme) 2):) Gili) (G2) yy/aaseiee. Ws Cie Wig O05 wily GSA ty Seq sks sv 5 MeROR Is (66. SeNmew Phytol. Mem. 1: 243. 1980; Mold., Phytologia 50: 240, 243, & 259 (1982) and 52: 116 & 118. 1982; Raj, Rev. Palaeobot. Palyn. 395 S555 sal, SRsi5 SOAS ACOs Vals te lve Soils Ghats cashes 5 S45 ilg's3}. Additional illustrations: Metcalfe & Chalk, Anat. Dicot. 2: 1036, fig. 248 G. 1950; Raj, Rev. Palaeobot. Palyn. 39: 411, pi. IES seals Sg UCT Recent collectors describe this plant as a shrub, 2--5 m. tall, a treelet, or even a small tree, 2--"30" m. tall, with tan pubes- cence, "all the inflorescence branches except the central peduncle violet", buds purple, flowers fragrant, anthers and stigmas purple, and fruit green, tinted purple, or lavender. They have found it growing along roadsides, in open fields, along small streams, in mountain rainforests, premontane and lower montain wet forests, primary and gallery forests, disturbed forests and forest edges, in the secondgrowth of cloudforests on steep slopes, on rocky sunny hillsides and cliffs and disturbed evergreen hillsides, in grassy roadsides with Polymnia maculata, among the riparian vege- tation of Ficus, Inga, Lindenia, etc. in limestone areas, frequent in acahual near rivers, "common along roadsides and on river flood- plains among metamorphic rock", ard "locally common in patches of evergreen forest on slopes", at 370--2000 m, altitude, in flower in January, April, and from June to September, in fruit in July, August, and November. Tomlin notes: "berry purple", but the fruit is a drupe; Castro refers to the plant as "herbaceous"; Grijalva & Araquistain mistaken describe the inflorescence as a raceme. [to be continued ] BOOK REVIEWS Alma L,. Moldenke "ARCHAEOLOGICAL COMMENTARY ON THE BIBLE" by Gonzalo Baez~Camargoy xxxvii & 289 pp. & 30 b/w photo. Doubleday & Company, Inc., New York, N. Y. 10167. 1984. $17.95. This book is a new and updated translation by the recently deceased, scholarly, Mexican author from his Spanish language edition of 1979. While it is not meant to be an exhaustive study, it is a very accessible study since it is arranged from Genesis to Revelation by chapter and verse, yielding additional factual or possible background material. The bibliography, in English, is scant but it includes those important works of greater detail and with their own fuller references, There are three groups of photographic plates interspersed in the text showing 30 excava- tions sites and buildings. "AN INTRODUCTION TO THE INTERPRETATION OF QUANTAL RESPONSES IN BIOLOGY" by P. S. Hewitt & R. L. Plackett, vi & 82 pp., 26 b/w fig. & 22 tab. University Park Press, Baltimore, Mary- land 21202. 1979. $11.95 paperbound. This "how-to" self or classroom text was first published in London in the same year. Quantal or all-or-none responses are important in many branches of biology and derived technologies for human or other mammalian (lab rats) toxicities in antibi- otics, other medications, environmental pollutants, fungicides, herbicides, insecticides, nematicides, molluscicides and mix- tures of drugs. The text also explains the uses and computa- tions of probit and logit analyses, Today's greater availabil- ity of more capable computational machines certainly increases the value of this book. "REMOTE SENSING APPLICATION IN AGRICULTURE AND HYDROLOGY" edited by Georges Fraysse, ix & 502 pp., 333 b/w fig., 156 tab., 37 photos & 3 color plates. A. A. Balkema, Rotterdam, Netherlands & Salem, New Hampshire 03079. 1980. $75.00. These are the important proceedings of a seminar held at the joint research center of the commission of the European communi- ties in the framework of the ISPRA (Varese) Italy. There are 21 papers under agriculture and 9 under hydrology. Among the for- mer are papers on remote sensing in forestry, agromet models, computer-aided analysis techniques for mapping earth features, properties of vegetation, especially crops and forests. The 279 280 12 jel xg AL (0) iby (oy (ah 7 Vols a> 5 nom latter has papers on water resources and snowcover monitoring from satellite data, electromagnetic studies of ice and snow, radar and satellite use for monitoring rainfall, and use of a mathematical model predicting flood hydrographs in watershed and river channels. The illustrative material is helpful, the two color plates show impressive microwave radiometer images. ‘he printing types vary since the papers were the individual authors' responsibility. Most are neat and accurate, but one fails to capitalize the first letter in a genus name (p. 64) and the next paper has a couple of misspellings and, as well, miserable typing for a report of this importance. "ANNUAL REVIEW OF PLANT PHYSIOLOGY, Volume 34, 1983" edited by Winslow R. Briggs with Russell L. Jones & Virginia Walbot, x, & 492 pp., 1 b/w photo., 34 fig. & 7 tab. Annual Reviews, Inc., Palo Alto, California 94306. 1983. $27.00 USA & $30.00 elsewhere. Characteristic of all the Annual Reviews that I have seen over many years there is an abiding excellence in subject choice, treatment, literature citations and presentation. The prefatory chapter in this volume is by Pei-sung Tang whose training and career started in Old China, whose advance training involved Johns Hopkins U., Woods Hole Labs and Harvard U., and whose return to China in its war years and now the New China is where even at retirement age he still influences the university -and laboratory research and teaching throughout that vast land. There are im= portant papers on the biosynthesis of arabino-galactan-proteins, myo-inositol, cytokinins, chloroplast genes, and stomatal guard cells among others, "Henry D. Thoreau's 'THE ILLUSTRATED A WEEK ON THE CONCORD AND MERRIMACK RIVERS' with Photographs from the Gleason Col- lection" edited by Carl F. Hoode, William L. Howarth & Elizabeth Hall Witherell, xxxvi & 415 pp., 48 b/w photos & 1 map. Princeton University Press, Princeton, New Jersey 08540. 1984. $25.00 This writing of Thoreau makes excellent, often nostalgic, reading. It predates "Walden" and tells of the 1839 canoe trip . with his older brother John and when published was as a memorial to him. There are the usual naturalistic descriptions of areas en route and the literary digressions invoked by something seen, heard or discussed en route. As a frontispiece the editors use Thoreau's own map of this journey. The other illustrations are the, beautiful photographs taken by Herbert W. Gleason who himself made the same trip some years later (1899), etc. for this expres-— sed purpose. Princeton University Press and staff can certainly be proud of this Thoreau edition as of the similarly illustrated "Walden". The print is clear and a good size for leisure reading. 258i a | i) —_ PHY TOLOGIA An international journal to expedite botanical and phytoecological publication Vol. 55 May 1984 No. 5 CONTENTS THOMPSON, H. J., & PRIGGE, B. A., A new species of Mentzelia Section Bartonia (Loasaceae) from Western Nevada......... 281 CARNEVALI, G., New combination in Encyclia ...............2..4. 288 MOLDENKE, H. N., Notes on new and noteworthy plants. CLXXV ....288 CARNEVALI, G., & STEYERMARK, J. A., Additions to the orchid OES hy UTES: Tals ERE Sg Se RE he a 289 AYALA, F., Dos nomina nova para especies Americanas de PRN ITRN in aes Sead Nis hs SUN he = yee oe can te I Wi ce ae 296 OCHOA, C., Solanum venatoris (Sect. Petota) a new species from 7 OE cage tote, Nee nee Cee cy ane ey ME Re ees 297 SCHUTZMAN, B., A new species of Zamia L. (Zamiaceae, Cycadales) NRA OMIT IIE AIEPIN So he Sk Sg Sl ae v's dete are & Cee 8 299 IRWIN, H. S., & BARNEBY, R. C., A new species of Chamaecrista sect. Absus (Caesalpiniaceae) from Bahia, Brazil........... 305 MOLDENKE, H. N., Notes on the genus Gmelina (Verbenaceae)...... 308 MACROBERTS, D. T., Helianthemum rosmarinifolium and Oenothera PE SAUSAGE 26 25.2). ee dod bere uh lvoe Cet 343 Be A. b.. B PEVIEWS.. See tis) yciy sb os ah Re ed 344 Published by Harold N. Moldenke and Alma L. Moldenke 303 Parkside Road Plainfield, New Jersey 07060 U.S.A. Price of this number $3.00; for this volume $14.00 in advance or $15.00 after close of the volume; $5.00 extra to all foreign addresses and domestic dealers; 512 pages constitute a complete volume; claims for numbers lost in the mails must be made immediately after receipt of the next following number for free replacement; back volume prices apply if payment is received after a volume is closed. IBRARY. 2 JUNA5 19840 NEW YORK ER ES esa BOTANICAL GARDEN A NEW SPECIES OF MENTZELIA SECTION BARTONIA (LOASACEAE) FROM WESTERN NEVADA Henry J. Thompson and Barry A. Prigge Department of Biology» University of California Los Angeles, California 90024 Abstract A new species, Mentzelia candelariae, is described from west- central Nevada. It appears to be most closely related to M, ptero- sperma, M. pumila, and M, albescens. Several years ago we examined all of the specimens of Mentzelia Section Bartonia in United States herbaria at which time we set aside a few specimens that had been collected by W. H. Shockley in 1882 and 1888 near the now abandoned mining town of Candelaria, Mineral County, Nevada. These collections were thought to represent an undescribed element in Section Bartonia and were referred to in various reports and letters as the "Candelaria" population. Subsequent field studies, collections, cultivation in the experimental garden, and interspecific hybridizations of these plants convinced us of their uniqueness. Now the excellent collec- tions by Arnold Tiehm of Reno, Nevada, have provided abundant material of the species, extending its known range and showing both its variation and distinctiveness. Mentzelia candelariae Thompson & Prigge,» sp. nov. A M. pterosperma recedens sed petalis 5, 6-10 mm longis 2-4 mm latis acuminatis sepalis parum longioribus, staminibus petaloideis nullis»s alis seminum conspicuis, 0.6 mm latis cellulis testarum parietibus radialibus rectis vel leviter undulatis. Herbaceous perennial, stems 15-30 (—48) cm tall, erect, single or several from base, white, pubescent with glochidiate hairs and scattered pointed hairs; rosette leaves oblanceolate to obovate, irregularly and bluntly lobed or sinuate, lower cauline leaves linear-lanceolate, 2-10 cm long, 1-2 cm wide, irregularly dentate, shallowly lobed or nearly entire, upper leaves similar, lower leaf surfaces pubescent with long pointed hairs and smaller glochidiate hairs, upper surfaces less densely pubescent with scattered curved, pointed hairs, leaf margins with glochidiate hairs, bracts at base of or just below the capsules, linear and entire; flowering period May and June, flowers opening in late afternoon; calyx lobes tri- angular-acuminate, 5-8 mm long; petals 5, yellow, 6-10 mm long, 2-4 281 282 yeh ME oO) Ty (O) (E, AL es Vol. (55%) Nowe mm wide, narrowly lanceolate-acuminate; stamens 2-5 mm long, fila- ments narrow, the outer 5 dilated to about 1 mm wide, petaloid stamens absent and thus the petals distinct from the stamens; styles 5-7 mm long; capsules cup-shaped to subcylindric, 8-12 (—14) mm long; seeds lenticular, ovate, 2.5-3.5 mm long including the conspicuous wing which is 0.6 mm wide, seed surface light tan to nearly white, colliculate, the radial walls of seed coat cells straight to slightly wavy, center of outer tangential walls raised with 10-15 papillae; chromosome number n=11; selfcompatible. Type: USA. Nevada,» Mineral County, hillsides 2 mi east of Candelaria, Lat. N 38° 10'; Long. 118° 04' W, 5500 ft elev. 5 June 1968, J. Zavortink & H. J. Thompson 3164 (HOLOTYPE: RSA. Photog- raphs: LA, UTC, US, BRY, TEX; UC, RENO). Paratypes: USA. Nevada. Purshing Co.: foothills of Still- water Range, NW side of Dixie Valley just N of county line, T25N, R37E, sec. 29, with Atriplex on darks, loose volcanic gravel hill- sides, 3800 ft, 24 June 1980, Tiehm 6017 (CAS, RSA). Churchill Co.: Camp Terrill, Lat. N ‘39° 04'; Long. 118* 42' W; Ross 37 (JEPS); NW side of Dixie Valley, W of Boyer Ranch T24N, R36E; sec. ll, only 6 plants seen, light colored steep hillside, 3800 ft, with Atriplex, 20 May 1979, Tiehm 4873 (CAS); Stillwater Range, NW side of Dixie Valley, NNE of Boyer Ranch, T25N, R37E, sec. 32, light colored clayey hillsides, 3800 ft, with Atriplex, 23 June 1980, Tiehm 6000 (CAS, RSA); Hot Springs Mts., 3.5 air mi SE of Desert Peak, T22N, R27E, sec. 25, on steep, light colored clay hills, 4500 ft, 16 June 1983, Tiehm 7916 (CAS). Mineral Co.: Candelaria, Shockley sn» July 1888 (DS, NY). Esmeralda Co.: 8 mi SW on Hwy 47 from Blair Junction, T1N, R39E, Neese & White 8817 (BRY); Monte Cristo Range, 2.5 air mi N of Blair Junction, T2N, R38E; sec. 6, barren clay hillsides, 5300 ft, 6 May 1981, Tiehm 638] (CAS); Montezuma Valleys 1 road mi N of playa on valley floor, 11.5 air mi NW of Goldfield, T1S, R41E, sec. 5, in gravel wash, 4900 ft» with Atriplex and Hymenoclea, 5 May 1981, Tiehm 6353 (CAS); between Montgomery Pass and Columbus Salt Marsh», Eastwood & Howell] 9524 (CAS). Nye Co.: Ralston Valleys Hunts Canyon, T8N, R45E, sec. 35; gravelly slope, 6700 ft, 31 July 1978, Goodrich 12056 (BRY); low divide between E & W Stone Cabin Valleys, 42 mi 57° from Tonopah, near 1971 Bench Mark of 6225 ft, small outcrops of whitish & grayish tuffaceous sedimentary materials, Lat. N 38° 23' 56", Long. 116° 34' 37" W, 27 June 1979, Goodrich 12987 (LA); 9 mi NW of Tonopah, 4500 ft, T4N, R41E, White & Neese 15] (BRY). Candalariae occurs in western Nevada (Fig. 2) in Shadscale and Sagebrush Zones of the Lahonton Basin and Tonopah floristic sections as they are outlined by Cronquist, et al. (1972). Within these vegetation zones M, candelariae occurs only on sites where the vegetation is broken by topographic or edaphic anomalies such as loose gravel slopes and clay hills. The popula- 1984 Thompson & Prigge, A new species 283 tions are thus local and discontinuous. The southern populations occur at elevations between 4500 and 5500 ft while the northern ones are between 3800 and 4500 ft, but notable exceptions are the two collections by Goodrich which occur at 6225 and 6700 ft. No information about associate plants or surrounding vegetation are given by Goodrich but when the two localities are plotted on USGS 1:250,000 topographic map Tonopah, Nevada 1962, they fall outside the green overprint that represents "woods-brushwoods." Thus it appears that these high elevation populations are in Sagebrush and not Juniper Woodland. We have grown two individuals of M, candelariae in the green- house at UCLA from seed collected from the type locality. Chromo- somes of one of these plants (3164-1) were observed at metaphase, where 1l pairs were observed in several cells» and at anaphase where segregation was 1l and ll. These plants were selfcompatible and autogamous, produced 86% good pollen, and set an average of 50 seeds per capsule. Individual 3164-2 was crossed as the seed parent with M, albescens (Thompson 3549, Alpine, Texas). The My albescens parent plant, also selfcompatible, had 96% good pollen and set 81 seeds per capsule. Two capsules from the crosspollina- tion formed 29 and 21 seeds. These seeds germinated readily and the four F, individuals grown to maturity were intermediate in morphology. For example, the 5 petals of M,. candelariae and the 10 petals of M, albescens result in Fy flowers with 5 petals and 5 petaloid stamens. The F, plants are sterile producing an average of 11% good pollen and no seeds. Thus there is no barrier to crossability between M, candelariae and M, albescens and the Fy hybrid is vigorous but the interspecific exchange of genetic material is blocked by the sterility of the F, individuals. Herbarium specimens of these hybrids are deposited at RSA. The relationship of M. candelariae within Section Bartonia seems to be with a group of species centered around M, pterosperma. As we understand the section it is composed of about 40 species, all occurring in west-central North America with one species, M, albescens, rangeing disjunctly to Argentina and Chile. Species groups within Section Bartonia are not perfectly clear but the following characteristics outline several loose species clusters: petal apex (obtuse or acute); petal outer surface (glabrous or pubescent); the whorl within the five petals (5 petals, and the flower thus with 10 petals, or 5 petaloid stamens, or 5 narrow- filament stamens, or 5 narrow staminodia, i.e. filaments without anthers); seed coat cell radial walls (straight, wavy, or sinuate); seed coat cell outer tangential walls raised with (one large, flat projection, or a few flat projections, or a mound of many papillae). Mentzelia candelariae has the following states of these characters: acute, glabrous petals; narrow filament stamens; straight radial walls; tangential walls with 10-15 papillae (Fig. 3). Mentzelia candalariae shares all but two of these character states with M. albescens and M, pumila and all but one with M, 284 Pe Ys oO BORG Sees Vols (255 eNom pterosperma. In addition, M, candelariae can be hybridized with M, albescens and all four species are similar in chromosome number, n=ll, and all are selfcompatible. In contrast, many other species of the section have either 9 or 10 pairs of chromosomes and are selfincompatible. While M, candelariae fits best in the albescens- pumila-pterosperma group, it has some important differences. M, candelariae differs from M, albescens and M, pumila in the surface of the seed coat cells and differs from these two species and M, pterosperma in having only 5 petals. Thus M, candelariae is most similar to M, pterosperma; differing in having fewer petals and also smaller, less conspicuous flowers, characters probably assoc- jated with autogamy in the smalls disjunct populations of M, candelariae. Acknowledgements We thank James Henrickson for reviewing the manuscript and Marshall C. Johnston for providing the latin diagnosis. Literature Cited Cronquist, A.» A. Holmgren, N. Holmgren, & J. Reveal. 1972. Intermountain Flora Vol. I. Hafner Publishing Company, Inc. New York and London. Explanation of illustration on opposite page: Fig. 1. Drawing of the holotype of Mentzelia : The diagram at lower right shows elements of the whorls of the flower, left to right: sepal, petal, outermost stamen, stamen - - - innermost stamen, style. 285 Thompson & Prigge, A new species 1984 Pay. SE SON Th (OmGuieA Voll. 55, Now 5 Fig. 2. The state of Nevada, USA, showing the geographical and elevational distribution of Mentzelia candelariae. The dotted line shows the limits of the Lahonton Basin and Tonopah Floristic Sections as shown in Cronquist, et al. 1974. Elevations are given in ft because all the collections gave elevations in ft and all the maps in use for this area are in ft. 1984 Thompson & Prigge, A new species 287 Fig. 3. Scanning electron micrographs of seeds of Mentzelia candelariae. Left: Entire seed from Tiehm 6017. This seed is 3.2 mm long. Right: Seed coat cells of Tiehm 6000, 400x. NeW COMBINATION IN ENCYCLIA German Carnevali ENCYCLIA PAMPLONENSE (Rchb.f.) Carnevali, comb. nov. Epidendrum pamplonense Rchb.f., in Linnaea 2226 83K 1846. NOTES ON NEW AND NOTEWORTHY PLANTS. CLXXV Harold N. Moldenke AEGIPHILA HOEHNEI var. PANAMENSIS Mold., var. nov. Haec varietas a forma typica speciei laminis foliorum maturis membranaceo-chartaceis supra persistenter planis recedit. This variety differs from the typical form of the species, and all other named forms of it, in having its apparently ma- ture leaf-blades at time of flowering/fruiting membranous- chartaceous rather than firmly coriaceous, with the upper sur- face permanently flat rather than conspicuously bullate. The variety is based on Knapp & Schmalzel 1799 from a tropi- cal wet rainforest on northwest-facing Slopes 21 kn. from the Transisthmica Highway on Santa Rita Ridge, altitude 400--500 n., 9°26" N., 70°38" W., Colon, Panama, collected on October 21, 1981, and deposited in the Lundell Herbarium at the University of Texas. The collectors describe the plant as a shrub or liana, 3--4 m. tall, with green (immature) fruit. LANTANA COSTARICENSIS var. PUBESCENS Mold., var. nov. Haec varietas a forma typica speciei laminis foliorum subtus densiuscule pubescentibus recedit. This variety differs from the typical form of the species in having the lower surface of the leaf-blades rather densely pubescent with subappressed hirtulous hairs. The type of the variety was collected by W. A. Haber (no. 399) in secondgrowth on the rocky Pacific slope below Monteverde, Pun- tarenas, Costa Rica, at 1100 m. altitude, on August 15, 1980, and is deposited in the herbarium of the Missouri Botanical Garden at Saint Louis. The collector describes the plant as a shrub, the corollas white with a yellow throat, and the fruit (which he er- roneously refers to as a "berry") also white. 288 ADDITIONS TO THE ORCHID FLORA OF CERRO MARAHUACA Germ4n Carnevali and Julian A. Steyermark? The collections obtained by Dr. Julian A. Steyermark,in October, 1983 from Cerro Marahuaca, Territorio Federal Amazonas of Venezuela, resulted in a number of species new to this mountain, as well as for the Territorio Federal Amazonas, and, in addition, a species new to science, the description of which follows. SCAPHYGLOTTIS MICHELANGELIORUM Carnevali & Steyermark, sp. nov. (figure 1 Herba epiphytica, pro genero parva 7 cm alta. Rhizoma abbreviatum. Pseudobulbi fusiformes vel sub- cylindrici stipitati 2-4.5 cm longi, apice bifoliati. Folia lineari-oblonga, apice bilobata 3.5-4.5 cm longa 0.3-0.35 cm lata. Inflorescentia uniflora soli- taria, pedunculo fere nullo. Ovarii pedicellus 0.4 cm longus, ovario vaginis 3-4 scariosis imbricatis ob- tecto. Flores parvi purpurei. Sepala trinervula. Sepalum dorsale anguste obovato-ellipticum obtusum 0.38 cm longum 0.17 cm latum. Sepala lateralia simil- ia sed valde obliqua et leviter breviorat. Petala uninervada spathulata obtusa acutiusculaque 0.32 cm longa 0.15 cm lata. Labellum obovatum truncatum levi- ter emarginatum paullo panduratum, basi callis duobus rotundatis 0.35 cm longis 0.15 cm latis munitum, ad pedem columnae continuum. Columna subteres alis tenui- bus membranaceis continuis instructa, pedi brevi 0.32 em longa. Pollinia 4. 7 : : : ‘ cum pede columnae prominentiam exiguam formantia. Small epiphytic herb 7 cm tall. Rhizome short, pseudobulbs cylindrical to subfusiform, erect, 2-4.5 cm long when mature, apparently not overlapping, 1-2- foliate apically, basally shortly stipitate. Leaves coriaceous, subopposite, erect-spreading, linear- Oblong to linear, }3.5-4.5 cm long, 0.3-0.35 cm wide, bilobed at the apex with a minute mucro in the depress- ion of the sinus. Inflorescence 1-flowered, solitary (possibly also fasciculate), arising from the apices of the secondary stems. Peduncle nearly absent, O.1 cm long. Peduncle and ovary pedicellate, covered with 3- 4 scarious, imbricate, oblong to oblong-obovate, Instituto Botanico, Herbario Nacional, Caracas Venezuela 289 290 PH Yo OL, ONG res! Voli. 55) Nowe acuminate sheaths 0.5 cm long, 0.2 cm wide. Ovary pedicellate, subterete, tricostate, 0.4 cm long. Flowers small for the genus, purple, slightly open, erect-spreading. Dorsal sepal trinerved, narrowly obovate-elliptic, obtuse, 0.38 cm long, O.17 cm wide. Lateral sepals 3-nerved, obovate-elliptic, oblique, obtuse to acutish, 0.32 cm long, 0.16 cm wide, with 4a relatively conspicuous protuberance at the base. Petals l-nerved, narrowly obovate-elliptic, oblique, obtuse to acutish at the apex, O-37 cm long, O:12 em wide. Lip in general aspect obovate, rounded, emargi- nate and minutely apiculate, attenuate basally,slight- ly geniculate in natural position, slightly pandurate at tne middle,3.2 mm long, 1.5 mm wide, lateral mar- gins raised in natural position; disk with 2 semihem-— ispherical shallow ridges in the basal half. Column thin, slightly incurved, with 2 slender membranous wings 2 mm long along the length. Pollinia 4. Type collection: VSNEZUELA: Territorio Federal Amazonas: faldas del Cerro Marahuaca, alt. 1550 nm, 13-14 oct 1983, Julian A. Steyermark 129650 (VEN, holotype). This small species is characterized by having the lip continuous with the column, imbricate bracts cov- ering the pedicellate ovary, and the semihnemispherical ridges in the basal part of the disk of the lip. Be- cause of its lip continuous with the column (not arti- culate with it), it is related to Scaphyglottis bi- cornis (Lindl.)Garay (Scaphyglottis aurea (Rehb.f.) Foldats), but that species has larger flowers with Sey shaped perianth segments and a much more geniculate lip. Scaphyglottis bicornis was placed in the genus Tetragamestus Rchb.f. and our new species would fall there if that genus were considered valid. The separation of Tetragamestus from Scaphyglottis Poepp. & EEE Lo based on the absence of a columnar foot in Tetragamestus, does not appear to be a signi- cant character, Since it has apparently evolved inde- pendently several times witnin the Scaphyglottis complex. The type species of the genus Tetragamestus, T. modestus Rchb.f., does not appear to have close affinity with T. aureus, but is closely related to the other species typical of the genus Scaphyglottis. On the other hand, T. aureus shows a real affinity with the genus Hexisea Lindl. because of the character of the geniculate lip continuous with the column, and particularly with H. geniculata Ames & C. Schweinf. of Central America, and constitutes an intermediate Stage between Hexisea and Scaphyglottis. Our species is much closer to the classic concept of Scaphyglottis 1984 Carnevali & Steyermark, Orchid flora 291 and for this reason it is placed here in this genus. Scaphyglottis michelangeliorum somewnat resembles S. bradeorum Schltr. of Costa Rica, but that species has larger flowers with a slightly 3-lobed lip, and is a more robust taxon. Also, S. michelangeliorum approaches S. prolifera Cogn. which has a different lip without ridges and only slightly oblique lateral sepals. The species is dedicated to Armando and Fabian Michelangeli of the Terramar Foundation, through whose efforts in organizing the expedition to Cerro Marahuaca, it was possible to collect this orchid. The orchid collections obtained from Cerro Mara- huaca during October, 1983, also yielded other interesting records. Two of them, Pterichis acuminata Schltr. (Steyermark 129565) and Epidendrum klotzsch- eanum Rchb.f. (Steyermark 129474), merit special comments from the phytogeographical viewpoint. The first mentioned species belongs to a genus considered restricted to the high Andes, including the pdramos. This is the first record for the genus outside of the Andes and Coastal mountains of Venezuela. The second species mentioned is likewise characteristic of cloud forests and subpdramos of the Andes and only except- ionally found in the Venezuelan Coastal mountains in stations above 2000 meters. These two records illustrate the at present unex- plainable botanical connection existing between the flora of the high Andes and that of Pantepui without Supporting geological data. Numerous examples of this connection are known in various families of plants, but in the Orchidaceae, such species may be mentioned as Encyclia pamplonense (Rchb.f.) Carnevali, Epiden- drum attenuatum Lindl., E. imthurnii Ridl., E. schlin- Ay Maxillaria alticola C. Schweinf., M. aurea (P. & he [T.0. Wos., M. grandiflora (H.B.K.) Lindl., Oto- glossum arminii (Rchb.f.) Garay & Dunst., Pleurothall-= is moritzii Rchb.f., and P. samacensis Ames. Additional records of orchids found on the expedi- tion to Cerro Marahuaca in October, 1983, which fur- ther substantiate this Andean-Guayana Highland conn- ection, include the following: MYOXANTHUS SPECIOSUS (Luer) Luer Steyermark 129453. This species, cited as Pleur- othallis exasperata Lindl. in the Flora de Venezuela by Foldats, is known from the summits of sandstone table mountains, tHe Venezuelan Coastal Cordillera above 1800 meters altitude, and from the Ecuadorian Andes. The collection cited here constitutes the first record for Territorio Federal Amazonas. 292 POLE Ye Le OML OR Citar A Voll. 55) Nocme EPIDENDRUM PACHYPHYTON Garay Steyermark 129603. This species, originally described from the departments of Antioquia and Risar- alda of the Colombian Andes, was later collected from Cerro Jaua and Cerro Venamo of Estado Bolfvar, Venez-— uela Guayana. The present record is the first one ob- tained from a table mountain of the Territorio Federal Amazonas. ONCIDIUM SANCTI-PAULI Krdanzl. Steyermark 129620. Described from the Colombian Andes, it was later found on Cerro Venamo of the Ven- ezuelan Guayana in the southeastern portion of Estado Bolfvar. This is the first record of the species for the Territorio Federal Amazonas. BRACHIONIDIUM PARVUM Rolfe (figure 2) Steyermark 129512. This species was described originally from material collected in the Antilles. In Venezuela it was later collected on Cerro Dujda, adja- cent to Cerro Marahuaca. Now, as would be expected, it has been found on one of the talus forested slopes of Cerro Marahuaca at an altitude of 1500 meters. Since this taxon has not been previously illustrated either in the Flora de Venezuela by Foldats or in Venezuela Orchids Illustrated by Garay and Dunsterville, we pro- vide here an excellent drawing executed by the eminent artist, Bruno José Manara. BIBLIOGRAPHY Ames, O.(1937). Orchidaceae, in P.C.Standley, Fl.Costa Rica, Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Bot. 18(1): 197-306. & D.S. Correll (1952-53). Orchids of Guatemala, Fieldiana, Bot. 26: 1-727. Britton, N.L. & C. F. Millspaugh (1920). The Bahama Fl. Sly 987. Sogniaux, A. (1893-1906). Orchidaceae, Fl. Bras. 3 (4-6). Dressler, R. L. (1964). Nomenclatural Notes on the Orchidaceae II. Taxon 7: 246-249. Dunsterville, G.C.K. & L.A.Garay (1954-1976). Venezuelan Orchids Illustrated, 6 vol. Dunsterville, G.C.K. & L.A. Garay (1979). Orchids of Venezuela: an Illustrated Field Guide, 3 vol. Hoehne, F.C. (1940-1953). Orchidaceae in Fl. Brasilica dain Paritsy Al ,ic,10,) and) (7. 1984 Carnevali & Steyermark, Orchid flora EXPLANATION OF FIGURE 1. Habit. Flower, natural position. Lip and column, without anther. Lip and tepals, flattened. EXPLANATION OF FIGURE 2. Habit and flower. Lip, two views. Lip and column. Lip and tepals, flattened. 293 294 BAG vT0b 1,0 Gros Vol 55), Noes Figure 1 SCAPHYGLOTTIS MICHELANGELIURUM 1984 Carnevali & Steyermark, Orchid flora 295 Figure 2 BRACHIONIDIUN PARVUM DOS NOMINA NOVA PARA ESPECIES AMERICANAS DE DIOSCOREA F. Ayala - Herbarium Amazonense Universidad Nacional de la Amazonfa Peruana Apt.421. Iquitos - Perf Durante mis estudios en la revisiédn del Género Dioscorea para Flora Neotrépica he encontrado a la fecha dos nombres especifi _ cos que por haber sido previamente publicados son invalidos y de ben ser reemplazados. Dioscorea ravenii F.Ayala, nom.nov. Dioscorea grisebachii Britt.ex Leén,Contr.0cas.Mus.Hist .Nat.Col. de la Salle 8: 321. 1946, no Kunth. Dioscorea linearis Griseb.,Cat.Pl.Cubens. : 251. 1866;también en R.Knuth,Pflanzenr.IV.43 : 168. 1924. Tipo : Cuba,locali_ dad no citada; C.Wright 3254 (Tipo B,destrufdo; lectotipo MO), no Colla. Existe ya Dioscorea grisebachii Kunth publicada en Enum.Pl . : 853. 1850,también en R.Knuth,Pflanzenr.IV.43 : 80. 192h, ubicada en la Secc.Hyperocarpa Uline, por lo tanto D.grisebac - hii Britt.ex Leof se invalida.Cuando Leén propuso De grisebachii para reemplazar a D.linearis é1 también fall6 al reconocer que el epfteto habfa sido ya ocupado, por lo tanto es necesario pro poner otra vez otro nomen novum. Dioscorea schubertii F.Ayala, nom.nov. Dioscorea elegans R.Knuth,Fedde Rep.Sp.Nov.28 : 83. 1930, no Ridley. Tipo : Perf, Departamento de Cuzco, Provincia Quispi canchis, Marcapata, 2800 M.SoMem, en matorral; A.Weberbauer - 7815,planta masculina (Tipo B,destrufdo; lectotipo US; isolec totipo F). id Dioscorea elegans Ridley ex Prain et I.H.Burkill ya fue pu_ blicada en Kew Bull.: 65. 1925, ubicada en la Sece -Enantiophy lium Uline, por lo tanto D. elegans R.Knuth se invalida. Dado que el especimen de Berlin fue aes durante la Segunda Gue rra Mundial, he seleccionado el duplicado de US como lectotipo. 1.Este trabajo ha sido posible gracias a la beca otorgada por el Jardin Botafiico de Missouri, USA y también gracias a la a sistencia del Instituto de Investigacién de la Amazonfa Perua na (IIAP). Iquitos - Perf. 296 SOLANUM VENATORIS (SECT. PETOTA) A NEW SPECIES FROM BOLIVIA C. Ochoa Department of Taxonomy of the International Potato Center, P.O. Box 5969, Lima, Pert Solanum venatoris Ochoa sp. nov. Herbaceum, tuberiferum. Plantae 30-40 cm altae, caules erectt, gracili, 2.5-3.5mm crasst, plerumque simplict, sparsim pilosi, pilis difficulter mantfiestt. Caules anguste alati, alae rectae. Stolones plus quam 1m longi, 1.5-2.0 mm crasst, albidi; tubercula parva 2.0-2.5cm diam., rotunda, alba. Folia imparipinnata, brevia lataque, 10.5-13.0x 8.0-9.5cm petioli 1.0-2.5cm longi, folia 2-3-juga, 0-4 foliolis interjectis instructa, rarissime 4-juga, foliolis interjectis 6 vel plus. Foliola supra viridia vel obscurius viridia et sparse pilosa, subtus dilute viridia pilis brevibus et densioribus praedita. Foliolum terminale caeteris sensim majus atque latius, 5.5-6.2 x 3.2-4.0 cm, elliptico-lanceolatum, apice acuminatum, basi rotundatum vel asymmetrice rotun- datum. Foliola lateralia elliptico-lanceolata, apice et base tam quam foliolum ter- minale, petioluli 1.5-3.0 mm longi, foliola interjecta 1.5-6.0 x 1.0-3.5mm. Foliola pseudostipulacea parva anguste subfalcata usque ad trangulantter-lanceolata, 2.5-4.0 x 1.5-2.0 mm. Inflorescentia cymoso-paniculata, 5-6-flora, pedunculus 5 cm longus, basi 1.5 mm crassus o sparse pilosus, dilute viridus tam quam pedicelli et calyx; pedunculus ad 1/3 superum vel prope calycem articulatus, pedicellus superior 5-6 mm longus, inferior 12-30 mm longus. Calyx 8-9 mm longus, lobi anguste elliptico-lanceolati, in acumina attenuati, acumina recurva, angusta atque acuta 5.5-7.0 mm longa. Corolla parva, rotata vel pentagona, alba 2.0-2.5 cm diam, stella viride-flava. Antherae anguste lanceolatae 5.5-6.0mm longae, basi cordatae. Filamenta glabra 0.5-0.8 mm longa. Stylus 10mm longus 2/3 inferioris papillis obtectum, stigma parvum, stylt apice vix crasstus. Baccae globosae, virides, difficulter 10mm diam. Ad seriem tuberosa pertinet, numerus cromosomatum 2n=2x=24. Typus: BOLIVIA, Department La Paz, province Inquitsivi in itinere Quime-Inqutsivt, 2500 m alt. Crecit inter frutices et ad margines silvarum. Martius 1978, C. Ochoa 11917. Holotypus: Herb. Ochoanum (OCH). Isotypi: CIP, US. Paratypi: BOLIVIA, Department Santa Cruz, province Valle Grande, prope Alto Grande, 2750 ™m alt., in itinere Valle Grande-Pucara, C. Ochoa et A. Salas 15554 (CIP, OCH, US). Omnibus, Solana tuberifera sponte crescencia venatores, et qui haec loct visitaverunt, ex toto corde dedico. 297, Vol. 55, No. 5 Bay ©.0 L0G tA 298 Solanum venatoris Ochoa. Holotypus OCH 11917, cax 1/3 A NEW SPECIES OF ZAMIA L. (ZAMIACEAE, CYCADALES) FROM CHIAPAS, MEXICO. ' BART SCHUTZMAN DEPARTMENT OF ORNAMENTAL HORTICULTURE, UNIVERSITY OF FLORIDA, IFAS, GAINESVILLE, FL 32611 In the course of ongoing revisionary studies of meso-American Zamia, | observed a strik- ingly different group of plants in the research collection at Fairchild Tropical Garden. Upon further investigation of their morphology and karyotype, | concluded that these distinct plants deserved specific status. Zamia splendens Schutzman, sp. nov. Haec species Z. purpurea Vovides, Rees et Vasquez-Torres affinis sed caudici interdum ramoso, cataphyllis longis angustis et irregulariter tortilibus, petiolis foliorum aculeatis vel non aculeatis, foliolorum numeris 4-10 paribus, iunctura foliolorum ad rhachem latissima, nervis non elevatis, apicibus acutis ad abrupte acuminatis, apicibus megastrobilorum pro- boscideibus, microsporangiis 14-20 in quoque microsporophyllo. Herbaceous perennial plant, 0.3-1.0m, in cultivation to 2m tall. Stem greyish, subterra- nean, occasionally dichotomously branched, varying in diameter; cataphylls 3-10 cm long, triangular and irregularly twisted, chartaceous, fragile and eventually deciduous. Leaves numbering 2-4 per apex, held in a gracefully arching crown; often emerging bright red; petiole/rachis robust, widest at its point of attachment to the caudex, degree of armament variable; prickles when present to 0.4mm in length, decreasing in frequency toward the rachis; varying from densely puberulent to glabrous; leaflets 8 - 20, very stiff and cor- iaceous, opposite to subopposite; 9-35 cm long, 3-6.5 cm wide; somewhat oblique, long- elliptic through oblong to oblanceolate, serrulate-denticulate in the apical 2/3-4/5 of their length, the teeth becoming more frequent toward the acute to abruptly acuminate apex; denticulations 0.5 to 2.5mm long; margin subrevolute; base attenuate to cuneate attenuate, flaring out to form a 10-15mm zone of articulation with the rachis; both surfaces bright green, adaxial with an exceptionally high gloss; veins visible but not elevated, 1.5-2.5mm apart. Megasporangiate strobili subglobose or ellipsoid with a narrowly conic apical projection, ca. 7cm long, 4.5cm in diameter, at first light brown, tomentulose, later dark green and glabrescent; megasporophylls hexagonal with smooth convex surface. Microsporangiate strobili two or more per stem apex, conic, light brown, tomentulose, 4-5cm long and 1.1-1.3cm in diameter, declinate or decumbent on 8-14cm long peduncles; microsporophylls hexagonal, in regular orthostichies, with relatively smooth, dome-shaped apices upon which only a slight hexagonal outline is visible; microsporangia numbering 14-20 per median microsporophyll, fewer in basal and apical sporophylls. Seeds obovoid, to 15mm long and 7mm wide, sometimes slightly and irregularly 3-lobed, sarcotesta pink to scarlet at maturity. Chromosome number 2n = 16. Tyre: J. Watson 1870, specimen from cultivated plants at Fairchild Tropical Garden, ac- cession number FTG 76-1046; collected by Mr. Merrill Rogers (Holotype: Ny: isotypes, FLAS, FTG, MEXU). TYPE LOCALITY: Mexico, CHIAPAS, 18km along the road from Mexican highway 190 to Malpaso, frequent on shaded rain forest floor with Anthurium leuconeurum Lem., occa- sionally out to the roadcut. Altitude approximately 500m. 1. Florida Experiment Station Journal Series No. 5548 299 300 PHY TOLOGIA Vol. 55, No. 5 FIGURE 1. Zamia splendens Schutzman (Illustration of living plant at the University of Florida). A, growth habit, B, cataphyll; C, immature microsporangiate strobilus; D, immature microsporophylls, ab- and adaxial sides; E, mature microsporophyll; F, immature megasporangiate strobilus, G, immature megasporophylls, side and front view; H, seed. 1984 Schutzman, A new species of Zamia 301 302 PH YT © L.0O.G DA Vol. 55, Nowe5 = - Oo 74 wi ad uw a = < ad rT) ioe FIGURE 2. Chromosomes and haploid idiogram of Z. splendens. Lengths are shown in relative units. Length of the diploid complement is standardized to 1000 units; the haploid total is 500 units. 1984 Schutzman, A new species of Zamia 303 DistRIBUTION: Known in cultivation from locations including the type locality, Cintalapa de Figueroa and Tuxtla Gutiérrez in northwestern Chiapas; and San Jeronimo Tulija in the Lacandona forest of northeastern Chiapas. In the vicinity of Tuxtla Gutiérrez, plants were reportedly collected at an altitude of approximately 1500m. ADDITIONAL SPECIMENS EXAMINED: San Jeronimo Tulija, Mpio. de Yajalon, J. Chavelas P.; G. Alanis; M. Martinez #ES-3015 (ENcé). Zamia splendens (Ficure 1) is most closely affiliated with Z. purpurea Vovides, Rees & Vasquez-Torres and Z. skinneri Warsz. Distinguishing it from both are its occasionally bran- ching stems; very long and irregularly twisted cataphylls; thick, glossy, and heavily cuticularized leaflets, which when ontogenetically adult have extremely wide zones of ar- ticulation with the rachis and lack the prominent, elevated veins of Z. skinneri and Z. pur- purea; and narrow, conic, projecting apices of megasporangiate strobili. The new species resembles Zamia purpurea and differs from Z. skinneri in its possession of a wholly underground stem, though Dressler (unpub. data) reports both subterranean and arborescent stemmed populations of Z. skinneri. Armament and pubescence of petiole/rachis of Z. skinneri and Z. splendens are variable. Zamia purpurea is reported as possessing armed petioles and initially tomentulose petiole/rachis. This taxon may prove to be more variable once further population data are gathered. On the basis of specimen annotation (D. W. Stevenson, pers. comm.), it appears that Vovides et. al have included material referable to Z. splendens within their concept of Z. purpurea. At the type locality of Zamia splendens, leaf color at emergence is brilliant red, passes through salmon-pink to cream, and becomes bright green at maturity; at other localities leaves often emerge light green and merely darken to their mature bright green color. The emergent leaf color of Z. purpurea as stated in the original description (VovibEs ET. AL., 1983) is brown to brownish-green. Additionally, the leaflets of Z. purpurea are darker green above and paler beneath, whereas both surfaces of Z. splendens are the same shade of green, and Z. skinneri may exhibit either condition. Leaflet apices are acute in Z. purpurea, but acute to acuminate in Z. skinneri and Z. splendens. Emergent leaf color of Z. skinneri is usually green, though plants of reported Ecuadorean origin (T. Nance, pers. comm.) often emerge bright red, fading to pink before developing their ultimate green color. Additional features distinguishing Zamia splendens may be found in its reproductive structures. Habit of microsporangiate strobili in the new species appear distinctive; the declinate or decumbent microsporangiate strobili contrast markedly with those of Z. skin- neri, which are erect; reproductive material of Z. purpurea has not been seen, but the il- lustration in its original publication (VovipEs ET. AL., 1983) implies the same erect habit as is found in Z. skinneri. Shape of micro- as well as megasporophylls in both Z. sp/endens and Z. purpurea are convex and rounded, contrasting with the raised or otherwise pronounced hexagonal definition seen in Z. skinneri. In Z. splendens, microsporangia number between 14 and 20 per microsporophyll; this differs greatly from the reduced number (ca. 4) reported by Vovides et. al. for Z. purpurea. The illustration in Schuster (1932, p. 140, Fic.19F, G. k) suggests sizable variation in microsporangial number of Z. skinneri, but no mention is made in the text as to whether this variation was exhibited between sporophylls of the same cone, different cones on the same plant, cones of different plants, or cones from plants at different locations. He may have been referring only to the reduced number of microsporangia in apical or basal sporophylls common to many cycads (CHAMBERLAIN, 1935). Costa Rican specimens of Z. skinneri possess a minimum of 12 and usually more than 20 microsporangia on their median sporophylls (pers. obs.). 304 PAH Yo ©) Ee) Gat A Vol. 55), 9No. 5 Zamia splendens and Z. purpurea stand apart from Z. skinneri on the basis of diploid chromosome number. Zamia splendens (Ficure 2) has 2n = 16, the same as reported by Vovides (1983) for Z. purpurea. Norstog (1980), however, has reported 2n = 18 or 22 for Z. skinneri. Though diploid numbers are identical, karyotype morphology may be ‘used to distinguish Z. splendens from Z. purpurea. Vovides (1983) reported 12 metacentric and 4 acrocentric chromosomes, one of the acrocentric pairs with a heterochromatic band in the short arm. The diploid karyotype of Z. splendens appears to be 8 meta-, 4 submeta-, 2 acro- and 2 subtelocentric chromosomes (Figure 2 shows the haploid idiogram). Chromosomal rearrangements may be implicated in a discussion of phylogenetic relationships between the two taxa; this subject is currently under investigation. In comparison with other Mexican taxa such as Z. fischeri Miq., Z. loddigesii Miq., and Z. furfuracea L.f., Z. splendens may be distinguished by its cataphyll morphology, emergent leaf color, leaflet size and shape, thickness, surface texture and articulation with the rachis, small mega- and microsporangiate strobili, habit of microsporangiate strobili, and shape of sporophylls. These same features, as well as the subterranean and occasionally branching nature of the stem will help distinguish it from other meso-American taxa such as Z. acuminata Oersted ex Dyer, Z. fairchildeana L.D. Gomez., Z. obliqua A. Braun, Z. muricata Willd., Z. pseudoparasitica Yates, and Z. tuerckheimii Donn. Sm. In conclusion, the morphological and chromosomal characteristics exhibited by this group of Chiapan Zamia populations are adequate to identify them as belonging to a species distinct from previously described Mexican and other meso-American zamias. The specific epithet of this handsome species calls attention to its striking leaves, which have a highly polished, shining appearance. LITERATURE CITED: CHAMBERLAIN, C.J. 1935. Gymnosperms: Structure and evolution. University of Chicago Press, Chicago. Norstoc, k. 1980. Chromosome numbers in Zamia. Caryologia 33: 419-428. SCHUSTER, J. 1932. Cycadaceae. In: das Pflanzenreich, IV, i; A. ENGLER, ed.: pp. 1-168. Englemann, Leipzig. Vovipes, A. P. 1983. Systematic studies on the Mexican Zamiaceae. |. Chromosome numbers and karyotypes. Amer. J. Bot. 70: 1002-1006. J. Rees & M. VAsquez-Torres. 1983. Zamia purpurea. In: Vovipes, A. P. Flora de Veracruz - Zamiaceae, Fasciculo 26: 28-31. Instituto Nacional de Investigaciones sobre Recursos Bidticos, Xalapa, Veracruz. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS: | would like to thank Dr. Knut Norstog and Mr. James Watson of Fairchild Tropical Garden, Drs. Bijan Dehgan, Walter S. Judd, and Thomas J. Sheehan, and Mr. Alan Meerow for their assistance in various phases in preparation of this manuscript. A new species of Chamaecrista sect. Absus (Caesalpiniaceae) from Bahia, Brazil 1) 2) H. S.- Irwin and R. C. Barneby Volark Garden of the Brooklyn Botanic Garden, Albertson, NY 11507 2) New York Botanical Garden, Bronx, NY 10458 Among Brazilian Leguminosae communicated by Dr. G. Hatschbach (MBM) we have come across an undescribed species of Chamaecrista. It should be interpolated into our monographic summaries of the genus at Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 30: 177 (following species no. 76). 1977 and op. cit. 35: 654 (following species no. 78). 1982. Chamaecrista (sect. Absus ser. Rigidulae) rupestrium Irwin & Barneby, sp- nov., habitu notulisque multis Ch. multipenni (I. & B.) I. & B-, procul in prov. Minas Gerais centrali obvia affinis, sed stipulis setiformibus 4-9 (nec subulatis 0.4-2) mm longis, foliolis utrinque villosulis (nec glabris), necnon inflorescentia alabastrisque parce villosulis eglandulosis (nec viscoso-setosis) diversa. Notare licet Ch. sincoranam (Harms) I. & B-, etiam in rupestribus elatis Bahiae centralis indige- nam, a nostra foliis elongatis angustis, foliolis numerosis 12-28 (nec 9-13)-jugis, stipulis abbreviatis caducis racemisque laxis distantius affinem esse. BRAZIL. Bahia: in campo rupestre + 1100 m, environs of Rio de Contas (13° 35' S, 41° 50" W), 16.V.1983 (f1), G. Hatschbach 46439. Holotypus, MBM 81734; isotypus, NY. 305 306 PHY TOs Ore rns Vol. 55, No= 5 Erect shrubs 2 m with stiff defoliate trunk and densely leafy hornotinous branchlets terminating in a simple condensed raceme or compact panicle of racemes shortly emergent from foliage, the young stems densely gray-villosulous with fine spreading and + entangled eglandular hairs less than 1 mm, the firm plane, richly green sub- concolorous leaflets thinly loosely puberulent with shorter incurved villi, the axes of inflorescence subglabrous eglandular. Stipules erect setiform 4-9 x 0.2-0.3 mm, thinly ciliolate, persistent after fall of associated leaf. Leaves crowded along the new stems, subhorizontally spreading 2-4 cm, the leaflets inserted 2-3.5 mm apart along slender rachis; leaflets 9-13 pairs, a little decrescent distally, the blades oblong-elliptic from asymmetrically subcordate base 7-11 x 3.5-5.5 mm, at apex obtuse but mucronulate by shortly excurrent midrib, all smooth veinless above, finely keeled dorsally by centric midrib, 3-4 pairs of secondary venules sometimes perceptibly discolored but fully immersed. Axis of racemes 1.5-3 cm, the pedicels arising 1-2 mm apart, the solitary or 2 simultaneously expanded flowers elevated about to level of succeeding buds; bracts linear-lanceolate 2.5-3.5 mm, membranous-margined, thinly ciliolate; pedicels + 2 cm; bracteoles like bracts but a little shorter, inserted 1.5-8 mm below calyx; flower-buds ovoid-acuminate, villosulous at base, glabrate upward; sepals ovate-acuminate 10-11.5 mm; petals (of sect. Absus) bright yellow, the longest + 16 mm; filaments glabrous 1.5 mm; anthers +t 1984 Irwin & Barneby, A new species 307 3.5 mm, the sutures densely villosulous, the connective exserted 0.2 mm; ovary white-villosulous; style 7 mm glabrous; pod unknown. In general habit of growth, in foliage, and particularly in attitude of the leaflets, turned obliquely edgewise to the meridian, Ch. rupestrium is strongly suggestive of M. multipennis (I. & B.) I. & B., a species found in similar rupestral habitats on the heights of Sa do Espinha¢go in central Minas Gerais, and appears closely related to it. The differential characters already set out in the Latin diagnosis are here recapitulated in key form. 1. Stipules subulate 0.4-2 mm; leaflets glabrous except for rare minute cilia; axes of inflorescence and sepals viscid- setose; crest of Sa do Espinhago in lat. 19-21° S, centr. Minas Gerais. Ch. multipennis 1. Stipules linear-setiform 4-9 mm; leaflets villosulous on both faces; axes of inflorescence and sepals thinly villosulous eglandular; w. slope of Chapada Diamantina at lat. 13° 35' § in Bahia. Ch. rupestrium We acknowledge with gratitude loan of the holotype of Ch. rupestrium from Museu Botanico Municipal, Curitiba, and the gift from Dr. G. Hatschbach of isotypic material. NOTES ON THE GENUS GMELINA (VERBENACEAE) Harold N. Moldenke This is the 79th genus treated in this series of notes. It was hoped to produce a detailed monograph, but, unfortunately, this late in life makes it impractical to fulfill this announced pur- pose. However, it has been thought worthwhile to place on record the rather extensive bibliographic, herbarium, and field notes accu- mulated by my wife, Alma L. Moldenke, and myself over the past 54 years. The herbarium acronyms employed herein are the same as have been employed by me in all previous papers in this journal (and some other journals) since 1929 and are fully explained most recently in Phytologia Memoirs 2: 463--469 (1980) with addenda in Phytologia 50: 268 (1982). CSNY ihe 5 Sos ils, eels aly shijsg als Ae esq ieSsle (Sing milo, eel. 5; ais Wl, Bye. aby Sete Synonymy: Cumbufu Rheede, Hort. Malab. 1: 75, pl. 41. 1678. Dematha P. Herm., Mus. Zeyl., imp. 1, 3, 9, 12, & 21. 1717. Michelia Amman, Comment. Acad, Sci. Imp. Petrop. 8: 218--219, pl. 18. 1736 [not MicheLia BKadans., 1973, nor Houst., 1763, nor Kuntze, 1973, nor oy UY, Ws, & UES tere We Wires, MOVs Weecdvys Gunner, levels. Amboin. 3: 38, pl. 20. 1743. Cumbufu Adans., Fam. Pl. 2: 527 & 546 in syn. 1763. Lyctum Pluk. ex Adans., Fam. Pl. 2: 199 in syn. 1763 [not Lycium L., 1753]. Gmelina Willd. ex Moon, Cat. Indig. Exot. Pl. Ceylle 1-45) L824 IGmeOventas Le ex Spreng. in le, Gene Pl sedemor 2: 481. 1831. Cumbula AGans. ex Steud., Nom. Bot., ed. 2, 1: 310 & 453 in syn. 1849. Gmebina Roxb. ex Wight, Icon. Pl. Ind. 4 (3): pl. 1470 sphalm. 1849. Gurelina Wight, Illust. Ind. Bot. 2: pl. 174 sphalm. 1850. Pane Adans. ex Pfeiffer, Nom. Bot. 1 (2): 1468. 1874. Ephiekis Soland., Journ. Bot. Lond. 3: 258--259. 1865 [not Ephiekis Banks & Soland., 1838, nor Schreb., 1791]. Cumbafu Adans. apud Jacks. in Hook. £. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 1, 1: 666 in syn y(n part). 1893. Gmelinia Spreng. apud Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 1, 1: 1040 in syn. 1893. Cumbufa Steud. apud Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 1, 1: 666 in syn. 1893. Melina Briq. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam., ed. 1, 4 (3a): 136. 1895. Kumbafu Adans. ex Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names Suppl. 1: 11 in syn. 1947. Cumbulu "Adans. (in part)" apud. Bakh. & Van Steenis, Taxon 5: 81 in syn. 1956. Cuntbalu B. D. Jacks. ex Airy Shaw in Willis, Dict. Flow. Pl., ed. 7, 309 in syn. 1966. Cmelina Caaudhuri, Bull. Bot. Soc. Beng. 23: 123 sphalm. 1969. Gmelta Joshi, Indian For. 95: 152. sphalm. 1969. Gmelia Anon. ex Mold., Fifth Summ. 2: 523 in syn. 1971. Gimekina Jayas- ex Mold., Phytologia 34: 274 sphalm. 1976. Gmelkina Kowal & Kassam, Agric. Ecol. Savan. 237 sphalm. 1978. Smelina Roxb. ex Mold., Fifth Summ. 2: 622 in syn. 1971. Bibliography: Rheede, Hort. Malab. 1: 75, pl. 41. 1678; Pluk., Almage Bot. lhyt. le plea tage 4 (lOO) ands 5292394 pli Ome Omer & pl. 305, fig. 3- 1700; Pia Herm-, Mus. Zeyl’., amp-5 Son Leper 1717; Pluk., Op. Omn. 5: 234, pl. 97, fig. 2. 1720; P. Herm., Mus. Zeyl., imp. 2, 2, 3, 9, 12, & 21. 1726; Amman, Comment. Acad. Sci. 308 1984 Moldenke, Notes on Gmelina 309 Imp. Petrop. 8: 218--219, pl. 18. 1736; J. Burm., Thes. Zeyl. 197. 1737; Rumpf, Herb. Amboin. 1: 129, pl. 40 (1741) and 2: 124--129, pl. 39 & 40. 1741; L., Gen. Pl., ed. 2, 526 & [538] (1742) and ed. 3 {("2"], 412 & [422]. 1743; Rumpf, Herb. Amboin. 3: 38--40, pl. 20. 1743; P. Herm. in L., Fl. Zeyl., ed. 1, 103--104 (1747) and ed.2, WOS=—104.01748; lis, Phil. Bot. 35. 1751; Gled., Berl. 5: 129. “1749-2 ina Genweiayred. 94; 4413060 (452) 5017522 u., Sp» Pls, eda dy amprek; 2G 26me) 850.0755 LA Gen P1., ed 0577 amps 171274, 0510) feec6Sis Ljo4as Stick. tin D.7 "Herb. Amboin. 9. 175429B. Juss.,; Hort. Trans. i759 eb. ,snmoens Acad. 84: 1215 17595 L., Syst. Nat. ,.ed. 10, )1115- Woo; adans., cham.) Pl 2a, 199) 527, S46, ee6LL. L763-. Lb, "Sp: Bipeea. .2,9973. 27/632 Gled., ‘Syst. 175. 1764; le, Gen. Pl.7 ed. 6; SUS wemS 90) 764s) L270 1Ord."Natsl35. 1764; J. °F. .Gmel s inL., Syst. Nate, sean 22, 473° (1766) andsed: 113), amp.-1, 473. 17677 *he, Syst. Nateseedal2 revs [=13% Us647'. L767.aNe i>. SBurne, ind. -1325e pi. a9, 1768 [Retz.1), Nom: Bot: 9154 & 1286)); 1772; dea. Mure. in La; Syvspeveg. ,veds) 1371473291774; "Planer; Gatt..P£l.. 22) 7555 .& LOGE i77S52aCchristm., Linn. P£ilanzensyst. 2: 134: 1777s: Scop. Introd: Hist. Nat. 170.) 2777: Reichard. in'L.,, Gen. Pl., ed. 8, 316. 1778 JovAeeMurr. invl., Syst= Vegq., eds 12,4564 &°565>. 1784; Gaertn, Pech esocem=s Pi. 1: 268, pl.956, fig. Sa 27887 D- Fs Gmel.: anv. , Syst. Nat., ed. 13, imp. 1, 2: 888 & 944. 1789; A. L. Juss., Gen. Pie ypedas Ll) LOS. 1789); Lour., Els Cochinch.,. edsvlkp 2: 376=-—377. 1790; Neck., Elem. Bot. 1: 356. 1790; Schreber in L., Gen. Pl., ed. 9 ["8"], 2: 412--413 & 854. 1791; Haenke in L., Gen. Pl., ed. 10 atl es 536s 67972 61-791 FAS Ls fuss. {Gens Pls) yeds 12), 121s 791; Gis., Prael. 486. 1792; J. F. Gmel. in L., Syst. Nat., ed. 13, imp. 2, 2: 888 & 944. 1792; Lour., Fl. Cochinch., ed. 2, 2: 456--457. WIS de ob. GnellwineL., Syst. Nata, ede 13,1 amp. 37/92: 888se.944- 1796; Pers. in L., Syst. Veg., ed. 15, 602. 1797; Raeusch., Nom. Botajred= 3), U73NeeS387.4 L797FVent<), “Table Reg. Veg: 2:2 319% 1799; Batsch, Tabl. Aff. Reg. Veg. 193. 1802; Roxb., Pl. Coast Coromand. 2: Sevea pli L6201802\+ (Welias) inh.) (Sp. (Pls, eda 4, <3: e(2)!s (Sitegers: 1802; Poir. in Lam., Encycl. Méth. Bot. 5: 163. 1804; St.-Hil., Ex- poss) ls. 248). (1805; Al Le Juss.,.Ann: Mus: Nat. Hist s ’Paris 7s: .75- 1806; Pers., Syn. Pl. 2: 142. 1806; J. E. Sm. in Rees, Cyclop, imp. 1 [London], 16: Gmelina 1--5. 1810; R. Br., Prodr. Fl. Nov. Holl. 1: 512. 1810; Ainslie, Mat. Med, Hindoost., ed. 1, 94. 1813; Roxb., Hort. Beng., imp. 1, 46 & [95]. 1814; Roxb., Pl. Coast Coromand. 3: 41--42 & pl. 246. 1815; Horsfield, Verh. Bat. Gen. 8: [Med. Pl. Java] 110. 1816; Spreng., Anleit. Kennt. Gew., ed. 2, 1: 425. 1817; Pers., Sp. Pl. 3: 357--358. 1819; Lam., TaBL. Encycl. Meth. Bot. [Il- lust. Gen.] 3: pl. 542. 1819; Jack, Malay. Misc., imp. 1, 1 (1): 17=- 18 & App. A. 1820; J. E. Sm. in Rees, Cyclop., imp. 2 [Philadelphia], 17: Gmelina 1--5. 1820; Poir., Dict. 19: 114. 1821; Roth, Nov. Pl. Sp., imp. 1, 287--289. 1821; Steud., Nom. Bot., ed. 1, 888. 1821; Link, Enum. Pl. Hort. Berol. 2: 128. 1822; Blume, Cat. Gewass., imp. 1, 83. 1823; Poir. in Lam., Tabl. Encycl. Meth. Bot. [Illust. Gen.] 4: 56. 1823; Moon, Cat. Indig. Exot. Pl. Ceyl. 1: 45 (1824) and 2: 18. 1824; Roxb.) FL Ind., ed. 1,,\imp. 1, 3:86. 1824; D. Don, Prodr., Fi. Nepal. 104--105. 1825; Spreng. in L., Syst. Veg., ed. 16, 2: 765. 310 PRS Yel 10 el) ORG SE A Vol. 5577 Now 5 1825; Ainslie, Mat. Med. Indica, ed. 2, 2: 240--242. 1826; Blume, Bijdr. Fl. Ned. Ind. 14: 813--814. 1826; Sweet, Hort. Brit., ed. l, i= 323. 01826-) Spreng. in Lo, Syst. Vega, ede 6705 (2): 765). .1s2a- Reichenb., Consp. Reg. Veg. 1: 117. 1828; Dumort., Anal. Fam. 22. 1829; Loud.,Encycl. Pl. 1123. 1829; Wall., Numer. List 50 ["49"], nos. 1816--1820. 1829; Bartl., Nat. Pl. 180. 1830; Hook., Bot. Misc. = 2842) 1830)" Loud., Hort. Bratte, ved: 1) )245: 830s Sweet, IHoste Brita, ed. 2, Al7< 1830); (Spreng. ein La, Gen. Pils, ed. 19). 2:) 48% 1831; Wall., Numer. List 82 & [87]. nos. 1816, 1816D, 18171, & 2654. 1831; Walp., Nov. Act. Acad. Caes. Leopold.-Carol. Nat. Cur. 15: 380. 1831; Cham., Linnaea 7: 109. 1832; Loud., Hort. Brit., ed. 2, 245. 1832); Roxb., Rls Indica, ed. 2, amp.)1, 3: 82—-88. 1832; Walla, Numer. List 215, no. 6317. 1832; Piddington, Tab. View Gen. Char. Roxb. 106--107. 1836; Blanco, Fl. Filip., ed. 1, 492--493. 1837; Bojer, Hort. Maurit. 258. 1832; Endl., Gen. Pl. 1: 636. 1838; Dill- wijn, Rev. Hort. Mal. 3. 1839; G. Don in Sweet, Hort. Brit., ed. 3, 551. 1839; J. GraH., Cat. Pl.Bomb. 158. 1839; Loud., Hort. Brit., ed. 3, 245. 1839; Spach, Hist. Nat. Vég. Phan. 9: 227 & 232=-=-233. 1840; Meisn., Pl. Vasc. Gen. 2: [Comm.] 200. 1840; Steud., Nom. Bot. Phan, sedi; 2), is) SLO e453) 1840) Endil'., SEnchicids Bot. 312 ag8au- Reichenb., Deutsch. Bot. [Repert. Herb. Nom.] 108. 1841; Meisn., Pl. Vasc. Gen. 2: [Comm.] 291. 1842; Brongn., Enum. Gen. Pl., ed. 1, 65. 1843) D2 idietr., Syn. Pl. 3) S72, 610, 6LL,) (& 6l3——-614.) 1843 - tack, Calcut. Journ, Nat. Hist. 4: 32--43. 1843; Walp., Nov. Act. Acad. Natj—Cure 197 (Supplies S80). 118437) Hassk., (Cat. Pls Hont- Bots Bogor. Cult. 2: 135. 1844; Blanco, Fl. Filip., ed. 2, 344--345. 1845; Voigt, Hort. Suburb. Calcut. 464, 470, & 473. 1845; Walp., Repert. Bot. Syst. 4: 97--98. 1845; Zoll. & Moritzi, Syst. Verz. 52. 1846; Lindl., Veg. Kingd., ed. 1, 664 (1846) and ed. 2, 664. 1847; Schau. in A. DC., Prodr. 11: 608, 628, 678--680, & 695. 1847; Hook., Curtis Bot. Mag. 74 [ser. 3, 4]: pl. 4395. 1848; A. L. Juss. in Orbigny, Dict. Univ. Hist. Nat. 13: 185. 1849; Steud., Nom. Bot. Phan., ed. 2, Es SLON&v453 1849 Waght, Icon. Pl. sind’s Ormilent. (4 (8))3 27 spl 1470. 1849; Brongn., Enum. Gen. Pl., ed. 2, 120. 1850; Walp., Ann. BOta SYSt. es se2sS el S52 aWaght,, Lust. endian) Bot 2) 127) pepledaae 1850; Wight, Spicil. Neilgherr. 2: pl. 193. 1851; Wittstein, Etymo- log.-bot. HandwSrterb., ed. 2, 394. 1852; Lindl., Veg. Kingd., ed. 3, 664. 1853; W. Griff., Icon. Pl. Asiat. 4: pl. 443. 1854; Twining, Illust. Nat. Ord. Pl. 2: 104. 1855; Schnitzl., Iconogr. Fam. Nat. Reg. Veg. 2: 137 Verbenac. [2] & [3]. 1856; Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn. Candol il; 3: 253, 365, & 502. 858) Migs, FL. Neds Ind) 2) S57 7% 865--867. 1858; F. Muell., FragGm. Phyt. Austral. 4: 128. 1858; Miq., Fl. Ind. Bat. Suppl. 1: 242. 1860; Benth., Fl. Hongk. 272. 1861; Dalz. & Gibs., Bomb. Fl. 201. 1861; Thwaites & Hook. f., Enum. Pl. Zeyl., imp. 1, 244. 1861; W. Hill, Cat. Queensl. Woods [Lond. Inter- nat. Exhib.] 20. 1862; F. Muell., Fragm. Phyt. Austral. 3: 58. 1862; Seem., Viti 440. 1862; Bocq., Adansonia, ser. 1 [Baill.,Rec. Obs. Bot.], 2: 90, 113, 124--127, 135--137, 154, & 157, pl. 14, fig. l-=- 11 (1862) and 3: 178, 180, 184, & 254--256. 1863; Bocq., Rev. Ver- benac. 90, 113, 124--127, 135--137, 154, & 157, pl. 14, fig. 1--1ll. 1863; F. Muell., Fragm. Phyt. Austral. 3: 168. 1863; Seem., Journ. 1984 Moldenke, Notes on Gmelina 311 Bot. Lond. 3: 258--259. 1865; Lindl. & Moore, Treas. Bot., ed. l, 538. 1866; Seem., Fl. Vit. 189--191, pl. 45. 1866; Norlinger, Quer- schn. 4: 23. 1867; F. Muell., Fragm. Phyt. Austral. 6: 153. 1868; Benth. & F. Muell., Fl. Austral. 5: 33 & 64--66. 1870; Kurz, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Beng. 39 (2): 81. 1870; Kurz, Rep. Veg. Andam. App. A: 45. 1870; Lindl. & Moore, Treas. Bot., ed. 2, 538. 1870; Beddome, Fl. Sylv. S. India 172, pl. 253. 1872; Beddome, For. Man. Bot. S. India 172. 1873; Seem., Fl. Vit. 442. 1873; Brandis, For. Fl. Northw. Cent. India 3: 354 & 364--365. 1874; Pfeiffer, Nom. Bot. 2 (1): 25 (1874) and 2 (2): 1569, 1570, & 1573. 1874; Roxb., Fl. Indica, ed. 2', imp. 2, 485--487. 1874; Kurz, Prelim. Rep. For. Veg. Pegu 69--71 & App. A: xcv--xcviii (1875) and B: 70. 1875; F. Muell., Descrip. Notes BPapoeneet. ; amped, 2s" 3302875) and! 5: 9L& 113. 1875.7. Schombs', Els Se) Bustral. 52..1875+> Benth. in Benth. & Hook. £., Gen. Pl... 2 (2): 1135 & 1153--1154. 1876; Lindl. & Moore, Treas. Bot., ed. 3, 538. 1876; Scheff., Ann. Jard. Bot. Buitenz. 1: 41--42. 1876; Kurz, For. Hit VBrat. Burma 23) 252 & 264—-=265. 1877, Blanco, Fl. Filip.,-ed: 3, 2: 274, pl. 215. 1878; Gamble, List Trees Darjeel. Dist. 61 & 62. 1878; F. M. Bailey, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales 4: 174. 1880; Fern.- Villar in Blanco, Fl. Filip., ed. 3, 4: Nov. App. 159. 1880; Gamble, Man. Indian Timb., ed. l, xxvii, 281, 295--296, & 509. 1881; Horne, Yeadreriji9 269. LSSh- oF. MueLi.),) Farst Cens-) 103. 1882- J. Sma, Dict: Pop. Names Pl. 408. 1882; F. M. Bailey, Syn. Queensl. Fl. 379. 1883; Vidas Sin. Bam- Gen. Pl. Bene Filip. Wintrod. El. For: Filip.) l- 202 & 204 (1883) and 2: 36, pl. 75, fig. E. 1883; Dymock, Veg. Mat. Med. W. India, ED. L, IX & 498. 1884; Lindl. & Moore, Treas. Bot., ed. aysoo.. Leeda] Co Be Clarke’ inc Hook. £.,. Fis Brat. India 4:'561. & 581--583. 1885; For. Adm. Rep. Chota Nagpur 6 & 33. 1885; J. Keys, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensl. 2: 48. 1885; F. Muell., Descrip. Notes Pa- puan Pl. 8: 46. 1885; Trimen, Journ. Ceyl. Br. Roy. Asiat. Soc. 9: [Syst. Cat. Flow. Pl.. Ceyl.] 69. 1885; Vidal, Phan. Cuming. Philip. 70 & 134. 1885; Campbell & Watt, Descrip. Cat. Econ. Prod. Chutia Nagpur 52. 1886; Drake del Castillo, Illust. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pacif., imp. 1, 260 & 432. 1886; Maxim., Bull. Acad. Imp. Sci. St.-Pétersb. 3: 81. 1886; Maxim., Mél. Biol. 12: 514. 1886; Vidal, Rev. Pl. Vasc. Filip. 210. 1886; F. M. Bailey, Queensl. Woods 91. 1888; Durand, Ind. Gen. Phan. 321. 1888; Hillebr., Fl. Haw., imp. 1, 340. 1888; F. Muell., Sel. Extratrop. Pl., ed. 7, 189. 1888; F. M. Bailey, Queensl. Woods 104. 1889; F. Muell., Sec. Syst. Cens. Austral. Pl. 1: 171 & 173. 1889; Maiden, Useful Nat. Pl. Austral. 549. 1889; Oliv. in Hook. fy) acon. Pl. LOs\pl. 1874s, 4889: Ki Schum.1&)Hollx., FL. Kais.sWii— helmsl. 120. 1889; Watt, Dict. Econ. Prod. India 3: 514--517. 1889; Woodrow, Gard. India, ed. 5, 418. 1889; F. M. Bailey, Cat. Indig. Nat. Pl. Queensl. 35. 1890; Collett & Hemsl., Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Bot. 28: 110. 1890; Forbes & Hemsl., Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Bot. 26 {Ind. Fl. Sin. 2]: 257. 1890; Greshoff, Teysmannia 1: 127. 1890; Baill., Hist. Pl. 11: 86, 94, & 111. 1891; Burck, Ann. Jard. Bot. Buitenz., ser. 1, 10: 98--99, pl. 7, fig. 5 & 6. 1891; Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 507. 1891; Holmes, Bull. Pharm. 6: 109. 1892; Dymock, Warden, & Hooper, Pharmacog. India, imp. 1, 3: [iii] & 70--73. 1893; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 1, 1: 76, 666, 844, 1039-- 312 PEHS YS OM OsGrr A Vol. 55. Noza5 1040, & 1458. 1893; Prain, Journ. Roy. Asiat. Soc. Beng.62: 39-- 86. 1893; Anon., Gard. Chron., ser. 3, 15: 746. 1894; Hook. £., Cur= tis Bot. Mag. 120 [ser. 3, 50]: pl. 7391. 1894; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 1, 2: 622. 1894; K&nig, Journ. Roy. Asiat. Soc. Straits 26: 103 (1894) and 27: 96. 1894; Koord., Meded. Lands Plant. Bogor 12: [Plantkund. Woordenb.] 90--91 & 144. 1894; Nairne, Flow. Pl. West. India 244 & 246. 1894; Roxb., Fl. Indica, ed. 2, imp. 2, 486--487. 1894; Talbot, Syst. List Trees Shrubs Bomb., ed. 1, 159, 161, & 221. 1894; Briq. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam., ed. l, 4£5(Ga)-eiss, 136, Usspel42e 6h, loon & I/Ss L895. dacks. sing Hook. £f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 1, 2: 1213--1214 & 1285. 1895; Maiden, Agric. Gaz. N. S. Wales 6: [287]--289 & 681. 1895; Stapf in Hook., Tcon= Pl 924: pil.) 2391) S95 trimen,sHandb. Fill Ceyjl) 3) 354——s56-— 1895; Briq. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam., ed. 1, 4 (3a): 382. 1897; Ridl., Journ. Straits Med. Assoc. 5: 129. 1897; Koord., Meded. Lands Plant. Bogor 19: 559. 1898; Lindl. & Moore, Treas. Bot., ed. 5, 538. 1899; J. L. Stewart, Punjab Pl. 166. 1899; Woodrow, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 12: 359. 1899; L. H. Bailey, Cyclop. Am. Hort. 2: 654. 1900; Koord. & Valet., Meded. Lands Plant. Bat. 42 [Bijdr. Booms. Java 7]: 164 & 196--198. 1900; Raciborski, Ann. Jard. Bot. Buitenz. 17 [ser. 2, 2]: 22--24, fig. 11. 1900; K. Schum. & Lauterb., Fl. Deutsch. -Schutzgeb. Stidsee 524. 1900; F. M. Bailey, Queensl. Fl. 4: 1165 & 1177--1178. 1901; Banks & Soland., Bot. Cook's Voy- 2: )pl- 2385 1901; Boorsma, Bull- Inst. Bot.) Buitenz. 142 535e 1902; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, imp. 1, 185. 1902; Gamble, Man. Indian Timb., ed. 2, imp. l, 524, 537--539, & 778. 1902; E. D. Merr., Philip. For. Bur. Bull. 1: 51. 1903; Prain, Beng. Pl., imp. i, 1: 66, 823, & 828--829. 1903; Dalla Torre & Harms, Gen. Siphonog., imp. 1, 433. 1904; Maiden, Commerc. Timb. N. S. Wales, ed. 2, 23. 1904; Maiden, For. Fl. N. S. Wales 1: 185, pl. 33. 1904; Post & Kuntze, Lexicon 688. 1904; T. Cook, Fl. Presid. Bombay, ed. 1, 3: 418 & 424--426. 1905; H. Hallier, Jahrb. Hamburg. Wiss. Anat. 22 (3): 31--46. 1905; MacMahon, Merch. Timb. Queensl. 53. 1905; E. D. Merr., Bull. Bur. Govt. Lab. Philip. 27: 68. 1905; Talbot, Syst. List Trees Shrubs Bomb., ed. 2, 269, 1905; F. N. Williams, Bull. Herb. Boiss., ser. 2, 5: 431. 1905; Brandis, Indian Trees, imp. 1 & 2, 502 & 509. 1906; Dale, Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. Lond. B.198: 221--263. 1906; Maiden, For. Fl. N. S. Wales 2: 199. 1906; G. Maxwell, Journ. Roy. Asiat. Soc. Straits 45: 47. 1906; E. D. Merr., Philip. Journ. Sci. Bot. 1, Suppl. 1: 121. 1906; Brandis, Indian Trees, imp. 2a, 502 & 509. 1907; Holtermann, Einfl. Klimas pl. 7, fig. 40. 1907; Nieuwenhuis, Ann. Jard. Bot. Buitenz. 21: 260--261, pl. 21, fig. 16 & 18. 1907; Gamble in King & Gamble. Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal 74 (2 extra): 794 & 823--825. 1908; Foxworthy, Philip. Journ. Sci., ser. C, 4: 554 & 576. 1909; Hunter, Journ. Straits Br. Roy. Asiat. Soc. 53: 101--102. 1909; Ridl., Journ. Straits Br. Roy. Asiat. Soc. 53: 101. 1909; Talbot, For. Fl. Bomb., ed. 1, 2: 343 & 348--350. 1909; Haines, For. Fl. Chota Nagpur 476, 486--487, & 597. 1910; Maiden, For. Fl. N. S. Wales 4 (40): pl. [20] & [21]. 1910; Woodrow, Gard. Trop., imp. 1 & 2 [Gard. India, ed. 6, imp. 7 & 8] 441. 1910; Bran- dis, Indian Trees, imp. 3, 502 & 509. 1911; Craib, Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1911: 443. 1911; Duthie, Fl. Upper Gang. Plain, ed. 1, 2: 88, 1984 Moldenke, Notes on Gmelina 313 215, 220--221, & 264. 1911; Gerth van Wijk, Dict. Plantnames, imp. l, 1: 596. 1911; Guilfoyle, Austral. Pl. 187. 1911; Pulle in Lorentz, Nova Guinea, ser. l, 8 (1): 402. 1911; Ridl., Journ. Roy. Asiat. Soc. Straits 59: 156. 1911; Wehmer, Pflanzenst. 1: 648. 1912; J. C. & M. Willis, Rev. Cat. Flow. Pl. Ceyl., ed. 1 ([Pared. Man. Bot. 2:] 69 & Wie LOM Talbot, For<°Flis Bomb. 2:, 349. 191127 'Craib, Contrib. /F1l- Siam Dicot. 164. 1912; Dunn & Tutcher, Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. Addit. Sar. Loe 20k 60203501912 -sKoord.,,. Exkursions£tl.,.3:, 132, 137, &, 414. 1912; Lace, List Trees Shrubs Burma, ed. 1, 64, 82, 128, & 133.1912; E. D. Merr., Fl. Manila, imp. 1, 397 & 405--406. 1912; R. S. Pearson, Comm. Guide For. Econ. Prod. India 52. 1912; C. B. Robinson, Philip. Journ. Sci. Bot. 7: 414 & 416. 1912; F. M. Bailey, Compreh. Cat. Queensl. Pl. 386. 1913; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 4, imp. 1, 98. 1913; Rodger, Indian For. Bull., ser. 2, 16: 1--10. 1913; Gibbs, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Bot. 42: 123. 1914; Koord. & Valet., Atlas Baumart. javaaple 278. 1934; -Dop, Bull. | Soc.sBot, France 61: 321—-—323= 19152 Gerth van Wijk, Dict. Plantnames, imp. 1, 2: 584, 1180, 1208, & 1610. 1916; W. W. Sm., Notes Roy. Bot. Gard. Edinb. 9: 107--108. 1916; Well. Br., Merrs, &°Yates,ePhiilip. Journ. “Sci. Bot. 1237240. 1917; K. Heyne, Nutt. Plant. Ned. Ind., ed. 1, 4: 107, 118--119, & xiv. 1917; Beyhs5 Cat. Pl. Yun-nan 277. 1917; Maiden, Some Princip. Comm. Trees N. S. Wales [N. S. Wales For. Handb.] 207. 1917; E. D. Merr., Interpret. Rumph. Herb. Amboin. 452, 454, 486, & 594. 1917; E. D. Merre poehilip. Journ. Sci. Bot.) 72<1659i(192:7) mandel2:9385. 1917; Basu, Indian Med. Pl., imp. 1, 3: 3, pl. 738 & 739. 1918; Firminger, Man. Gard. India, ed. 6, 2: 385 & 389. 1918; H. Hallier, Meded. Rijks Herb. Leid. 37: 55--60. 1918; E. D. Merr.,Sp. Blanc. 333--334. 1918; Parker, For. Fl. Punjab, ed. 1, 395 & 398. 1918; Trelease, Bot. Centralbl. 138: 123. 1918; Wiesner, Rohst. 2: 464. 1918; A. Chev, Cat. Pl. Jard. Bot. Saigon 36. 1919; Dawkins, Indian For. 45: {505]--519, pl. 27 & 28. 1919; Farwell, Druggists Circ. 63: 50. 1919; Koman, Rep. Invest. Indig. Drugs 2: 50. 1919; H. J. Lam, Verbenac. Malay. Arch. 5, 214--228, & 365--366. 1919; Bose, Man. Indian Bot. 252 & 256, fig. 219. 1920; Cubitt, Rep. For. Admin. Fed. Malay St. 1920: 4. 1920; Smythies, Indian For. Rec. 7 (8): pl. 13. 1920; Bakh. in Lam & Bakh., Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenz., ser. 3, 3: 3 & 64--71l. 1921; Brandis, Indian Trees, imp. 4, 502 & 509. 1921; Hubert, Verb. Util. Mat. Med. 1921; E. D. Merr., Bibliog. Enum. Born. Pl. 515. 1921; E. D. Merr., Philip. Journ. Sci. Bot. 19: 377.1921; S. Moore, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Bot. 45: 375--376. 1921; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 5, imp. 1, 115. 1921; Troup, Silvicult. Indian Trees 2: 697, 769--776, & 779, fig. 294--297. 1921; Gamble, Man. Indian Timb., ed. 2, imp. 2, 524, 537--539, & 778. 1922; Haines, Bot. Bihar Oris- sa, ed. 1, 4: 704, 715, & 717--720. 1922; Parkinson, For. Fl. Andam. Isls., imp. 1, 218 & 219. 1922; Rodger in Lace, List Trees Shrubs Burma, ed. 2, 131. 1922; Fedde, Justs Bot Jahresber. 45 (1): 525. 1923; Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber. 44: 254 (1922) and 45 (1): 90 & 148. 1923; E. D. Merr., Enum. Philip. Flow. Pl. 3: 399 & 400. 1923; Ridl., Fl. Malay Penins. 2: 611 & 622--623. 1923; Spever, Bull. Ent. Res. 14: 11--23. 1923; Chung, Mem. Sci. Soc. China 1 (1): 227. 1924; Colthurst, Familiar Flow. Trees India 120--122. 1924; Gamble, Fl. Presid. Madras 2 (6): 1086 & 1097--1098. 1924; Haines, 314 P Hea ViteO DeOse rea Vol. 55, No. 5 Bot. Bihar Orissa, ed. 1, 6: 1296. 1924; Kaneh., Indian Woods 17. 1924; H. J. Lam in Diels, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 59: 28. 1924; H. J. Lam in Lauterb., Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 59: 93 & 94. 1924; Parker, For. Fl. Punjab, ed. 2, 395, 398, & 580. 1924; L. H. Bailey, Stand. Cyclop. Hort., imp. 1, 2: 1352--1353. 1925; Bodding, Mem. Asia Soc. Beng. Oe 1, 3s. 4,46, 213=-15). 38), Clin 75), 167690), -96==97),, 2 LOS pels eens 1925; Chaudhuri, Indian For. 51: 57--60. 1925; Lane-Poole, Rep. For. Resources Terr. Papua N. Guin. 136. 1925; S. Moore, Journ. Bot. Lond. 63: Suppl. 81. 1925; Van der Merwe & Kent, Journ. Dept. Agric. Union S. Afr. 10: 29--42. 1925; Wangerin, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 53 (2): 644 & 645. 1925; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 6: 92. 1926; Jans- sonius, Mikrogr. Holz. Java 754, 757--759, 761, 763, 764, 766, & 803--810, fig. 294. 1926; Lecomte, Gov. Gén. Indoch. Publ. Agenc. Econ. 13: 199. 1926; Thakar, Fl. Cutch 223. 1926; Wangerin, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 46 (1): 717. 1926; Bodding, Mem. Asia Soc. Beng. 10: 13675 2527 91 Ol eLO3 el Sil 220,244, 9252) 276, 282——284, 287——290), 294--296, & 300--302. 1927; Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber. 47 (2): 245. 1927; K. Heyne, Nutt. Plant. Ned. Ind., ed. 2, 1: 24 (1927), ede-27-2: 1320=-13219(21927)5 fand¥ed- 92) 3:2 1646.) 1927 -sEoeDe Merr., Lingn. Sci. Journ. 5: 158. 1927; Osmaston, For. Fl. Kumaon 405 & 408--409. 1927; C. T. White & Francis, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensl. 382 257——-258, fig. 18 (1927)iMand 3925257, sf1g- 185 1928; Bois; eae Aliment. 2: 440. 1928; Domin, Bibl. Bot. 22 (89): 1114. 1928; Fran- cis, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales 53: 474--484, fig. 1--9, & pl. 29--31. 1928; Sasaki, List Pl. Formos. 352 & 430. 1928; Wangerin, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 49 (1): 522. 1928; Bakh., Journ. Arnold Arb. 10: 68/69 & 71--72, pl. 16 & 17. 1929; Bakh. in White, Journ. Arnold Arb. 10: 264. 1929; J. M. Cowan, Rec. Bot. Surv. India 12: 29--34, 47, & 48. 1929; Fedde, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 46 (2): 607. 1929; Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber. 47 (2): 322 & 327. 1929; Francis, Austral. Rainfor. Trees, ed. 1, 332--336, fig. 222--224. 1929; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 7: 104. 1929; Pflueger, Rev. In- ternat. Bot. Appliq. Agric. Trop. 9: 726--730 & 794--798. 1929; Allsop, Indian For. 56: 203--211. 1930; L. H. Bailey, Stand. Cyclop. Hort., imp. 2,027 61352——1353.391930)sLeehe& Ee Ze. Barley, sHortus, ed. 1, 279. 1930; Burkill & Haniff, Gard. Bull. Straits Settl. 6: 233, 384, & 407. 1930; Rao, Agric. Journ. India 25: 17--25. 1930; W. W. Sm., Notes Roy. Bot. Gard. Edinb. 17: 148 & 212. 1930; Stapf, Ind. Lond. 3: 299. 1930; Wangerin, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 50 (1): 237 & 269. 1930; Normand, Rev. Internat. Bot. Appligq.-Agric. Trop. 11: 168--174, pl. 3. 1931; Alston in Trimen, Handb. Fl. Ceyl. 6: Suppl. 232. 1931; Rodger in Lace, List Trees Shrubs Burma, ed. 3, 202. 1931; Kudo, Iconogr. Trop, Pl. Taiwan 2: pl. 16. 1931; Stapf, Ind. Lond. 6: 479 & 554. 1931; Wehmer, Pflanzenst. 2: 1024. 1931; G. F. Weber, Phytopath. 21: 1129--1140. 1931; Ali, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 35: 597. 1932; Chopra, Rep. Indig. Drugs Enquiry 34. 1931; Fedde, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 49 (2): 431 (1932) and 50 (1): 688. 1932; Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber. 53 {1): 1074. 1932; Krishna & RamaSwami, Indian For. Bull., ser. 2, 79: 17. 1932; Pear- son & Br., Commerc. Timb. India 2: 799 & 802. 1932; P'ei, Mem. Sci. Soc. China 1 (3): [Verbenac. China] 1, 7, & 115--122, pl. 23. 1932; L. H. Bailey, Stand. Cyclop. Hort., imp. 3, 2: 1352=--1353. 1933; Ben- 1984 Moldenke, Notes on Gmelina 315 thall, Trees Calcut., imp. 1, 352--354. 1933; Dop, Rev. Internat. Appliq. Agric. Trop. 13: 893--897. 1933; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 8: 102. 1933; Kanehira, Fl. Micrones. 341, 342, & 457. 1933; Charlton, Proc. 4th Silvicult. Conf. Dehra Dun 78--87. 1934; Crevost & Pételot, Bull. Econ. Indo-Chine 37: 1294--1295. 1934; J. C. M. Gardn., Indian For. Rec. 20 Ent.: 1--42. 1934; Hand.-Mazz., Ann. Hort. Gothenb. 9: [67]. 1934; Hochr., Candollea 5: 192. 1934; Naidu, Com- merc. Timb. India 73. 1934; Pearson & Br., Commerc. Timb. India 2: 799. 1934; H. E. Thomas, Journ. Agric. Res. 48: 187--218. 1934; Wagle, Agric. Livest. India 4: 176--188. 1934; L. H. Bailey, List Florists Handl. Verb. I[mss.]. 1935; L. H. Bailey, Stand. Cyclop. Hort., imp. 4, 2: 1352--1353. 1935; L. H. & E. Z. Bailey, Hortus, ed. 2, 279. 1935; Bakh., Journ. Arnold Arb. 16: 72--73. 1935; Dads- well & Eckersley, Austra]. Counc. Sci. Indust. Res. Bull. 90: 70, fig. 55. 1935; Dop in Lecomte, Fl. Gén. Indo-chine 4: 776, 841--849, £865eefige 88221935; Hu, Bulls sChinese Bot. Soc...1 (2): 95.1935; Kirtikar & Basu, Indian Med. Pl., ed. 2, imp. 1, 3: 1932 & 1934--1935, pl. 738 & 739. 1935; Mathur, Indian For. Rec., ser. 2, 1 (2): 35--70. (625 40n.. \D. Mery 2, Trans. Ams Phil. .Soc.jcSen. «2, .24,(2) 2 «LComm. Lour.] 11, 274, 335, 336, & 426. 1935; Trevor, Emp. For. Rev. 14: 25--26. 1935; Beer & Lam, Blumea 2: 226. 1936; Sherples, Diseases Pests Rubb. Tree. 1936; Wangerin, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 56 (1): 669. 1936; Bell & Scott in Taylor & Francis, Fauna Brit. India Moths 5. 1937; Caresche, Trav. Inst. Rech. Agron. Indo-chine 1935/6: 195-- 212. 1937; Docters van Leeuwen, Blumea 2: 262. 1937; Fletcher, Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1937: 75. 1937; Alston, Kandy Fl. 63 & 64, fig. 345. 1938; Birch & Lyons, Journ. Proc. Roy. Soc. N. S. Wales 71: 391--405. 1938; W. A. Campbell, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 65: 31--69. 1938; Flet- cher, Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1938: 203--205, 401, 404, 406, 409, & 422--424. 1938; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 125. 1938; E. D. Merr., Journ. Arnold Arb. 19: 356. 1938; Wangerin, Justs Bot. Jah- resber. 58 (1): 845. 1938; Fedde, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 58 (2): 550. 1939; Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber. 59 (2): 26. 1939; Garth- waite, Indian For. Rec., ser. 2, Ent. 5: 237--277. 1939; Kanjilal, Das, Kanjilal, & De, Fl. Assam, imp. 1, 3: 458, 459, 466--467, & 549. 1939; Savastopulo, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 40: 257--263. 1939; A. V. ThomaS, Mal. For. 8: 84--85. 1939; Chun, Sunyats. 4: 268. 1940; Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber. 59 (2): 546. 1940; Mold., Phytologia 1: 418--419. 1940; Mold., Prelim. List Comm. Names 12. 1940; Mold., Suppl. List Comm. Vern. Names 2--6, 8--13, 16--22, & 24. 1940; L.. H. -&-E. Z. Bailey, Hortus.Sec., imp. 1, 332.1941; Bee- son, Ecol. Control For. Insects India. 1941; Biswas, Indian For. Rec. 3: 42. 1941; F. G. Browne, Mal. For. Rec. 22. 1941; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, imp. 2, 185. 1941; Durant, Mal. For. 10: 89--92. 1941; Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. jJahresber. 60 (2): 573: 1941; Harradence & Lyons, Chem. Abstr. 35: 460. 1941; E. D. Merr., Brittonia 4: 171--172. 1941; Mold., Suppl. List Inv. Names 3. 1941; Wangerin & Krause, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 60 (1): 704. 1941; Wors- dell, Ind. Lond. Suppl. 1: 441. 1941; Bor, Indian For. Rec. 3: 152-- 195. 1942; Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names 12, 25, & 39. 1942; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 26, 29, 53--69, 73, & 93. 316 POH ea ©) 51s) ONGH Ee A: Vols 55), Nome 1942; Lemée, Dict. Descrip. Syn. Gen. Pl. Phan. 8b: 656. 1943; H. B. R. Parham, Fiji NaT. Pl. 68. 1943; Aylin-Erdtman & Erdtman, Chem. Abstr. 38: 5821. 1944; Limaye, Indian For. Rec., ser. 2, Util. 3 (5): 16. 1944; Menninger, Descrip. Cat. Flow. Trees 16. 1944; Trotter, Common Commerc. Timb. India 109. 1944; Mold., Phytologia 2: 103--104. 1945; Savage, CaT. Linn. Herb. Lond. 107, 217, & 223. 1945; Benthal, Trees Calcut., imp. 2, 352--354. 1946; Blume, Cat. Gewass., imp. 2, 83. 1946; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 2, 1: 76, 666, 844, 1039--1040, & 1458 (1946) and imp.2, 2: 622, 1213, 1214, & 1285. 1946; Menninger, 1947 Cat. Flow. Trop. Trees 19. 1946; E. D. Merr., Chron. Bot. 10: 263--264. 1946; Razi, Journ. Mysore Univ. 7 (4): 64. 1946; Chowhury, Nature 160: 609. 1947; Falcao, Guia Visitant. Jard. Bot. Rio Jan. 42. 1947; Gamble, Jt. Publ. Imp.Agric. Bur. 10: 117. 1947; Hill & Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 10: 100. 1947; Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names ‘Suppl 1:8, V0, Tl, a le. W947> Ho No & AS Le Molds, Pl Lite 2: 18, 20--24, 34, 49, 55, 59, 61, 68, 69, 78, Sil. 1948; Neal, In Gard. Haw., ed. 1, imp. 1, 635. 1948; Van Rensselaer, Trees Santa Barbara, ed. 2,-168, 169, & 191. 1948; Aggarwal & Soni, Journ. Sci. Indust. Res. (India) 8B: 49--51. 1949; Aggarwal & Soni, Chem. Abstr. 43: 5611--5612. 1949; Den Berger, Determinat. Houts. Mal. Fam. 73. 1949; Dordi, Indian Text. Journ. 59: 43 & 708. 1949; Hosokawa, Journ. Jap. Bot. 24: 44. 1949; Karanchandani, Indian For. 75: 505-- 511. 1949; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 2, 46, 54, 117, 123--125, 127--130, 132, 135--139, 141, 143--151, 153, 160, & 186. 1949; Neal, In Gard. Haw., ed. 1, imp..2, 635. 1949; Sri Gu- labkunwarbi, Charak Samhita. 1949; Van Steenis, Bull. Bot. Gard. Buitenz., ser. 3, 18: 224. 1949; R. O. Williams, Useful Ornam. Pl. Zanzib. 69, 95, 276, & 277. 1949; Guillaum., Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, ser. 2, 22: 118. 1950; Jex-Blake, Gard. East. Afr., ed. 3, 130. 1950; Menninger, Winter 1950 Seed List. 1950; Metcalfe & Chalk, Anat. Dicot. 2: 1035, 1037, 1040, & 1041. 1950; Razi, Ecology 31: 285. 1950; "Gs To White, Journ.) Arnold Arb. 31: 1135 1950); Kalshoven, Plagen Cultuurgew. Indones. 1950-1951; Albert, Inst. Franc. Afr. Noir. Mem. 15: 1--174. 1951; Francis, Austral. Rain-for. Trees, ed. 2, 366--369, fig. 230--232. 1951; Mold., Phytologia 3: 417--418. 1951; Corner, Wayside Trees, ed. 2, 696, 702, & 703, fig. 257. 1952; Dastur, Indian For. 78: 275 & 365. 1952; Dastur, Med. Pl. India 126-- 127. 1952. Dastur, Useful Pl; India Pakist., ed: (6, 117——-11S. 91952; Geissman & Hinreiner, Bot. Rev. 18: 91. 1952; Guillaum., Bull. Mus. Nat. Hist. Nat. Paris, ser. 2, 23: 539--540. 1952; Janssonius, Key Javan Woods 53--54 & 213, fig. 294. 1952; Joshi & Magar, Journ. Sci. Indust. Res. (India) 11B: 26. 1952; Mold., Phytologia 4: 54--55. 1952; Paelt, Candollea 13: 248. 1952; V. S. Rao, Journ. Indian Bot. Soc. 31: [297], 308, 309, 312, & 313, fig. 50--54. 1952; Bagchee, Indian For. 79: 17--24. 1953; Bor, Man. Indian Bot. 302. 1953; Dale, Descrip. List Introd. Trees Uganda 43--44 & 72. 1953; Goossens, Suid-Afrik. Blompl. 188. 1953; Kedare & Tendelkar, Journ. Sci. In- dust. Res, (India) 12B: 125 & 217. 1953; Menninger, 1953 Cat. Flow. Trop. Trees 40. 1953; Mold., Biol. Abstr. 27: 2026. 1953; Mold., Phytologia 4: 178. 1953; Pételot, Pl. Med. Cambod. Laos Viet. 2 [Arch.. Recherch. Agron. Past. Viet. 18]: 252--253. 1953; Pichon, 1984 Moldenke, Notes on Gmelina 317 Taxon 2: 111. 1953; Purushotham & al., Indian For. 79: 43 & 49. 1953; Roig, Dicc. Bot. Nom. Vulg. Cub. 73, 74, & 550. 1953; Santapau, Pl. Saurashtra 31. 1953; Setten, Mal. For. 15: 165--169. 1953; Tra- vancore Univ., Pharmacog. Ayurvedic Drugs, ser. l, 2: 65. 1953; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 25: 4060 (1954) and 28: 3239. 1954; Bagshee, Indian For. Rec., ser. 2, Mycol. 1 (8): 99--184. 1954; Birch, Hughes, & Sm., Austral. Journ. Chem. 7: 83. 1954; Doanay, For. Inst. Oxford Spec. Subj. 1954; Fritz, Biol. Abstr. 28: 440. 1954; Mathur & Singh, For. Bull. Dehra Dun, ser. 2,.Ent. 171: pts. 1--10. 1954-1961; Mold., Journ. Calif. Hort. Soc. 15: 86. 1954; Pételot, Pl. Méd. Cambod. Laos Visca “lo, 20 7;"26, 6287 36, 38, 48, 59, 63; 64,219) -15h, wW567°224, 239, & 247. 1954; Phillips, For. Dept. Nigeria Inf. Bull. 14: 1. 1954; Santapau, Indian For. 80 (7): 387. 1954; Sarlin, Cent. Techn. For. Trop. Publ. 6: [270]--271, 285, 293, & 295, pl. 131. 1954; Seth, Princip. Grassl. Types. 1954; Vuillaume, Rév. Pathol. Vég. Entom. Agric. Franc. 33 (3): 122--198. 1954; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 27: 3765. 1955; Barnard, Emp. For. Rev. 34: 68--77. 1955; Mold., Phytologia 52 2265 1955. R. S. Rao, Biol. Abstr. 29: 1223. 1955; Santapau, Journ. Gujerat Research Soc. 17: 39. 1955; Santapau & Raizada, Indian For. Ree. 4 (6) > 157. 1955-9A- CC: Sm.; Journ- Arnold Arb. 362° 287. 1955. Angely, Cat. Estat. Gen. Bot. Phan. 17: 4. 1956; Bakh. & Van Steenis, Taxon 5: 81. 1956; Barnard, Biol. Abstr. 30: 1111. 1956; Chopra, Nayar, & Chopra, Gloss. Indian Med. Pl. 126. 1956; Mold., Biol. Ab- Str. SO= 3551. 1956; Parker, For. Fl. Punjab, ed. 3, 395, 398, & 580. Saint John, Pacif. Sci. 10: 101. 1956; Sastri, Wealth India 4: 154-- P56, 22g. 7. & 7221956; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 292°3291 & 3628. 91957; Santapau, Fl. Purandhar 103--104 & 153. 1957; Van Steenis, Fl. Males, Bull. 11: 453 & xxxiv. 1957; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 30: 3983 & 4395. iug5S8; Anon-,°U."S-" Dept. Agr. Bot. Subjl ind. 15:2 -14357- 1958) RB. on: & I. C. Chopra, Handa, & Kapur, Indig. Drugs India, ed. 2, 509, 600, 607, 608, 610, 675, & 804. 1958; Chowdhury & Ghosh, Indian Woods 1: Xxx xP, & 1505 1958.41. Cooke; Fl. Presid. ‘Bomb-, ed. 2;eimp. 2,5 2: 497 & 504--506. 1958; Kalshoven, Ent. Ber. Amst. 18: 147--160. 1958; Karrer, Konstit. Vork. Org. Pflanzenst. 464. 1958; Mensbruge, Proc. 2nd Inter-Afr. For. Conf. Pointe-Noire 2: 460--463. 1958; Mold., Phytologia 6: 324--327. 1958; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 4, imp. 2, 98. 1958; Sriburi, Vanasarn 16 (2): 69--72. 1958; Abeywickrama, Ceyl. Journ. Sci. Biol. 2: 217. 1959; Anon., Kew Bull. Gen. Ind. 134. 1959; Cuf., Bull. Jard. Bot. Brux. 29: Suppl. 597. 1959; Dastur, Med. Pl. India Pakist. 126. 1959; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, imp.-3, 185. 1959; Kribs, Comm. For. Woods, ed. 2, 160, fig. 330. 1959; LePelley, Agric. Insects 1-307. 1959; Mold., Biol. Abstr. 33: 1215. 1959; Mold., Résumé 55, 61, 75, 142, 144, 157--159, 163, 165-- 167, 170, 174, 176, 178, 180, 184, 186--193, 195--197, 199, 201-- 205, 207, 209, 218, 234, 276, 277, 285, 296--298, 302, 306, 318-- 320, 337, 339, 341, 354, 385, 386, 391, 419, 423, 427, & 456. 1959; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 1: 12 & 13. 1959; Newsam & Rao, Journ. Rubb. Res. Inst. Malaya 15: 209--215. 1959; Parameswaran Nayar, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 1: 124, 1959; Sebastine, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 1: 95. 1959; G. Taylor, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 12: 63. 1959; Uphof, Dict. Econ. Pl., ed. I, 171. 1959; Willan, Nyasal: Fmr: For. 5 (1): 15=--17. 1959. Worth— 318 P H.VERVO Luose stn Vol. 55, No. 5 ington, Ceyl. Trees 345. 1959; Angely, Liv. Gen. Bot. Bras. 35 & 46. 1960; Burkill, Dict. Econ. Prod. Malay Penins. 1: 953. 1960; Chowdhury & Ghosh, Indian Woods 2: 190. 1960; Duthie, Fl. Upper Gang. Plain, ed. 2, 88, 215, 220--221, & 264. 1960; Jacks. in Hook. £f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 3, 1: 76, 666, 844, 1039--1040, & 1458 (1960) and amp.3; -22)622), 2203, 1214, 51285, «1975. 1960s) La piGen: Pl., ed. 5, imp. 2 [Cramer & Swann, Hist. Nat. Class. 3:] 274, [510], & 681. 1960; Menninger, 1960 Price List Flow. Trees [4]. 1960; Mold., Resume Suppl. 2: 7. 1960; Nath, Bot. Surv. South. Shan States 305. 1960; Ogbe, For. Inst. Oxford Spec. Com. 1960; Petroff & Doat, Cent. Techn. For. Trop. Publ. 19: 71=-88. 1960; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl: 5, amp. 277115. 91960)" Bursa, indian, For. Ecol. | 1-40, .143, 273, el8se 189, 215, 228, 260, & 284 (1960) and 2: 406, 625, & 670. 1960; Riney & Child, Proc. lst Fed. Sci. Cong. Salisb. 291--299. 1960; Van Royen, Nova Guinea, ser. 2, 10: 240. 1960; Anon., World Paper Trade Rev. 156: 1946. 1961; Boyle, Phytopath. 51: 117=--119. 1961; Cave, Ind. Pl. Chromos. Numb. 2: 136. 1961; W. E. Cooper, Phytopath. 51: 113=-116. 1961; Deb, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 3: 315. 1961; Gupta & Marlange, Trav. Sect. Sci. Inst. Frang. Pond. 3 (1): 79.. 1961; Guha & Saxena, Res. Ind. 6 (8): 280. 1961; Haines, Bot. Bihar Oris- sa, ed. 2, 2: 738 & 753--755. 1961; Hansford, Sydowia Ann. Myc., ser. 2, Beih. 2: 694--695. 1961; W. V. Harris, Termites. 1961; Huntley & Ko in Lace, List Trees Shrubs Burma, ed. 4, 202. 1961; Irvine, Woody Pl. Ghana 756. 1961; Mold., Phytologia 8: 14. 1961; Mathur & Singh, Indian For. Rec. Ent. 10 (6): 1117--1118. 1961; Rangaswami & Ven- kata Rao, Proc. Indian Acad. Sci. 54: 51. 1961; Runner, Rep. Groff Coll. 362. 1961; Satmoko, Malay. Nat. Journ. Spec. Issue 120. 1961; Satmoko in Wyatt-Sm. & Wycherley, Nat. Conserv. West. Malaysia 210. 1961; G. H. Watkins, Phytopath. 51: 110--113. 1961; E. West, Phyto- path. 51: 108--109. 1961; Willaman & Schubert, Agr. Res. Serv. U. S. Dept. Agr. Tech. Bull. 1234: 237. 1961; Beadle, Evans, & Carolin, Handb. Vasc. Pl. Sydney Dist. 414 & 415.1962; Gaussen, Legris, & Vi- art, Indian Counc. Agr. Res. Veg. Map Ser. 1: 20, 28, 31, 32, & 41. 1962; Gerth van Wijk, Dict. Plantnames, imp. 2, 1: 596 (1962) and imp. 2, 2: 584, 1180, 1208, & 1610. 1962; Gledhill, Check List Flow. Trees Sierra Leone 30. 1962; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.5: 44 & 45. 91962; Liaw, E1tustr.* Nat... Introd. Pl. Taiwan 2211222, pPs10305 1962; S. & G. Manguenot, Rev. Cytol. Biol. Vég. 25: 446. 1962; Men- ninger, Flow. Trees World 283--284, 298, 316, 319, & 320. 1962; Mold., Biol. Abstr. 37: 1062. 1962; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 3: 17, 19, 21--25, 28, & 32 (1962) and 4: 7. 1962; Nair & Rehman, Bull. Nat. BOE. Gard. Lucknow, 76202, )02,) ls, L6——18) 8523, ple 27 badger text-fig. 22. 1962; Raman & Kesavan, Nucleus 5: 123--126. 1962; Schedl, Revist. Ent. Mogamb. 5: 597--1352. 1962; B. Singh, Bull. Nat. Bot. Gard. Lucknow 69: 57. 1962; Sobti & Singh, Proc. Indian Acad. Sci. B.54: 143. 1962; Streets, Exot. For. Trees Brit. Commonw. 398--401. 1962; F. White, For. Fl. North. Rhodes. 365 & 368. 1962; Dalla Torre & Harms, Gen. Siphonog., imp. 2, 433. 1963; Deb, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 5: 51--53. 1963; Eidt, FAO Publ. 1775: 1--68. 1963; Huber, Hepper, & Meikle in Hutch. & Dalz., Fl. W. Trop. Afr., ed.) 2, 2) 432. 1963; Jain, Bula) Bot. Surv. India, 5:) 357—-—359") 1963; 1984 Moldenke, Notes on Gmelina 319 Joseph, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 5: 293. 1963; Kalshoven, Ent. Ber. Amst. 23: 90--100. 1963; Legris, Trav. Sect. Scient. Inst. Frang. Bones 290). 1925°240, 252," 506, 511, °516, 525, 527, 530, 542, & 567. 1963; Maheshwari, Fl. Delhi 276 & 282--283. 1963; B. A. Mitch- ell, Mal. For. 26: 259--286. 1963; Mold., Dansk Bot. Arkiv 23: 90-- 91. 1963; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 7: 7. 1963; Prain, Beng. Pl., imp. 2, 1: 66 (1963) and imp. 2, 2: 614 & 618--619. 1963; Raman & Kesavan, Sci. Cult. 29: 413--414. 1963; Ramamurthy, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 5: 261 & 264. 1963; Rao, Aggarwal, & Mukherjee, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 52° 325. 1963; H. P. Riley, Fam. Flow. Pl. S. Afr. 128. 1963; Sharma & Mukhopadhyay, Journ. Genet. 58: 359, 369, 375, 376, 379, & 383, pl. 11, fig. 39 & 40. 1963; Sweeney, Bull. Dept. Agric. Nyasal. Prot. 21. 1963; Anon., Sympos. Internat. Dang. Dis. Insects. 1964; Anon., Fmr. For. 6 (3): 13--22. 1964; Bakh. & Van Steenis, Taxon 5: 3l. 1964; A. Banerjee in Lahiri, West Beng. For. 48 & 54. 1964; W. Baner- jee in Lahiri, West Beng. For. 91. 1964; Cave, Ind. Pl. Chromos. Numb. 2: 330. 1964; Chittenden, Coursey, & D. G. & J. O. Rotibi, Tappi 47 (12): 186A--192A (1964) and 57 (12). 1964; Chowdhury in La- hiri, West Beng. For. 99 & 130. 1964; Crossley & Ogunle, Res. Rep. Inst. Indust. Res. Nigeria 28: 1--4. 1964; Das in Lahiri, West Beng. For. 253. 1964; Gaussen, Legris, & Viart, Indian Counc. Agr. Res. Veg. Map Ser. 2: 15. 1964; Ghosh in Lahiri, West Beng. For. 114, 195, & 197. 1964; Jain, Proc. Nat. Inst. Sci. India 30: 68. 1964; Lee, Mal. For. 27: 370--374. 1964; Lord, Shrubs Trees Austral. Gard., ed. 2, 22--23. 1964; Mathur, Indian Journ. Ent. 1964: 437--455. 1964; Menninger, 1964 Seed List [2]. 1964; Mold., Resumé Suppl. 8: 3 (1964) and 11: 6. 1964; J. Muller in Cranwell, Ancient Pacif. Floras 39. 1964; Narayana Aiyar & Kolammal, Phramacog. Ayur. Drugs. 1964; Nev- ill, Dept. Agric, Tech. Serv. Pretoria Tech. Commun. 12: 173--175. 1964; Oberholzer, Dept. Agric. Tech. Serv. Pretoria Tech. Commun. 12: 169--172. 1964; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isls., ed. 1, 214, fig. 77. 1964; Peh, For. Res. Inst. Kepong Malaya Res. Paper 44: 1--21. 1964; Rao & Sastry, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 6: 160, 164, & 281. 1964; Ray in Lahiri, West Beng. For. 88. 1964; Santapau, Excerpt. Bot. A.7: 16. 1964; Srivastava, Indian Journ. Ent. 1964: 419--433, 1964; Thwaites & Hook. f., Enum. Pl. Ceyl., imp. 2, 244. 1964; Vyas, Journ. Indian Bot. Soc. 43: 326 & 331. 1964; Anon., Fed. Min. Inf. Lagos For. Prod. Res. Rep. L/2: 1--10 (1965) and L/5. 1965; Anon., Rep. Gmelina Fed. Min. Inf. Lagos FPRL/2. 1965; Backer & Bakh., Fl. Java 2: 606--607. 1965; F. A. Barkley, List Ord. Fam. Anthoph. 76 & 168. 1965; Bose, Handb. Shrubs 9, 10, 52, 53, 108, & 121. 1965; Brunck, Bois Foréts Trop. 103: 17--25. 1965; Chopra, Badhwar, & Ghosh, Poison. Pl. India 2: 694. 1965; Collado, Bur. For. Philip. Res. Notes 70. 1965; Datta, Handb. Syst. Bot. 182, 183, 339, 375, & 419. 1965; Gaussen, Legris, & Viart, Indian Counc. Agr. Res. Map Ser. 2: 21 & 31. 1965; Gaussen, Viart, Legris, & Labroue, Trav. Sect. Scient. Techn. Inst. Frang. Pond. Hors 5: 30. 1965; Maheshwari & Singh, Dict. Econ. Pl. India 77 & 128. 1965; Marlange & Meher-Homji, Journ. Indian Bot. Soc. 44: 175. 1965; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 12: 8 & 9. 1965; Mukerjee, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 7: 135. 1965; Nair, Asia Monog. India 1 (5): [Pollen Gr. W. Himal. Pl.] 35. 1965; Neal, In 320 P Hey SrAO: Wer OrG: a7 A Vol. 55), Noee5 Gard. Hawaii, ed. 2, 720, 721, & 730. 1965; Nielsen, Introd. Flow. Pl. W. Afr. 161. 1965; Roberts, Prelim. Checklist Pests Dis. Plan- tat. Trees Nigeria 30. 1965; Sen & Naskar, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 7: 46. 1965; M. R. Sm., Cocoa Res. Inst. Tech. Bull. 9: 1--68. 1965; Smitinand, Govt. Sarawak Sympos. Ecol. Res. Humid Trop. Veg. 45. 1965; Swift, Nature 207: 436--437. 1965; Van Steenis & Jacobs, Fl. Males. Bull. 20: 1329 & 1341. 1965; Vyas, Journ. Indian Bot. Soc.44: 55. 1965; R. M. C. Williams, Proc. XII Internat. Cong. Ent. Lond. 675--676. 1965; Airy Shaw in Willis, Dict. Flow. Pl., ed. 7, 309 & 484. 1966; Anon., Fast Grow. Trop. Trees I Commonw. For. Inst. Mimeo. Ref. TT/5/1. 1966; Ansell, The Puku 4: 1--16. 1966; Burkill, Dict. Econ. Prod. Malay Penins. 1: 1105--1107. 1966; J. L. Ellis, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 8: 337. 1966; Esan, Study Variat. Struct. Feat. Prop. Gmelina [thesis]. 1966; Esan, Notes Prep. Visit Lamb. 1966; Forsythe, Check List Agric. Insects Ghana. 1966; Freezaillay Yeom & Sandras., Mal. For. 1966: 140--151. 1966; Gaussem & al., Trav. Sect. Sciente Techn Lnst.Sranc., Pond. Hors) 7:5 24,25, cop 42 eo (1966) and 8: 35. 1966; Hall & Gooding, Fls. Isls. Sun ll, 41, 47, e/a S Sse SS) pee. SOR L966 dainc. De, Bula. (Bot. Sursv-n eines 8: 247. 1966; L. J. King, Weeds World 58. 1966; Leggate, Tech. Note 1: 66. 1966; Majumdar, Bull. Bot. Soc. Beng. 20: 102. 1966; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 13: 6. 1966; Naithani, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 8: 259. 1966; Ramaswami, Study Flow. Pl. Bangalore [thesis] xxiii, xxix, 1015, 1031--1034, & 1412. 1966; Rao & Rabha, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 8: 296 & 301. 1966; Sandrasegaran, Mal. For. 29: 97--101, fig. 3. 1966; Sebastine & Henry, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 8: 304 & 309. 1966; Sebastine & Ramamurthy, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 8: 180. 1966; Subra- Manyam & Henry, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 8: 208 & 212. 1966; G. Taylor, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 13: 61. 1966; Venkatesan, Indian For. 92: 29. 1966; Whitmore, Guide For. Brit. Solom. Isls. 115, 116, 135, 148, & 184. 1966; Yeom & Sandrasegaran, Mal. For. 29: 140--153. 1966; Anon., Ind. Bibliog. Bot. Trop. 4 (1): 60. 1967; Blombley, Guide Nat. Aus- tral. Pl. 191. 1967; Berhault, Fl. Sénégal, ed. 2, 122 & 126. 1967; T. Cooke, Pl. Presid. Bombay, ed. 2, imp. 2, 2: 497 & 504--506. 1967; Dandy, Ind. Gen. Vasc. Pl. [Reg. Veg. 51:] 43, 41, 121, & 122. 1967; Ellis, Swaminathan, & Chandrabose, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 9: 11. 1967; J. E. D. Fox, Commonw. For. Rev. 46: 138--144. 1967; Ful- ling, Ind. Bot. Record. Bot. Review 213. 1967; Gaussen, Legris, & Viart, Indian Counc. Agr. Res. Veg. Map Ser. 4: 16. 1967; R. K. Gupta, Season. Fl. Indian Sum. Resorts Moos. 67, 8l, & 241. 1967; Joseph & Vajravelu, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 9: 26. 1967; Kammathy, Rao, & Rao, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 9: 207, 209, & 224. 1967; Maheshwari, Fl. Delhi 282. 1967; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 15: 8--10, 15, & 20. 1967; Ornduff, Reg. Veg. 50: 86 & 121. 1967; Panigr. & Saran., Bull. Bot. Surv. India 9: 251. 1967; Ramaswamy, Bull. Bot. Soc. Beng. 21: 89 & 96. 1967; Sandrasegaran, Biol. Abstr. 48: 2312. 1967; Santapau, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 8: 38. 1967; Sebastine & Ellis, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 9: 197. 1967; Srivastava, Quart. Journ. Crude Drug Res. 7: 1053. 1967; Tingle, Check List Hong Kong Pl. 38. 1967; Vajravelu & Rathakrishnan, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 9: 43. 1967; Van Steenis & Bakh., Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 86: 394. 1967; Van Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. 1984 Moldenke, Notes on Gmelina 321 Males. Bull. 4: lvi. 1967; D. & E. Venkata Rao & Viswanadham, Curr. Sci. (India) 36: 71--72. 1967; D. & E. Venkata Rao & Viswanadham, Hort. Abstr. 37: 57. 1967; Vyas, Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 64: 219. 1967; Whitmore, Gard. Bull. Singapore 22: 1 & [17]--21. 1967; Yeom & Sandrasegaren, Biol. Abstr. 48: 5531. 1967; Anon., Biol. Ab- str. 49 (7): S.71. 1968; Badhwar & Fernandez, Edible Wild Pl. Himal. 285. 1968; F. G. Browne, Pests Dis. For. Plantat. Trees 15, 29, 36, SS pel, 8OO 7 eLO3)) 02521687 2192, 193, °238; 239; '255;7 261, > 262,4290; Culp Suge slo, (332, 36170362) (373, .3767-395, 402, 413754157 435, «482, 534, 541, 548, 549, 557, 576, 589, 605, 634, 647, 666, 672, 688, 689, GIipeo9d 703, &7 25,7" 719, 3728, 2735;. 736, 756, (818, 9237-938; 9657 ;982, 988, & 1069. 1968; Carrick & al., Chem. Pharm. Bull. Tokyo 16: 2436-- 2441. 1968; Cathary, Caract. Pollin. Esp. Mangr. [Rep. Stage D.E.A. Biol. Veg. Montpel.]. 1968; Das, Pakist. Journ. For. 18: 315. 1968; Deb. IndiaN For. 94: 755. 1968; Deb, Sengupta, & Malick, Bull. Bot. Soc. Beng. 22: 174 & 210. 1968; J. L. Ellis, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 10: 157. 1968; Gaur & Gupta, Journ. Reg. Indian Med. 3: 43--48. 1968; Gunawardena, Gen. Sp. Pl. Zeyl. 147. 1968; Inamdar, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 10: 130. 1968; Khan, Fat Med. Groth Trees 4: 63 & 64. 1968; Kribs, Comm. For. Woods, ed. 3, 160, fig. 330. 1968; A. F. A. Lamb, Fast Grow. Timb. Trees Lowl. Trop. 1--31. 1968; Meijer, Bot. Bull. Herb. For. Sect. Sabah 10: 223 (1968) and 11: 112. 1968; E. D. Merr., Fl. Manila, imp. 2, 397 & 405--406. 1968; Mohrhard, Dict. Cat. Nat. Agric. Lib. 27: 402. 1968; Mold., Resumé Suppls"16: 7, 9, & 22: L968; G. C. Morrison, Pacif. Sci. 22: 184--193. 1968; Mukherjee & Ghosh, Bull. Bot. Soc. Beng. 22: 94 & 95. 1968; Panigrahi & Saran, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 10: 55 & 58. 1968; Patel, Fl. Melghat 263--264. ESGS 7s UphoL, Dict. Econ Pl.) ed. 2), 72, ~246f 327, 337, 0428, 5135. 0% 541. 1968; Vajravelu, Joseph, & Chandrasekaran, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 10: 68 & 78. 1968; Yeom & Sandrasegaran, Biol. Abstr. 49: 5531. 1968; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 50 (10): B.A.S.I.C. S.81 (1969) and 50 (12): B.A.S.I.C. S.84. 1969; Anon. in Joshi, Indian For. 94: 152. 1969; Anon., Assoc. Etud. Tax. Fl. Afr. Trop. Ind. 1968: 54. 1969; Battacharjee & Das, Econ. Bot. 23: 275. 1969; Bolkh., Grif, Matvej., & Zakhar., Chrom. Numb. Flow. Pl., imp. 1, 715. 1969; Caaudhuri, BULLE BOts, Soc. Beng.9 23: . 112, 111472115), 1119; .120,.e& 1235-1969; Chan & Teo, Chem. Pharm. Bull. Tokyo 17: 1284--1286. 1969; Cherian & Pataskar, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 1l: 392. 1969; R. N. & I. C. Chop- ra & Varma, Suppl. Gloss. Indian Med. Pl. 33. 1969; Corner & Wata- nabe, Illustr. Guide Trop. Pl. 760--761. 1969; Farnsworth, Blomster, Quimby, & Schermerh., Lynn Ind. 6: 264. 1969; J. E. D. Fox, Biol. Abstr. 50: 5299. 1969; Hughes & Esan, Trop. Sci. 11: 23--37. 1969; Joshi, Indian For. 95: 152 & 153. 1969; Kapoor, Singh, Kapoor, & Sri- vastava, Lloydia 32: 303. 1969; Keng, Ord. Fam. Malay. Seed Pl. 278 & 280. 1969; Kundu & Gupta, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 11: 333. 1969; Longman in Woolhouse, Dormancy Surviv. 473. 1969; Misra, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 1l: 327. 1969; Mold., Biol. Abstr. 50: 6338 & 7999. 1969; Mold., Phytologia 18: 71. 1969; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 18: 7, 8, & 12. 1969; Palit, Indian For. 95: 226. 1969; Preston in Synge, Suppl. Dict. Gard. 903. 1969; [Qureshi] in Joshi, Indian For. 95: 152. 1969; Rau, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 10, Suppl. 2: 62. 1969; 822 P AY TRO LONG LA Vol. 55, Noes Roberts, Commonw. For. Inst. Off. Paper 44: 7--12, 21, 22, 25, 33, 34, sale as 44, (4770p Oi, (OS, 72, Si, Dy 1277) 135), 6 Ss pee ae 1969; Santapau & Shah, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 66: 438. 1969; Sathe, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 11: 171 & 181. 1969; Sawyer & Chermi- sir., Nat. Hist. Bull. Siam Soc. 23: 126. 1969; Schroeder, Biol. Abstr. 50: 10809. 1969; G. L. Shah, Indian For. 95: 270 & 275. 1969; Shah & Deshpande, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 11: 283. 1969; Singh, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 11: 15. 1969; Venkatareddi, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 11: 258. 1969; Agarwal, Wood-yield. Pl. India 23. 1970; Ahman, Pakist. Journ. For. 20: 220. 1970; Anon., Biol. Abstr. B-A.S:1I-C. 51 (13): S387 (1970) and 51 (17): S.89. 1970; Babbar & all:, Indian Journ. Exp. Biol. 8: 304--312. 1970; El-Gazzar & Wats., New Phytol. 69: 457, 469, 471--473, 483, & 485. 1970; Farnsworth, Pharmacog. Titles 5 (3): iii & item 2397 (1970), 5 (4): vi & item 3987 & 4119 (1970), and 5 (11): viii & item 14140. 1970; Gaussen, Legris, Blas- co, Meher-Homji, & Troy, Trav. Sect. Scient. Techn. Inst. Frang. Pond. Hors 10: 56, 57, 83, & 128. 1970; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.15: 422. 1970; Jain & Tarafder, Econ. Bot. 24: 254. 1970; Joshi & Singh, Zeit. Naturforsch. B.25: 693--694. 1970; LAMB, Bol. Inst. For. Latino-Am. 33/34: 22--51. 1970; Lamb & Cooling in Frankel & Bennett, Genet. Resources 376--378. 1970; Matthew, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 12: 88. 1970; Menninger, Flow. Vines 406, dust-jacket & fig. 194. 1970; Mold., Biol. Abstr. 51: 9630. 1970; Mold., Phytologia 19: 439. 1970; Mold. in Menninger, Flow. Vines 334, pl. 194. 1970; Ode- yemi, Suom. Kemislis. Tiedonant. [Finn. Kem. Medd.] 41: 57--70. 1970; Puri, Quart. Journ. Crude Drug Res. 10: 1560. 1970; D. V. & E. V. Rao, Indian Journ. Pharm. 32 (5): 140--141. 1970; Rouleau, Guide Inds Kew. 82 & 352. 1970; "J. G. S.", Biol. Abstr. SLIG@S)e 7097. 1970; Saxena, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 12: 56. 1970; Shah & Patel, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 12: 25. 1970; Vidal & Lemoine, Journ. Agr. Trop. Appl. 17: 27. 1970; Angely, Fl. Anal. Fitogeog. S. Paulo, ed. 17 4: 79826 svi 9 71- Anon., Biol. Abstx. 52. (7): BoAaSetac. S$.97 (1971) and 52 (16): B.A.S.1.C. S.106. 1971; Anon., Indian For: 97: 158 & 160. 1971; Balan Menon, Malay. For. Rec. 27: 102--103. 1971; Balgooy, Blumea Suppl. 6: [Pl. Geogr. Pacif.] 200. 1971; Blas- co, Trav. Sect. Scient. Techn. Inst. Fran¢. Pond. 10: 47, 149, & 152. 1971; Brandis, Indian Trees, imp. 5, 502 & 509. 1971; Chippendale, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales 96: 256. 1971; Danganan, Biol. Abstr. 52: 8956. 1971; Farnsworth, Lynn Ind. 7: 230. 1971; Farnsworth, Pharmacog. Titles 5, Cumul. Gen. Ind. (1971), 6 (1): viii & item 1370 (1971), 6 (2): iv & item 2721 (1971), and 6 (8): ix & item 14208. 1971; Fonseka & Vinasithamby, Prov. List Local Names Flow. Pl. Ceyl= 16,520, 277 7°48, 63), 0&2 95. 2971. 3. EB. D. Fox, Lrop. Ecol seize 2. 1971; Gerth van Wijk, Dict. Plantnames, imp. 3, 1: 596 (1971) and imp. 3, 2: 584, 1180, 1208, & 1610. 1971; Govindachari, Parthas., Desai, & Mohamed, Journ. Indian Chem. 9: 1027. 1971; Hartwell, Lloydia 23: 386 & 432. 1971; Inamdar & Patel, Indian For. 97: 328. 1971; Joshi & al., Journ. Indian Chem. Soc. 48: 1175--1176. 1971; M. A. Martin, Introd. Ethnobot. Camb. 142. 1971; Menon, Malay. For. Rec. 27: 26, 40, 42, & 102--103, fig. 36, 37, 80, & 84. 1971; Mold., Excerpt. Bot. A.18: 445. 1971; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 100, 110, 129, 1984 Moldenke, Notes on Gmelina 323 BlayzeesO, 257, 264; 265, 268, 270, 271; 276, 280, 281,283, 289, 292,294, 296, 301, 305, 317, 320, 324, 325, 330, 332=—=334, 336-—— gaiwoas, S46, 350, 362, 363) 391, 423; 441, 472, & 475 (L9O7L)? and Zee, S235), -524,) 526,..533, 542, 569, 572,' 606, 609, 6GLL, 614, 4615, 622, 643, 716, 720==722, 731, ' 739, 742, 778, 791, 879, 880, 970, & 972. 1971; Mold., Phytologia 20: 494 & 507 (1971) and 21: 220 & 507. 1971; J. F. Morton, Ecot. Pl. 123. 1971; Mukhopadhyay, Pollen Morph. Verb. [thesis]. 1971; Patel, For. Fl. Gujarat 228--230. 1971; Puri, Quart. Journ. Crude Drug Res. 11: [1746]. 1971; Rao, Venkata, SeRao, Biol. Abstr. 52: 53659. 19713 Roxb., Fl. Indica, ed. 2, imp: 3, 485--487. 1971; Vartak & Chitnis, Indian For. 97: 154 & 160. 1971; Versteegh, Meded. Landbouwhogesch. Wagen. 71-19: 15, 37, & 38. 1971; Wittstein, Etymolog.-bot. Handw&rterb., ed. 2, imp. 2, 394. 1971; C. D. Adams, Flow. Pl. Jamaic. 627 & 819. 1972; Anjaneyulu & al., Tetrahed. Lett. 22: 2179--2182. 1972; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 53 (jo enso ete eum oS: (4)eSolooSrer Se 145" (1972) and 53° (8)= S.LLoO. 1972; Anon., Commonw. Myc. Inst. Ind. Fungi 3: 823. 1972; Beadle, Evans, Carolin, & Tindale, Fl. Sydney Reg., ed. 2, 506 & 508. 1972; Clifford & Ludlow, Keys Fam. Gen. Queensl. Pl. 124 & 202. 1972; Cuf., Bull. Jard. Bot. Nat. Belg. 42: Suppl. [Enum. Pl. Aethiop.] 1638. 1972; Dymock, Warden, & Hooper, Pharmacog. Indica, imp. 2 {Hamdard 15:] 72--73 & 348--349. 1972; Encke & Buchheim in Zander, Handwérterb. Pflanzennam., ed. 10, 74 & 269. 1972; Farnsworth, Pharmacog. Titles 7 (2): vi & item 3283 & 3965 (1972), 7 (3): v & Poa), ar (A) iS ext “&1222°(1972)i,, 7h) savas (L972) ph a7 (LL) vil& PAPC 2) (LS )eiev &F223'1(1L972) , andes * \(9)ir vi es5825<41972 > Fong, Trojankova, Trojanek, & Farnsworth, Lloydia 35: 147. 1972; Foreman, Div. Bot. Dept. For. N. Guin. Bot. Bull. 5: 63, 126, & [127]. 1972; Gamble, Man. Indian Timb., ed. 2, imp. 3, 524, 537--539, & 778. 1972; Govindachari, Parthas., & Desai, Indian Journ. Chem. 10: 1120--1122. 1972; Govindachari, Parthas., & Desai, Biol. Abstr. 53: 2214. 1972; Kochar, Dixit, & Somaya, Mosq. News 32: 114--115. 1972; Korr, Biol. Abstr. 53: 4494. 1972; Letouzey, Man. Bot. For. Afr. Trop. 2 (B): 362. 1972; McIntype, Natl. Geogr. 142: 485. 1972; Mit- ra, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 69: 18 & 23. 1972; Mold., Phytolo- Gia 23: 319) 417, 422=—426, 432, 505,& 507.1972; A. L. Mold.;, Phy- tologitat23=° 319. 1972; T. B. Muix, ‘Muelleria 2: 167. 1972; J.- We Parham, Pl. Fiji Isls., ed. 2, 299--300, fig. 90. 1972; Parkinson, For. Fl. Andam. Isls., imp. 2, 218 & 219. 1972; Rouleau, Taxon Ind. 1: 163 & 382. 1972; Stainton, For. Nepal 77. 1972; R. R. Stewart, Annot. Cat. in Nasir & Ali, Fl. West Pakist. 606. 1972; Thanikai- moni, Trav. Sect. Scient. Techn. Inst. Fran¢g. Pond. 12 (1): 105. 1972; Airy Shaw in Willis, Dict. Flow. Pl., ed. 8, 316, 317, & 496. E973 5eANnons; Biol. Abstr. 55. (LE)iz 9B. ASSSD.C. S106) (2973) -and 56 (4): B.A.S.I.C. S.109. 1973; Anon., Bull. Gov. For. Exp. Sta. Meguro Tokyou254: 60, 61) «64, 1166, fig. 2°&) 3XIG. 1973; "J. J. B.",.Biol. Abstr. 55: 6071. 1973; Chaturved, Indian For. Rec. 12 (12): 1--7. 1973; Desch, Timber, ed. 5, imp. 2, 391. 1973; Farnsworth. Pharma- cog. Titles 6, Cum. Gen. Ind. [56] (1973) and 8(11): vi & 857. 1973; Govindachari, Parthas., & Desai, Biol. Abstr. 56: 2236. 1973; Hartley, Dunstone, Fitzg., Johns, & Lamberton, Lloydia 36: 293. 1973; 324 PRHPYATLOSL OGLE yA VoL. 55,9Nozes Hegnauer, Chemotax. Pfl. 6 [Chem. 21]: 660, 662--664, 671, & 676-- 679. 1973; Mold., Phytologia 25: 232--234, 240, & 507 (1973) and 26: 365, 366, 368, & 504. 1973; Onwelluzo, Fed. Dept. For. Res. Ibadan Res. Paper 20: 1--6. 1973; Rao, Stud. Flow. Pl. Mysore Dist. [thesis] 2: 750--751. 1973; Rao & Razi, Journ. Mysore Univ. B.26: 71, 102, & 194--196. 1973; Thanikaimoni, Trav. Sect. Scient. Techn. Inst. Frang. Pond. 12 (2): 58. 1973; Wedge, Pl. Names, ed. 1, 18. 1973; Anon., Indian For. 100 (5): A.47. 1974; L. H. & E. Z. Bailey, Hortus Sec., imp. 18, 322 & 332. 1974; Bolkh., Grif, Matvej., & Zakhar., Chrom. Numb. Flow. Pl., imp. 2, 715. 1974; W. B. Cooke, Biol. Abstr. 58: 233. 1974; El=Gazzar, Egypt. Journ. Bot. 17: 75 & 78. 1974; Farns— worth, Pharmacog. Litles) 9) ())i:) x2 (1974), 9 (3)erx (1974) oe iv (1974), 9 (5): iv (1974), And 9 (8): iv & 643. 1974; Gibbs, Chemo- tax. Flow. Pl. 1: 676 (1974) and 3: 1752--1755, 1794, & 2136. 1974; Heslop-Harrison, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 15: 38 & 151. 1974; Howes, Dict. Useful Pl. 25, 108, & 255. 1974; Lasser, Braun, & Steyerm., Act. Bot. Venez. 9: 36. 1974; Lépez-Palacios, Pittieria 6: 13--[18], maps 1 & 2. 1974; Mani, Ecol. Biogeogr. India [Illies, Monog. Biol. 23:] 185, 198, 209, 210, & 244. 1974; Mold., Phytologia 28: 443, 446,448, 449, 458, & 509. 1974; A. L. Mold., Phytologia 29: 172. 1974; Napp- Zinn, Anat. Blatt. A (1): 232, 352, 383, 418--419, 1042, & 1343. 1974; Ramachandra, Row, & al., Chem. Commun. [12]: 476--477. 1974; Sterno & Roche, Ecol. Stud. 6: 262. 1974; Wedge, Pl. Names, ed. 2, 2A-eLO74-) Basu, Ind taneMed-P)),) 1mp.) 3, o2) pl. 73808) 739.) 1975 Das, Indian For. 101: 556. 1975; [Farnsworth], Pharmacog. Titles 7, Cum. Gen. Ind. [53]. 1975; Jaeger & Mold., Phytologia 30: 387, 389, & 403. 1975; Jiménez, Anuar. Acad. Cienc. Rep. Dom. 1: 127. 1975; Kirtikar & Basu, Indian Med- Pl, ed. 2, imp. 2, 3: 1912s 193si-— 1935. 1975; Kooiman, Act. Bot. Neerl. 24: 462. 1975; Lé6pez—Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Andes 15: 27--29. 1975; Mold., Phytologia 29: 508 (1975), 30: 508 (1975), 31: 390, 391, 398, & 406 (1975), and 32: 47. 1975; Molina R., Ceiba 19: 96. 1975; Ojo, Res. Paper (Savan. Ser.) Fed. Dept. For. Res. Nigeria 35: 551. 1975; Roth, Nov. Pl. Sp., imp. 2, 287--289. 1975; Roxb., Fl. Indica, ed. 1, imp. 2, 86. 1975; Zimmerm. & Ziegler in Zimmerm. & Milburn, Transp. Pl. 1 [Pirson & Zimmerm., Encycl. Pl. Physiol., ser. 2, 1]: 502. 1975; Anon., Biol. Abstr 61: ACT 619 1976. Anon., For. Abstr. 37:7S5l) (1976), andes7e (10): 6. 1976; Anon., Courier-News [Plainfield, N. J.] November 1: C.1. 1976; L. H. & E. Z. Bailey, Hortus Third 515--516 & 1149. 1976; Follmann-Schrag, Excerpt. Bot. A.26: 508. 1976; Kunkel, Excerpt. Bot. A.26: 416. 1976; Mold., Phytologia 32: 509 (1976) and 34: 263, 265, 266, 269, 274, 275, & 504. 1976; Srivastava, Fl. Gorak.. 252 & 255. 1976; Talbot, For. Fl. Bomb., ed. 2, 2: 343 & 348--350, fig. 451. 1976; Thanikaimoni, Trav. Sect. Scient. Techn. Inst. Frang. Pond. 13: 104 & 328. 1976; Anjaneyulu, M. & K. Rao, Row, Pelter, & Ward, Biol. Abstr. 64: 459. 1977; Anjaneyulu, M. & K. Rao, Row, Pelter, & Ward, Tetrahed. Lett. 33: 133--144. 1977; Babu, Herb. Fl. Dehra Dun 15. 1977; Chin, Gard. Bull. Singapore 30: 195. 1977; Drake del Cas- ti llopstijlustr. Eres inseeMar. Pacif£.,. impe2,.200N&e 432) LOT; Gaussen, Legris, Meher-Homji, Fontale, Pascal, Chandrah., Delacourt, & Troy, Trav. Sect. Scient. Techn. Inst. Frang. Pond. Hors 14: 46, 1984 Moldenke, Notes on Gmelina 325 47, 52, 59, 61, & 84. 1977; Gonzdlez Meza, Milit. Advis. Group (MAG) Direc. Gen. For. San José 1--27. 1977; Goodland & Irwin in Prance & Elias, Extinct. Forever, imp. 1, 220. 1977; P. Herm., Mus. zZeyl., imp. 3, 3, 9, 12, & 21. 1977; Jack, Malay. Misc., imp. 2, l (1): ([Descrip. Malay. Pl.] 17--18 & opp. A. 1977; Jiménez & Liogier, Moscosoa 1 (2): 14. 1977; Joshi, Singh, & Pardasani, Pl. Med. 32: Wi==75. 1977; Konishi, Bull. Gov. For. Exp. Sta. 297: 174 & 180. 1977; Lépez-Palacios, Fl. Venez. Verb. 11, 12, 317--322, 649,& 652, fig. 76 & 77. 1977; McIntyre, Natl. Geogr. 152: 714 & 715. 1977; Meher-Homji, Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. 88: 119. 1977; Mold., Phyto- logia 36: 38, 40, 43, & 505. 1977; Subramanian & Kalyani, Indian For. 103: 113 & 117. 1977; Goodland & Irwin in Prance & Elias, Ex- tinct. Forever, imp. 2, 220. 1978; Joshi, Singh, & Pardasani, Biol. Abstr. 65: 1622. 1978; Kowal & Kassam, Agric. Ecol. Savan. 237. 1978; Lord, Trees Shrubs Austral. Gard., ed. 5, xx & 22--23. 1978; Meher-Homji, Fontanel, Pascal, Chandrahasan, & Delacourt, Trav. Sect. Scient. Techn. Inst. Franc. Pond. Hors 15: [Cart. Internat. Tap. Veg. Allahab.] 47 & 63. 1978; Muchovej, Albuquerque, & Ribeiro, Pl. Dis. Rep. 62: 717--719. 1978; Mukherjee & Chanda, Trans. Bose Res. Inst. 41: 44, 47, & 52. 1978; Odebiyi & Sofowore, Lloydia 41: 245. 1978; Sharma, Shetty, Vivekan., & Rathakr., Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 75: 33. 1978; A. C. Sm., Allertonia 1: 414--415. 1978; Sprangers & Balasubram., Trop. Ecol. 19: 85, 86, & post 92. 1978; Akachuku & Burley, IAWA Bull. 1979: 94--99. 1979; Fosberg, Sachet, & Oliv., Micronesica 15: 235. 1979; LaBastille, Audubon 81 (6): 87. 1979; Ldépez-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Andes 20: 24. 1979; Muchovej, Albuquerque, & Ribeiro, Biol. Abstr. 67: 1754. 1979; F. Muell., Descrip. Notes Papuan Pl., imp. 2, 5: 91 & 113 (1979) and 8: 46. 1979; Villegas & Coto R., Bibliog. For. Amer. Trop. 114. 1979; Fosberg, Otobed, Oliv., Powell, & Canfield, Vasc. Pl. Palau 38. 1980; Hsiao, Fl. Taiwan 6: 12. 1980; Jayasuriya, Stud. Fl. Ecol. Ritig. 197. 1980; Liu & Yu, Act. Bot. Yunnan 2: 457. 1980; McIntyre, Natl. Geogr. 157: 695, 696, 698, 699, 701, 704, & 705. 1980; Mold., Phytologia 46: 490, 491, & 507. 1980; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 93, 10259122), 20574220, 227,237, 253;7.°254;. 256——-258, 262, 263%. 267; 268,210, e273—-—275,) 279; 261 ,.283),) 286,.'289',2 290, 293,296, 298, 307, 308,. 311, 315;,) 320, 322=--324, 327--331, 333, ‘337, 341,354, 375, 394, 405, 408, 409, 412, 422, 423, 432--435, 445, 549, 550, & 627. 1980; Ojeniyi & Agbede, Turrialba 30: 268--271 & 290--293. 1980; Raman & Das, Indian For. 106: 622. 1980; Richards in Ayensu, Jungles 123. 1980; Roxb., Hort. Beng., imp. 2, 46 & [95]. 1980; Sydow in Broberg, Linnaeus 215. 1980; Vogel, Seedl. Dicot. 92. 1980; Anon., Read. Digest 118 (708): 27. 1981; Arseculeratne, Gunatikaka, & Panabokka, Journ. Ethnopharm. 4: 166. 1982; Brenan, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 16: 130. 1981; Deb, Fl. Tripura 1: 16. 1981; Francis, Aus- tral. Rain-for. Trees, ed. 4, 366--369 & 372, fig. 230--232. 1981; Hillebr., Fl. Haw. Isls., imp. 2, 340. 1981; Mold., Phytologia 49: 380 & 508. 1981; J. Muller, Bot. Rev. 47: 98. 1981; Munz & Slauson, Ind. Illust. Living Things Outside N. Am. 255 & 359. 1981; Rouleau, Repert. Nom. Gen. Ind. Kew. 111] & 480. 1981; Sharma, Shetty, Vive- kan., & Rathakr., Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 75: 33. 1981; Varma, 326 PH OYs sO) by OnGiey A Vol... 55), Noes Fl. Bhagalpur Dist. 304 & 306--307. 1981; Webb & Tracey in Groves, Austral. Veg. 80, fig. 4.6 (29). 1981; Whitmore in Hora, Oxford En- cycl. Trees World 263 & 265. 1981; Baas, New Persp. Wood Anat. 154 & 158. 1982; Baumgardt, How Identify Flow. Pl. Fam. 264. 1982; Beishya & Rao, Florist. Stud. Meghalaya 1: 8. 1982; Evans, Plant. For. Trop= 191, 316, & 317. 1982. Fosberg, OQtobed, Sachet, Olive; Powell, & Canfield, Vasc. Pl. Palau 38. 1982; Kanjilal, Das, Kanji- lal, & De, Fl. Assam, imp. 2, 458, 459, 466--467, & 549. 1982; Liogier & Martorell, Fl. Puerto Rico 152 & 318. 1982; Lépez- Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Andes 22: 18 & 51. 1982; Nayar & Debnath, Journ. Econ, Tax. Bot. 3: 835. 1982; Mold., Phytologia 50: 2525 32D ZO ZOD) SiO Cm SO (CLSS2))), Sits SOI T4294 ellos 2 re 52: 23 (1982), and 52: 505. 1983; Badillo, Schnee, & Rojas, Ernstia 14: [Clav. Fam. Pl. Sup. Venez., ed. 6] 232. 1983; Mold., Phytologia 54: 238--240 & 242--244. 1983; H. N. & A. L. Mold. in Dassan. & Fosb., Rev. Handb. Fl. Ceyl. 4: 198, 327, & 388--401. 1983; Raj, Rev. Palacobotenlalyne 59:)9556——357)710560), 372,37 tineSO2,0504,) 550-5 ore, 3957, (& 40——a 2 pill 3), ge 2/1983); (Storey, "NatlinGeogr. 632830 & [39]. 1983; Guha Bakshi, Fl. Murshidabad Dist. 252. 1984; Mold., Phytologia 54: 505 (1984) and 55: 42 & 234. 1984. Deciduous or evergreen trees or shrubs, erect or subscandent (especially when young) or even prostrate, occasionally high-climb- ing, sometimes spinose, glabrous to more or less puberulent to vil- losulous or tomentose, the youngest shoots usually more or less tomentose or tomentulose, the spines (when present) morphologically aborted branchlets or twigs, axillary, divaricate, opposite, stiff; leaves decussate-opposite, simple, exstipulate, petiolate or sessile, thin-membranous to rather thickly coriaceous, mostly deciduous, mostly marginally entire, sometimes sinuate, dentate, or (on young shoots, seedlings, or turions) lobed, often with a few rather large sunken glands at or near the base beneath and which usually are more or less bullate above, sometimes densely lepidote beneath; inflorescence cymose, determinate, centrifugal, often paniculate, sometimes racemiform, axillary or (usually) terminal, mostly many- flowered, rarely 1--3-flowered, usually bracteate or bracteolate, sometimes conspicuously so; bracts usually small and linear, decidu- ous or caducous, rarely large, foliaceous, brightly colored, and persistent; true bracteoles usually absent; flowers usually large, often externally tomentose or tomentellous (at least when immature), solitary in the leaf-axils or borne in small, simple or branched, dense or lax, decussate-opposite, sessile or pedunculate, mostly 1--5-flowered cymules, these often combined into a terminal, erect, simple or branched panicle, or a nodding or pendent raceme; calyx gamosepalous, inferior, campanulate or obconic to conic, coriaceous, persistent, often somewhat irregular or oblique, sometimes even more or less bilabiate, often with 2--7 external glands on the anterior side or with numerous, scattered, small, black glandules, its rim shortly or shallowly 4- or 5-toothed, sinuate-lobed, or entire to truncate, rarely distinctly bilabiate with ovate apically acute divisions; corolla gamopetalous, zygomorphic, obliquely campanulate or infundibular, mostly yellow or orange-yellow to reddish, red, or 1984 Moldenke, Notes on Gmelina 327 brownish, sometimes white or pinkish to violet, lilac, purple, or dark-blue, more or less bilabiate, often externally tomentose or tomentulose (especially when young), often rather compressed, the tube sometimes madder-purple, basally slender, apically greatly ampliate and dilated into the usually campanulate or trumpet-shaped limb, the limb oblique, spreading, often more or less bilabiate, 4- or 5-lobed or -fid, the upper lip convex or arched and usually entire or 2-lobulate, the lower lip usually 3-lobed or 3-fid, the 2 lateral lobes often rounded or the 2 posterior lobes connate, the middle or anterior lobe largest; stamens 4, distinctly didynamous, inserted in the corolla-tube usually at the base of the ampliate portion, inclu- ded or subexserted, shorter than the corolla-lobes, the 2 longer filaments glanduliferous and decurved; anthers oblong, 2-celled, medifixed or attached at the basal incision, divaricate, the thecae opening by parallel longitudinal slits; pistil solitary, superior; style slender or filiform, apically decurved; stigma subulate or shortly and unequally bifid, the posterior branch usually shorter; Ovary compound, bicarpellary, superior, 4-celled (or rarely by abortion 2-celled) during anthesis, each cell l-ovulate; ovules attached laterally at or above the middle, pendulous; fruit a rather large, more or less succulent drupe, borne on a scarcely enlarged fruiting-calyx, ovoid-ellipsoid to obovoid, the exocarp usually yel- low and juicy when mature, often nigrescent, the endocarp (pyrene or stone) hard and bony, undivided, 4-celled (or by abortion only 3- or 2-celled), each cell 1-seeded; seeds oblong, not membranous-winged, without endosperm, endozoic in dissemination, the 2 cotyledons thick; radicle inferior; chromosome number: 2n = 36, 38, or 40. Type species: Gmelina asiatica L. nis is a genus of about 48 specific and subspecific taxa. native to tropical and subtropical Asia from Pakistan, Bhutan, Nepal, and India, through Sri Lanka, Burma, Thailand, Indochina, and Malaya, north to southern China, eastward through the Philippine and Palau Islands, Indonesia, Micronesia, and Melanesia to New Caledonia, Fiji, and Hawaii (introduced), and south to northern Australia; introduced in several African and South American countries. Several species are widely cultivated in tropical regions for timber, pulp, or orna- ment, and as specimen plants elsewhere. Linnaeus (1743) originally described the genus as" GMELINA: MicheLia Amm. Act. petr. tom. 8. CAL. Perianthium monophyllum, minimum, obtusum. COR. monopetala, ringens, patula, limbo quadri- fido: Lacinia superiori ampliori, fornicata. Lacinia infima, later- alibusque obtusis, minoribus, patentibus. STAM. Filamenta duo, longitudine corollae. Antherae subrotundae. PIST. Germen subrotun- dum. Stylus longitudine staminum. Stigma.... PER. Bacca globosa, unilocularis. SEM. Nux ovata, levis, bilocularis." The Amman reference given by Linnaeus and copied verbatim by Schauer (1847) and other authors really is to Amman's paper entitled "Quinque nova plantarum genera" in the Commentarii Academiae Scientiarum Imperialis Petropolitanae, volume 8, for the year 1736. For this information I am indebted to Miss S. M. D. FitzGerald, Chief Librarian and Archiv- ist at the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew. 328 P HOY (TE) OV LVONGSE sA Vol. 155, eNo-uS Historically, it is of interest to note that the genus was consid- ered to contain about 8 species by Bentham (1876), Vidal (1883), Hooker (1885), Durand (1888), Briquet (1895), Trimen (1895), Cook (1908), Parker (1918), Benthal (1933), and Dalla Torre & Harms (1963); Preston (1969) says "8 to 10"; Corner (1952) recognized 12 species, P'ei (1932) 32 species, and Angely (1956) 45 species. The genus, in the Linnean system, belongs in the Didynamia Angio- Spermia, Later it was placed in Jussieu's Natural Order Pensonatae. Reichenbach (1828) classified it in his Labiatae, Sect. Verbeneae. Riley (1963) gives 2n = 40 as the standard chromosome number for the genus. Common names for it are "gmelin", "gmelina", "gmeline", "gméline", "“Heilpeeren", and "melina". It seems to have been named in honor of Johann Georg Gmelin (1709--1755), a German professor of botany, chemistry, and natural history at Leningrad, famed for his work on Siberian plants. Gunawardena (1968), Preston (1969), and Woodrow (1910) assert that the generic name honors "J. Gottlieb Gmelin", described as a pro- fessor of botany at Leningrad from 1743 to 1774. In view of the date when Linnaeus described the genus (1743) it seems far more probable that it was intended to commemmorate the older man. Parker (1924) ascribes the genus to "S. Gottlieb Gmelin" whom he describes as "a celebrated German naturalist and traveler of the 18th century" See No. 3, below, to whom all four of these authors are apparently referring]. Smith (1810) provides the following interesting details: he main- tains that the name was given "in honour of John George Gmelin [in the usual British fashion of anglicizing foreign names!], a native of Tubingen [=Tlbingen], professor of chemistry and natural history at Petersburg, who spent ten years in travelling through Siberia, at the expense of the Russian government, and whose Flora Siberica, in four vols. quarto, with plates, is a book of great reputation and merit. The first and second volumes were published in his lifetime; the third and fourth long after his death, which happened in 1755, at the age of 46. He took his arrangement from Van Royen. Haller says the plates ere unworthy of the beautiful drawings, which he himself had seen. -- This genus also serves to commemorate four or five more botanists of the same family, especially Samuel Theophilus Gmelin, nephew of the former, and his successor in the professorship, who published a Historia Fucorum, with plates, in 1768, one of the most popular books on submarine botany, and who died in 1774, aged 31l.--" The genus may, indeed, "commemorate" this nephew, but surely he was not the man Linnaeus intended to honor. Smith gives us still more details about Johann Georg Gmelin -- He was "a physician and eminent botanist....born at Tubingen on the 12th of August, 1709. He was distinguished by his diligence and early attainments at school, and at the age of fourteen was deemed ready for entrance upon the academical studies of his native place. In 1727, he took the degree of doctor of physic, and went to Peters- burgh whither some of his teachers had been invited. Here he gained many favours from Blumentoost, the director of the academy, and was so highly esteemed, that, in 1729, he was elected one of the members 1984 Moldenke, Notes on Gmelina 329 of the academy, and in 1731 was appointed professor of chemistry and natural history. In 1733, he was selected for the department of natural history, in a commission formed by the Russian govern- ment, for the purpose of exploring the boundaries of Siberia; and set out on the 19th of August, with G. F. Muller, and Louis de l'Isle de la Croyere, and a party of twenty-eight persons, consisting of draughtsmen, miners, hunters, land surveyors, and twelve soldiers, with a serjeant and drummer. In the month of February, 1743, Gmelin returned safe to Petersburgh, after having employed nine years and a half in this long and dangerous journey, which proved highly in- teresting to the sciences, and he resumed the offices which he had before filled. In the year 1749, he entered upon a new professor- ship, to which he had been appointed, on the death of Bachmeister, while on a visit to Tubingen. He died of a fever in May, 1755, in the forty-sixth year of his age." Wittstein (1852) lists several other members of the Gmelin family whom this genus is said to "commemorate": (1) Philip Friedrich Gmelin, brother of J. G., born in 1721 in Tibingen and professor of medicine, botany, and chemistry there, died in 1768, author of "Otia Botanica"; (2) Johann Friedrich Gmelin, son of P. F., born in 1748 in Ttbingen, in 1771 became professor of natural history and botany there, in 1778 became professor of medicine in G&8ttingen, died there in 1804, pub- lished "Onomatologia Botanica Complete" and edited the 13th edition of Linnaeus' Systema Naturae; (3) Samuel Gottlieb Gmelin, nephew of J. G. and P. F., born in 1748 in Ttibingen, professor of botany in Leningrad, travelled at government expense with Pallas, Gtilden- stedt, and Lapochin through Russia from 1763 to 1773, captured on the return trip by guerrillas and died in their hands in 1774 - he published, among other works, a "Historia Fucorum"; (4) Karl Chris- tian Gmelin, born in Badenweiler, physician in Karlsruhe, professor and director of the botanical garden there, died there in 1837, pub- lished a "Flora Badensis, Alsatica et Confinium Regionum". Ainslie (1826) avers that "Professor Gmelin, of Petersburgh" "first scientifically described the type species, G. asiatica, but I have not yet been able to ascertain where this was published." It is most probable that Ainslie merely ASSUMED that Gmelin must have been connected with the description of the type species. It is of passing interest to note that in botany there is another genus, Canoki-Gmelina Gaertn., Mey., & Scherb., named for still another member of this distinguished family. It is now regarded as a synonym of Rorippa Scop. in the Bucssicaceae. Hallier (1918) comments about the genus Gmelina: "Diese Gattung bekundet mehr wie irgend eine andere durch die Blattform (bei Gm, anbonea Roxb., wie bei Paulownia, bei andereh Arten mehr wie bei Wightia), durch die endstdndigen Rispen der grdsseren Arten, durch die Drtisen am Kelch, durch die Form der Blumenkrone und der ge- spreizten Staubbeutel, dass die Verbenaceen neben den Bignoniaceen aus Paulownia und Wightia-artigen Cheloneen entstanden sind. Gm, philippinensis Cham. hat auf der Unterseite des Blattes etwas ent- fernt vom Mittelnerven jederseits eine reihe grésserer Drtisen (ausser kleinen zerstreuten DrtisenkSpfchen), wie sie an gleicher 330 P HOY fOr O7GeL A Vol. 55) Now 5 Stelle auch bei Simarubaceen.....Linaceen (Humirieen und Anzistnocka- dus), Malpighiaceen, Polygalaceen (Dickidanthenra und Xanthophyl- Lumeae eee Chrysobalanaceen (Chrysobalaneen, Trigoniastrum und Dichapetalum), Marcgraviaceen (auch Tetnamenrista)..... und Ebena- ceen (Diospynrus—- und Maba-arten)..... vorkommen. Bei anderen Arten, wie z.B. Gm. chinensis Benth. und Balansa no. 3806 von Tonking, finden sich unterseits am Blattgrunde in der Nervenwinkeln eine ganze Anzahl solcher Drtisen, ebenso auch bei Wightia gigantea Wall. An gleichen Stelle, doch auch vereinzelt tiber die ganze Blattfldche zerstreut, hat Paulownia sAmpertakis Sieb. et Zucc. Drtisen unter dem Haarkleid, doch sind es hier grosse Schildhaare, wie bei CLeno- dendnum-arten.......und bei Bignoniaceen......Die am Kelch von Gmelina, vielen Bignoniaceen, AesSchynanthus-arten, Bombacaceen usw. vorkommenden Drtisen finden sich bei der Bignoniacee Adenocalymma comosum....-...auch auf der Unterseite der Brakteen, ganz ebenso, wie bei der Chrysobalanacee Trigoniastnum und vielen Malpighiaceen. Es scheint mir tibrigens noch gar nicht ausgemacht zu sein, ob die Verbenaceen eine einheitliche Familie sind oder ob nicht vielmehr die Verbeneen und einige andere Sippen abgetrennt werden mlissen." Junell (1934) discusses the gynoecium morphology of Gmelina as follows: "Die Ausbauchungen von den mittleren Partien der Frucht- bldtter verwachsen hier wie bei Tectona schon im obersten Teil des Fruchtknotens mit den ihrerseits verwachsenen Plazenten. An Lang- Schnitten=. ... + wieht man einen Zipfel wie ein Dach tiber jede Samen- lage vorragen. Dieser Zipfel wird jedoch nicht von den Fruchtblatt- rdndern gebildet. An Querschnitten von Fruchtknoten sieht man ndmlich, dass dieser Zipfel innerhalb der Fruchtblattrdnder liegt... Es ist kein leitendes Gewebe ausgebildet. Dies kann m&bglicherweise darauf zurtickgeflihrt werden, dass die untersuchten Fruchtknoten sehr jung waren. Obwohl die abgebildeten Querschnitte von dem Teil des Fruchtknotens stammen, der oberhalb der Sameankagenbefestigungen liegt, sieht man in der Mitte der Querschnitte ein krdftiges Gefdss- blindel. An der Ldngschnitten von jungen Samenanlagen von G, asiat- 40a habe ich gesehen, dass eine Tapetumschicht ausgebildet wird. Der Nuzellus ist im Verhdaltnis zur Samenanlage sehr unbedeutend und liegt tief in derselben versenkt." The name, Cumbufu, is accredited to Adanson by Airy Shaw, but in Adanson's work (1763) it is plainly accredited to "H. Malab. 1: pl. 41" and therefore by inference to Rheede. As "Cyumbafu Adans." and "Cumbula Steud." it is reduced to Catalpa by Jackson (1893) and even so by Pichon (1953). In Taxon (1956) Bakhuizen and Van Steenis point out that Cymbulu, as proposed by Adanson in his Fam. Pl. 2: 199 (1763) was based on two pre-linnean illustrations: (1) Cumbulu Rheede, Hort. MalaB. 1: pl. 41 (1678) and Tittius Rumpf, Herb. Amboin. 2: pl. 20 (1741). The former depicts Gmelina anbonea "J- Sm." [so credited also by Bakhuizen & Van Steenis, above] according to L. W. Dillwijn, Rev. Hort. Malab. 3 (1839). The second illustration, Tittius, is, according to Merrill (1917), a depiction of Gmekina moLuccana (Blume) Backer, although the accompanying description ap- plies to a species of Cfexodendrum. Bakhuizen and Van Steenis assert that the Cumbufuyu of Adanson is actually in part Gmelina and 1984 Moldenke, Notes on Gmelina 331 in part Catafpa in the Bignoniaceae. Dandy (1967), however, re- gards it as a straight synonym of Gmelina and in this disposition I concur. As Lourteig (1956) has pointed out: "the early occurrence of Catalpa either in India or in the Moluccas is a plant-geographi- cal absurdity”. The Ephiekis of Banks & Solander (1838), referred to in the synonymy (above), is a synonym of Vitex Tourn., while that of Sehreber (1791) is synonymous with Ratonia p.pc. in the Sapindaceae. Briquet (1895) divides the genus Gmelina into two Sections: (1) Bnaacteatae Brig. for G. philippensis Cham. and (2) Microstromatae Briq. for all the other species known to him. Chowdhury (1964) tells us that in West Bengal the genus is associ- ated ia the wild with Prenna, Acacia catechu, and Dalbergia 445400 in the gradual ecologic succession on first settling quickly depos- ited sand or silt. Preston (1969) asserts that under cultivation "The species need stove conditions and rich fibrous loam. They can be struck from cuttings of firm young shoots in sand in heat." Van Steenis & Bakhuizen (1967) assert that "Gmelinas have always golden yellow flowers". Cook (1908) says that the corollas are eith- er yellow or brownish-yellow. Actually, according to collectors, the corollas are sometimes in some species reddish, red, brownish, white, pinkish, violet, lilac, purple, or even dark-blue, as well as chocolate, pinkish-brown, reddish-yellow, dull yellow-brown, orange, or reddish-yellow, often externally reddish due to a reddish tomen- tum. Hillebrand (1888) lists the genus as cultivated in Hawaii. Puri (1960) says that it occurs in the sal (Shorea robusta) tropical moist deciduous forests of Assam, associated there with Vitex pedun- culanis and CLerxodendrum, and where it is a food plant for the in- sect, Indanbela quadrinotata, which also attacks many other kinds of trees, including Callicarpa and Tectona [cfr. Benson, The Ecology and Control of Forest Insects of India and the Neighbouring Countries”, 1941]. Benthal (1933) says that "Two or three thorny, climbing shrubs of this genus are sometimes grown in Bengal gardens". Dymock (1884) asserts that the Pharmacopoea of India (p. 164) is authority for the statement that "Several species belonging to this genus appear to be sometimes used as demulcents" in India. Kanishi (1977) has reported "nail withdrawal resistance" of the wood of two unidentified species of Gmefina., An anonymous writer (1973) reports on an unidentified species of this genus whose trunks may produce logs 6.8 m. long, the top end 58--66 cm. in diameter, the butt end. 64--74 cm. in diameter, and the sapwood 3--4 cm. wide. Van Royen (1960)reports his no. 489] as representing an as yet un- identified species of Gmelina. Gibbs (1974) reports that Gmelina may be an accumulator of alum- inum, that tannins are absent, that gmelinol (a lignin) and a muci- lage are present, and that saponins are reported absent or "probab- ly" absent. The Commonwealth Mycological Institute (1972) reports two fungi, Helicomina microphora and Phyllactinia suffulta var. gmelinae, as known to attack species of Gmelina. 332 PHY TO LONG TA Vol. 55,7, Now It is perhaps worth noting here that the Michelia credited to Houston and to Adanson are now regarded as synonyms of Pontederia L.- in the Pontedertaceae, while the Michekia of Kuntze and of Linnaeus (1735) are Bannringtonia J. R. & G. Forst. in the Barringtoniaceae, the Michelia of Th. Durand is Lophotocarpus Th. Dur. in the ALisma- ceae, the Michelia of Linnaeus (1737) is a valid genus in the Magnoliaceae, and the Michelia of Linnaeus (1811) is Rhododendron in the Exicaceae. Tt may also be worth noting here that Pfeiffer (1874) cites the Persoon (1806) reference to Gmelina [which he refers to as "Ench."] as "1807", but actually pages 1--272 of this work were issued in 1806, Similarly, he cites Roxburgh's "Corom. II" as "1798", but pages 29--40 and plates 151--175 were actually not published until April, 1802. He also cites vol. 3, page 41, plate 246, of the same Roxburgh work as "1819", but actually pages 25--48 and plates 226-- 250 of this volume were probably published in May of 1815 [Taylor (1959) and Srivastava (1976) make the identical error]. Pfeiffer cites Willdenow (1802) as "1800", but part 2 of volume 3 was actu- ally published between November 1 and 10, 1802. He cites Miquel, Fl. Ind. Bat. 2: 865 as "1857", but pages 705--880 of this volume were not actually issued until April 8, 1858. The index to Justs Botanische Jahresberich, volume 49, claims that Gmelina is mentioned on page "322", but actually it is on page 522. Stapf (1930) makes the same mistake, mentioned above, of dating Roxburgh's 1802 reference as "1798" and his 1815 reference as "1819". He also mis-dates Rumpf's741 reference as "1743" and Poiret's 1819 reference as "1797". The Linnaeus, Gen. Pl. (1754) citation is often given as "526" or "763", but actually occurs on page 274. The Schnitzlein (1856) reference is often cited as "1843-1870", the title-page date, and, similarly, the Endlicher (1838) reference is often given as "1836-1856". Excluded species: Gmeline Andica Burm. ex H. J. Lam, Verbenac. Malay. Arch. 366 in syn. 1919 = Fkacourtia indica (Burm. f.) Merr., Fkacounrtiaceae. Gmekina indica Burm. f., Fl. Indica 132. 1768 = Flacourtia indica (Burm. f£.) Merr., Flacounrtiaceae. Gmelina javanica Christm., Pflanzensyst. 2: 134. 1777 = Flacounrtia dndica (Burm. f.) Merr., Flacourtiaceae. Gmelina olertfera Abel ex Mold., Phytologia 34: 274 in syn. 1976 -- not verbenaceous. Gmelina Sshamica Mold., Phytologia 5: 226. 1955 = Wightia speciosis- Sima (D. Don) Merr., Scrophulaniaceae. Gmelina Spectosissima D. Don, Prodr. Fl. Nepal 104. 1825 = Wightia Apeckosissima (D. Don) Merr., Scrophulariaceae. Gmelina tacabushia Buch.-Ham. ex Jacks. in Hook. f£. & Jacks., Ind Kew., imp. 1, 1: 1040 in syn. 1893 = Wightia speciosissima (D. Don) Merr., Scnrophulariaceae. Gmelina tacabushia Hamilton ex D. Don, Prodr. Fl. Nepal 105. 1825 = Wightia speciosissima (D. Don) Merr., Scrophulariaceae. 1984 Moldenke, Notes on Gmelina 333 Gmelina tacabuskia Hamilt. ex Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names Suppl. 1: 10 in syn. 1947 = Wightia speciosissima (D. Don) Merr., Scrophu- Laniaceae. Tittius Litonrea Rumpf, Herb. Amboin. 3: 39. 1743 = Guettanrda speci- osa L., Rubsaceae. A very tentative artificial key to most of the accepted taxa: 1. Natives of Australia. 2. Cymes reduced to dense, opposite, sessile clusters along the panicle-branches, bracteate at the base....G, fasciculiflonra, 2a.Cymes not as described above. 3. Leaf-blades densely tomentose beneath........ G. Leichhardt. 3a. Leaf-blades glabrous (except for the venation) beneath..... Ga latess G. dakrympleana. la. Not exclusively native to Australia. 4. Native exclusively to New Caledonia. 5. Leaf-blades narrow-elliptic to ovate-lanceolate, to 13 cm. long and 7 cm. wide, basally cuneately acute or acuminate, minutely lanuginous-glandular to glabrescent beneath....... aac ae G. Lignum-vitreum. 5a. Leaf-blades ovate to suborbicular, to 17 cm. long and 14.5 cm. wide, basally obtuse or rounded, farinose beneath...... PROD E RS G. neocakedonica. 4a. Not native to New Caledonia. 6. Native exclusively to the Fiji Islands.......... G. vitiensss. 6a. Not native to the Fiji Islands. 7. Flowers 1--3 in the axils of the leaves. 8. Leaf-blades glabrous and shiny above, the lower surface glandulose but not pubescent (except for the larger veins); “Elowers (soltrarys cite e.8te eae. coe G. uniflora. 8a. Leaf-blades pilose-hirtellous above, densely subvillous beneath; flowers 1--3......... G. uniflora var. villosa. Ja. Flowers regularly arranged in terminal racemes, cymes, or panicles or terminating short axillary twigs. 9. Racemes drooping or pendent, conspicuously bracteate with large, foliaceous, often highly colored bracts. 10. Leaf-blades glabrous or subglabrous beneath or pilose only on the largest venation......... G. philippensis. 10a. Leaf-blades conspicuously pilose over the entire lower surface of the laminad..........-eseeeeeeeececes G. philippensis £. tnandsitonria. 9a. Inflorescence erect; bracts not as described above. 11. Calyx distinctly lobed, the lobes to 11 mm. long. 12. Ovary externally densely pubescent; leaf-blades 7-- 15 cm. long; inflorescence dense....G. hainanensds. l2a. Ovary externally glabrous; leaf-blades not over 2.5 cm. long; inflorescence lax...... G. dekavayana. lla. Calyx not distinctly long-lobed. 13. Leaf-blades more or less densely pubescent beneath. 14. Leaves large, the blades 10--25 cm. long and 4--18 334 Py WaT wOVLwOnGr EEA Vol. 557 Now 5 cm. wide; petioles 3--7 cm. long. 15. Leaf-blades apically usually acute; corolla 2.3--4.5 cm. long, the upper lip longer than the lower. 16. Pedicels 5--6 mm. long; corolla yellowish-violet.......... G. bakansae. l6éa. Pedicels 1.5--3 mm. long; corolla usually yellow or red. 17. Calyx regular or only slightly bilabiate; corolla usual- ly yellow. 18. Leaf-margins entire. 19. Ovary externally glabrous. 20. Leaf-blades densely tomentose beneath..G. arborea. 20a. Leaf-blades gray-pubescent with simple hairs be- NGathy one.croh- 14357. 1958; Mold., Résum# 176. 1959; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 301 (1971) and 2: 879. 1971; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 293. 1980. Illustrations: Dop in Lecomte, Fl. Gen. Indo-chine 4: 848, fig. SBN (25s, 3) sos 5. A tree, to 10 m. tall; branchlets at first pubescent, later glabrescent, with brown, striate, lenticellate bark; petioles 3--5 cm. long, glabrous, canaliculate above; leaf-blades broadly ovate or Ovate-elliptic, rigidly chartaceous, 10--15 cm. long, 6--10 cm. wide, apically acute or shortly acuminate, marginally entire, bas- ally truncate or acute, green, glabrous, and slightly rugose above, Silvery-white and lightly pubescent beneath; midrib prominent be- neath; secondaries 8, the 2 lowermost issuing from the leaf-base; veinlets subparallel; panicle terminal, 6--10 cm. long, puberulent; bracts foliaceous, elliptic-lanceolate, 3-veined, covered with very small black glandules; flowers 3.5 cm. long; calyx conic, 1.7 cm. long, externally puberulent and covered with numerous, very small, black glandules, the tube 1.1 cm. long, the limb plainly bilabiate, the upper lip 6 mm. long, 11 mm,.wide, and 3-fid, the lower lip 5 mm. long, 9 mm. wide, and bifid, all the calicinal divisions ovate, 2mm. long and apically acute; corolla red, bilabiate, glandular- puberulent, the tube conic, 2 cm. long, basally coarctate, the lobes 5, rotundate, shortly fulvous-pilose, marginally ciliate; stamens equaling the corolla; anther thecae parallel; style glabrous, slight- ly surpassing the stamens; stigma unequally bifid; ovary externally apically pubescent; fruit not known. This species is based on an unnumbered Poilane collection from be- tween Lang-lut-ha and Lang-pa-ka, in the province of Quantri, at 700 m. altitude, Annam, Vietnam. Dop (1933) comments that "Ce collec- teur ajoute que le bois non attaqué par les termites est utilisé pour la confection de colonnes. G. annamensis constitue une espéce qui se distingue de tous les Gmelina asiatiques par la bilabiation trés nette de sous calice, qui rappelle tout & fait un calice de Labiee. Les corolles rouges permettont en outre de la distinguer facilement." He cites the vernacular name, "cay cle". The species is known thus far only from the original collection. Dop (1933) distinguishes it from the other Indochinese species recog- nized by him as follows: 1984 Moldenke, Notes on Gmelina 337 1. Calyx distinctly dentate or lobed. 2. Calyx regular or only slightly bilobed. 3. Ovary glabrous; calyx-lobes much shorter than the tube....... G. arborea. 3a. Ovary pubescent; calyx-lobes much longer than the tube...... G. hainanensis. Cae alysce Dla LI Ly = DIsLODEGs pis o\=(>'ss sia! eis = elale/e) sialsinla is eile i= G. annamensis. fa. Calves truncate.and’ entire. ......sccsseses G. nacemosa (Lecomter). GMELINA ARBOREA Roxb. ex J. E. Sm. in Rees, Cyclop., imp. 1 [London], 16: Gmelina 4. 1810. Synonymy: Cuwmbufu Rheede, Hort. Malab,.1: 75, pl. 41. 1778. Prxemna arborea Roth, Nov. Sp. Pl., imp. 1, 287--288. 1821 [not P, anubonea (Forst. f.) Farwell, 1919]. Gmelina arborea L. ex Spreng. in L., Syst. Veg., ed. 16, 5 (2): 765. 1827. Gmekina tomentosa Wall., Numer. List.87, no. 18171. 1831 [not G. tomentosa Fletcher, 1938, nor Roxb., 1947]. Gmekina rnheedii Hook., Curtis Bot. Mag. 74 [ser. 3, 3]: pl. 4395. 1848. Gmebina arborea Roxb. apud Wight, Icon. Pl. Ind. 4 (3): pl. 1470 sphalm. 1849. Gmelina arborea Wight apud Thwaites & Hook. f., Enum. Pl. Zeyl., imp. 1, 244. 1861. Premna tomentosa Miq. apud C. B. Clarke in Hook. f., Fl. Brit. India 4: 581. 1885 [not P. tomentosa Blanco, 1845, nor Blume, 1885, nor F.-Vill., 1883, nor Kurz, 1877, nor Rottl., 1803, nor Willd., 1800]. Premna tomentose Miq. ex Pételot, Bull. Econ. Indo-chine 37: 1295. 1934. Gmelina arborea J. E. Sm. apud Bakh. & Van Steenis, Taxon 5: 81. 1956. Gmelia arborea Qureshi in Joshi, Indian For. 95: 152 sphalm. 1969. (Cmelina arborea Caaudhuri, Bull. Bot. Soc. Beng. 23: 123 sphalm. 1969. Gmelia arborea Anon. ex Mold., Fifth Summ. 2: 523 in syn. 1971. Smelina arborea Roxb. ex Mold., Fifth Summ. 2: 622 in syn. 1971. Gmekina arborea Wight ex Mold., Phytologia 25: 240 in syn. 1973. Premma arborea Roth ex Ldépez-Palacios, Pittieria 6: 15 in syn. 1974. Premma tomentosa Mig. ex Lépez-Palacios, Pittieriaé: 15 in syn. 1974. Gimelina arborea Jayas. ex Mold., Phytologia 34: 274 in syn. 1976. Gmellina arborea Kowal & Kassam, Agric. Ecol. Savan. 237 sphalm. 1978. Gmelina arborea Rottb. ex Odebiyi & Sofo- wore, Lloydia 41: 245 sphalm. 1978. Premna tomentosa Mig. ex Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 432 in syn. 1980. Gmelina arborea var. arborea [Roxb.] ex H. N. & A. L. Mold. in Dassan. & Fosb., Rev. Handb. Fl. Ceyl. 4: 389. 1983. Bibliography: Rheede, Hort. Malab. 1: 75, pl. 41. 1678; Rumpf, Herb. Amboin. 1: 129, pl. 40 (1741) and 2: 124, pl. 39. 1741; L., Speweic, ede, imp. 1,92: 626.) 1753; L.7 Gen... PL, ed. .5,,amp."1, 526. £754; N. L. Burm., Fl. Indica 132, pl... 39. 1768; Gaertn., Fruct. seme PL. 12) 268, pl: 56, £ig. 5. 1788: J. E. Sm. in‘Rees, Cyclop., imp. 1 [London] 16: Gmelina 4. 1810; Roxb., Hort. Beng., imp. l, 46. 1814; Roxb., Pl. Coast. Coromand. 3: 41--47, pl. 246. 1815; Lam., TaBL. Encycl. Meth. Bot. [Illust. Gen.] 3: pl. 542. 1819; J. E. Sm. in Reed, Cyclop., imp. 2 [Philadelphia]. 17: Gmelina 4. 1820; Roth, Nov. Pl. Sp., imp. 1, 287--288. 1821; Moon, Cat. Indig. Exot. Pl. Ceyl. 1: 45. 1824; Sweet, Hort. Brit., ed. 1, 1: 323. 1826; Spreng. in L., Syst. Veg,, ed. 16, 5 (2): 765. 1827; Wall., Numer. List 50 338 Di Hasy. 2: OFAs) (OM GeanrA: Vol. 55), Noe a ["49"], no. 817. 1829; Loud., Hort. Brit., ed. 1, 245. ss0resweet- Hort. Brat., ed. 2, 417. L8so0. wall. Numer. List 87/7) noe Leia Loud. Hore. Butt. ede 2, 245. 8852, ROXDa. 7h bos ENGTCa, 5eGamea meri i, 3 -84—=85. 8327 Bojer, *Hort. Maurwe- 258. 1837. wo. Grane, Cac Pl. Bomb. 158. 1839; Dillwijn, Rev. Hort. Mal. 3. 1839; Loud., Hort. Brt., ea. 3), 245. 839)-G. Don in Sweet, Hort. Brit., ed= Sian. 1839; Spach, Hist. Nat. Vég. Phan. 9: 232--233. 1840; D. Dietr., Syn. Pi S:) 61S. 843'-" Voigt, Hort. Suburb. Calcut= 470-2 18457" wWalpe, Repert. Bot. Syst. 4: 98. 1845; Schau. in A. DC., Prodr. 11: 638 & 680. 1847; Hook., Curtis Bot. Mag. 74 [ser. 3, 4]: pl. 4395. 1848; Wight, Icon. Pi. ind. Orient: 4 (GG); 12, pl. 1470. 1849 Wight; opr cil Newlgherr. 2: pla Loses Le5i; We Gurtto, cons |b. Asmatema moles 443: 1854 W. Griff., Notul: Pl. Asiat. 4: 179 & 753. W854" fwaning, Plilust. Nat. Ords Pll. 2:2) 104s 1855- Schnitzl:, Iconogz. Eam-= Nate Reg. Veg. 2: 137 Verbenac. [2]. 1856; Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn. Candoll. 3: 200 & 365. 1858; Dalz. & Gibs., Bomb. Fl. 201. 1861; Thwaites & Hook. £., Enum. Pl. Zeyl., imp. 1, 244. 1861; Bocq., Adansonia, ser. 1) [paidlee Ree; Obs. Bot.ll, 2: 125 e126, “pl. Way fig. 1l——I (sen) and 3: 255. 1863; Bocq., Rév. Verbenac. 125, 126 & 255, pl. 14, fig. 1--11. 1863; Lindl. & Moore, Treas. Bot., ed. 1, 538. 1866; N&rd- linger, Querschn. 4: 23. 1867; Lindl. & Moore, Treas. Bot., ed. 2, 538. 1870; Kurz, Rep. Veg. Andam. App. A: 45. 1870; Beddome, Fl. Sylv. S. India pl. 253. 1872; Brandis, For. Fl. Northw. Cent. India 3:) 364—--365. 1874; Roxb., Fl. Indica, ed. 2, imp- 2), 486. 1874; Kurz, Prelim. Rep. For. Veg. Pegu 69--71 & App. A: xcv --xcviii (1875) and B: 70. 1875; Lindl. & Moore, Treas. Bot., ed. 3, 538. 1876; Kurz, For. Fl. Brit. Burma 2: 264--265. 1877; Gamble, List Trees Darjeel. Dist. 61 & 62. 1878; Fern.-Villar in Blanco, Fl. Fil- ip., ed. 3, 4: Nov. App. 159. 1880; Gamble, Man. Indian Timb., ed. l, xxvii, 295--296, & 509. 1881; J. Sm., Dict. Pop. Names Pl. 408. 1882; Dymock, Veg. Mat. Med. W. India, ed. 1, ix & 498. 1884; Lindl. & Moore, Treas. Bot., ed. 4, 538. 1884; C. B. Clarke in Hook. f., Fl. Brit. India 4: 581--582. 1885; For. Adm. Rep. Chutia Nagpur 6 & 33. 1885; Trimen, Journ. Ceyl. Br. Roy. Asiat. Soc. 9: [Syst. Cat. Flow. Pl. Ceyl.] 69. 1885; Campbell & Watt, Descrip., Cat. Econ. Prod. Chutia Nagpur 52. 1886; Watt, Dict. Econ. Prod. India 3: 514-- 516. 1889; Collett & Hemsl., Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Bot. 28: 110. 1890; Baill., Hist. Pl. 11: 94. 1891; Dymock, Warden, & Hooper, Pharmacog. India, imp. 1, 3: [iii] & 70--72. 1893; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 1, 1: 1039 & 1040. 1893; Prain, Journ. Roy. Asiat. Soc. Beng. 62: 39--86. 1893; Anon., Gard. Chron., ser. 3, 15: 746. 1894; Nairne, Flow. Pl. West. India 246. 1894; Talbot, Syst. List Trees Shrubs Bomb., ed. 1, 161 & 221. 1894; Briq. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam., ed. 1, 4 (3a): 133, 165, & 173. 1895; Maiden, Agric. Gaz. N. S. Wales 6: 289. 1895; Trimen, Handb. Fils Ceyl') 3:7 S555) 1895-5 bandl. & Moore, ‘Imeas-» Bot. , ed. .5, 5306 1899; J. L. Stewart, Punjab Pl. 166. 1899; Woodrow, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 12=° 359291899; L. H- Bailey, Cyclop. Am. Hort=) 2:7 654. 1900; Gamble, Man. Indian Timb., ed. 2, imp. 1, 537--539 & 778. 1902; Prain, Bengal Pl., imp. 1, 829. 1903; T. Cooke, Pl. Presid. Bomb., ed. 1, 3: 424--425. 1905; Brandis, Indian Trees, imp. 1 & 2, 1984 Moldenke, Notes on Gmelina 339 509 (1906) and imp. 2a, 509. 1907; Foxworthy, Philip. Journ. Sci. Bot. C.4: 554 & 576. 1909; Talbot, For. Fl. Bomb., ed. 1, 2: 348-- 350, fig. 451. 1909; Haines, For. Fl. Chota Nagpur 486--487 & 597. 1910; Woodrow, Gard. Trop., imp. 1 & 2 [Gard. India, ed. 6, imp. 7 & 8), 441. 1910; Brandis, Indian Trees, imp. 3, 509. 1911; Craib, Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1911: 443. 1911; Duthie, Fl. Upper Gang. Plain, ed. pees 220==221. 1911s. Cos&°-M. Willis; Rev. Cat. Flow. Pl. Ceyl., ed. 1, [Perad. Man. Bot. 2:] 69. 1911; Talbot, For. Fl. Bomb. 2: 349. 1911; Craib, Contrib. Fl. Siam Dicot. 164. 1912; Dunn & Tutch- er, Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. Addit. Ser. 10: 203. 1912; Lace, List Trees Shrubs Burma, ed. 1, 64, 82, 128, & 133. 1912; R. S. Pearson, Comm. Guide For. Econ. Prod. India 52. 1912; C. B. Robinson, Philip. Journ. Sci. Bot. 7: 414 & 416. 1912; Rodger, Indian For. Bull., ser. 2776s —=-10- 1913; Dop, ‘Bull.) Soc. Bot. France 61: 322. 1915; Es 7D. Merr., Interpret Rumph. Herb. Amboin. 452 & 486. 1917; Basu, Indian Med. Pl., imp.-l, 3: 3, pl. 739. 1918; Firminger, Man. Gard. India, ed. 6, 2: 389. 1918; Hallier, Meded. Rijks Herb. Leid. 37: 55 & 58. 1918; Parker, For. Fl. Punjab, ed. 1, 398. 1918; Wiesner, Rohst. 2: 464. 1918; Dawkins, Indian For. 45: [505]--519, pl. 27 & 28. 1919; Farwell, Druggists Circ. 63: 50. 1919; Koman, Rep. Invest. Indig. Drugs 2: 50. 1919; H. J. Lam, Verbenac. Malay. Arch. 215, 216, 219-- 220, 365, & 366. 1919; Bose, Man. Indian Bot. 252 & 253, fig. 219. 1920; Cubitt, Rep. For. Admin. Fed. Malay St. 1920: 4. 1920; Smythies, Indian For. Rec. 7 (8): pl. 13. 1920; Bakh. in Lam & Bakh., Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenz., ser. 3, 3: 65, 68--69, & 71. 1921; Brandis, Indian Trees, imp. 4, 509. 1921; Hubert, Verb. Util. Mat. Med. 1921; Troup, Silvicult. Indian Trees 2: 769--776, fig. 294--297. 1921; Gamble, Man. Indian Timb., ed. 2, imp. 2, 537--539 & 778. 1922; Haines, Bot. Bihar Orissa, ed. 1, 4: 715 & 719. 1922; Parkinson, For. Fl. Andam. Isls., imp. 1, 219. 1922; Rodger in Lace, List Trees Shrubs Burma, ed. 1, 131. 1922; E. D. Merr., Enum. Philip. Flow. Pl. 3: 400. 1923; Spever, Bull. Ent. Res. 14: 11--23. 1923; Colthurst, Famil- iaR Flow. Trees India 120--122. 1924; Gamble, Fl. Presid. Madras 6: 1097 & 1098. 1924; Haines, Bot. Bihar Orissa, ed. 1, 6: 1296. 1924; Kaneh., Indian Woods 17. 1924; Parker, For. Fl. Punjab, ed. 2, 398. E24 ehs pHs Bailey, ?Stand. Cyclop." Hort<«;/imp.)1, 2271353. 1925; Bodding, Mem. Asiat. Soc. Beng. 10: 1, 3, 4, 6, 13--15, 38, 61, 75, 76, 90, 96--99, 105, 113, & 117. 1925; Chaudhuri, Indian For. 51: 57--60. 1925; Van der Merwe & Kent., Journ. Dept. Agric. Union S. Afr. 10: 29--42. 1925; Wangerin, Justs Bot. Jahresber,,53 (2): 644. 1925; Lecomte, Gov. Gén. Indoch. Publ. Agenc. Econ. 13: 199. 1926; Bodding, Mem. Asiat. Soc. Bent. 10: 136, 152, 191, 193, 197, 220, 244, 252, 276, 282--284, 287--290, 294--296, & 300--302. 1927; Osmaston, For. Fl. Kumaon 408--409. 1927; Bois, Pl. Aliment. 2: 440. 1928; J. M. Cowan, Rec. Bot. Surv. India 12: 29--34, 47, & 48. 1929; Pflueger, Rev. Internat. Bot. Appliq. Agric. Trop. 9: 726--730 & 794--798. 1929; Allsop, Indian For. 56: 203--211. 1930; L. H. Bailey, Stand. Cyclop.. Hort., imp. 2, 2: 1353. 1930; L. H..& E. Z. Bailey; Hortus, ed. 1, 279. 1930; Rao, Agric. Journ. India 25: 17--25. 1930; Stapf, Ind. Lond. 3: 299. 1930; Alston in Trimen, Handb. Fl. Ceyl. 6: Suppl. 232. 1931; Normand, Rév. Internat. Bot. Appligq. Agric. 340 P Hye EO) ORG A: Vol. 55, Nou 5 Trop. 11: 168--174, pl. 3. 1931; Rodger in Lace, List Trees Shrubs Burma, ed. 3, 202. 1931; G. F. Weber, Phytopath. 21: 1129--1140. 1931; Ali, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 35: 597. 1932; Chopra, Rep. Indig. Drugs Enquiry 34. 1932; Krishna & Ramaswami, Indian For. Bull., ser. 2, 79: 17. 1932; Pearson & Br., Commerc. Timb. India 2: 799 & 802. 1932; P'ei, Mem. Sci. Soc. China 1 (3): [Verbenac. China] 116-- 120571932). L.9H. Barley, JStand- (Cycl.=Hort., imp. (3), 2: 7U35S-engss- Dop, Rév. Internat. Bot. Appliq. Agric. Trop. 13: 893--896. 1933; Charlton, Proc. 4th Silvic. Conf. Dehra Dun 78--87. 1934; Crevost & Pételot, Bull. Econ. Indo-chine 37: 1295. 1934; J. C. M. Gardn., Indian For. Rec. 20 Ent. 1--42. 1934; Naidu, Comm. Timb. India 73. 1934; Pearson & Br., Commerc. Timb. India, imp. 2, 2: 799 & 802. 1934; H. E. Thomas, Journ. Agric. Res. 48: 187--218. 1934; Wagle, Agric. Licest. India 4: 176--188. 1934; L. H. Bailey, Standl. Cyclop. Hort., imp. 4, 2: 1353. 1935; L. H. Bailey, List Florists Handl. Verbenac. [mss.] 1935; L. H. & E. Z. Bailey, Hortus, ed. 2, 279. 1935; Kirtikar & Basu, Indian Med. Pl., ed. 2, imp. 1, 3: 1932--1934, pl. 739. 1935; Dop in Lecomte, Fl. Gén. Indo-chine 4: 842--844. 1935; Mathur, Indian For. Rec., ser. 2, 1 (2): 35--70. 1935; Trevor, Emp. For. Rev. 14: 25--26. 1935; Sharples, Diseases Pests Rubb. Tree. 1936; Bell & Scott in Taylor & Francis, Fauna Brit. India Moths 5. 1937; Caresche, Trav. Inst. Rech. Agron. Indo-chine 1935/36: 192-- 212. 1937; Alston, Kandy Fl. 64, fig. 345. 1938; W. A. Campbell, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 65: 31--69. 1938; Fletcher, Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1938: 404 & 422. 1938; Garthwaite, Indian For. Rec., ser. 2, Ent. 5: 237--277. 1939; Kanjilal, Das, Kanjilal, & De, Fl. Assam, imp. 1, 3: 466--467. 1939; Sevastopulo, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 40: 391--408 & 681--692. 1939; Subramanian, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 40: 257--263. 1939; A. V. Thomas, Mal. For. 8: 84--85. 1939; Fedde & Schust., Justs. Bot. Jahresber. 59 (2): 261 (1939) and 59 (2): 546. 1940; Golding, Bull. Ent. Res. 30: 543--550. 1940; Mold., Prelim. List Comm. Names 12. 1940; Mold., Suppl. List Comm. Vern. Names 2, 4, 6, 8--12, 17--22, & 24. 1940; L. H. & E. Z. Bailey, Hortus Sec., imp. 1, 332. 1941; Beeson, Ecol. Control For. Insects India. 1941; Biswas, Indian For. Rec. 3: 42. 1941; F. G. Browne, Mal. For. Rec. 22. 1941; Durant, Mal. For. 10: 89--92. 1941; E. D. Merr., Brittonia 4: 171--172. 1941; Wangerin & Krause, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 60 (1): 704. 1941; Bor, Indian For. Rec. 3: 152--195. 1942; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 55--57, 59, 60, 73, & 93. 1942; Limaye, Indian For. Rec., ser. 2, Util. 3 (5): 16. 1944; Menninger, Descrip. Cat. Flow. Trop. Trees 16. 1944; Trotter, Common Commerc. Timb. India 109. 1944; Mold., Phytologia 2: 103. 1945; Sontakay, Indian Fmg. 6 (2): 74--75. 1945; Benthall, Trees Calcut., imp. 2, 353--354. 1946; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 2, 1: 1039 & 1040. 1946; Menninger, 1947 Cat. Flow. Trees 19. 1946; Razi, Journ. Mysore Univ. 7 (4): 64. 1946; Chowdhury, Nature 160: 609. 1947; Gamble, Jt. Publ. Imp. Agric. Bur. 10: 117. 1947; Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names Suppl. 1: 10. 1947; H. N. & A. L. Mold., Pl. Life 2: 78. 1948; Van Rensselaer, Trees Santa Barbara, ed. 2, 169. 1948; Dordi, Indian Text. Journ. 59: 708. 1949; Karan- chandan, Indian For. 75: 505--511. 1949; Mold., Known Geogr. Dis-+ 1984 Moldenke, Notes on Gmelina 341 pEeroe verbenac., ed. 2, 117, 125, £27=—130, 132, 136, 137, 139, 160, & 186. 1949; Sri Gulabkunwarbi, Charak Semhita. 1949; Metcalfe & Chalk, Anat. Dicot. 2: 1040. 1950; Kalshoven, Plagen Cultuurgew. Indones. 1950/1951; Albert, Inst. Frang. Afr. Noir Mém. 15: 1--174. 1951; Corner, Wayside Trees, ed. 2, 702. 1952; Dastur, Indian For. 78: 275 & 365. 1952; Dastur, Med. Pl. India 126--127. 1952; Dastur, Useful Pl. India Pakist., ed. 6, 117--118. 1952; Guillaumin, Bull. Mus. Nat. Hist. Nat. Paris, ser. 2, 23: 539. 1952; Mold.,Phytologia 4: _ 54. 1952; Paelt, Candollea 13: 248. 1952; V. S. Rao, Journ. In- dian Bot. Soc. 31: [297],308, 309, 312, & 313, fig. 50--54. 1952; Bagchee, Indian For. 79: 17--24. 1953; Dale, Descrip. List Introd. Trees Uganda 43--44 & 72. 1953; Kedare & Tendolkar, Journ. Sci. Indust. Res. 12B: 125 & 217. 1953; Menninger, 1953 Cat. Flow. Trees 40. 1953; Pételot, Pl. Méd. Cambod. Laos Vietn. 2 [Arch. Rech. Agron. Past. Vietn. 18]: 252. 1953; Pichon, Taxon 2: 111. 1953; Purushotham & al., Indian For. 79: 43. 1953; Roig, Dicc. Bot. Nom. Vulg. Cub. 73, 74, & 550. 1953; Santapau, Pl. Saurashtra 31. 1953; Setten, Mal. For. 15: 165--169. 1953; Travancore Univ., Pharmacog. Ayurvedic Drugs, ser. 1, 2: 65. 1953; Bagchee, Indian For. Rec., ser.2, Mycol. 1 (8): 99--184. 1954; Doanay, For. Inst. Oxford Spec. Subj. 1954; Fritz, Biol. Abstr. 28: 440. 1954; Mathur & Singh, For. Bull. Dehra Dun, ser. 2, Ent. 171: pts. 1--10. 1954/61; Mold., Journ. Calif. Hort. Soc. 15: 86. 1954; Petelot, Pl. Med. Cambod. Laos Vietn. 4: ZU eo eo, 256, 30, 59, 63, 119) 2247 & 239. 1954: Philiaps, For: Dept. Nigeria Inf. Bull. 14: 1. 1954; Santapau, Indian For. 80 (7): 387. 1954; Seth, Princip. Grassl. Types. 1954; Vuillaume, Rév. Pathol. Vdg. Entom. Agric. Frang. 33 (3): 122--198. 1954; Barnard, Emp. For. Rev. 34: 68--77. 1955; R. S. Rao, Biol. Abstr. 29: 1223. 1955; Santapau, Journ. Gujerat Res. Soc. 17: 39. 1955; Santapau & Raizada, Indian For. Rec., ser. 2 Bot. 4 (6): 157. 1955; Bakh. & Van Steenis, Taxon 5: 81. 1956; Barnard, Biol. Abstr. 30: 1111. 1956; Chopra, Nayar, & Chopra, Gloss. Indian Med. Pl. 126. 1956; Parker, For. Fl. Punjab, ed. 3, 398 & 580. 1956; Sastri, Wealth In- dia 4: 154=--155, fig. 71 & 72. 1956; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 29: 3291. 1957; Santapau, Fl. Purandhar 104 & 153. 1957; Anon., U. S. Dept. Agr. Bot. Subj. Ind. 15: 14357. 1958; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 30: 3983. 1958; R. N. & I. C. Chopra, Handa, & Kapur, Indig. Drugs India, ed. 2, 509, 600, 607, 608, 610, 675, & 804. 1958; Chowdhury & Ghosh, Indian Woods 1: xxx, xlii, & 150. 1958; T. Cooke, Fl. Presid. Bomb., ed. 2, imp. 2, 504--505. 1958; Kalshoven, Ent. Ber. Amst. 18: 147-- 160. 1958; Mensbruge, Proc. 2nd Inter Afr. For. Conf. Pointe-Noire 2: 460--463. 1958; Sriburi, Vanasarn 16 (2): 69--72. 1958; Abey- wickrama, Ceyl. Journ. Sci. Biol. 2: 217. 1959; Anon., Kew Bull. Gen. Ind. 134. 1959; Dastur, Med. Pl. India Pakist. 126. 1959; Kribs, Comm. For. Woods, ed. 2, 160, fig. 330. 1959; LePelley, Ag- ric. Insects 1--307. 1959; Mold., Résumé 144, 159, 163, 165--167, 170, 176, 178, 180, 218, 276, 296, 297, 337, 339, & 456. 1959; New- sam & Rao, Journ. Rubb. Res. Inst. Malaya 15: 209--215. 1959; Para- meswaren Nayar, Bull. Bot. Surv, India 1: 124. 1959; G. Taylor, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 12: 63. 1959; Uphof, Dict. Econ. Pl., ed. 1, 171. 1959; Willan, Nyasal. Fmr. For. 5 (1): 15--17. 195953 Worthington, 342 PRHSYYEAO Sis (ORG FIA Vol. 955, Now 5 Ceyl. Trees 345. 1959; Chowdhury & Ghosh, Indian Woods 2: 190. 1960; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 3, 1: 1039 & 1040. 1960; Menninger, 1960 Price List Flow. Trees [4]. 1960; Nath, Bot. Surv. South. Shan States 305. 1960; Ogbe, For. Inst, Oxford Spec. Com. 1960; Petroff & Doat, Cent. Techn. For. Trop. Publ. 19: 71-- 88591960) Puri, indvan ror. Ecol. :) 407743). Lis, Lid, VSS! Se 228, 260, & 284 (1960) and 2: 406, 625, & 670. 1960; Riney & Child, Proc. lst Fed. Sci. Cong. Salisb. 291--299. 1960; Anon., World Paper Trade Rev. 156: 1946. 1961; Boyle, Phytopath. 51: 117--119. 1961; W. E. Cooper, \Phytopath. 5ii: 113--116- 1961; Deb, Bull: Bot. Suv. in= dia 3: 315. 1961; Guha & Saxena, Res. Ind. 6 (8): 280. 1961; Haines, Bot. Bihar Orissa, ed. 2, 2: 754. 1961; W. V. Harris, Termites. 1961; Hundley & Ko in Lace, List Trees Shrubs Burma, ed. 3, 202. 1961; Irvine, Woody Pl. Ghana 756. 1961; Mold., Phytologia 8: 14. 1961; Mathur & Singh, Indian For. Rec. Ent. 10 (6): 1117--1118. 1961; Rangaswami & Venkata Rao, Proc. Indian Acad. Sci. 54: 51. 1961; Sat- moko in Wyatt-Sm. & Wycherley, Nat. Conserv. West. Malaysia 210. 1961; G. H. Watkins, Phytopath. 51: 110--113. 1961; E. West, Phyto- path. 51: 108--109. 1961; Gaussen, Legris, & Viart, Ind. Counc. Agr. Res. Veg. Map Ser. 1: 28, 31, 32, & 41. 1962; Gledhill, Check List Flow. Trees Sierra Leone 30. 1962; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.5: 44 & 45. 1962; S. & G. Manguenot, Rev. Cytol. Biol. Vég. 25: 446. 1962; Menninger, Flow. Trees World 283--284 & 298. 1962; Mold.,Biol. Abstr. 37: 1062. 1962; Mold., Résumé Suppl 3:07 “en 28) (1962) Manda4 7. 1962; Nair & Rehman, Bull. Nat. Bot. Gard. Lucknow 76: 13, 16--18, & 23, pl. 2, fig. 10, text-fig. 22. 1962; Raman & Kesavan, Nucleus 5: 123--126. 1962; Schedl, Revist. Ent. Mocamb. 5: 597-1352. 1962; Singh, Bull. Nat. Bot. Gard. Lucknow 69: 57. 1962; Streets, Exot. For. Trees Brit. Comm. 398--401. 1962; F. White, For. Fl. North. Rhodes. 368. 1962; Deb, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 5: 51--53. 1963; Eidt, FAO Publ. 1775: 1--68. 1963; Huber, Hepper, & Meikle in Hutch. & Dalz., Fl. W. Trop- Afz., ed. 2, 2: 432. 1963; Jain, Bull’. Bot. Surv.) india 5: 357--359. 1963; Joseph, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 5: 293. 1963; Kals- hoven, Ent. Ber. Amst. 23: 90--100. 1963; Legris, Trav,-Sect. Sci- ent. Techn. Inst. Fran¢g. Pond. 6: 190, 192, 240, 506, 511, 516, 525, 542, & 567. 1963; Maheshwari, Fl. Delhi 282. 1963; B. A. Mitchell, Mal. For. 26: 259--286. 1963; Mold., Dansk Bot. Arkiv 23: 90. 1963; Prain, Beng. Pl., imp. 2, 2: 619. 1963; Raman & Kesavan, Sci. Cult. 29: 413--414. 1963; Sweeney, Bull. Dept. Agric. Nyasal. Prot. 21. 1963; Anon., Sympos. Internat. Dang. Dis. Insects. 1964; Anon., Fmr. For. 6 (3): 13--22. 1964; Bakh. & Van Steenis, Taxon 5: 31. 1964; A. Banerjee in Lahiri, West Beng. For. 48 & 54. 1964; W. Banerjee in Lahiri, West Beng. For. 91. 1964; Cave, Ind. Pl. Chromos. Numb. 2: 330. 1964; Chittenden, Coursey, & D. G. & J. O. Rotibi, Tappi 47 (12): 186A--192A (1964) aND %& (12). 1964; Choudhury in Lahiri, West Beng. For. 130. 1964; Crossley & Ogunle, Res. Rep. Inst. Indust. Res. Nigeria 28: 1--4. 1964; Das in Lahiri, West Beng. For. 253. 1964; Ghosh in Lahiri, West Beng. For. 114, 195, & 197. 1964; Jain, Proc. Nat. Inst. Sci. India 30: 68. 1964; Lee, Mal. For. 27: 370--374. 1964; Menninger, 1964 Seed List [2]. 1964; Mathur, Indian Journ. Ent. 1964: 437--455. 1964- [to be continued] HELIANTHEMUM ROSMARINIFOLIUM AND OENOTHERA TRILOBA IN LOUISIANA D.T. MacRoberts Louisiana State University in Shreveport Thomas and Allen (1982) specifically exclude from the flora of Louisiana the species Heltanthemun rosmarintfoltiun Pursh (Cistaceae), and Oenothera triloba Nutt. (Onagraceae). Their basis for inclusion in their list, which includes "plants from literature," is not compatible with that for exclusion: "no herbarium specimen from the state has been seen." Heltanthemum rosmarinifolium was reported from Caddo Parish (MacRoberts 1979) and is represented by specimens in LSUS (MacRoberts 560, 1774, 2337, 3061). It is uncommon to locally common. Oenothera triloba has not been reported for Louisiana but there are four sheets of a collection from Bossier Parish (Cockrell 168) in the LSUS herbarium. It is apparently very uncommon in Louisiana although known from surrounding states. MacRoberts, D.T. 1979. Checklist of the plants of Caddo Parish, Bull. Mus. Life Sci., LSU in Shreveport, No. l. Thomas, R. Dale and C.M. Allen. 1982. A preliminary checklist of the Dicotyledons of Louisiana. Contr. Herb. Northeast Louisiana University, Monroe. No. 3. 343 BOOK REVIEWS Alma L. Moldenke "McGraw-Hill CONCISE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY" edited Sibyl P. Parker, Editor-in-Chief & Staff, lxxiv & 2065 pp., 1,600 b/w photo. & line-draw., ca. 800 charts, tabs., maps & graphs. McGraw-Hill Book Company, New York, N. Y. 10020. 1984. $89.50. In 1983 there appeared the excellently prepared 5th edition of this encyclopedia in a shelfful of 15 volumes. In 1984 there is pre- sented this concise edition, condensed succinctly and with a little updating, in a single volume by the same editorial staff. If one does not have the space, price or time for the many-volumed encyclo- pedia, this concise one will prove an excellent substitute because it contains so much of the essential content and so many of the special features such as identification of contributors, data bases, classification of living organisms, abbreviations, acronyms, Signs, constants, symbols and conversion factors. The 7,300 alphabetical- ly arranged entries are printed clearly, often effectively illus- trated, and written with interest and clarity. This is an excellent publication! "THE GEOLOGY AND LANDSCAPES OF NEW JERSEY" by Peter E. Wolfe, xii & 351 pp., 126 b/w photo., 52 fig., 36 maps & 5 tab. Crane, Russak & Company, Inc., New York, N. Y. 10017. 1977. $22.50. For the geologists (professionals, teachers, students) interested in the "how" and "what" of this state's formation and appearance, -- for the ecologists, field scientists of many different interests and amateur naturalists interested in "why" certain living things grow here and not there, and for the intelligent residents and visitors who want to know more about the "where" and the beauty of the vistas around them -- it is indeed fortunate that this book is still avail- able. This review copy is going to get a plastic cover and a handy place in the Moldenke car for consultation and direction for short drives throughout the state. The twelve well illustrated and well referenced chapters deal with New Jersey as a drifting continent, distribution of Precambrian rock types, Paleozoic volcanic rocks, Mesozoic Palisades and Watchung lava flows, Cenozoic last ice age, well pictured and described landscapes from peneplains to coastal plains and shorelines, and much more. This is an excellent publi- cation. 344 : eet, a> ¢ PHYTOLOGIA An international journal to expedite botanical and phytoecological publication Vol. 55 June 1984 No. 6 CONTENTS ANDERSON, J. P., Jr... & EGLER, F. E:, Man-created stable low vegetation under a roadside utility line, Norfolk, REMPMROROTO DA At ORAL o.oo a ea ho er uk Aa ak Lee Lice an th eee EGLER, F. E., & ANDERSON, J. P., Jr., Use of Picloram to obtain rootkill of unwanted woody plants, in practicable rightofway vegetation management, 1982..................361 FORERO, E., & GENTRY, A. H., New phanerogam species from Mery A SMHOMMMIET S21 ge se ENS ake atvei ee aieds wiriusclod seed nie Od SOD MOLDENKE, H. N., Notes on new and noteworthy plants. CLXXVI .. .372 JONES, A. G., Nomenclatural notes on Aster (Asteraceae)—II. New combinations and some transfers ....................373 ROBINSON, H.. Studies in the Heliantheae (Asteraceae). XXXII. New species of Wedelia from Brasil......................389 ROBINSON, H., Studies in the Heliantheae (Asteraceae). XXXIII. New species of Aspilia from South America................ 415 MOLDENKE, H. N., Additional notes on the genus Gmelina. 1........ 424 BARRINGER, K., Aa (Orchidaceae) in Costa Rica............ Nahe tes 443 ETNIES A; 2, - BOOK FOVIEWS 2 oa. hE DNs aX olha's Me Sicko ep beaches 447 Published by Harold N. Moldenke and Alma L. Moldenke 303 Parkside Road Plainfield, New Jersey 07060 U.S.A. Price of this number $3.00; for this volume $14.00 in advance or $15.00 after close of the volume; $5.00 extra to all foreign addresses and domestic dealers; 512 pages constitute a complete volume; claims for numbers lost in the mails must be made immediately after receipt of the next following number for free replacement; back volume prices apply if payment is received after a volume is closed. LIBRARY JUN 29. 1984 INcVvW YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN MAN-CREATED STABLE LOW VEGETATION UNDER A ROADSIDE UTILITY LINE NORFOLK, CONNECTICUT John P. Anderson, Jr. and Frank E. Egler Aton Forest, Norfolk, Conn. 06058 INTRODUCTION The purpose of this paper is to describe the results of 37 years of observation and management of the vegetation under a utility line along a 1-1/4 mile length of the rural North Colebrook Road in Norfoik, Connecticut. This paper is also a progress report on this area since the vegetation continues to be observed and managed, and because Vegetation is always dynamic. The road has been under botanical and sociological observation with respect to town government and utility corporation management, since 1946 under Egler's partial influence with respect to the management, since 1968 under scientific management for the root-killing of re- imaining unwanted trees. With the aid of a much appreciated grant from the Electric Power Research Institute for 1982 and 1983, this root-killing has involved the research use of Picloram with 2,4-D (Dow's Tordon RTU diluted to half-strength), and is now essenti- ally completed. The critical problems of obtaining a stable non- tree vegetation under the wires goes back in history to early mis-management practices - typical of most of New England, and thus those situations are summarized in this paper. The road lies in an area of the beech-birch-maple-hemlock forest Zone (Egler, 1940) characterized by beech (Fagus grandi- folia), yellow birch (Betula lutea), sugar maple (Acer saccharum), and hemlock (Tsuga canadensis), white pine (Pinus strobus) in the old pastures, and with red maple (Acer rubrum) generally common throughout and often a dominant on wet sites. (The so-called "Northern Hardwood Forest" is not considered a suitable scientif- ic concept; it is a physiognomically-determined Cover Type that exists in several distinct Zones.) Hickories and oaks (except red oak, Quercus rubra) are absent, except on some of the higher, drier “southern-like" monadnockoid summits. The results of this study can be extrapolated to other parts of the Zone in the North- east, especially the lower elevations of the Adirondacks, the Green Mountains and the White Mountains, as well as to analogous parts of the southern Appalachians. HISTORY The history of North Colebrook Road begins in the late 1709's and the founding of the Town of Norfolk. At peak population there were seven subsistence farms on the road, together with a one- room schoolhouse, with no mature forests adjacent to the road. In 1925 there were still three working farms, producing milk as 345 346 Pin TO. 0 Cnn Vol. 55, No.6 a "cash crop". The jast farm was abandoned after the home burned in 1935. The road was black-topped in the early 1950's. Town management of the roadsides is typical of many towns in Connecticut; it is now done with back-hoe/bucket loaders, mowing machines, a minimum of hand-labor, and iittle knowledge of the plant-life. (A serious effort was made by Egler to cooperate with the Town in the 1950's, but it was not successful, nor have other efforts since then been successful.) Winter sanding, spring sweeping of the sand to the sides, occasional re-surfacing and patching and heavy sanding, together with earth-moving operations without regard for the sites, have left crushed blacktop edges, small "levees" of brushed-aside sand, the original drainage ditch filled, unsightly piles and gouges, and tailer vegetation at the outer margins. Utility company management in generai, until recent years, has resulted in the perpetuation, if not an increase, in the vegetation problems under the wires. Two decades ago, it was standard engineering specifications of the utility companies, for implementation by the brush-control contractors, to remove all vegetation within three feet of the wires. This resulted in two effects: an unsightly under-the-wire "crewcut", or a "tunnel" thru the forest canopy. With this practice, vegetation has to be repruned every three years to maintain the proper minimum dis- tance from the wires. No attempt was ever made to remove the en- tire population of under-the-wire trees, only those branches that might reach the wires in the next three years. However, the crews of the contractor would generally comply with the personal requests of an adjacent landowner if they did not interfere with their minimum-distance-from-the-wire goal. Scientific Roadside Vegetation Management was first begun on a phone line coming from the east (the Town of Colebrook) which has since been removed. In the 1940's, since selective basal dormant spraying witha herbicide/oil mixture had been shown effective, Egler treated all the basal tree sprouts, and even those of all shrubs, in the i180 feet between poles. Brush was purposely left surrounding each pole, as a demonstration to the utility company personnel (which they never noticed). By the early 1950's, phone service was switched to that coming from the west; the line was removed, but to this day there is a cluster of trees where each pole had been. From 1968 on, Egler took over the task of tree removal under the utility lines along North Colebrook Road. Originally this was accomplished by cutting with a brushhook, and girdling the larger trees. For this road, it was usually found that the crews of the contractors were intelligent, or at least cooperative (tho they were not formally or legally obligated to comply). It was requested 1984 Anderson & Egler, Man-created stable low vegetation 347 (1) that they cut no “ground brush" (trees rooted under the wires) ; and (2) that they limit their activities to clear-boling the adjacent trees (cutting off the side-limbs close to the trunk, thus elimina- ting repeated pruning of those branches and improving the esthetic appearance). Beginning in 1980, the Tordon root-killing project was ex- panded to include tne stable, low, under-the-wire roadside vegeta- tion of North Colebrook Road. At this time, the brush-control crew was scheduled for its three-year-retreatment of this road. They cooperated fully with Egler: they helped to selectively cut, and to spray with Tordon, the larger trees. In 1983, when the same crew foreman came thru for an inspection, he decided that no treatment was needed. This was the first time in his experience that any such rural road did not need the customary three-year-treatment, this despite the company forester's objections that this is the "worst" roadside, in terms of "brush", in the town. Since the root-killing aspect of this work ("plant-community construction") is essentially completed, emphasis in this paper focuses upon the composition and structure of the remaining plant- communities, with economic concern for the future maintenance activities. There is nothing new or unusual in this scientific approach for roadsides’Egler 1953, 1957, 1961, 1971, 1973, 1975, 1979). The idea is entirely compatible with our scientific know- ledge of the long-term stability of many scrublands around the world: chaparral, garrigue, fynbosch, heath balds,etc. (Egler 1977, Niering and Egler 1955, Pound and Egler 1953, Egler and Anderson 1982, 1983 in press). STUDY AREA The study area is composed of 25 of the 28 spans between util- ity poles of a 1-1/4 mile section of North Colebrook Road (three spans were in lawn or mowed grassland). The spans are variable in width but average about 8 feet (range: 4 - 12 feet). Since the line frequently crosses the road, the roadbed is then under the wires. This factor is compensated by the fact that actual Vege- tation Management was extended on either side up to the point where the line crossed the middle of the road. Lengthwise, the line is divided into 25 spans. Each span was designed (by the utility company) to be about 200 feet long. The road for the most part runs east-west. A generalized cross-section of the road (Fig. 1) indicates the Belts under consideration: 1. The blacktop pavement is servicable but requires annual maintenance, in part because of mis-use by the Town itself. The road's shoulder begins here and blends into part of the next Belt. 348 Peo Yocr TO he Oe GEA: Vol. 55, No. 6 Road Cross-Section ae \ if mowed Trees roqweed levee ditch | Pa | a Trees Shrub be] Lgleie sak Black Top Mowed eSye- belt THs 1984 Anderson & Egler, Man-made stable low vegetation 349 2. The mowed strip is one-cutter-bar wide (but sometimes un- necessarily two wide). It is rough, stony, with a line of ragweed at the pavement edge, and an assortment of herbs and small trees elsewhere. 3. The shrub belt is the site of this special study, composed of what shrubs nature has put there, plus what herbs are under or between the shrubs. No species need to be planted by landscapers. 4. Beyond the shrub belt lies the tree belt --the forest-- on town or private property. The trees on the edge of the shrub belt have been clear-boled, producing tall, straight trunks, with high, large, healthy branches overarching the wires (which is actually protection to the wires in severe weather). METHODS Refer to Egler and Anderson (in press) for the root-killing research on trees under the wires. For this plant-community study, the road was walked and notes recorded by both investigators on five days in September and October, 1983, for a total of approxi- mately 34 man/hours. All shrub species and all significant or obvious herbaceous species within the Shrub Belt of each span (with each span considered one study unit) were identified and given an Abundance rating: Abundant (patches or the aggregate of spaced individuals which have a ground coverage or canopy of at least 25% by ocular estimate), Rare (single individuals, few scattered in- dividuals and very small groups which cover less than 5% of a span); Intermediate (all others). Site conditions and special notes were recorded for each unit. Newly invading trees were carefully watched for. Observations of the line as a whole were also recorded. The field data have been purposely restricted to species identification, ocular estimate of Abundance, plus descriptive comments. It is the opinion of the authors that these are fully adequate, since the entire study area was surveyed (not sampled), because of the authors' long and intimate familiarity with the road- side vegetation and its history, and because this is a paper which expresses the link between basic research and the subsequent ap- plication of a method by technicians and professionals managing RAO Aas; RESULTS Forty species of shrubs and small trees and 62 species of herbaceous plants were involved in the study units. Most were Rare under the utility line (25 of the woody plants and 50 of the herbs). Only 10 woody plants and 7 herbs were recorded as being Abundant at least once. Five to 10% of the line was sparsely vegetated (having some bare soil). Approximately one quarter of all study units combined were covered with Patches. (A Patch being loosely defined as one or more individuals of one plant species 350 PHYTO EL FONG era " Vol. 55, Nosi6 which are predominant in an area, to the general exclusion (90% pure) of all other species, and dense enough so the ground is en- tirely covered. So called Patches of herbs and low shrubs here cover areas of at least 25 square feet and larger shrubs at least 100 square feet). Nearly all sites had well drained soils. Only one study unit, and less than half of it, was on poorly drained soil and had two wetland species: the blue swamp aster (Aster puniceus) and a sedge (Carex crinita). No sites were classified as excessively drained, j.e. "arid". Most sites were characterized as light shade. Six sites were considered shady (two extremely so) and five sites were in bright light. These conditions were related to the height and density of the adjacent forests on both sides of the road. Thir- teen and one half units were on the north side of the road and the remaining eleven and one half were on the south side. In the Tree Belt adjacent to the Shrub Belt, the predominant tree species were red maple and white ash (FraxinuS americana). Other common trees were white pine, sugar maple and red oak. Hem- lock deserves special note because,though infrequent, the average hemlock on this line creates dense shade, even across the road. All other tree species were incidental in occurrence and numbers, despite local infiuence. Sensitive fern (Onoclea sensiblilis) and arrowwood (Viburnum recognitum were the two species which provided 16% and 7% of the total cover respectively, and occurred as Abundant more often than any other species. They also had the greatest overall occurrence (with the exception of choke cherry (Prunus virginiana). Arrowwood composed the largest and most frequent Patches (the longest con- tinuous Patch is 450 feet in length). Species which were frequently classed as Patches, or scattered but of intermediate abundance, and therefore contributed important- ly to the groundcover over the entire line, include: snakeroot (Eupatorium urticaefolium), interrupted fern (Osmunda claytoniana), lady fern (Athyrium filix-femina), choke cherry, and hay-scented fern (Dennstaedtia punctilobula). Other species which were im- portant locally as Patches, though not necessarily rated as Abundant, and also of nigh Constancy (present in many study units) include: buckthorn (Rhamnus catharticus), meadowsweet (Spiraea occurring only at one jocation include: ostrich fern (Matteucia struthiopteris), tapering fern (Thelypteris noveboracensis), 1984 Anderson & Egler, Man-created stable low vegetation 351 DISCUSSION This roadside is now a highly successful demonstration of ecologically sound Vegetation Management (Egler 1954, 1975, 1977). The vegetative and sexual reproduction of undesirable plant species under the utility wires has been arrested and at most sites is now essentially eliminated. We estimate that under-the-wire retreat- ment will not be necessary for at least 15 years, and even then the work will be substantially reduced when compared with those road- sides which are butch-cut and hole-cut and indiscriminately herbi- cided every three years. Sone Patches on this line, on the basis of research by Niering and Egler (1955, restudied in 1983), may not need another treatment for 50 years. For proper scientific Vegetation Management it is necessary not on]y to understand the characteristics and dynamics of Vege- tation Types but also to understand how each species and community functions within its environment (in this case a casually managed roadside). The preferred Vegetation for under roadside utility lines is one of dense, stable shrublands and herblands (but NOT grasslands, which are seedbeds for several tree species, especially when mowed). Trees cannot be tolerated directly under the wires, however, trees alongside can be clear-boled. Low tree types are probably best avoided, but whether certain low trees are left should be decided on a species by species basis (for example, apples and shadbushes can generally be left for aesthetic and wild- life values, though they may need occasional top pruning). The important species on the North Colebrook roadside are discussed below as to their form, structure, requirements, be- havior, merits and disadvantages. Sensitive fern. Grows to 2 feet. Is clonal, and spreads easily into disturbed areas(though a clone can be destroyed itself by disturbance) and into many plant communities (grasslands, under shrubs, etc.). They need never be mowed even when adjacent to the pavement. Found in full sun or shade, but heavy shade will cause it to die-out. Found in somewhat dry to occasionally wet sites, but does not occur in the extreme conditions of dry or wet. No other plant is yet known to invade and dominate a dense, healthy stand of this fern. Clones are generally long-lived. Benefits: soil stabilization; often considered aesthetically pleasing; fer- tile fronds and spores have some value as a wildlife food. Arrowwood. Grows to 7 feet. Forms a dense clump of straight but flexible stems from a single crown (up to 10 feet in diameter). Will layer readily (large plants especially prone to this after 352 PSH Y TAOPRLEOrGrETA Volo" 55, Nowe 6 winter snows and ice bend the stems to the ground). Colonizes dis- turbed areas (mowed, grazed, plowed, and scraped lands) mainly by seeds distributed by birds. Found in sun or light shade (shading causes the plant to lose vigor and it will generally die-out under forests). Found in somewhat dry to occasionally wet sites, but not in the extremes. The canopy and root-system forms a dense ground- cover; no woody species are known to invade a large, healthy stand of this shrub. It is long-lived in sunny locations. Benefits: attractive in form, flower and fruit; has a high wildlife value (birds and small mammals eat the fruits; insects feed on the nectar; deer and beaver feed on the stems - and can reduce or destroy a stand; provides cover for wildlife). Large plants are susceptible to winter storm damage, causing stems close to the road to lie in it, and in extreme cases flattening a stand (though generally this will resprout and layer). These large plants, after 20 years next to the pavement, may need cutting (but NOT root-killing). Snakeroot. Grows to 3 feet. Is clonal; spreads as single stems, Or sometimes several stems from one crown. Found in full sun or forest shade. Found on mesic sites. It often forms pure stands in the shade; most stands in full sun are a mixture with other herbs, though the snakeroot can be predominant. It is not generally found in shrub communities. This plantas recently be- come aggressive. It is not eaten by whitetail deer. Benefits: forms a groundcover and stabilizes soil in shady situations; when the plant is in blossom it can be attractive; the seeds provide some food for birds. Interrupted fern. Grows to 4 feet. Is clonal but grows in clumps, with many fronds growing from one crown. Found on mesic to mostly wet (but not standing water) sites. Found in sun or shade. Not an aggressive speader, but persistant once established. Benefits: aesthetically attractive. Should not be mowed. Lady fern. Grows to 2 feet. Is clonal, spreading in clumps. Found in sun or snade. Found on many sites, but not in the extremes of wet or dry. Not an aggressive spreader, but can form a tight, complete groundcover. Benefits: aesthetically attractive. Should not be mowed. Choke cherry. Grows rarely to 30 feet. Sometimes clonal; a cluster of stems is usually a clone. Found in sun or partial shade; does not tolerate the shading within most forest situations. Found on mesic to dry sites. Can be an aggressive spreader in grasslands and some other herblands, and in bare soil and disturbed areas. Seed is mostly distributed by birds. Benefits: attractive for its spring flowers; cherries provide food for birds and smal] mammals. In some areas and in some years it is attacked by tent caterpillars which can top kill the plant. This cherry's height has not been a problem under these utility lines, and dense clones do 1984 Anderson & Egler, Man-created stable low vegetation 353 not generally grow as rapidly or as tail as single individuals. Hay-scented fern. Grows to 2 feet. Is clonal; fronds arise individually, not as a clump. Found in full sun or forest shade. Found on mesic to dry sites. A very aggressive spreader into most plant communities, except very dense shrublands and very dense coni- fer stands. This plant is not eaten by whitetail deer, and,there- fore, may become much more abundant where high deer populations persist. A clone is extremely long-lived. Benefits: aesthetically attractive; a soil stabilizer. Not considered of any benefit to wildlife (pernaps provides some cover); no wildlife species is known to feed on this plant (though some invertebrates must, but there never seems to be any damage). The cover formed, though low, is very dense, making summer foot travel often difficult. It should not be mowed. All other species mentioned in the Results section are import- ant plants for creating non-forest, stable plant-communities in the Northeast. However, they have much less occurrence, abundance Or importance on this local roadside than the above species. Many of their attributes are similar though, and abundances may shift over time. Special mention should be made of certain alien plant species on this roadside because they are extremely stable and unusually colorful and appealing in bloom. The orange and lemon day-lilies are clonal, but, though persistant, they do not spread rapidly or aggressively often (except when the town scrapes clean the ditches or plows snow too ciose to the road edge and moves the plant's tubers into newly bared soil). Growth in the spring is early, providing a spot of green when it is most desired. The flowers bloom most of the summer, and the lemon day-iily is pleasantly scented. They can both form pure Patches, resisting all invasions, but they cannot survive long in too shady a site. They both bloom best in full sun. The orange day-lily does not produce seed or hybridize, but the lemon day-lily can produce hybrid seedlings if a different fertile clone is nearby. The day-lilies should not be mowed, but if they are within reach of the tractor's mowing bar, they usually are. The Patches of lilac and plum occur near one another on this roadside and produce an impressive display and aroma in spring. Both are clonal, but are increasing only slowly in size. The older plums were severely affected by a bark disease in 1982. The plum rarely has produced seedlings; the lilac has never produced seeds. These two are found near an old homesite, as is usually the case with non-native ornamentals along roads. Even relatively pure roadside Patches have a mix of various species within them. Sensitive fern often occurred with, and does well under, arrowwood as long as the stems remain somewhat up- 354 PAH VCD. LUOten A Vol. 55, No. 6 right. However, where the stems bend to the ground the fern thins or is non-existent. It is expected that as these shrubs become larger this loss of fern ( and other species as well) will increase, thereby purifying this Viburnum community even more. Under most other shrubs (with more upright growth) sensitive fern and the other common herbs occurred, generally thin and scattered, but frequently thriving. Meadowsweet and blackberry were two exceptions, never having a significant herbaceous layer under them when they occurred as Patches. Other common local shrubs that would be very highly desirable, were they to have occurred under the wires, because of their ability to form stable communities include: high-bush blueberry (Vaccinium corymbosum), low blueberry (V. angustifolium), mountain laurel (Kalmia latifolia), sheep-laurel (i angustifolia), gray and red- osier dogwood (Cornus racemosa and C. stolonifera), cnokeberry (Aronia melanocarpa), flowering raspberry (Rubus odoratus), Japanese barberry (Berberis vulgaris), spicebush (Lindera benzoin), (Phragmites communis), the goldenrods (Solidago, several species), maleberry (Lyonia iigustrina), juniper (Juniperus communis), sweet- fern (Myrica asplenifolia), and beaked hazel (Corylus cornuta). As mentioned in the Introduction to this paper, the results of this study can be extrapolated within the beech-birch-maple-hemlock Zone as described by Egier (1940, 1977). This Zone roughly parallels the southern boundary of the biome known as Taiga (and can be con- sidered a part of it). At least in the eastern United States, all the important species of this study occur and will generally behave as described here. Specific extrapolation to other zones is not recommended since many of the species do not occur, may behave differently (such as not forming Patches or occurring only rarely and scattered), or other species not mentioned may hold greater pro- mise for forming attractive, stable plant communities. However, the general principles shown by this study can be applied anywhere in the world, provided an understanding of the Vegetation of the study/management area is available. When it is known which plant- communities and species form stable communities, when it is known which species can prevent or disturb community stability, and when it is known how the various species and communities react to possible managment practices, then choices can be made as to what iS appropriate in many different situations needing management. Additionally, the results ot this study can be extended beyond road- side utility line ROW's to provide some solutions to problems on any ROW, vistas, wildlife management areas, eroding sites, or any area where low, stable vegetation is desired (such as employed in naturalistic landscaping). 1984 Anderson & Egler, Man-created stable low vegetation 355 CONCLUSION Now that techniques for root-killing undesirable plants have been proven, and these plants have been essentially eliminated from this study area, the desirability and long-term stability of various plant-communities can be reported (and be observed through the future). The species on this roadside today nave obviously bene- fited from the removal of trees under the wires. Though shrubs (especially: arrowwood, choke cherry, buckthorn, nannyberry, blackberry, lilac, silky dogwood and meadowsweet) appear to offer the best resistance to tree invasion (and human disturbance), while at tne same time being highly attractive, various herb communities can also be very stable (especially those containing: sensitive fern, snakeroot, interrupted fern, lady fern, hay-scented fern, ostrich fern, and orange day-lily). What this study shows us is that we can acnieve management objectives under utility lines (and other situations requiring low vegetation) while the solution can be long-term, low-maintenance, attractive to humans and wild- life, and preserve diversity, a necessity for both people and the Earth as a whole. 356 PiaHe Yo TIO Once A Vol. ~55), Nozg6 Abundance ratings of all species on 25 study units of North Colebrook Road, Aton Forest, Norfolk, Connecticut. + forms Patches on study area. * alien species. 1 Abundance, Species NUNC > © Rating ~~ Rare Int.Abun. Equisetum arvense (common horsetail) Gr=13ias Ss 1 0 Osmunda regalis (royal fern) Gi225 sal: 0 0 0. cinnamomea (cinnamon fern) Gis 5 0 0 0. claytoniana (interrupted fern) + GIAZ55 a0 1 4 Dennstaedtia punctilobula (hay-scented fern) Gilees; - Zz 2 3 Pteridium aquilinum (bracken) Gna2Sin 5 0 0 Matteucia struthiopteris (ostrich fern)t+ GIS jpereel 0 1 Onoclea Retina Gace fern)+ Giese 5 8 Athyrium filix-femina (lady fern)+ GI:43 14 5 1 Thelypteris phegopteris (beech fern) GI:48 4 0 0 T. noveboracensis (tapering fern)t+ G1:48 1 0 1) Dryopteris austriaca (spinulose shield fern) GI:52 1 0 0 D. marginalis (marginal shield fern) G@l254, 4 0 0 Bromus catharticus (brome grass) (GHLSIOYS, al 0 0 Agropyron repens (quack grass) Git 9 al 0 0 Brachyelytrum erectum (woodland grass) GI:180 1 0 0 Carex crinita (sedge) GIl:356 1 0 0 Arisaema triphyllum (Jack-in-the-pulpit) Gies6 es 0 0 Hemerocallis fulva (orange day-lily)*+ Gle4iie 10 1 1 H. flava (lemon day-lily) * Glealiie ht 0 0 Lilium canadense (Canada lily) Gilg AN peal 0 0 Smilacina racemosa (false Solomon's seal) G4 26 992 0 0) Convallaria majalis (lily-of-the-valley)* Gras I 0 0 Trillium erectum (red trillium) G1-433 1 0 0 Smilax herbacea (carrion flower) G1:435 3 0 0 Salix discolor (pussy willow) Gib 20s 0 0 Carpinus caroliniana (bluebeech) Gii-3s2 a4 0 0 Alnus rugosa (speckled alder) GilieeGeees 0 0 Castanea dentata (American chestnut) Gilson, ili 0 0 C. crenata (Japanese chestnut) * B333,H231 1 0) 0 Urtica dioica (stinging nettle) * Giehe Aa 0 0 Asarum canadense (wild ginger) Git 65 eal 0 0 Polygonum cilinode (fringed bindweed) GII:84 1 0 0 Actaea alba (doll's eye baneberry) GII:158 2 0 0 A. rubra (red baneberry) GELs158 2 0, 7a 1984 Anderson & Egler, Man-created stable low vegetation 3577 Table continued Abundance Species net Ratna ___ Rare Int. Abun. Thalictrum polygamum (meadow rue) GII1:161 14 0 0 Anemone virginiana (windflower) GIT: 180); 4 0 0 Clematis virginiana (virgin's bower) GII:184 7 0 0 Berberis thunbergii (Japanese barberry)* GII:190 6 0 0 Lindera benzoin (spicebush) GDH3193 aed 0 0 Sedum telephium (live-forever) * GIl1257 aa 0 0 Tiarella cordifolia (foamflower) GIIz265" 2 0 0 Ribes sp. (gooseberry) GINS274 0G he eC R. sativum (garden currant) * GI 279. ot 0 0 Hamamelis virginiana (witchhazel) GII:280 3 0 0 Spiraea latifolia (meadowsweet) + GhIe286y 11 3 1 Rubus allegheniensis (blackberry) + GII:310 9 1 2 R. strigosus (red raspberry) GIT-S16 11 2 0 Rosa sp. (green-stemmed rose) * + B54 HOTSU Sey AOL neg R. multiflora (multiflora rose) * GIl<323- 6 ) 9 Prunus virginiana (choke cherry) + Gli 329 15 6 3 P. pensylvanica (pin cherry) Gibe33L" 3 0 0 P. americana (wild plum) + GIts352s00 0 1 Pyrus malus (apple) * GIP335—" 9 0 0 Amelanchier laevis, A. arborea (shadbush) + GII:377 9 1 0 Amphicarpa bracteata (hog peanut) GII:450 0 1 0 Rhus radicans (poison-ivy) GIIv495. “2 0 0 R. typhina (staghorn sumac) + GIiv496>- 3. SD 2 Ilex verticillata (winterberry) + GII:500 7 l 0 Celastrus scandens (bittersweet) GII:502 1 0 0 Acer spicatum (mountain maple) GII1:507. 5 0 0 A. pensylvanicum (striped maple) GIN:507 1 3 0 0 Impatiens biflora (touch-me-not) GIi3512°..2 0 0 Rhamnus catharticus (buckthorn) * + GII:514 3 0 2 Vitis labrusca (fox grape) + GEE 519" > Ise sks4l5 Ales. TYPE: Prince Edward Island, Brackley Point, 31 Aug, 1912. Fernald, Long and St. John 8166 (HOLOTYPE: GH!; ISOTYPE: BM!, Gia) oS LNG laurentianus var. magdalenensis Fernald, Rhodora L637 59), folk 109, f. 4, 1914. TYPE: Magdalen Islands, Coffin Island, Grande Entree, 19 Aug, 1912. Fernald, Long and St. John 8165 (HOLOTYPE: GH!; ISOTYPES: BM!, BH-CU!) .-- A. laurentianus var. contiguus Fernald, Rhodora 16: 60, pl. 109, £. 5, 1914. TYPE: New Brunswick, Gloucester Co., Tracadie, Ss. FE. Blake 5645 (HOLOTYPE: GH!; ISOTYPE: BH-CU!, P!). B. frondosa (Nuttall) A. Gray, Proc. Amer. Acad) AGES 8): (6477) siee Tripolium frondosum Nuttall, Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. n.s. 7: 296, 1840. Aster frondosus (Nuttall) Torrey & Gray, Fl. N. Amer. 2: 165, 1841. TYPE: Oregon, "Muddy ponds in the Rocky Mountains, near Lewis [Snake] River," Nuttall (HOLOTYPE: BU Pore I. ciliata var. carnosula Bentham in Hooker's Icones Plantarum 12: 6, 1876. TYPE: New Mexico. (not Seen) .-— A. woodhousei Wooton, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 25: 458, 1898. B. woodhousei (Wooton) Wooton & Standley, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 19: 682, 1915. TYPE: New Mexico, Zuni, Sept, 1851. Woodhouse S.n. [LECTOTYPE, designated by Wooton & Standley, l.c. (not seen)]. E. New Mexico, Sept, 1853. Bigelow, and Albuquerque, 1894. C. L. Herrick (SYNTYPES: not seen). Aster subg. Symphyotrichum sect. Concinni A. azureus Lindley in Hooker = A. oolentangiensis Riddell (cf. Jones, 1983b). A. purpuratus Nees: not to be identified with A. attenuatus Lindley in Hooker (see note below). Instead, to be recognized at varietal rank, as follows: 1984 Jones, Nomenclatural notes S77 A. laevis L. var. purpuratus (Nees) A. G. Jones, stat. and comb. nov. A. purpuratus Nees, Gen. et sp. Ast. 118, 1832, pro parte (excl. coll. Horto Argentoratensi and Herb. Nestler); De Candolle, Prodromus 5: 244, 1836. TYPE: “hort. Par.", under the name A. miser (HOLOTYPE: Herb. Lamarck, P!).-- A. miser sensu Lamarck, Enc. Meth. 1: 308, 1783, non Linnaeus (1753), i.e., excl. synonyms. TYPE: as above.-- A. virgatus Elliott, Sketch Bot. S. Carolina and Georgia, De 353, 1824, non Moench (1802). TYPE: "in the western district of Georgia", Elliott (not seen).-- A. ursinus Burgess in Small, Fl. S.E. United States, pp. 1218 and 1340, 1903. TYPE: Georgia, 1840?, Boykin S.n. (HOLOTYPE: NY!; ISOTYPE: GH!). Shinners (1945: 68) pointed out that Aster purpuratus Nees is an "exempla incongrua," partly because of pubescence traits mentioned in the description that he regarded as uncharacteristic for a member of the A. laevis group. He discarded the name as “obviously based on a mixture," but he failed to cite the specimens or lectotypify the name. The only published reference given by Nees von Esenbeck (1832) is that of Lamarck (1783). De Candolle (1836), by excluding the Linnaean synonyms from consideration, actually determined that the name was to be based on the specimen from the "Jardin du Roi" in Lamarck's herbarium. Note that the holotype for A. laevis var. purpuratus is the LECTOTYPE (here designated) for the basionym, i.e., for A. purpuratus Nees sensu lato. The plant is perfectly described by A. virgatus BLILOEE. A. attenuatus Lindley in Hooker, Comp. Bot. Mag. 1: 97, 1835.-- This name really seems to be based on two totally incongruous elements. The TYPE is cited as "Jacksonville, Louisiana, Drummond." A specimen in Lindley's herbarium at CGE(!) was marked as "type", probably by Dr. Yeo, and annotated by me as “probable HOLOTYPE or LECTOTYPE." However, the information on the sheet gives "Alabama" as the place of collection. The plant is somewhat intermediate in characteristics between A. dumosus and A. laevis. A second Drummond collection inscribed with Lindley's name is on deposit at GH (!). This specimen has the correct locality information for A. attenuatus, but the plant belongs in A. paludosus ssp. hemisphericus. Aster subg. Symphyotrichum sect. Dumosi A. brachypholis Small: to be combined with A. fragilis Willd. but recognized at the varietal level, as follows. A. fragilis Willdenow var. brachypholis A. G. Jones, stat. and comb. nov. A. brachypholis Small, Man. S.E. Flora, pp. 1389 and 1509, 1933. TYPE: Florida, Liberty Co., Aspalaga Bluff, 28 Nov, 1923. Small, De Winkeler & Mosier 11027 (HOLOTYPE: NY!). 378 Pe Hey a ORR OuGe ara Vol. 55), "Nowea The plants are morphologically similar to those that have been called A. vimineus Lam. var. subdumosus Wieg. They seem to combine certain traits of A. dumosus L. and A. vimineus sensu auct. non Lam. (= A. fragilis). However, I am not combining the two varieties because I think they have originated independently, and they are geographically separated. In fact, the intermediate traits exhibited by the plants from n. Florida, s. Mississippi, s. Louisiana, and adjacent s.e. Texas that identify with A. fragilis var. brachypholis are almost certainly the products of introgression involving gene flow from southern varieties of A. dumosus, whereas the plants of var. subdumosus-- type locality: Olney, Illinois (see below)-- may be mere morphological variants (i.e., the heads long-peduncled, not secund) that have resulted from convergent evolution via adaptive radiation, and not from gene flow. Or, if the populations were influenced by gene flow from A. dumosus, the taxon involved probably would be var. strictior Torr. & Gray, a well delimited northern variety that ranges from the Great Lakes region eastward to the Atlantic (cf. Wiegand, 1928). A. fragilis Willd. var. subdumosus (Wiegand) A. G. Jones, comb. nov. A. vimineus Lam. var. subdumosus Wiegand, Rhodora 30: 728 e ahr em lhinOUs eR TehWand tei, Olney, 2s qSepit, 1914. Ridgway 68 (HOLOTYPE: GH!). A. bullatus Klatt, Ann. Naturhist. Mus. Vienna 9: 359, 1894. TYPE: Mexico, Inquila, March, Galeotti s.n. (HOLOTYPE: Wi) -== Synis: A. jalapensis Fernald, Proc. Amer. Acad. 35: 57/2),, UIOO= a PEns Mexico, Veracruz, Barranca de Chavarillo, 24 April, 1899. C. G. Pringle 8118 (HOLOTYPE: GH!; ISOTYPES: BM!, CM!, G!, M!, MOY, MSEH, Pil; RMY--— 2A. burgessi2 Britton) Bull- Torrey Boe. Glub 417 14, 1914. “TYPE: Cuba; Prov. Pinar del Rio, Vaiciinalty of Guane. "Falls, Rio Portales, March 4-5, 1911." N. L. Britton, E. G. Britton & J. F. Cowell 9751 (HOLOTYPE: NY!) .-= A. schaffneri Schultz-Bip., nomen tantum?!. Authentic specimens: Mexico, Veracruz, Orizaba, Oct, 1855. Schaffner 371 (potential LECTOTYPE: P!); Schaffner s.n. (potential SYNTYPES: GHP) es This species is very variable, probably closely related to A. lateriflorus. I had listed it at the end of my classification among the species unknown to me (Jones, 1980a), but in the meantime, the holotype was sent to me for study from Vienna. In addition to Mexico, collections have been recorded from Guatemala and also from Cuba (= A. burgessii).-- Note that A. jalapensis Fernald is placed in synonymy here.-- There are many herbarium specimens that have been labelled A. schaffneri Schultz-Bip., all collected in the state of Veracruz. I have been unable to find an effectively published reference to this name. 1984 Jones, Nomenclatural notes 379 A. spatelliformis Burgess in Small = to be recognized at varietal rank as follows: A. lateriflorus (L.) Britton var. spatelliformis (Burgess in Small) A. G. Jones, stat. and comb. nov. A. spatelliformis Burgess in Small, Fl. S.E. United States, pp. 1225 and 1340, 1903. TYPE: Florida, Duval Co., near Jacksonville, 1895. A. H. Curtiss s.n. (HOLOTYPE: NY!). A. vimineus Lamarck = A. lateriflorus (L.) Britt. I have examined and re-examined the type material in the Lamarck herbarium (P!). There are three pieces ("H. R."), one of which was marked TYPE (should be LECTOTYPE!). This specimen and a probable duplicate (= ISOLECTOTYPE) belong in typical A. lateriflorus. The third specimen, not in flower and to be regarded as a SYNTYPE, probably belongs in var. angustifolius Wiegand. The name that applies to A. vimineus S.auct. non Lam. is A. fragilis Willd. (cf. Jones, 1980a, b). A. fontinalis Alexander in Small, Man. S.E. Flora, pp. 1382 and 1509, 1933. TYPE: Florida, prairie s. of Deep Lake, 7 Dec, 1925. Small & Buswell s.n. (HOLOTYPE: NY!). This species belongs in subsect. Dumosi. In addition to the type, I have seen collections, probably belonging in this species, from on. Florida, s. Louisiana, and s.e. Texas. The species is closely related to and possibly to be submerged under the following (more study is needed): A. leonis Britton, Mem. Torrey Bot. Club 16: 114, 1920. TYPE: Cuba, Prov. Havana, "marshes west of Batabano," 7 Dec, 1915. Leon & Cazanas 5753 (HOLOTYPE: NY!; ISOTYPE: P!). Aster subg. Symphyotrichum sect. Heterophylli A. ciliolatus Lindley in Hooker var. comatus (Fernald) A. G. Jones, comb. nov. A. lindleyanus Torrey & Gray var. comatus Fernald, Rhodora 6: 142, 1904.-- A. ciliolatus f. comatus (Fernald) Fernald, Rhodora 51: 95, 1949. TYPE: Maine, river thicket, Fort Fairfield, 19 Sept, 1900. Fernald, s.n. (HOLOTYPE: GH!; probable ISOTYPE: NEBC!). This variety is characterized by a densely hirsute stem and by leaves that are uniformly hirsute on the lower surface. A. ciliolatus var. wilsonii (Rydb.) A. G. Jones, stat. and comb. nov. A. wilsonii Rydberg, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 37: 138, 1910. TYPE: British Columbia, Armstrong, 1904. E. Wilson 419 (HOLOTYPE: NY!; ISOTYPE: UBC!). = 380 Pe Yea (Oe EOAG Siw Vol. 55, Nowe The plants are characterized by having the larger leaves with rounded, rather than cordate bases; petioles, midribs and upper portion of stems are ciliate pubescent with long white trichomes. Heads are relatively large, the ligulate corollas ca 12-15 mm long (incl. the tubes). A. xX maccallae Rydberg, pro sp. After examining the holotype, as well as populations in the field, I have concluded that my previous interpretation (Jones, 1980a, b) is incorrect. The plant probably is not a true hybrid. Instead, it may be a derivative that essentially belongs in A. ciliolatus but exhibits strong introgression of A. laevis, as well as some influence of A. subspicatus Nees. Nomenclaturally, the plants are best accommodated at varietal rank as follows: A. ciliolatus Lindley in Hooker var. maccallii (Rydberg) A. G. Jones, stat. and comb. nov. A. maccallae Rydberg, Bull. Tormney, Bot. Clube sii 138), 1910. TYPE: Alberta, vicinity of Banff on Sulphur Mtn., 16 Aug, 1899. McCalla 2026 (HOLOTYPE: NYA SOLVER) Al TAN) A. texanus Burgess = to be merged with A. drummondii, as follows: A. drummondii Lindley in Hooker ssp. texanus (Burgess) A. G. Jones, Stat. and comb. nov. A. texanus Burgess in Small, Fl. S. E. United States, pp. 1214 and 1339, 1903. TYPE: "Tex., Lindheimer, 1842, (?) in Herb. Mo. B. G." (i.e., holotype said to be at MO, but not found); "Comanche Spring; New Braunfels, etc., Oct. 1849," Lindheimer 872 [LECTOTYPE (or NEOTYPE), here designated: NY!; ISOLECTOTYPES (or ISONEOTYPES): BM!, NY!, Pips Although Lindheimer was in the Houston, Texas, area in 1842, I wonder whether there was not a mix-up in numbers (the type of A. vernalis Engelmann ex Burgess in Small, l.c., is an unnumbered Lindheimer collection made in March of 1842, and it is on deposit at MO!). The question mark in the type citation of A. texanus suggests that Small (1903: 1339) may have had some doubt. The specimens of Lindheimer 872, originally labelled A. drummondii, clearly belong in this species. Evidently Burgess did not mark a single specimen with the name A. texanus. There are two sheets at NY, the herbarium most likely to have the specimens seen by Burgess. I have chosen to typify the name with that sheet of Lindheimer 872 at NY which shows some pencilled diagnostic drawings and was annotated by Cronquist, in 1946, as A. texanus. The duplicate of that number at NY was sent there from MO by Blankinship, in 1907, i.e., after publication of the name. 1984 Jones, Nomenclatural notes 381 A. drummondii ssp. parviceps (Shinners) A. G. Jones, stat. and comb. nov. A. texanus var. parviceps Shinners, Field & Lab. 21: 156, 1953. TYPE: Texas, Bowie Co., Lewis Ferry, 8 mi N. of New Boston, 29 Sept, 1948. E. Whitehouse 20503 (HOLOTYPE: SMU!) . This taxon is not uncommon in Arkansas and Oklahoma, and also has been collected in Kansas.. The plants are characterized by relatively small heads with white rays, a trait shared with plants of A. urophyllus Lindley in DC. The characteristic shared with typical A. drummondii is the uniform soft pubescence of stems and leaves. Habit of the capitulescence and the slightly pubescent achenes seem to link these plants with the ssp. texanus. Aster subg. Symphyotrichum sect. Occidentales Recent studies of the western species of the Aster occidentalis group (Allen et al., 1983; Dean & Chambers, 1983) suggest that a more natural classification is attained with the following change in status: A. sect. Salicifolii Torrey & Gray subsect. Occidentales (Rydberg) A. G. Jones, stat. and comb. nov. A. [sp.-group] Occidentales Rydberg, Fl. Colorado, p. 352, 353, 1906; Fl. Rocky Mountains p-. 879, 881, 1917. TYPE: Rocky Mountains, Nuttall (LECTOTYPE: PH!; ISOLECTOTYPES: BM!, GH!), i.e., the type of Tripolium occidentale Nuttall = A. occidentalis (Nuttall) Torrey & Gray. Aster subg. Symphyotrichum sect. Porteriani A. parviceps (Burgess) Mack. & Bush = to be merged with A. pilosus, as follows: A. pilosus Willd. ssp. parviceps (Burgess) A. G. Jones, stat. and comb. nov. A. ericoides L. var. parviceps Burgess in Britton & Brown, Ill. Fl. N. Amer. 3: 379, 1898. A. parviceps (Burgess) Mackenzie & Bush, Man. Fl. Jackson Co., Missouri, p. 196, 1902. A. depauperatus (Porter) Fernald var. parviceps (Burgess) Fernald, Rhodora 10: 94, 1908. TYPE: not designated and no authentic specimen found. NEOTYPE, here designated: Illinois, Cook Co., Englewood, 19 Sept, 1879. E. J. Hill 142/1879 (ILL!). If A. pringlei (A. Gray) Britton is to be merged with A. pilosus (cf. Blake, 1930; Cronquist, 1952; Semple, 1978), then A. parviceps cannot be upheld as a separate species. I chose the Hill specimen as the neotype because the collection was made before the publication date of the basionym, and there is a good chance that Burgess may have seen a duplicate 382 P HYAT OPLIORGriIwA Vol. 55, Now 6 of this sheet. The specimen was originally labelled A. ericoides and the varietal name "parviceps" was inked in, though at a later date, by the collector. The specimen well represents this taxon. A. depauperatus (Porter) Fernald = an ecological variant of A. pilosus ssp. parviceps (cf. Fernald, 1808, 1809) and to be placed in synonymy, as follows: A. pilsosus Willd. ssp. parviceps (Burgess) A. G. Jones var. A. pusillus (A. Gray) A. G. Jones, comb. nov. A. ericoides L. var. pusillus A. Gray, Synopt. Fl. N. Amer. 1(2): 184, 1884. A. parviceps (Burgess) Mack. & Bush var. pusillus Fernald in Robinson & Fernald, Rhodora 11: 59, 1909. TYPE: "Serpentine barrens," Pennsylvania, Lancaster. T. C. Porter s.n. (probable HOLOTYPE: GH!).-- A. ericoides var. depauperatus Porter, Mem. Torrey Bot. Club 5: 323, 1894. A. depauperatus (Porter) Fernald, Rhodora 10: 94, 1908. TYPE: the same as that of var. pusillus (GH!). Porter (1894) misinterpreted the rules of nomenclature. He published the superfluous varietal name "depauperatus" thinking that the epithet "pusillus" was preoccupied by the previously published specific name A. pusillus Hornemann. Aster subg. Symphyotrichum sect. Salicifolii lanceolatus Willd. This species belongs in subsect. Leucanthi. Having examined numerous herbarium specimens, and having been frustrated by the high incidence of intergradation, I have come to agree with Semple (1979) and Semple and Brammall (1982) that A. Simplex Willd. cannot be upheld as a separate species and must be merged with the above. However, since the types are distinct (cf. Jones and Hiepko, 1981) and, in their morphological extremes, the taxa have well defined geographic ranges, they should be recognized at the subspecies level. For similar reasons, I have reinterpreted A. interior Wiegand. This taxon almost certainly is not a true hybrid (cf. Jones, 1980a, b) but a fixed derivative that seems to be maintained by sexual reproduction generation after generation. In the field, the populations usually can be readily recognized, but again, there is a high incidence of intergradation with both A. simplex and A. lanceolatus s.str. in areas of sympatry. I am recognizing the taxon as a subspecies of A. lanceolatus. As this study has not been completed, I am not giving the entire synonymy at this time. A. lanceolatus ssp. lanceolatus is the taxon treated by Cronquist (1952) as A. simplex var. ramosissimus (Torr. & Gray) Cronq. [basionym: A. tenuifolius Torr. & Gray non L. 1984 Jones, Nomenclatural notes 383 var. ramosissimus Torr. & Gray; synonym: A. paniculatus Lamarck non Miller]. The new combinations are as follows: A. lanceolatus Willd. ssp. interior (Wiegand) A. G. Jones, stat. and comb. nov. A. interior Wiegand, Rhodora 35: 35, 1933 WA. simplex Willd. var. interior (Wieg.) Cronquist, in Gleason, New Britt. & Brown Ill. Fl. 3: 466, 1952. TYPE: Illinois, {Fulton Co.], Canton, 1893. J. Wolf s.n. [HOLOTYPE: GH!; possible ISOTYPE (no. 39): GH!].-- Syn.: A. tradescantii S.auct. non L. (see below). A. lanceolatus Willd. ssp. simplex (Willd.) A. G. Jones, stat. and comb. nov. A. simplex Willdenow, Enum. hort. Berol. 2: 887, 1809. TYPE: "Hort. bot. Berol.", Herb. Willdenow [LECTOTYPE (sheet 1): B!; ISOLECTOTYPES (sheets 2 and 3): B! (cf. Jones and Hiepko, 1981)]. A. tradescantii L. = A. lateriflorus (L.) Britton Cha Vals. hirsuticaulis (Lindley) Porter [Synonyms: A. lateriflorus var. tenuipes Wiegand.-- A. acadiensis Shinners]. I have examined and re-examined the type in the Hortus Cliffortianus (BM! = LECTOTYPE, here designated). The specimen is very poor but floral characteristics place the plant in sect. Dumosi. There may be a slight degree of introgression of A. lanceolatus, similar to that evident in the type of A. vimineus Lam. var. saxatilis Fernald and in other collections that have been identified as A. saxatilis (Fern.) Blanchard. The latter are, in my opinion, either hybrids or hybrid derivatives involving A. lateriflorus and A. lanceolatus. A. praealtus Poir. var. coerulescens (DC.) A. G. Jones, comb nov. A. coerulescens De Candolle, Prodromus 5: 235, 1836. A. salicifolius Lam. var. caerulescens (DC.) A. Gray, Synopt. Fl. N. Amer. 1(2): 188, 1884. TYPE: “Comancheros oriental du Texas," 1828, Berlandier 510 (= 1885) (HOLOTYPE: G-DC!; ISOTYPES: B!, BM!, G!, G-DC!, GH!, K!, MO!, P!).-- A. praealtus Poir. var. texicola Wiegand, Rhodora 35: 25, 1933. TYPE: Texas, Comanche Springs, 1849. Lindheimer 881 (HOLOTYPE: GH!; ISOTYPE: MO!). Having carefully examined the substantial but rather poorly preserved type material, I agree with Shinners (1949) that A. coerulescens belongs in synonymy under A. praealtus. I had previously interpreted this taxon as a hybrid between A. praealtus and A. simplex = A. lanceolatus. Putative hybrids, i.e., plants that exhibit intermediacy between the two above species, are not uncommon in the region of the type locality. They are probably to be identified with A. eulae Shinners. 384 P How £0) LO} Gris A Vol. 55, No. 6 A. puniceus L. ssp. elliottii (Torr. & Gray) A. G. Jones, stat. and comb. nov. A. elliottii Torrey & Gray, Fl. N. Amer. 2: 140, 1841. TYPE: South Carolina, Santee Canal, H. W. Ravenel (ex Herb. Elliott) (HOLOTYPE: GH!). Although the extreme forms of this taxon can be distinguished from typical A. puniceus, there is complete intergradation in regions of sympatry, e-.g., in Maryland, Virginia, and Tennessee. A diploid chromosome number of n = 8 is shared by populations of ssp. puniceus and ssp. elliottii (cf. Jones, IGS OayeD) i A. puniceus L. ssp. elliottii (Torr. & Gray) A. G. Jones var. scabricaulis (Shinners) A. G. Jones, stat. and comb. nov. A. Scabralcaulisushinnexrs) seaeld "ss labe2ui 560 L953s = bY PEs Texas, Smith Co., 16 miles NW of Tyler, 19 Oct, 1947. Shinners 9504 (HOLOTYPE: SMU!) . Aster scabricaulis Shinners is known only from Smith and Van Zandt counties, Texas, the tall-stemmed plants growing in boggy ground. The affinities clearly lie with A. puniceus. Characteristics of the leaves, rhizomes, and capituli relate the taxon to ssp. elliottii. In addition to their stout habit, the plants are distinguished by slender, long-attenuate, strongly squarrose phyllaries. A population from Smith County was found to have a diploid chromosome number of 2n = 16 [leg. E. Nixon; voucher: A.G.J. 6728 (ILL) ], a number shared with populations of typical A. puniceus, as well as ssp. elliottii. A. puniceus L. ssp. firmus (Nees) A. G. Jones, stat. and comb. nov. A. firmus Nees, Syn. Ast. 25: 1818. TYPE: "..-.Horto bot. Herbipolitano..." (not found; authentic specimen = LECTOTYPE: GH!).-- A. puniceus L. var. lucidulus A. Gray, Synopt. Fl. N. Amer. 1(2): 195, 1884. A. lucidulus (A. Gray) Wiegand, Rhodora 26: 4, 1924. TYPE: Wisconsin, Milwaukee, Lapham s.n. (HOLOTYPE: GH!; ISOTYPE: WIS!). I had previsouly recognized this taxon at species rank. However, the high incidence of intergradation with typical A. puniceus and with other variants of this extremely variable species makes this specific separation untenable. The plants seem to exhibit some introgression of A. lanceolatus Willd. and/or A. longifolius Lam. This is also reflected in the reported chromosome counts (Jones, 1980b) which are both diploid and tetraploid (2n = 16 and 32). At this time, I am not citing the complete ‘synonymy . A. novi-belgii L. ssp. johannensis (Fernald) A. G. Jones, stat. and comb. nov. A. johannensis Fernald, Rhodora 17: 12, 1915. TYPE: Quebec, near Ouatchouan Falls, Lake St. John. 19 Aug, 1904. W. F. Wight 228 (HOLOTYPE: GH!).-- A. longifolius 1984 Jones, Nomenclatural notes 385 S.auct. non Lamarck.-- A. rolandii Shinners, Rhodora 45: 347, 1943. TYPE: Nova Scotia, Inverness Co., Troy, 26 Sept, 1928. Prince & Atwood 1456 (HOLOTYPE: WIS!; ISOTYPE: GH!) .-- A. longifolius Lam. var. villicaulis A. Gray, Synopt. Fl. N. Amer. 1(2): 189, 1884. A. novi-belgii L. var. villicaulis (A. Gray) Boivin, Nat. Canad. 94: 645, 1967. TYPE: northern Maine, [Aroostook Co.] Fort Kent, Aug, 1868? Kate Furbish s-n. (HOLOTYPE: GH!) . The plants are of somewhat shorter stature than typical A. novi-belgii. Introgression of A. ciliolatus or A. lateriflorus is suggested by the often pubescent midribs. Plants with uniformly villous stems are very common and are recognized as var. villicaulis (A. Gray) Boivin. While the stands of subsp. johannensis usually can be recognized in the field, identification of herbarium material is often difficult. One finds many specimens that are intermediate in characteristics. Populations of this subspecies [e.g., A.G.J. 4318, 4320, 4330, 5176 (ILL)] and of ssp. novi-belgii [e.g., A.G.J. 4287, 4298, 4313, 5162 (ILL)] share a hexaploid chromosome number of 2n = 6x = 48, and my crossing attempts resulted in normal seed set. A. novi-belgii L. ssp. tardiflorus (L.) A. G. Jones, stat. and comb. nov. A. tardifilorus Linnaeus, Sp. Plo, Eda )2, 22) 2231, P7205.) TYPE Cult. van hort. Upsaaberb.) Linne no. s997548 (LECTOTYPE, designated by me in 1981: LINN!); nos. 997.49 and 997.50 (ISOLECTOTYPES: LINN!) .-- A. foliaceus s.auct. non Lindley in DC.-- A. subspicatus s.auct. non Nees. In my experience, there is complete interfertility and a high degree of intergradation in areas of sympatry between populations of this subspecies and the other subspecies of A. novi-belgii. Chromosome numbers recorded are also the same: 2n = 48 (cf. Jones, 1980b)- The complete synonymy will be published elsewhere. Aster subg. Aster sect. Alpigeni A. alpinus L. In my experience, all New World collections labelled A. alpinus, perhaps with one or two exceptions, belong in other taxa. I am not sure about the exceptions either because I did not have any mature achenes. In all probability, this species is not native in North America, but more study is needed. Aster pygmaeus Lindley in Hooker does not belong in this section but in sect. Radulini. The taxon is to be recognized as A. sibiricus L. ssp. pygmaeus (Lindley in Hooker) Love & Léve. 386 P) Hewat) Or LiOrG sia Vol: (55,,.Noz Aster subg. Aster sect. Spectabiles A. carnerosanus S. Watson So far, I have been unable to locate the type, but the 6 species probably belongs near A. laevis (subg. Symphyotrichum sect. Concinni). A. curtisii Torrey & Gray = A. retroflexus Lindley in DC. (sect. Concinni-- cf. Jones, 1983b). Aster subg. Aster sect. Biotia A. commixtus s.auct. non Eurybia commixta Nees. The specimen cited by Nees von Esenbeck (1832) for Eurybia commixta came from a plant cultivated in the Bonn Botanic Garden that possibly was of hybrid origin. I have seen an authentic specimen (G-DC!), which does not resemble the plants I have collected near Columbia, South Carolina. For one, it has heads with a somewhat glandular involucre of phyllaries that are not squarrose. Plants of A. mirabilis have eglandular, strongly squarrose phyllaries. In my opinion, the latter name should be reinstated for this Biotian species of South Carolina and Georgia. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS Financial support for this study has been provided by N.S.F. Grant DEB 80-22172. I gratefully acknowledge help received in my search for types from the curators and staff of the following herbaria: ALTA, B, BH-CU, BM, CGE, G, G-DC, GH, K, LINN, MO, NEBC, NY, P, PH, SMU, UBC, USF, and WIS. REFERENCES Allen, G. A., M. L. Dean and K. L. Chambers. 1983. Hybridization studies in the Aster occidentalis (Asteraceae) polyploid complex of western North America. Brittonia 35: 353-361. Bentham, G. and J. D. Hooker. 1873. Genera plantarum, Vol. 2. L. Reeve and Company, London. Blake, S. F. 1930. The names Aster ericoides and A. multiflorus. Rhodora 32: 136-140. A. mirabilis Torrey & Gray, Fl. N. Amer. 2: 165, 1841. TYPE: South Carolina, near Columbia, Sept, 1835. Gibbes (HOLOTYPE: GH!) .- 1984 Jones, Nomenclatural notes 387 Candolle, A. P. de. 1836. Prodromus systematis naturalis, etc., Vol. 5. Treuttel and Wuertz, Paris. (Aster: pp. 241-253). Cronquist, A. 1952. Compositae. In: Gleason, H. A., The new Britton and Brown illustrated flora of the northeastern United States and Canada. Vol. 3. Lancaster Press, Lancaster, PA. Dean, M. L. and K. L. Chambers. 1983. Chromosome numbers and evolutionary patterns in the Aster occidentalis (Asteraceae) polyploid complex of western North America. Brittonia 35: 189-196. Fernald, M. L. 1908. Notes on some plants of northeastern America. Rhodora 10: 46-55, 84-95. - 1909. In: Robinson, B. L. and M. L. Fernald. Emendations of the seventh edition of Gray's Manual.--I. Rhodora 11: 33-61. Hooker, J. D. 1881 [1882]. The flora of British India. Vol. 3. lL. Reeve and Company, London. Jones, A. G. 1980a. A classification of the New World species of Aster (Asteraceae). Brittonia 32: 230-239. - 1980b. Data on chromosome numbers in Aster (Asteraceae), with comments on the status and relationships of certain North American species. Brittonia 32: 240-261. - 1983a. Nomenclatural transfer from Aster to Machaeranthera. Syst. Bot. 8: 85. - 1983b. Nomenclatural changes in Aster (Asteraceae). Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 110: 39-42. - 1984a. Nomenclatural notes on Aster (Asteraceae)-- I. The status of A. sandwicensis. Brittonia (in press). - 1984b. Chromosomal features as generic criteria in the Astereae. In: Lane, M. L. and B. L. Turner, editors. The generic concept in the Compositae: a symposium. Taxon (in press). - and P. Hiepko. 1981. The genus Aster s.l. (Asteraceae) in the Willdenow Herbarium at Berlin. Willdenowia 11: 343-360. Kitamura, S. 1960. Flora of Afghanistan. Comm. Kyoto Univ. Sci. Exped. Karakoram and Hindukush, 1955. Vol. 2. 388 PO HY T OL NONG i A Vols 55). Noemo - Editor. 1964. Plants of West Pakistan and Afghanistan. Comm. Kyoto Univ. Sci. Exped. Karakoram and Hindukush, 1955. Vole Si Ieee, Ws Tio, JING 15 Ile. AL 7Ksysi 4 Encyclopédie methodique. Botanique. Vol. 1. Panckoucke, Paris. Léve, A. and D. Love. 1982. In: IOPB chromosome number reports LXXV, Ae Love, editor. WLaxon! 3); 344-3687 Nees von Esenbeck, C. G. 1832. Genera et species Asterearum. I. D. Grueson, Breslau. Nesom, G. L. 1981. A. new species and new combination of Mexican Erigeron (Compositae). Sida 9: 29-33. Porter, T. C. 1894. Aster, in: List of pteridophyta and spermatophyta growing without cultivation in northeastern North America. Mem. Torrey Bot. Club 5: 322-327. Semple, J. C. 1978. The cytogeography of Aster pilosus (Compositae): Ontario and the adjacent United States. Can. J. ois 56g UA 7/4lA7/S)- - 1979. The cytogeography of Aster lanceolatus Willd. (synonyms: A. simplex Willd. and A. paniculatus Lam.) in Ontario with additional counts from populations in the United States Cant Wim SOc om SON —402%2 - and R. A. Brammall. 1982. Wild Aster lanceolatus x lateriflorus hybrids in Ontario and comments on the origin of A. ontarionis (Compositae - Astereae). Can. J. Bot. 60: 1895-1906. Shinners, L. H. 1945. The genus Aster in West Virginia. Castanea: VO: 61-74). - 1949. Aster coerulescens the same as A. praealtus. Rhiodorary Si) 9il—92% Small, J. K. 1903. Flora of the southeastern United States. Publ. by the author. New York. Tamamschjan, O. 1959. Astereae. In: Flora U.R.S.S. Vol. 25, pp. PNOANSYO) 5 A2Xojieo lilies (Neel, Slebio WolteSioSio (Gabloll, ley Wo Ihe Komarov), Leningrad. Wiegand, K. M. 1928. Aster lateriflorus and some of its relatives. Rhodora 30: 161-179. STUDIES IN THE HELIANTHEAE (ASTERACEAE). XXXII. NEW SPECIES OF WEDELIA FROM BRASIL. Harold Robinson Department of Botany Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C., 20560. Wedelia is one of the genera of the Asteraceae in Brasil most resistant to proper identification. This is partly because of the inadequate knowledge of the species that have previously been described, but it is also because of the large number of totally undescribed species. The present paper attempts partial solution of both problems. Notes are provided here regarding some of the previously described species and eleven new species are described. Concepts depend on some type fragments, type photographs, and some information from the literature. Baker (1884) recognized that Wedelta seandens DC. was a synonym of W. subvelutina DC. A type photograph seen under the name W. elliptica DC. is the same plant in the type photograph of W. vauthtert DC. The former name never seems to have been published. Wedelia goyazensits Gardn. appears to be most closely related to Zexmenta apensts (Chod.) Hassler. Wedelta pallida Gardn. seems to belong in the synonymy of W. trichostephia DC. rather than the synonymy of W. macrodonta DC. where it was placed by Baker (1884). The latter appears to be the same as Asptlia reflexa Sch.Bip. ex Baker. If the identity is confirmed, and the generic concepts are maintained, a new combination will be necessary. Four recent collections from the vicinity of Crystal- lina in Goias, King 8257, 8935, 8947, 8970, show a range of vari- ation that suggests Wedelta oligocephala Baker and W. lineari- folta Baker are the same species. The name W, oligocephala is retained here, being more appropriate for the combined concept. Collections of W. kerrit N.E.Brown, including Hatschbach 46143, indicate a plant similar to W. subvelutina DC. in the elongated receptacles and exerted paleae of the aging heads. On the basis of a type photograph, W. psammophila Poepp. & Endl. is an Eeltpta. The new species are as follows. WEDELIA ALMEDAE H. Robinson, sp. nov. Plantae herbaceae perennes e xylopodiis erectae ca. 0.5 m altae mediocriter ramosae. Caule brunnescentes teretes dense strigoso-pilosi. Folia opposita, petiolis brevibus ca. 2 mm longis; laminae oblongo-ellipticae plerumque 2.0-4.5 cm longae et 0.4-1.3 cm latae base breviter cuneatae vel leniter rotundatae margine supra basem crenato-serratae apice subacutae vel obtusae supra antrorse strigosae subtus in nervulis reticulatis hispid- 389 390 PH YO LOG fA Vol. 55, Nos ulo-strigosae utrinque glandulo-punctatis subtus densiores, nervis subpinnatis, nervis secundariis in quartis inferioribus valdioribus et ascendentioribus. Inflorescentiae in ramis term- inales unicapitatae vel dichasiiformes vel subthyrsoideae, ped- unculis 0.4-3.0 cm longis dense strigoso-pilosi. Capitula late campanulata 7-9 mm alta; squamae involucri ca. 12 aliquantum regulariter biseriatae herbaceae oblongae 6-7 mm longae et 2.5- 3.5 mm latae base distincte gibbosae vel protuberantes margine integrae apice obtusae et interdum breviter reflexae extus et distaliter intus strigoso-pilosulae et minute glandulo-punctatae; paleae oblongae vel oblanceolatae distaliter triangulares acutae margine superne puberulo-fimbriatae extus superne puberulae et minute glandulo-punctatae. Flores radii ca, 12 in capitulo; corollae flavae, tubis brevibus ca. 1 mm longis dense puberulis et in superficiis interioribus usque ad sinibus dense scabrido- setuliferis, limbis oblongis ca. 9 mm longis et 3.5 mm latis apice bilobatis extus dense glandulo-punctatis in nervis sparse puberulis et minute scabridulis. Flores disci ca. 40 in capit- ulo; corollae flavae 5.0-5.5 mm longae; tubis 1.5-1.8 mm longis glabris, faucibus 2.8-3.0 mm longis cylindraceis base campanul- atis extus glabris, lobis triangularibus ca. 0.9 mm longis et 0.6 mm latis extus plerumque superne glandulo-punctatis in sinibus fasciculato-puberulis et pauce scabrido-setuliferis intus margine et superne breviter distincte papillosis; filamenta in partibus superioribus ca. 0.3 mm longa mediocriter incrassata; thecae antherarum ca. 2 mm longae; appendices antherarum ovatae ca. 0.55 mm longae et 0.33 mm latae extus glanduliferae; rami stylorum anguste lineares non glanduliferi solum distaliter puberuli apice attenuate penicillati. Achaenia leniter complan- ata vel triquetra late obpyramidata ca. 3.5 mm longa et 2 mm lata base late rotundata minute puberula superne densiora apice valde constricta in coronis ca. 0.3 mm longis irregulariter dentata setulifera et setulo-fimbriata non aristata. Grana pollinis in diametro 25-27 pm. TYPE: BRASIL: Goias: 27 km S of Alto Paraiso. Disturbed cerrado vegetation at 2900 ft. elevation. Shrub 0.5 m tall. Florets yellow; anthers black. Jan. 25, 1980. R. M, King & F. Almeda 8300 (Holotype, UB; isotype, US). Wedelta almedae seems closely related to W. regis, described below, but differs by the less strongly differentiated trinerva- tion, the rather regularly gibbous or even pointed projections on the bases of the involucral bracts, the corolla lobes of the disk flowers not being papillose to the base, and the more densely setuliferous surfaces near the apical sinuses of the ray corollas. WEDELIA BAHIENSIS H. Robinson, sp. nov. Plantae fruticosae ad 1 m altae mediocriter ramosae. Caules brunnescentes teretes striati dense hirsuto-strigosi et hispid- uli superne dense strigosi. Folia opposita, petiolis 2-7 mm 6 1984 Robinson, New species of Wedelia 391 longis; laminae ovatae 1.2-10.0 cm longae 0.7-5.0 cm latae base rotundatae et ad medio breviter acuminatae margine serratae vel superne subtiliter serrulatae apice breviter acutae in nervis secundariis fere ad basem distincte trinervatae vel valdius ascendentes supra strigosae et strigulosae subtus leniter pallid- ius plerumque in nervis et nervulis majoribus strigosae aliter minute sparse puberulae in nervis non exsculptae. Inflorescent- iae terminales in ramis brevibus unicapitatae, pedunculis 1-13 cm longis dense strigosis. Capitula in involucris ca. 10 mm alta et 12 mm lata; squamae involucri ca. 8 (raro ad 10) late oblongae 9-20 mm longae et 6-7 mm latae exteriores plerumque herbaceae virides apice breviter vel longe acutae extus et margine dense strigosae perminute puberulae interiores scariosiores apice rotundatae margine dense ciliato-fimbriatae extus dense perminute scabrido-puberulae; paleae squamis involucri interioribus similes angustiores leniter obtusae. Flores radii ca. 8 raro ad 10 in capitulo; corollae flavae, tubis anguste cylindraceis ca. 2.5 mm longis glabris vel apice subsinosis pauce setuliferis, limbis oblongis ca. 15 mm longis et 8 mm latis apice bilobatis subtus sparse minute puberulis in nervis scabridulis, ramis stylorum apice longe anguste appendiculatis, Flores disci ca. 30-35 in capitulo; corollae flavae 6.5-7.0 mm longae, tubis 2.0-2.2 mm longis glabris, faucibus leniter infundibularibus base leniter campanulatis 3.0-3.3 mm longis glabris in nervis leniter fibril- losis, lobis triangularibus ca. 1 mm longis et 0.8 mm latis extus dense scabridulis non glanduliferis intus margine longe fimbriate papillosis; filamenta in partibus superioribus ca. 0.35 mm longa non distincte incrassata; thecae antherarum ca. 2.5 mm longae; appendices antherarum flavae ovatae 0.7 mm longae et 0.45 mm latae extus glanduliferae; rami stylorum longe lineares extus non glanduliferi tertiis basilaribus exceptis distincte puberuli apice longe anguste appendiculatis. Achaenia leniter complanata vel triquetra obpyramidata submatura ca. 4 mm longa plerumque sericeo-setulifera apice valde constricta in coronis ca. 0.5 mm longis irregulariter denticulata, coronis pappi extus glabris margine dense setulo-fimbriatis non aristata. Grana pollinis in diametro ca. 30 pm, TYPE: BRASIL: Bahia: 14 km along road W from Seabra, toward Ibotirama. Elev. 2900 feet. Shrub one meter tall, flowers yellow. Feb. 3, 1981. R. M. King & L. E. Bishop 8782 (Holotype, UB; isotype US). PARATYPES: BRASIL: Bahia: Locality as in holo- type. Subshrub 1/2 meter tall, flowers yellow, may be a juvenile form of 8782. Feb, 3, 1981. R, M. King & L, E. Bishop 8781 (US); Bahia: Rod. BR-242, 15 km 0 de Seabra. Arbusto delgado, capftulos amarelos. Da Chapada. 12/10/1981. Hatsehbach 44185 (US). The new species is related to the small group of truly typical members of the genus in eastern Brasil including Wedelia alagoensts Baker, W, hookeriana Gardn. and W, villosa Gardn. and one specimen was chemically reported under the name W. hookert- 392 Pe Yor ©) ORG er A Vol. 55), (Nor ana (Bohlmann et al., 1982). The new species differs from the others by heads being strictly solitary in dichotomies without adjacent axillary heads and there are no large glands covering the undersurfaces of the leaves and outer surfaces of the invol- ucral bracts. Wedelta hookertana and W. villosa differ further by the longer slender pubescence on the leaf undersurfaces, and W. alagoensis differs by the shorter outer involucral bracts. WEDELIA BISHOPIT H. Robinson, sp. nov. Plantae herbaceae perennes e xylopodiis erectae ad 0.5 m altae pauce laxe ramosae, Caules flavi vel rufescentes teretes in sicco minute rugulosi dense hirsuti, internodis inferioribus brevioribus. Folia opposita inferiora distincte minora, petiolis brevibus 1-3 mm longis; laminae plerumque anguste ellipticae raro lineares inferiores saepe late ellipticae 3-10 (-13) cm longae et 0.5-3.5 cm latae base anguste cuneatae vel rotundatae margine remote vel dense serratae in nervis ascendentiter pin- natae vel supra basem divaricate trinervatae supra dense scabro- pilosae subtus in nervis et nervulis prominulis scabro-pilosae et pilosulae raro utrinque appresse strigosae subtus interdum glandulo-punctatae. Inflorescentiae diffusae terminales et in ramis variabilis terminales solitariae plerumque approximatae, pedunculis 2.5-9.0 cm longis sensim dense hirsutis vel strigosis. Capitula late campanulata 8-9 mm (raro -13) mm alta et in invol- ucris 10-15 (-18) mm lata; squamae involucri 10-12 oblongo- ellipticae 7-8 (-12) mm longae et 2-3 (-4) mm latae herbaceae vix patentes apice acutae extus dense canescentiter pilosae vel strigosae; paleae oblongae vel oblanceolatae 6-7 (-9) mm longae et 1.5-2.0 mm latae inferne flavae glabrae apice triangulares acutae vel breviter acuminatae erectae vel leniter reflexae atrorubescentes extus et margine superne dense scabrido-pilosulae vel strigulosae. Flores radii 6-10 in capitulo; corollae flavae, tubis 1-2 mm longis dense scabrido-pilosulis vel in partibus exterioribus glabris, limbis oblongis 5.5-8.0 mm longis et ca. 4.5 mm latis apice bilobatis extus in nervis et lobis apicalibus valde strigosis interdum glandulo-punctatis, ramis stylorum apice anguste appendiculatis. Flores disci ca. 30-40 (-50) in capitulo; corollae flavae 4.2-5.0 mm longae, tubis 1.0-1.7 mm longis glabris, faucibus 2.5-3.0 mm longis leniter infundibular- ibus base leniter campanulatis extus glabris, lobis triangular- ibus ca. 0.7 mm longis et 0.8 mm latis extus dense strigulosis non vel indistincte glanduliferis inter preater basem dense papillosis; filauwenta in partibus superioribus ca. 0.3-0.4 mm longa mediocriter incrassata; thecae antherarum 1.8-2.0 mm longae; appendices antherarum flavae ovatae 0.4-0.5 mm longae et 0.35-0.40 mm latae extus plerumque glabrae interdum glanduliferae raro uni-pilosulae; rami stylorum breviter lineares supra tertiis basilaribus sensim papillosi non glanduliferi. Achaenia leniter complanata vel triquetra obpyramidata vel oblonga 4.5-raro 5.5 mn longa et 2 mm lata inferne glabra superne dense scabridulo- 6 1984 Robinson, New species of Wedelia 393 pilosula apice valde constricta, coronis apicalibus 0.5-1.0 mm altis breviter vel longe lobatis dense pilosulo-fimbriatis extus sparse scabridulis vel puberulis non aristatis. Grana pollinis in diametro 26-30 pm. TYPE: BRASIL: Goias: Luziania, saida da cidade. Erva ras- teira sobre o solo, flores amarelas; serrado seco sujeito a inc€ndios periéddicos. 25.1.1981. EF. P, Heringer 18193 (Holotype, IBGE; isotype, US). PARATYPES: BRASIL: Distrito Federal: Grota D'Agua préximo ao rio Sao Bartolomeu. Campo sujo - 15 44'S. 47 41'0. 24-03-81. Ancelmo Braga 4 (UB); Escola Fazendaria. Planta rasteira de cerrado seco, porém de encosto; planta com flores amarelas em capitulos abundantes. 20/01/78. E. P. Heringer 16792 (US); Cerrado, immediately E. of Lag6a Paranod. Elev. 975 m. Herb with several divergent prostrate stems. Heads on ascending peduncle. Rays yellow; disc yellow- orange. 9 Dec. 1965. H. S. Irwin, R. Souza, R. Rets dos Santos 11150 (US); Cerrado, summit of Chapada da Contagem. Elev. 1100 m. Decumbent herb with l-several stems from deep root. 14 Jan. 1966. Irwin et al., 11675 (US); Common. Campo, north end of Lagoa Paranod. Elev. 975 m. Creeping herb, the stems to 50 cm long. Heads ascending; rays yellow; disc brown. 14 March 1966. H. S. Irwin, J. W. Grear, Jr., R. Souza, R. Rets dos Santos 13944 (US); Campo and cerrado ca. 15 km E. of Lago Paranod, DF-6. Elev. ca. 1000 m. Ascending herb to ca. 50 cm tall. 25 Feb. 1970. H. S. Irwin, S. F. da Fonséca, R. Souza, R. Rets dos Santos, J. Ramos 26607 (US); Ecological Reserve S of Brasilia, Elev. 3300 feet. Feb. 12, 1981. R, M, King & L. E, Bishop 8926 (US); Chapada da Contagem; 13 km nordeste de bal&ao em BR 020 por estrada, 20.5 km nordeste de torre de televisiado, 24 Jan. 1980. J. H. Kirkbride, Jr. &M. C. G. de Kirkbride 3096 (US); 3220 (US); Na margem de brejo e campo cerrado. Ao Corrego Cariru, ca 47947'0. 15952'S. 1000 m. alt. 6 Fev. 1981. J. H. Kirk- bride 3753 (UB); 4 km oeste do Rio Preto perto de DF 6, 47922'O, 15943'S. 12 Fev. 1981. J. H. Kirkbride 3792 (US); Cerrado abierto e perturbado. Na regiado de Barra Alta, este do Cérrego Sao Goncgalo, 15948'S, 47931'0. 950 malt. 19 Fev. 1981. Jd. H, Kirkbride 3902 (US); Cérrego Santo Antonio do Descoberto. 17° 30'S, 48915'W. Alt. 1050 m. 2/12/82. G. F, de Olivetra 27 (US); Grota D'4gua - proximo ao rio Sao Bertolomeu. Campo sujo - 15 44'S, 47 41'0. 24-03-81. P. Omar 3 (US); Perto da DF-20. 16901'S, 48912'W. Alt. 1.055 m. 22 Nov. 1982. C. Proenga 289 (US); Goias: Cerrado ca. 12 km S. of Corumbd de Goids. Elev. 1000 m. Common. Herb. ca. 45 cm tall. Rays and disc yellow. H. S, Irwin, R. Souza, R. Rets dos Santos 10868 (US). Two of the specimens represent notable variations, Irwin 10868 from near CorumbA de Goids is distinctly larger in all its parts and bears glands, and Oliveira 27 differs by its linear leaves and appressed strigose pubescence. These two specimens are like the others in the inflorescence with no two heads from the same node, the densely strigose undersurface of the rays, 394 PeHe yal Om LOR Geer ra: Vol. 55), Now especially toward the tips, and the densely strigose outer sur- faces of the disk corolla lobes. WEDELIA HATSCHBACHIT H. Robinson, sp. nov. Plantae herbaceae perennes e xylopodiis erectae ca. 25-30 cm altae non vel pauce ramosae. Caules brunnescentes subhexagonales striati dense scabridi et scabriduli, internodis basilaribus pre- brevibus superioribus 3-8 cm longis. Folia opposita subsessilia basilaria minute sub 1 cm longis et 0.6 cm latis superioribus accrescentia, petiolis ca. 1 mm longis; laminae late ellipticae 2.5-6.0 cm longae et 1.7-3.8 cm latae base late cuneatae vel leniter rotundatae margine supra mediam multo incurvate serratae apice breviter acutae obtusae fere ad basem sublongitudinaliter tri- vel quinque-nervatae supra et subtus perbreviter scabrae. Inflorescentiae terminales 1-3-capitatae, pedunculis 3-7 cm longis dense antrorse scabris. Capitula 10-13 mm alta et 13-17 mm lata (apicibus bracteorum exclusa); squamae involucri exter- iores ca. 15 subcarnose herbaceae saepe late patentes lanceolatae 8-17 mm longae et 2-4 mm latae minute scabridae; bracteae inter- iores et paleae oblongo-lanceolatae ca. 6 mm longae et 2 mm latae distaliter et in lineis medianalis minute scabridae apice anguste rotundatae. Flores radii nulli. Flores disci ca. 30-35 in cap- itulo; corollae flavae subcarnosae ca. 8.5 mm longae, tubis cylindraceis ca. 2.5 mm longis glabris, faucibus longe infundib- ularibus ca. 4.5 mm longis base subtiliter campanulatis supra mediam in nervis minute scabridulis et sparse puberulis, lobis oblongo-ovatis ca. 1.5 mm longis et 0.9 mm latis extus dense minute scabridulis intus praeter basem in medio dense distincte papillosis; filamenta in partibus superioribus ca. 0.4 mm longa incrassata; thecae antherarum ca. 4 mm longae; appendices anther- arum flavae ovatae ca. 0.5 mm longae et latae extus glandulifer- ae; rami stylorum lineares non contorti non glanduliferi apice breviter acuti extus inferne glabri. Achaenia submatura 4 mm longa sericeo-setulifera apice plerumque biaristata in achaeniis peripheralis triaristata in coronis irregulariter laciniata, aristis ad 1.5 mm longis. Grana pollinis in diametro ca. 37 pm. TYPE: BRASIL: Mato Grosso: Mun. Rio Brilhante. Rod. BR-267, Entroncamento. Campo cerrado aberto. Capitulos amarelos. 22/ X/1970. G. Hatschbach 25050 (Holotype, MBM; isotype, US). Wedelta hatsehbachii is clearly a member of the genus, but is distinct from all other members by its lack of ligulate flowers. The species will be discussed further in a paper on the genus Angelphytun. WEDELIA HERINGERI H. Robinson, sp. nov. Plantae herbaceae perennes e xylopodiis? erectae ad 0.5 m altae mediocriter laxe late ramosae. Caules cinerei teretes antrorse appresse strigosi, internodis plerumque 3-6 cm longis. Folia opposita subsessilia, petiolis indistinctis ca. 1 mm longis; laminae anguste lineares plerumque 3-7 cm longae et 1.0- 1984 Robinson, New species of Wedelia 395 1.5 mm latae margine anguste recurvatae supra in marginis et subtus in nervis primariis appresse strigosae subtus aliter minute scabridulae et dense glandulo-punctatae, Inflorescentiae in ramis terminales unicapitatae, pedunculis 6-12 cm longis superne sensim dense strigosis. Capitula 7-9 mm alta et in involucris ad 10-12 mm lata; squamae involucri ca. 10 ellipticae 7-8 mm longae et 3.0-3.5 mm latae herbaceae apice erectae breviter acutae extus cinereo-strigosae et glandulo-punctatae; paleae oblongae vel obovatae ca. 8 mm longae et 2 mm latae apice triangulares acutae et atrescentes extus superne dense appresse strigulosae et glandulo-punctatae margine superne setulo-fimbri- atae. Flores radii ca. 8-10 in capitulo; corollae non visae. Flores disci ca. 25 in capitulo; corollae flavae ca. 4 mm longae, tubis ca. 1 mm longis glabris, faucibus superne subcylindraceis base leniter campanulatis ca. 2.5 mm longis extus glabris, lobis ovato-triangularibus ca. 0.6 mm longis et latis extus glandulo- punctatis et minute scabridulis extus solum basis exclusis dense papillosis; filamenta in partibus superioribus ca. 0.3 mm longa leniter incrassata; thecae antherarum ca. 1.7 mm longae; append- ices antherarum flavae ovatae ca. 0.4 mm longae et 0.35 mm latae extus glanduliferae; rami stylorum lineares leniter recurvati non glanduliferi e tertiis basilaribus sensim papillosi apice penicillate longe papillosi. Achaenia leniter complanata vel triquetra oblongo-obpyramidata ca. 6 mm longa et 1.5 mm lata inferne glabra superne scabrido-puberula apice valde constricta in coronis ca. 1 m longis irregulariter denticulata margine setulo-fimbriata extus sparse pilosula non aristata. Grana pollinis in diametro ca. 25 pm. TYPE: BRASIL: Distrito Federal: Escola Fazendaria. Planta de cerrado seco, aberto, um tanto voltivel, flores amarelas. 20/ 01/78. E, P. Heringer 16793 (Holotype, IBGE; isotype, US). The ray corollas of Wedelta heringeri have not been seen, but the peripheral triquetrous achenes are present and mature. There is no reason to doubt that rays were present in the younger plants. Available floral details are unlike any Aspilia but are similar to the various xylopodial members of Wedelia described here. The species is distinct in the very narrow leaves and in the widely spreading branching from near the base. The species seems particularly close to the annual species, W. pertenuis, described below. WEDELIA KIRKBRIDEI H. Robinson, sp. nov. Plantae herbaceae perennes e xylopodiis erectae ca. 0.5m altae plerumque non ramosae. Caules flavi teretes vix striati glabri vel subglabri. Folia opposita, petiolis subnullis ad 1 mm longis; laminae obovatae plerumque 3-6 cm longae et 0.6-2.6 cm latae inferiores valde minores base cuneatae margine supra basem sensim crenato-serratae apice obtusae vel breviter acutae distincte supra basem ascendentiter trinevatae supra et subtus glabrae vel minute puberulae. Inflorescentiae terminales 396 PLRAY TO) LeOvGak: vA Vol. 55, Nos dichasialiformes vel breviter thrysoideae, pedunculis 3-20 mm longis puberulis. Capitula late campanulata 8-10 mm alta; squamae involucri exteriores ca. 6 subcarnosae herbaceae ovatae 6-8 mm longae et 3-4 mm latae margine integrae apice breviter acutae subobtusae extus sparse puberulae vel strigulosae; bract- eae interiores et paleae oblongo-ovatae apice triangulares acutae margine superne puberulo-fimbriatae extus superne puberulae et glandulo-punctatae. Flores radii ca, 8 in capitulo; corollae flavae, tubis brevibus ca. 0.5 mm longis glabris, limbis oblongis ca. 9 mm longis et 3 mm latis apice bilobatis extus dense gland- ulo-punctatis sparse minute setuliferis in sinibus interioribus dense argute setuliferis. Flores disci ca. 25 in capitulo; corollae flavae ca. 4.7 mm longae, tubis ca, 1.5 mm longis glabris, faucibus ca, 2.7 mm longis subcylindraceis superne leniter latiores base campanulatis extus glabris, lobis triangu- laribus ca. 0.8 mm longis et 0.7 mm latis extus glandulo-punc- tatis in sinibus minute pauce setuliferis intus margine dense papillosis; filamenta in partibus superioribus ca. 0.35 mm longa valde incrassata; thecae antherarum ca. 1.8 mm longae; appendices antherarum flavae ovatae ca. 0.55 mm longae et 0.4 mm latae extus glanduliferae; rami stylorum anguste lineares non glanduliferi solum distaliter puberuli. Achaenia leniter complanata vel tri- quetra anguste obpyramidata ca. 4 mm longa inferne glabra superne valde constricta et dense setulifera apice in coronis ca. 0,3 mm longis setulo-fimbriata minute subaristata, aristis ad 0.6 mm longis. Grana pollinis in diametro ca. 25-27 pm. TYPE: BRASIL: Goids: Morro da Cruz, 16°03'S, 47°948'W. Alt. 960 m. Erva até 0.5 m; cabegas amarelas. Campo sujo num declive muito unclinado com cascalho na superficie. 25 Jan. 1983. Jd. H, Kirkbride Jr. 5129 (Holotype, UB; isotype, US). PARATYPE: BRASIL: Distrito Federal: Bacia do Rio Sao Bartolomeu. Broto de toco pequeno; folhas 4speras com cheiro enjoativo; flores amarelas; cerrado. 27-XII-1979. E, P, Heringer 2989 (US). The new species has a habit rather similar to Wedelia regis described below, but differs by the more nearly glabrous stems, the scarcely asperulous leaf surfaces, the ovate involu- cral bracts, and the longer strictly submarginal papillae inside the lobes of the disk corollas. WEDELIA MACEDOI H. Robinson, sp. nov. Plantae herbaceae perennes subprostratae 0.3 m vel ultra longae mediocriter ramosae. Caules flexuosi flavo-brunnescentes subteretes vix striati dense hirsuti et glandulo-punctati. Folia opposita, petiolis brevibus ca. 1 mm longis abrupte demar- catis; laminae ovatae plerumque 1.5-4,0 cm longae et 0.7-2.5 cm latae base late rotundatae margine crenato-serratae apice brev- iter acutae fere ad basem divaricate trinervatae supra vix insculptae scabro-pilosae et pilosulae subtus pallidiores in nervis hirsutae vel hirtellae aliter erecte pilosulae et dense glandulo-punctatae. Inflorescentiae in ramis terminales 1-3- 6 1984 Robinson, New species of Wedelia 397 capitatae, pedunculis 2-3 cm longis dense hirsutis et glandulo- punctatis. Capitula late campanulata 7-8 mm alta et in involucr- is ad 8-9 mm lata; squamae involucri 8-9 oblongo-ovatae ca. 5 mm longae et 2-3 mm latae herbaceae apice breviter acutae vix patentes extus dense hirsutae et glandulo-punctatae; paleae oblongae 5-6 mm longae et ad 1.5 mm latae flavae apice rubes- centes et breviter argute acuminatae extus inferne glabrae superne pilosae et dense glandulo-punctatae margine superne ciliato-pilosae. Flores radii ca. 8 in capitulo; corollae flavae, tubis ca. 1 mm longis infundibularibus pilosulis puberulis et glandulo-punctatis, limbis brevibus oblongis ca. 5 mm longis et 2.8 mm latis apice breviter trilobatis extus dense glandulo- punctatis in nervis pilosulis. Flores disci ca. 35 in capitulo; corollae flavae 3.2-3.5 mm longae, tubis 0.8 mm longis glabris, faucibus ca. 2 mm longis anguste leniter infundibularibus base leniter campanulatis extus plerumque glabris in nervis superne pauce pilosulis, lobis triangularibus ca. 0.5 mm longis et latis extus glandulo-punctatis et scabridis apice scabridioribus intus praeter basem dense breviter papillosis; filamenta in partibus superioribus ca. 0.25 mm longa vix incrassata; thecae antherarum ca. 1.5 mm longae; appendices antherarum ovatae 0.30-0.35 mm longae et ca. 0.25 mm latae; rami stylorum lineares valde recurvati extus supra mediam sensim papillosi non glanduliferi. Achaenia leniter complanata vel triquetra obpyramidata 4.5 mm longa et 1.5 mm lata inferne glabra superne sensim dense scabri- dulo-pilosula apice valde constricta, coronis apicalibus ca. 0.2 mm altis glanduliferis et in marginis pilosulis, aristis dentibus vel squamellis connatis pappi nulli vel subnullis. Grana pollin- is in diametro 25-30 pm. TYPE: BRASIL: Minas Gerais: Araxd. Compestre prostrada, amarelas. 2-11-1956. A. Macedo 4234 (Holotype, US). The new species seems most closely related to Wedelia bishopit of Goids and the Distrito Federal in its rather prostrate habit, the inflorescence form, and the pubescence of the involucre and corollas. The present species differs by its more ovate leaves with broadly rounded bases, the more sharply serrate leaf margins, the densely hirsute stems. The species is apparently also basically glanduliferous while only one collec- tion of W. bishopti has shown any glandular punctations. The new species has some superficial resemblance to the type photo of W. modesta, but the latter has distinctly long petioles, leaves that are more cordate and acuminate, a finer pilosity, and solitary heads terminal in pseudodichotomies. WEDELIA PERTENUIS H. Robinson, sp. nov. Plantae herbaceae annuae ad 0.3 m altae mediocriter laxe et late ramosae; xylopodia nulla. Caules flavi subteretes non striati antrorse appresse strigosi, internodis plerumque 2-4 cm longis. Folia opposita subsessilia, petiolis indistinctis ca. 1-2 mm longis; laminae lineares plerumque 2-5 cm longae et 1.5- 398 PUB LY VE ©} EMO Gis A Vol 55,7, Now 2.5 mm latae margine integrae vel subintegrae planae vel subplan- ae apice anguste acutae supra et subtus glandulo-punctatae supra plerumque propre marginem et subtus breviter strigulosae. In- florescentiae diffusae in nodis terminalibus et divaricate ramosis solitariae, pedunculis 4-6 cm longis tenuibus et sensim dense strigosis. Capitula 6-7 mm alta in involucris ad 9-11 mm lata; squamae involucri 8-9 ellipticae 6-7 mm longae et 1.5-2.0 mm latae flavo-virides tenuiter herbaceae erecto-patentes apice acutae extus strigosae et minute glandulo-punctatae margine superne breviter strigoso-fimbriatae; paleae oblanceolatae ca. 6 mm longae et 1.0-1.5 mm latae scariosae superne flavescentes apice acutae in sicco leniter rugosae extus ad medio et margine ciliato-strigulosi superne pauce glandulo-punctatae. Flores radii ca. 8 in capitulo; corollae flavae, tubis ca. 1 mm longis in lineis subsinosis scabridulis aliter glabris, limbis oblongis ca. 6 mm longis et 3 mm latis apice valde bilobatis subtus non setuliferis sparse minute glandulo-punctatis. Flores disci ca. 35 in capitulo; corollae flavae ca. 2.8 mm longae, tubis ca. 0.8 mm longis glabris, faucibus ca. 5 mm longis leniter infundibular- ibus base leniter campanulatis extus glabris, lobis triangular- ibus ca. 0.5 mm longis et latis extus pauce glanduliferis in sinibus uni- vel bi-pilosulis intus omnino dense papilosis; filamenta in partibus superioribus ca. 0.2 mm longa vix incras- sata in cellulis marginalibus non scleroidea; thecae antherarum ca. 1.1 mm longae; appendices antherarum flavae ovatae ca. 0.3 mm longae et 0.25 mm latae extus dense minute glanduliferae; rami stylorum breviter lineares leniter patentes extus supra mediam sensim papilosi non glanduliferi. Achaenia leniter complanata vel triquetra obpyramidata ca, 2.5 mm longa et 1.3 mm lata superne irregulariter rugosa et base breviter flave pedun- culata in marginis sublobata vel subalata inferme glabra superne sparse striguloso-pilosula apice valde constricta, coronis apicalibus subnullis minute pauce lobatis non aristatis. Grana pollinis in diametro ca. 23 pm. TYPE: BRASIL: Goias: 37 km NW of Itumbiara on road to Rio Verde. Slender much-branched herb to 1/2 m forming dense stands in forest clearing, brown sandy soil. Ligulate Co. yellow; disc yellow. Locally abundant. 2 Feb. 1959. 4H. S, Irwin 2541 (Holotype, US). The form of the type specimen indicates that Wedeltia per- tenuts is an annual. In addition to the slight habit, the species seems distinctive in the nearly glabrous lower surfaces of the ray corollas, the unsclerified marginal cells of the anther collar above the base, and the slightly ornate rugosity of the achenes. The species has some resemblance to Wedelta longifolta Mart. ex Baker, but the latter has more oblong leaves, pilose or hirsute stems leaves and bracts, and as dried the rays show evidence of a UV bull's-eye pattern. 1984 Robinson, New species of Wedelia 399 WEDELIA REGIS H. Robinson, sp. nov. Plantae herbaceae perennes e xylopodiis erectae 0.5-1.0 m altae pauce vel non ramosae. Caules flavi vel fulvescentes teretes hirsuti vel dense pilosi. Folia opposita, petiolis 1-3 mm longis; laminae oblongae vel ellipticae plerumque 2.5-8.0 cm longae et 0.7-4.0 cm latae base anguste vel late rotundatae margine multo crenato-serratae apice breviter acutae distincte supra basem trinervatae aliter in nervis secundariis pinnatae supra dense pilosae subtus subvelutinae albo-hirtellae in nervis et nervulis prominulae. Inflorescentiae in caulibus et ramis terminales tri- vel deca-capitatae, pedunculis 1-4 cm longis dense pilosis. Capitula late campanulata 10-12 mm alta; squamae involucri 10-12 oblongae 7-13 mm longae et 3.5 mm latae apice obtusae erectae vel leniter patentes extus et distaliter intus breviter pilosulae; paleae scariosae ca. 7-8 mm longae plerumque obrhomboideae apice triangulares acutae erectae vel leniter reflexae interdum rufescentes extus inferne subglabrae in medio pilosulae distaliter dense pilosulae subapice sparsius pilosulae. Flores radii 10-12 in capitulo; corollae flavae, tubis aliquantum brevibus ca. 2 mm longis dense puberulis in lineis subsinosis sparse scabridis, limbis oblongis ca. 11 mm longis et 6 mm latis apice bilobatis vel minute trilobatis extus dense pilosulis et glandulo-punctatis. Flores disci ca. 40 in capitulo; corollae flavae ca. 6 mm longae, tubis 1.5 mm longis glabris, faucibus ca. 3.5 mm longis subcylindraceis base campanulatis extus glab- ris, lobis triangularibus ca. 1 mm longis et latis extus multo glandulo-punctatis in sinibus minute puberulis intus dense brev- iter papillosis; filamenta in partibus superioribus ca. 0.35 mm longa valde incrassata; thecae antherarum ca. 2.5 mm longae; appendices antherarum flavae ovatae ca. 0.6 mm longae et 0.5 mm latae extus glanduliferae; rami stylorum lineares subcarnosi leniter reflexi extus non glanduliferi apice vix penicillati. Achaenia leniter complanata vel triquetra obpyramidata 4-5 mm longa inferne subglabra superne valde constricta et dense setul- ifera apice in coronis ca. 1.5 mm longis dense squamellata et setulo-fimbriata non aristata. Grana pollinis in diametro ca. 35 pm. K TYPE: BRASIL: Distrito Federal: 43 km N of the bridge at Asa Norte on Hwy DF #17 enroute to Alto Paraiso in cut-over cerrado. Low suffrutescent herb with thick rootstock. Florets yellow, anther black. Local. Jan. 18, 1980. R. M. King & F. Almeda 8192 (Holotype, UB; isotype, US). PARATYPES: BRASIL: Distrito Federal: Em Fazenda 28 de Maio, perto de DF-20, ca. 12 km W de Gama, 16901'S, 48912'W. Alt. 960 m. Erva até 60 cm; cabecgas verdes. A margem de mata ciliar seca e campo cerrado. 10 Fev. 1982. J, H. Kirkbride, Jr. 4665 (US); Perto da DF-20, alt. 1.055 m. No campo cerrado. Erva de até 50 cm. Flores amarelas. 22 Nov. 1982. C. Proenga 274 (US); Gama, forest, 16°00'S, 48°08'W. 7 March 1965. L, B. Smith 15079 (US); Goids: 11 km N of Federal District border off of Hwy DF #17 in cerrado. 400 Pi HONG GOK TinO Gil iA Vol. 55, No. 6 Suffrutescent herb 0.5 m tall. Florets yellow; anthers black. Jan. 18, 1980. R. M. King & F. Almeda 8201 (US); West of road to Monte Alegre de Goias, 12-20 km N of Alto Paraiso de Goias. Elev. 4000-4400 feet. Subshrub 1/2 meter tall, dry field. Flowers yellow. Feb. 7, 1981. R. M. King & L. E. Btshop 8823 (US, distributed as W. puberula DC.); 5-12 km S of Alto Paraiso de Goias, mostly E of road to SSo0 Joao da Aliancga. Elev. 3300- 3800 feet. Coarse herb from zylopodium, flowers yellow. Feb. 8, 1981. R. M. King & L. E. Bishop 8908 (US); On ridge 115 km S along road from Alto Paraiso de Goias to Brasilia. Elev. 3300 feet. Coarse herb from xylopodium, flowers yellow. Feb, 9, 1981. R. M. King & L. E. Bishop 8914 (US); 25 km N of Crystal- lina along the road to Brasilia. Elev. 2200 feet. Coarse herb from xylopodium, flowers yellow. Feb. 13, 1981. R. M. King & L. E. Btshop 894l (US), 8943 (US); 27 km SE along road from Crystallina to Paracatu. Elev. 2600 feet. Stout herb from xylopodium, flowers yellow. Feb. 15, 1981. R, M. King & L. E. Bishop 8971 (US); In cerrado. 15 km N of Corumbd de Goias on road to Niquelandia, in valley of Rio Corumba. Cerrado and low woods on sandstone slopes, ca. 1150 m elev. 14 Jan. 1968. 4H. S. Irwin, H. Maxwell, D. C. Wasshausen 18596 (US); 20 km NW of Corumba de Goids, near Pico dos Pirineus. Wet Campo. Gallery forest and adjacent wet campo ca. 1250 m elev. 26 Jan. 1968. Irwin et al. 19223 (US); Serra dos Pireneus, rocky slopes ca, 10 km E of Pirenopolis. Locally common on rocky slopes. Stems in clumps, to ca. 50 mm tall. Rays yellow; disc yellow-brown. 15 Jan. 1972. H. S. Irwin, W. R. Anderson, M. Stteber, E. Y.-T. Lee 34160 (US); Cerrado and adjacent gallery forest, ca. 25 km S of Niquelandia. Elev. ca. 750 m. 24 Jan. 1972. Irwin et al, 34956 (US); Ca. 3 km NO de Goids Velho, 15°55'S, 50°09'O. Cerrado, s.s., com muitas rochas. Erva até 1 m; cabecgas amarel- as. 10 Fev. 1980. J. H. Kirkbride, Jr. 3388 (US); Minas Gerais: Serra da Anta. ca. 5 km NW of Paracatti. Rocky hillside, recent- ly burned over, mostly with cerrado. Elev. 800 m, Herb to ca. 75 cm tall. Rays yellow; disc yellow-brown. 4 Feb. 1970. Jd. S, Irwin, E. Onisht, S. F. da Fonséca, R. Souza, R. Reis dos Santos, J. Ramos 25986 (US). Wedelta regis seems closest to W. puberula DC. of those previously described, but the latter can be distinguished at a glance by the thinner textured more ovate leaves trinervate from the base, by the generally sharply serrate leaf margins, and by the generally smaller size of the heads. The new species also seems close to two of the new species described above, W. almedae with less distinctly trinervate leaves and projecting bases on the involucral bracts and W. kirkbridet with scarcely asperulous leaves and broad involucral bracts. Other details are given under those species. The present new species differs from the two that follow basically by its more clustered heads in addition to other details that can be seen in the descrip- tions. 1984 Robinson, New species of Wedelia 401 WEDELIA SOUZAE H. Robinson, sp. nov. Plantae herbaceae perennes erectae ad 1.0-1.5 m altae medio- criter ramosae. Caules fulvescentes teretes striati dense pilosi vel hirsuti vel strigosi, internodis plerumque 2-4 cm vel ultra longis. Folia opposita subsessilia vel distincte petiolata, petiolis 1-9 mm longis; laminae oblongo-ovatae vel ellipticae plerumque 1.5-7.0 cm longae et 0.5-3.0 cm.latae base anguste vel late rotundatae margine anguste vel distincte reflexae superne subtiliter serrulatae vel distincte serratae apice breviter acutae base valde tri- vel quinque-nervatae supra strigosae et strigulosae rugulosae non-glanduliferae in nervis primariis leniter vel distincte insculptae subtus exsculpto-nervatae in nervis et nervulis dense strigosae saepe subsericeae inter nervulis dense glandulo-punctatae. Inflorescentiae terminales in ramis unicapitatae, pedunculis plerumque 3-7 cm longis stri- gosis vel dense hispidulis et minute puberulis. Capitula late campanulata 6-9 mm alta; squamae involucri 6-10 late oblongo- ellipticae 5-6 mm longae et ca. 3 mm latae apice obtusae extus dense canescentiter strigosae margine vix vel non reflexae; paleae oblongae vel obovatae 5-6 mm longae et 1.5-2.0 mm latae apice triangulares et breviter acutae saepe atrorubescentes extus inferne glabrae vel subglabrae distaliter puberulae et dense glandulo-punctatae. Flores radii 6-10 in capitulo; corol- lae flavae, tubis ca. 1 mm longis sparse vel dense scabrido- setuliferis, limbis oblongis 9-11 mm longis et ca. 4.5 mm latis apice valde bilobatis vel minute trilobatis subtus dense gland- ulo-punctatis propre nervis scabrido-setuliferis, ramis stylorum ad apicem stigmataceo-papillosis. Flores disci ca. 30-35 in capitulo; corollae flavae 4.0-4.5 mm longae, tubis 1.0-1.2 mm longis glabris, faucibus ca. 2.5 mm longis leniter infundibular- ibus base campanulatis extus plerumque glabris, lobis triangul- aribus ca. 0.8-1.0 mm longis et 0.7-0.8 mm latis extus glandulo- punctatis irregulariter non vel dense setuliferis in sinibus fasciculate pauce puberulis et scabridulis intus margine et superne dense leniter papillosis; filamenta in partibus super- ioribus ca. 0.3 mm longa mediocriter incrassata; thecae anther- arum ca, 1.5-1.8 mm longae; appendices antherarum flavae ovatae ca. 0.35-0.40 mm longae et 0.30-0.40 mm latae extus glandulifer- ae; rami stylorum lineares non glanduliferi. Achaenia leniter complanata vel triquetra obpyramidata 3.5 mm longa et 1.8 mm lata irregulariter pustulata inferne glabra superne dense scab- ridula apice valde constricta in coronis 0.5-0.7 mm longa multi- dentata pauce vel non scabridula non aristata, dentibus pappi apice anguste glanduliferae. Grana pollinis in diametro 25-30 TYPE: BRASIL: Goias: Chapada dos Veadeiros, ca. 42 km south of Cavalcante. Elev. 1000 m. Brejo. Valley with cut-over woodland and brejo. Subshrub ca. 1mtall. Rays yellow; disc yellow-brown. 11 March 1969. 4H. S. Irwin, R, Reis dos Santos, R. Souza & S. F. da Fonseca 24245 (Holotype UB; isotypes, NY, 402 Pegs 1 4O! oi (OMG ely a Vol S5;aNor US). PARATYPES: BRASIL: Goias: M. A. Glaztou 21563 (US, distrib- uted as Vigutera oblongifolia Gardn.); Chapada dos Veadeiros, 14°S, 47°W., 24 km NW of Veadeiros, road to Cavalcante. Elev. 1200 m. Rocky creek margin near waterfall. Subshrub ca. 1m tall. Rays yellow-orange; disc yellowish. 22 Oct. 1965. 42. S. Trwin, R. Souza, R. Reis dos Santos 9510 (US); ca. 7 km W of Veadeiros. Gallery margin. Burned-over campo. Elev. 950 m. Shrub ca. 1 mtall. Rays yellow, disc yellow-brown. 15 Feb. 1966. 4H. S. Irwin, J. W. Grear, Jr., R. Souza, R. Rets dos Santos 12888 (US); ca. 10 km W of Alto do Paraiso (formerly Veadeiros). Gallery margin, bordering campo. Campo on rocky slopes. Elev. 1000 m. 24 March 1969. dH. S. Irwin, R. Rets dos Santos, R. Souza & S, F. da Fonseca 24974 (US); ca. 18 km N of Alto do Parafso. Gallery margin with wet campo. Gallery forest bordering riacho, with adjacent campo and cerrado. Elev. ca. 1250 m. Brittle shrub ca. 1 m tall, in dense stands. Ligules yellow; discs yellow-brown. 21 March 1971. H. S. Iywin, R. M. Harley, G. L. Smith 32844 (US); Estrada Alto Parafso a Campo Belo, km 38. Brejo. Arbustiva até 1m. Capitulos amarelos. 28.11.1976. G. J. Shepherd, J. B. de Andrade, L. S. Kinoshita & J. Y. Tamashtro 3749 (NY). The species may have a xylopodium, but none were on the specimens and none were mentioned in the collection data. The new species seems closest to the following Wedelta veadetrosensts which also has solitary heads on each leafy branch. The present species differs by the roughened and more glanduliferous upper surfaces of the leaves, the more canescent pubescence of the leaf undersurface, and the possibly unique cylindrical apical glands on the segments of the pappus. Some of the specimens show irregular patchy dense scabrosity on paleae and disk corollas. WEDELIA VEADETROSENSIS H. Robinson, sp. nov. Plantae herbaceae perennes e xylopodiis? erectae ad 1m altae mediocriter vel multo ramosae. Caules fulvescentes sub- teretes dense pilosuli, internodis inferioribus ad 6-9 cm longis, internodis ramosis plerumque 1.0-1.5 cm longis. Folia opposita subsessilia, petiolis ca. 1 mm longis; laminae oblongo-ellip- ticae 1.2-1.5 cm longae et 0.4-0.7 cm latae base rotundatae margine superne subtiliter serrulatae apice perbreviter acutae fere ad basem et intramarginale trinervatae supra dense pilosulae et glandulo-punctatae in nervis primariis prominentes subtus exsculptae plerumque in nervis et nervulis dense pilosulae inter nervis dense glandulo-punctatae. Inflorescentiae in ramis term- inales 1- vel interdum 3- capitatae, pedunculis 11-22 mm longis dense canescentiter pilosulis et glandulo-punctatis. Capitula 7-8 mm alta et 8-10 mm lata; squamae involucri ca. 8 subaequales breviter oblongae ca. 4 mm longae et 3 mm latae margine superne et apice reflexae rotundatae vel obtusae extus dense pilosulae et glandulo-punctatae; paleae oblongae 5-6 mm longae et ca. 2.5 1984 Robinson, New species of Wedekia 403 mm latae apice triangulares et breviter acuminatae margine integrae planae superne puberulo-fimbriatae apice saepe reflexae extus inferne subglabrae superne dense puberulae et glandulo- punctatae. Flores radii ca. 6 in capitulo; corollae flavae, tubis ca. 1 mm longis in superficiis subsinosis dense puberulis et scabrido-setuliferis aliter glabris, limbis oblongis ca. 4.5 mm longis et 3 mm latis apice bilobatis subtus dense glandulo- punctatis in nervis scabridulis et puberulis, ramis stylorum in lineis stigmataceis subapice terminales. Flores disci ca. 15-20 in capitulo; corollae flavae 4 mm longae, tubis ca. 1 mm longis glabris, faucibus ca. 2.5 mm longis cylindraceis base campanu- latis extus plerumque glabris, lobis triangularibus ca. 1 mm longis et 0.8 mm latis extus glandulo-punctatis propre sinibus pauce puberulis et scabridulis intus margine breviter dense papillosis; filamenta in partibus superioribus ca. 0.35 mm longa distincte incrassata; thecae antherarum ca. 1.5 mm longae; appendices antherarum ovatae ca. 0.40-0.45 mm longae et 0.30- 0.35 mm latae extus glanduliferae; rami stylorum breviter lineares subcarnosi extus non glanduliferi. Achaenia leniter complanata vel triquetra obpyramidata submatura 3.5 mm longa inferne glabra superne dense puberula et setulifera apice valde constricta in coronis ca. 1.0-1.5 mm longis valde irregulariter multi-dentata et dense puberula et setulifera non aristata, Grana pollinis in diametro 25-27 “ TYPE: BRASIL: Goids: 27 km S of Alto Parafso. Disturbed cerrado vegetation at 2900 ft. elev, Wiry shrub 0.5-1.0 m tall. Florets yellow. Jan. 25, 1980, R. M, King & F, Almeda 8299 (Holotype, UB; isotype, US). The new species is closely related to and sympatric with the preceding although it sometimes has more than one head on a leafy branch. The species differs from the preceding by the more glanduliferous smooth surface and more prominent costa on the upper side of the leaf, by the more reflexed margins of the involucral bracts, by the shorter internodes and smaller leaves of the branches, the apparently more easily deciduous lower leaves, the tips of the style branches of the ray flowers, the extent of papillosity on the inner surface of the disk corolla lobes, and the length and vestiture of the pappus segments. Literature Cited Baker, J. G. 1884. Compositae IV. Helianthoideae, Helenioideae, Anthemideae, Senecionideae, Cynaroideae, Ligulatae, Mutisi- aceae. In C. F. P. de Martius. Flora Brasiliensis. 6(3): 136-412. pl. 45-108. Bohlmann, F., C. Zdero, R. M. King and H. Robinson. 1982. Eudesmanolides and kaurene derivatives from Wedelia hooker- tana. Phytochemistry 21: 2329-2333. PHY, LO pL ORG eA Vola 55) Nae PLANTS of Brasil trasil yin f ito Paraiso. Disturbed J levation. UNITED STATES herut >m tall Loret ellow: anthers black. 2901868 Robert Merrill King ind Frank Alme January 25, 1980 com Meced for lL nited “ National Herbarimm NATIONAL HERBARIUM Smathcontan Invistution, Wachinyton, L Wedelta almedae H. Robinson, Isotype, United States National Herbarium. Photos by Victor E. Krantz, Staff Photographer, National Museum of Natural History. 6 1984 Robinson, New species of Wedekia 405 PLANTAE BRASILIANAE REGALES ET EPISCOPALES UNITED STATES Romy ew wre Bans fnew 2922414 Sprevmen testificatum cytologeum et/aut brochemicum. Hor specimen in NATIONAL HERBARIUM formalina primum condstum est Wedelia bahitensits H. Robinson, Isotype, United States National Herbarium. 406 Peo Yor (Ot ONG rissa: Vol. 557; 5No- 36 FUNDAGRO VESTITUTD BRASILEIRO Of SEOGRAFIA & ESTATISTICH a RERBARIO DA KESERVA FCOLOGICA DO IBGE Brasilia - OF Brastt Compositae Moddolia UNITED STATES Luziania do, eafda da cidade. W. j Erva ranteira sobre o solo , flores amarelany ; fia pr 1 ” - cerrado seco aujeito a incendios perlodicos, 2950723 18193 21,1981 NATIONAL HERBARIUM lee: E. P. Beringer Wedelta bishopii H. Robinson, Isotype, United States National Herbarium. 1984 Robinson, New species of Wederia 407 UNITED STATES 2962293 NATIONAL HERBARIUM ebay Prefeitura V ~ i moet tyke Wedelia hatschbachii H, Robinson, Isotype, United States National Herbarium. pHa tO) ORG e A Vol. 55,7) Nomib 408 FURIACHO ISTITUTO BRASILEIRO DE GEOGRAFIA £ ESTATISTICR. HERBARIO DA RESERVA ECOLOGICA DO RONCADOR. Brasilia - OF Brasil Compos {tae \Wedel: oP her ing yer He Dyn covy | so Fype Breast 1{e-DF ‘inte Fazendar‘a). Planta de cerrado seco, aberto, um tanto UNITED, STATES volavel, flores amarelas. no 16793 20/01/78 ISAS 2928456 Leo: Exechias P. Heringer NATIONAL HERBARIUM JNcMAS PAGE MEINE ICA IAS UH Pa! POOTeTA GURHA DE MENDONCA. ANATDLA TA RUIZAWS TE MEXINGER SALLE Wedelia heringeri H. Robinson, Isotype, United States National Herbarium. 1984 Robinson, New species of Wedelia ~ s as = ay 4 ¥ / hfe \ .& 46° ——- 6 ~ A a ES 29623 ATIONAL 61 HERBARIUM National Herbariun. = te 7 Wedelia kirkbridet i. Robinson, Isotype, United States 410 PUES Ya TO: MesONGre (At Vol. 55, Nore6 HERBARIO 4. MACEDO Mu 3 CAIKA POSWAL 175 — CPUTUT AA ~ NAS GEMAIS HH ANIL Wedelta macedot H. Robinson, Holotype, United States National Herbarium. 1984 Wedelta pertenuts National Herbarium. Robinson, New species of Wedelkia 411 PLANTS OF BRAZIL Disratsutres oF Tree Untvnmory on Texas : z Hews ~ Wisleten Sgatenuns H . Me lo ype GOIAS: 37km. B.W, of itumbiara on road to Rio Verde. Slender such-branched herb to 1/2m. forming dense stants in forest clearing, brown sandy soil. Lig- ulate Co yellow; disc yellow. Locally abundant. ; oaT® 2 February 1959 COA. 8. 5 Ew sO 21 H. Robinson, Holotype, United States PisHe Ver TO) LROGGyT A PLANTS of Brasil f Biochemical V o Federal. 43 ko N of the bri ae DF 417 enroute to Alto f tescent herb with thick rootstock. Florets UNITED STATES anther black, Local. Robert Merrill King and Frank Alreda January 18, j980 ——$—$—$—$—__—__—_—— Specamen ected for the United States National Herbarium, “om, Washington, DC Wedelia regis H. Robinson, Isotype, United States National Herbarium. ura t-over 1984 Robinson, New species of Wedekia 413 ® ll E> ae Me THE NEW YORK POTANICAL GARDEN Plaats of the Pianalte do Brasil ubehrub ca. Im tall. Rays yellow; sc yellow-brown. Urejo. Valley a with cut-over woodland and orejo, UNITED STATES ca. U2km south of Cavalcante. Elev. 1000 e. nel R Reis dow San’ 9 9 ah sete yo Pde nomen i March iso 2518612 Vixsd wrk womierind with the reliahwetinn af the Universitas de Bractba and mn te Fegan ¢ Kaperimewtatie du Mera supyered im part iy = from the Natal Seienee Poundstown. NATIONAL HERBARIUM Wedelia souzae H. Robinson, Isotype, United States National Herbarium. 414 Eo) Oe gORG eels Vol. (55). "Nome PLANTS of Brasil Cytological and/or Biochemical Vouchers No. 8299 Wedelts Veadeirasensis H fobin frasil: Goias. 27 km S of Alto Paraiso. Disturbed cerrado vegetation at 2900 ft. elevation. UNITED STATES Wiry shrub 0.5 - 1 m tall. Florets yellow. 2901S66 Robert Mereill King, and Frank Almeda January 25, 1930 Specimens collected for the Unuted States National Herbarium, NATIONAL HERBARIUM Smuthroman Initsiution, Washington, D.C, Wedelia veadeiroensts H. Robinson, Isotype, United States National Herbarium. STUDIES IN THE HELIANTHEAE (ASTERACEAE). XXXIII. NEW SPECIES OF ASPILIA FROM SOUTH AMERICA. Harold Robinson Department of Botany Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C., 20560. The present paper validates the names of one new svecies of Asptlta from Ecuador and three new species from Brasil. This is to allow use of the names in reports and discussions. Other probable undescribed species from Brasil will be treated in a later paper. The present species are placed in Aspilia rather than Wedelia with some reservations. The species with sterile ray flowers which form the genus Asptlia are rather clearly not a single natural group but relate to more than one element within Wedelta. There is also uncertainty regarding the Madagascaran type of Asptlta, the type apparently having been lost and no extant collections matching the description and illustration. Still, in the absence of clear evidence, AspiZta is a convenient segregate, and the sterity of rays does seem to have stability at the level of large species groups. With a few exceptions such as Wedelta brachycarpa Baker of the Paraguay area, Aspilia seems to contain all the species in the bigeneric complex that have strong fiber sheaths on the veins of the disk corolla throats and that have black anther appendages. It would be wrong to assume at this time that all of Asptlia will necessari- ly fall into the synonymy of Wedelta. ASPILIA ANDERSONIT H. Robinson, sp. nov. Plantae fruticosae 1.0-1.2 m altae mediocriter ramosae. Caules fulvescentes vel cinerascentes teretes et striati per- dense hirsuti et hirtelli. Folia opposita subsessilia, petiolis ca. 0.5 mm longis; laminae ovatae plerumque 1.5-3.5 cm longae et 1.0-1.8 cm latae base late rotundatae vel subcordatae margine pauce crenato-serratae apice breviter acutae fere ad basem divaricate trinervatae supra dense pilosae subtus cinereo- tomentosae. Inflorescentiae in ramis foliosis terminales 1-3- capitatae, pedunculis 5-15 mm longis dense hirsuto-tomentosis. Capitula ca. 11-13 mm alta et 10-12 mm lata; squamae involucri 20-24 oblongae subimbricatae 5-10 mm longae et 2-3 mm latae plerumque aut inferne pallidae in partibus apicalibus ca. 2 mm longis plerumque distincte reflexae herbaceae atro-virides intus distincte pilosulae margine inferiore dense hitello-fimbriatae; paleae ca. 9-10 mm longae inferne oblongae ca. 1.5 mm latae et margine vix serratae superne oblongo-ovatae ca. 0.8 mm latae 415 416 12) ipl Ye IR (OY die CO (Ea TN Vol. 55), \No- in sicco mediocriter contortae purpurascentes acutae extus in medio canescentiter minute puberulae. Flores radii ca. 10 in capitulo; corollae flavae, tubis ca. 3 mm longis angustis inferne glabris superne sparse puberulis, limbis oblongis ca. 8 mm longis et 5 mm latis base abrupte subtruncate latioribus in sinibus interioribus dense pilosulis apice bilobatis. Flores disci ca. 20-25 in capitulo; corollae flavae, tubis ca. 2.0-2.5 mm longis cylindraceis glabris, faucibus anguste subcampanulatis ca. 3.5-4.0 mm longis in nervis mediocriter fibrillosis extus plerumque glabris, lobis triangularibus ca. 1.2 mm longis et latis extus base puberulis margine et superne dense scabridulis intus margine dense longe papillose fimbriatis; filamenta in partibus superioribus ca. 0.4 mm longa distincte incrassata; thecae antherarum ca. 3.0-3.3 mm longae nigrae; appendices antherarum ovatae ca. 0.35 mm longae et 0.45 mm latae nigrae; rami stylorum breviter lineares supra medio dense puberuli inferne pauce papillosi. Achaenia ca. 5.5 mm longa et 2 mm lata leniter compressa dense hispidula base late rotundata apice constricta breviter coronata; coronae pappi breviter fimbriatae. Grana pollinis in diametro 30-33 pm. TYPE: BRASIL: Minas Gerais: Serra do Espinhaco. Ca. 18 km by road SW of Diamantina on road to Curvelo; elev. 1400 m; steep rocky (quartzite) hillside sloping down to gallery forest, with seeps and sedge meadows just above forest. Brittle shrub 1.2 m tall; rays yellow; rocky hillside. 10 April 1973. W. R. Ander- son 8510 (Holotype, UB; isotype, US). PARATYPES: BRASIL: Minas Gerais: Serra do Espinhacgo. Ca. 8 km N of Gouveia on road to Diamantina; elev. 1220 m. Rocky (sandstone) cerrado and open rocky hillsides with white sandy soil, sloping down to grassy brejo, creek, and adjacent gallery forest. Rocky hillside. Slender shrub 1 m tall; flowers yellow. 4 Feb. 1972. W. R. Anderson, M. Stteber, J. H. Kirkbride, Jr. 35395 (US); Ca. 15 km S of Diamantina, Municipio de Datas; sandstone hills with steep rock faces and grassy or shrubby vegetation; elev. 1250 m. Shrub 1 m tall; flowers yellow. 5 Feb. 1972. Anderson et al. 35506 (US). The new species seems most closely related to Asptlta tomentosa Baker which also has pale tomentum on the undersurface of the leaves and graduated involucral bracts with reflexed tips. The new species differs markedly by its subsessile broad- ly based rather than elliptical leaves. The pubescence of the plants also seems coarser and more spreading on the stems leaves and bracts. ASPILIA DIFFUSIFLORA H. Robinson, sp. nov. Plantae fruticosae 1.0-1.5 m altae mediocriter vel multo ramosae. Caules fulvescentes teretes et striati dense hirtelli et hispiduli. Folia opposita subsessilia, petiolis ca. 0.5 mm longis; laminae late ovatae plerumque 1-3 cm longae et 0.5-2.0 cm latae base late rotundatae vel subtruncatae margine pauce 1984 Robinson, New species of Aspilia 417 serrulatae apice breviter acutae vel obtusae fere ad basem divaricate trinervatae supra et subtus scabridae subtus leniter pallidius virides. Inflorescentiae solitariae in ramis foliosis axillares et terminales, pedunculis 3-7 mm longis dense antrorse sericeis. Capitula 10-15 mm alta et 7-10 mm lata; squamae invol- ucri ca. 10 herbaceae anguste ovatae 10-11 mm longae exteriores inferne 1.5-2.5 mm latae apice erectae anguste acutae extus interiores scariosae superne sparse scabridulae apice obtusae; paleae ca. 11 mm longae base oblongae et margine irregulariter serratae superne scariosae oblongo-lanceolatae acutae minute serrulatae extus subglabrae interdum rubescentes. Flores radii ca. 8 in capitulo; corollae flavae, tubis ca. 3 mm longis per- anguste infundibularibus extus glabris, limbis oblongis 7-8 mm longis et ca. 3 mm latis base in marginem interiorem scabridulis apice bilobatis. Flores disci ca. 12 in capitulo; corollae flavae ca. 7 mm longae, tubis ca. 1.5 mm longis cylindraceis extus glabris, faucibus anguste subcampanulatis ca. 4.5 mm longis in nervis in partibus mediis leniter fibrillosis extus glabris, lobis triangularibus ca. 1 mm longis et 0.8 mm latis extus scabridulis intus margine dense longe papillose fimbriatis; filamenta in partibus superioribus ca. 0.3 mm longa vix incras- sata; thecae antherarum ca. 3.5 mm longae nigrae; appendices antherarum ovatae ca. 0.35 mm longae et latae nigrae; rami stylorum lineares extus supra mediam dense puberuli. Achaenia ca. 5 mm longa et 2 mm lata leniter compressa dense hispidula base subtruncata apice contricta breviter coronata, coronae pappi breviter fimbriatae. Grana pollinis in diametro ca. 33 pm. TYPE: BRASIL: Minas Gerais: Serra do Espinhago. Ca. 17 km SW of Gouvéia, Municipio de Gouvéia, Km 258 on M.G. 259; steep rocky hillside below sandstone cliffs, stream at base of hills, and recently burned cerrado between hills; elev. 1000-1050 nm. Shrub 1-1.3 m tall; flowers bright yellow; hillside. 7 Feb. 1972. W. R. Anderson, M. Stieber, J. H, Kirkbride, Jr. 35649 (Holotype, UB; isotype, US). PARATYPE: BRASIL: Minas Gerais: Serra do Espinhasgo. 30 km by road SW of Gouvéia, at km 60 on road to Curvelo; elev. 1150 m; pebbly cerrado and sandy, grassy campo. Wiry shrub 1.5 m tall; rays bright yellow; cerrado. 11 April 1973. W. R. Anderson 8597 (US). The new species seems most closely related to species such as Asptlia subpetiolata Baker which shares the diffuse inflores- cence and the non-reflexed outer involucral bracts. The latter species differs by the elliptical leaves with more prominent spreading pinnate venation, by the coarser scabrid pubescence rather than antrorse rather appressed pubescence, by the near restriction of the hairs of the leaf undersurface to the main veins, and by the mostly elongate peduncles on the heads. ASPILIA JUGATA H. Robinson, sp. nov. Plantae suffruticosae et fruticosae 1.2-2,0 m altae non vel mediocriter ramosae. Caules fulvescentes teretes et striati 418 PeHeyYe TIO TOF Gries VoL. 55; Now longe hirsuti et dense minute stipitate glanduliferi. Folia opposita sessilia; laminae oblongo-lanceolatae plerumque 3-7 cm longae et 0.8 cm latae base truncatae vel subcordatae margine subserrulatae apice acutae supra et subtus minute stipitate glanduliferae supra scabridae ad basem in nervis hirsutae subtus pilosulae in nervis primariis et secundariis longe scabridae, nervis secundariis pinnatis 359-45° ascendentibus utrinque ca. 7-9. Inflorescentiae terminales dense corymbosae pauci-capita-— tae. Capitula 10-12 mm alta et 7-9 mm lata3; squamae involucri 10-12 oblongo-lanceolatae ca. 8 mm longae ca, 2.5 mm latae apice anguste acutae superne herbaceae extus pilosulae et minute gland- uliferae margine dense pilosulo-fimbriatae; paleae ca. 8 mm longae base oblongae et margine sensim irregulariter laciniatae superne subduratae lanceolatae argute acutae subintegrae minute scabridulae rubrescentes. Flores radii ca, 8 in capitulo; corol- lae flavae, tubis ca. 3 mm longis extus sparse hirtellis et puberulis in lobis minutis interioribus dense hirtellis, limbis late oblongis 7-9 mm longis et 4-5 mm latis apice plerumque tri- lobatis, lobis mediis minoribus. Flores disci ca. 15 in capit- ulo; corollae flavae ca. 6 mm longae, tubis ca. 1.5 mm longis cylindraceis glabris, faucibus anguste subcampanulatis 3.0-3.5 mm longis in nervis inferne leniter fibrillosis extus sparse pilosulis, lobis triangularibus ca. 1 mm longis et 0.8 mm latis extus pilosulis ad margine scabridioribus intus margine dense longe papillose fimbriatis; filamenta in partibus superioribus ca. 0.35 mm longa vix incrassata; thecae antherarum ca. 2.5 mm longae nigrae; appendices antherarum 0.4 mm longae et latae nigrae; rami stylorum lineares extus supra mediam dense puber- uli. Achaenia ca. 6.5 mm longa et 2 mm lata compresse quadran- gulata hispidula base subtruncata apice constricta breviter coronata; coronae pappi breviter fimbriatae, Grana pollinis in diametro ca. 30 um. TYPE: BRASIL: Minas Gerais: Serra do Espinhago. 3.5 km by road SW of Rio Jequitt and Mendanha; elev. 880 m; dense woods on hillside interrupted by quartzite rocks, Shrub 1.2 m tall; rays bright yellow; on rocks. 14 April 1973. W. R. Anderson 8930 (Holotype, UB; isotype, US). PARATYPES: BRASIL: Minas Gerais: Serra do Espinhago. ca. 15 km N of Sao Joao da Chapada. Elev. 975 m. Cut-over slope forest. Slender shrub to ca. 2 m tall. Rays yellow; disc yellow-brown. 23 March 1970. 4H. S. Irwin, S. F. da Fonséca, R. Souza, R. Rets dos Santos, J. Ramos 28108 (US); 22 km from Diamantina, along road NE to Mendanha. Elev. 2800 ft. Flower yellow. Jan. 19, 1981. R. M. King @L. E. Bishop 8564A (US). The new species does not seem to have particularly close relatives among the described members of the genus. The species is most distinctive in the long straight stems with the marked pairing of the sessile leaves. The pinnate venation is also notable because of the elongate blades with many veins. The length of the hairs on the primary leaf vein is distinctive. 6 1984 Robinson, New species of Aspilra 419 ASPILIA PASTAZENSIS H. Robinson, sp. nov. Plantae fruticosae subprostratae mediocriter ramosae, Caul- es subquadrangulares dense antrorse subappresse scabridi, Folia opposita, petiolis 3-7 mm longis; laminae ovatae plerumque 4-7 cm longae et 2.0-2.5 cm latae base late acutae margine vadose serratae apice anguste acutae vel vix acuminatae fere ad basem trinervatae supra et in nervis et nervulis subtus scabridae. Inflorescentiae in ramis terminales pauci-capitatae, pedunculis 0.7-1.5 cm longis dense antrorse sericeis. Capitula ca. 8-9 mm alta et 7-8 mm lata; squamae involucri 6-7 herbaceae 7-8 mm long- ae et ca. 3 mm latae apice patentes utrinque scabridae; paleae apice subscariosae subglabrae rotundatae vel obtusae minute puberulo-fimbriatae. Flores radii nulli. Flores disci ca. 22-25 in capitulo; corollae flavae ca. 5 mm longae, tubis cylindraceis ca. 1.5 mm longis glabris apice subabrupte latioribus, faucibus anguste infundibularibus 3.2-3.5 mm longis in nervis fibrillosis extus glabris; lobis triangularibus ca. 0.7-0.8 mm longis et 0.6 mm latis extus scabridulis intus margine dense longe papillose fimbriatis; filamenta in partibus superioribus ca. 0.3 mm longa; thecae antherarum ca. 2 mm longae nigrae: appendices antherarum parvae ca. 0.25 mm longae et 0.2 mm latae nigrae; rami stylorum anguste lineares extus ad basem puberuli., Achaenia ca. 5 mm longa et 1 mm lata anguste obpyramidata puberula superne sparse pilosula superne valde elongate constricta et minute 3-4-alata; pappi coroniformes irregulariter breviter fimbriati. Grana pollinis in diametro ca. 22 pm. TYPE: ECUADOR: Pastaza: Lorocachi. About 5 km S-SW of the military camp. Wet primary forest. Alt. 200 m. (75°58'W 1°38' S). Shrubbish creeping. Leaves scabrous. Flowers yellow. May 27, 1980. J. Brandbyge & E, Asanza C. 31088 (Holotype, AAU; isotype, US). The species is most distinctive in the lack of rays, a feature that will be considered further in a paper on the genus Angelphytum. Checking in the axils of the bracts in the best preserved heads on the plant shows no indication of flowers out- side of those with disciform corollas and compressed achenes. The lack of triquetrous outer achenes, the presence of distinct fiber sheaths on the veins of the corolla throats, and the black anther appendages all indicate that the species is an Aspilia rather than a Wedelia. In addition to the lack of rays, the new species differs from A. eggersitt Hieron., also of Ecuador, by the smaller heads and the lack of black pigment in the disk corollas, and it differs from A. jelskit Hieron., of northern Peru, by the less narrow and less acuminate leaves. 420 Pies es Omi OeG eines Voile, 55. Noeano Hist Minas Gers Serra to Expinhago UNITED STATES 2818459 Ke Andersor LO April 1973 ondation and 4 NATIONAL HERBARIUM Asptlta andersonii H. Robinson, Isotype, United States National Herbarium. Photos by Victor E. Krantz, Staff Photo- grapher, National Museum of Natural History. 1984 Robinson, New species of Aspilia 421 THE NEW YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN Plants of the Planalto do Brasi Evtade a6 Minas Geren Serra do Esoman j ‘ i l,m tell; flowers bright yeljo; e, Ga. l?km SW of Gouveia, hunicipio svela, Km. 258 on M.0. 259; steep, UNITED STATES ; 4 ide below sandstone cliffs, ream at case of hills, and recently burned erred etween hills; elev. 1000 - LOSGm. 2818790 0 Aederson M Stieber J Kiekmeite Jr 7? Fevruary were - wn of the Uireverwdade ge Beasts » jo Pesmenas ¢ Ex « Marte. tupseries NATIONAL HERBARIUM Comownan ¢ Kioermentacse Agraria $8 Morte wooer Asptlia diffusiflora H. Robinson, Isotype, United States National Herbarium. 422 PHY) Oe ORCRERA Voi. 55), Now 16 Mendanha; \ ve STATS je interrupted 2818594 NATIONAL HERBARIUM Aspilia jugata H. Robinson, Isotype, United States National Herbarium. 1984 Robinson, New species of Adpilia 423 Bes UNITED STATES ’ 2985069 NATIONAL HERBARIUM Asptlia pastazensts H. Robinson, Isotype, United States National Herbarium. ADDITIONAL NOTES ON THE GENUS GMELINA. I Harold N. Moldenke Herewith follows the start of a series of additional notes in con- timuation of my first paper on this genus published in the last previous issue of the present journal. More may be expected to fol- low as space becomes available. GMELINA ARBOREA Roxb. Additional bibliography: Narayana Aiyar & Kolammal, Pharmacog. Ayur. Drugs. 1964; Nevill, Dept. Agric. Tech. Serv. Pretoria Tech. Commun. 12: 173--175. 1964; Oberholzer, Dept. Agric. Tech. Serv. Pretoria Tech. Commun. 12: 169--172. 1964; Peh, For. Res. Inst. Ke- pong Malaya Res. Paper 44: 1--21. 1964; Rao & Sastry, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 6: 160, 164, & 281. 1964; Ray in Lahiri, West Beng. For. 88. 1964; Srivastava, Indian Journ. Ent. 1964: 419--432. 1964; Thwaites & Hook. f., Enum. Pl. Ceyl., imp. 2, 244. 1964; Vyas, Journ. Indian Bot. Soc. 43: 326 & 331. 1964; Brunck, Bois Foréts Trop. 103: 17--25. 1965; Chopra, Badhwar, & Ghosh, Poison. Pl. India 2: 694. 1965); Colllado, Bur. Hor. Philip. Res. Notes 70. 11965; Datta, Handbr Syst. Bot. 182 & 183. 1965; Gaussen, Legris, & Viart, Indian Counc. Agr. Res. Map Ser. 2: 21 & 31. 1965; Gaussen, Viart, Legris, & Lab- roue, Trav. Sect. Scient. Techn. Inst. Frang¢g. Pond. Hors 5: 130. 1965; Maheshwari & Singh, Dict. Econ. Pl. India 77 & 128. 1965; Mu- kerjee, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 7: 135. 1965; Nair, Asia Monogr. In- dia 1 (5): [Pollen Gr. W. Himal. P1l.] 35. 1965; Neal, In Gard. Haw., ed. 2, 720. 1965; Nielsen, Introd. Flow. Pl. W. Afr. 161. 1965; Roberts, Prelim. Checklist Pests Dis. Plantat. Trees Nigeria 30. 1965) Sen 6 Naskar, Bulls sBot. Sunvindtasd7746.) L965ie Mo oR msniers Cocoa Res. Inst. Tech. Bull. 9: 1--68. 1965; Swift, Nature 207: 436-- 437. 1965; Van Steenis & Jacobs, Fl. Males. Bull. 20: 1329 & 1341. 1965; Vyas, Journ. Indian Bot. Soc. 44: 55. 1965; R. M. C. Williams, Proc. XII Internat. Cong. Ent. Lond. 675--676. 1965; Anon., Fast Grow. Trop. Trees I Commonw. For. Inst. Mimeo. Ref. TT/5/1. 1966; Ansell, The Puku 4: 1--16. 1966; Burkill, Dict. Econ. Prod. Malay Penins. 1: 1105--1106. 1966; Esan, Study Variat. Struct. Feat. Prop. Gmelina ithesis]. 1966; Esan, Notes Prop. Visit. Lamb. 1966; Forsythe, Check List Agric. Insects Ghana. 1966; Greezaillah Yeom & Sandras., Mal. For. 1966: 140--151. 1966; Gaussen & al., Trav. Sect. Scient. Techn. Inst. Franc. Pond Hors 7: 42 & 99 (1966) and 8: 35. 1966; Jain & De, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 8: 247. 1966; L. J. King, Weeds World 58. 1966; Leggate, Tech. Note 1: 66. 1966; Majumdar, Bull. Bot. Soc. Beng. 20: 102. 1966; Naithani, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 8: 259. 1966; Ramaswami, Study Flow. Pl. Bangalore [thesis] 1031--1033 & 1412. 1966; Rao & Rabha, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 8: 296 & 301. 1966; Sand- rasegaran, Mal. For. 29: 97--101, fig. 3. 1966; Sebastine & Henry, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 8: 304 & 309. 1966; Subramanyam & Henry, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 8: 208 & 212. 1966; Freezaillah Yeom & Sandrase- 424 1984 Moldenke, Notes on Gmelina 425 garan, Mal. For. 29: 140--141. 1966; Anon., Ind. Bibliog. Bot. Trop. 4 (1): 60. 1967; Berhaut, Fl. Sénégal, ed. 2, 122 & 126. 1967; T. Cooke, Fl. Presid. Bomb., ed. 2, imp. 3, 2: 504--505. 1967; El- lis, Swaminathan, & Chandrabose, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 9: 1l. 1967; J. E. D. Fox, Commonw. For. Rev. 46: 138--144. 1967; R. K. Gupta, Season. Fl. Indian Sum. Resorts Moos. 67, 81, & 241. 1967; Joseph & Vajravelu, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 9: 26. 1967; Kammathy, Rao, & Rao, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 9: 207, 209, & 224. 1967; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 15: 8. 1967; Ornduff, Reg. Veg. 50: 86 & 121. 1967; Panigr- & Saran., Bull. Bot. Surv. India 9: 251. 1967; Sandrasegaran, Biol. Abstr. 48: 2312. 1967; Santapau, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 8: 38. 1967; Srivastava, Quart. Journ. Crude Drug Res. 7: 1053. 1967; Van Steenis- Kruseman, Fl. Males. Bull. 4: lvi. 1967; D. & E. Venkata Rao & Vis- wanadham, Curr. Sci. (India) 36: 71--72. 1967; D. & E. Venkata Rao & Viswanadham, Hort. Abstr. 37: 57. 1967; Vyas, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 64: 219. 1967; Freezaillah Yeom & Sandrasegaran, Biol. Abstr. 48: 5531. 1967; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 49 (7): S.71. 1968; Badh- war & Fernandez, Edible Wild Pl. Himal. 285. 1968; F. G. Browne, Pests’ Dis. For. Plantat. ‘Trees 1577 29,36, 63, “777-80, 203/77 225, HOG, eos, LOS, 238, 9299)" 255, 268, 262, 29077 29 Sil, S16,-S82, SQueresG2, 373), 9376, 595, 402, (4153 "405 -'4s5 7 482, 534; 5417-548; 5497 557, 576, 589, 605,634, "647, 666, 672,688, 689, 697, 698, 1OS;0 LD, 18, 728, °/ S557 136; 7726, 828) 9237-9387) 965, 982, 988, & 1069. 1968; Carrick & al., Chem. Pharm. Bull. Tokyo 16: 2436--2441. 1968; Das, Palist. Journ. For. 18: 315. 1968; Deb, Indian For. 94: 755. 1968; Deb, Sengupta, & Malick, Bull. Bot. Soc. Beng. 22: 174 & 210. 1968; J. L. Ellis, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 10: 157. 1968; Gaur & Gupta, Journ. Res. Indian Med. 3: 43--48. 1968; Gunawardena, Gen. Sp. Pl. Zeyl. 147. 1968; Inamdar, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 10: 130. 1968; Khan, Fat Med. Groth Trees 4: 63 & 64. 1968; Kribs, Comm. For. Woods, ed. 3, 160, fig. 330. 1968; A. F. L. Lamb, Fast Grow. Timb. Trees Lowl. Trop. 1--3l. 1968; Meijer, Bot. Bull. Herb. For. Dept. Sabah 10: 223. 1968; Mohrhard, Dict. Cat. Nat. Agric. Lib. 27: 402. 1968; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 16: 7 & 9. 1968; G. C. Morrison, Pacif. Sci. 22: 184--193. 1968; Mukherjee & Chanda, Bull. Bot. Soc. Beng. 22: 94 & 95. 1968; Patel, Fl. Melghat 263--264. 1968; Uphof, Dict. Econ. Pl., ed. 2, 71, 246, 327, & 428. 1968; Vajravelu, Joseph, & Chandrasekaran, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 10: 68 & 78. 1968; Yeom & Sandrasegaran, Biol. Abstr. 49: 5531. 1968; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 50 (10): B.A.S.I.C. S.81. 1969; Anon. in Joshi, Indian For. 94: 152. 1969; Anon., Assoc. Etud. Tax. Fl. Afr. Trop. Ind. 1968: 54. 1969; Bhattacharjee & Das, Econ. Bot. 23: 275. 1969; Bolkhov., Grif, Mat- vej., & Zakhar., Chromos. Numb. Flow. Pl., imp. 1, 715. 1969; Caaud- huri, Bull. Bot. Soc. Beng. 23: 114, 115, 119, & 123. 1969; Cherian & Pataskar, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 11: 392. 1969; Corner & Watanabe, Piste. "Guide Trop. PL: 7602 1969s"d. Es Di) Fox, (Biol. Abstr= 50: 6299. 1969; Hughes & Esan, Trop. Sci. 11: 23--37. 1969; Joshi, In- dian For. 95: 152 & 153. 1969; Kapoor, Singh, Kapoor, & Srivastava, Lloydia 32: 303. 1969; Longman in Woolhouse, Dormancy Surviv. 473. 1969; Misra, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 11: 327. 1969; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 18: 8. 1969; Palit, Indian For. 95: 226. 1969; Preston in 426 P Heys THO} LTO \Ge ee Vol. (55), Nome Synge, Suppl. Dict. Gard. 903. 1969; [Qureshi] in Joseph, Indian Hore 95252. 9690s Rau, Bull sBots sunv. India WorSuppill) 2 62- 1969; Roberts, Commonw. For. Inst. Oxford Paper 44: 7--12, 21, 22, Asi, isin SEY CME else Or See tisy AR Us, op Alay asics) alsisi, i. ise! 1969; Santapau & Shah, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 66: 438. 1969; Sawyer & Chermisir., Nat. Hist. Bull. Siam Soc. 23: 126. 1969; Schroeder, Biol. Abstr. 50: 10809. 1969; G. L. Shah, Indian For. 95: 270 & 275. 1969; Shah & Deshpande, Bull. Bot. Surv. India ll: 283. 1969; Venkatareddi, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 11: 258. 1969; Agarwal, Wood-yield. Pl. India 33. 1970; Ahmad, Pakist. Journ. For. 20: 220. LOO Anon),, Bole Abstr. BeATSek.©. Si! (3) ) Sasivep 19770) Babbargec al., Indian Journ. Exp. Biol. 8: 304--312. 1970; Farnsworth, Pharma- cog. Titles 5 (3): iii & item 2397 (1970), 5 (4): vi & item 3987 (1970), and 5 (11): viii & item 14140. 1970; Gaussen, Legris, Blasco, Meher-Homji, & Troy, Trav. Sect. Scient. Techn. Inst. Frang. Pond. Hors 0's 56, 57), 83), & 1285 19770)-, Tarn se Taratder, scons Bote. 4: 254. 1970; Joshi & Singh, Zeit. Naturforsch. B.25: 693--694. 1970; Lamb, Bol. Inst. For. Latino-Am. 33/34: 22--51. 1970; Lamb & Cool- ing in Frankel & Bennett, Genet. Resources 376--378. 1970; Odeyemi, Suom. Kemislis. Tiedonant. [Finn. Kem. Medd.] 41: 57--70. 1970; Pur, uate. dourn. Crude Drug "Res. WOl:) VS60e) 97/0). .Die) Vien i& Eemavic Rao, Indian Journ. Pharm. 32 (5): 140--141. 1970; "J.G.S.", Biol. Abstr. 51° (8) 7097-1970); Saxena, Bull Bot. (Survie india d2ewson 1970; Shah & Patel, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 12: 25. 1970; Anon., Biol. Neier S72. (W7/)) a iioiNoSicdGaGic SoS) (Ale)7/aly Teretel SA) So ISHN Soto. Sade. 1971; Anon, Indian For. 97: 158 & 160. 1971; Balan Menon, Malay. For. Rece2 7's) 102). 1971; "Blasco, Lravy. Sec.) Scent. Techni; ginst-semeancre Pond. 10: 47 & 149. 1971; Brandis, IndiaN Trees, imp. 5, 509. 97s Danganan, Biol. Abstr. 52: 8956. 1971; Farnsworth, Pharmacog. Titles ay (Crores: (eShalo matiotels ((aUS)7/al)) F (ayi (QL) RY Avatarae fathers Estoy (alsy7b) (2))< iv & item 2721 (1971), and 6 (8): ix & item 14208. 1971; Fonseka & Vinasithamby, Prov. List Local Names Flow. Pl. Ceyl. 21, 27, & 93. L971 de se. Di. Hox, WropasEcoll. 12): 2-) 19715) iGovindachari, Panthase, Desai, & Mohamed, Journ. Indian Chem. 9: 1027. 1971; Hartwell, Lloydia 34: 386. 1971; Inamdar & Patel, Indian For. 97: 328. 1971; Joshi & al., Journ. Indian Chem. Soc. 48: 1175--1176. 1971; Mold., PLE Summ ls) 2452377, 268), 27 Ope Dilly e276), e280), e201 20s me eor 296, 301; 305), 3247363), (& 47/2). (1971)) jand! 2) 523), 1524), 526,56 5oor 572, 609, 614, 622, 879, & 970. 1971; Mold., Phytologia 20: 494 (1970) and 27: 220.) M971; ‘Patell, (For. Fl. Gujarat 230. 1974). Purse Quart. Journ. Crude Drug Res. 11: [1746]. 1971; Rao, Vankata, & Rao, Biol Abstr., 52) 8659), doval; sRoxb.,, El dindica;) ed..2)) imps nEacor 1971; Vartak & Chitnis, Indian For. 97: 154 & 160. 1971; Anjaneyulu, Tterahed. Lett. 22: 2179--2182. 1972; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 53 (4): BeAsSelae, 53 (4) i) SHO9) ensi45 (1972); ande53) (Sir) BeAsSe lb Carselos 1972; Dymock, Warden, & Hooper, Pharmacog. Indica, imp. 2 [Hamdard 15:] 348. 1972; Encke & Buchheim in Zander, HandwSrterb. Pfl.-namen, ed. 10, 269, 1972; Farnsworth, Pharmacog. Titles 7 (2): vi & items 328378) 3965) ((1977/2)) eee (3) sea 8 77h (STD) a (4) eek 2 22 (LOE TS) ERNINS 223) (O72) ak (GN): we es 739) (972) 7 wand. 8) (9) iz) avaensaS Soe 1972; Gamble, Man. Indian Timb., ed. 2, imp. 3, 537--539 & 778. 1972; 1984 Moldenke, Notes on Gmelina 427 Govindachari, Parthas., & Desai, Indian Journ. Chem. 10: 1120--1122. 1972; Govindachari, Parthas., & Desai, Biol. Abstr. 53: 2214. 1972; KochaR, Dixit, & Somaya, Mosq. News 32: 114--115. 1972; Korr, Biol. Abstr. 53: 4494. 1972; Letouzey, Man. Bot. For. Afr. Trop. 2 (B): 362. 1972; McIntyre, Nat. Geogr. 142: 485. 1972; Mitra, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 69: 18 & 23. 1972; Mold., Phytologia 23: 422, 423, & 426. 1972; 3. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isls., ed. 2, 299. 1972; Parkin- son, For. Fl. Andam. Isls., imp. 2, 219. 1972; Rouleau, Taxon Ind. 1: 163. 1972; Stainton, For. Nepal 77. 1972; R. R. Stewart, Annot. Cat in Nair & Ali, Fl. West Pakist. 606. 1972; Anon., Biol. Abstr. BSettlr- BeAsoe LC. S2L106 (2973) and 56 (4): “BlASS.£-C. -S.2092 19732 Anon., Bull. Gov. For. Exp. Sta. Meguro Tokyo 254: 60. 1973; "J.J.B.", Biol. Abstr. 55: 6071. 1973; Chaturvedi, Indian For. Rec. 12 (12): 1--7. 1973; Farnsworth, Pharmacog. Titles 6, Cum. Gen. Ind. [56]. (1973) and 8 (11): vi & 857. 1973; Govindachari, Parthas., & Desai, Biol. Abstr. 56: 2236. 1973; Hegnauer, Chemotax. Pfl. 6 [Chem. 21]: 662--664, 671, 676, & 679. 1973; Mold., Phytologia 25: 232 & 240 (1973) and 26: 368. 1973; Onwelluzo, Fed. Dept. For. Res. Ibadan Res. Paper 20: 1--6. 1973; Rao, Stud. Flow. Pl. Mysore Dist. [thesis] 2: 750--751. 1973; Rao & Razi, Journ. Mysore Univ. B.26: 195. 19733 Wedge, Pl. Names, ed. 1, 18. 1973; Anon., Indian For. 100 (5): A.47. 1974; L. H. & E. Z. Bailey, Hortus Sec., imp. 18, 332. 1974; Bolkh., Grif, Matvej., & Zakhar., Chromos. Numb. Flow. Pl., imp. 2, 715. 1974; Farnsworth, Pharmacog. Titles 9 (3): x (1974), 9 (4): iv (1974), 9 (5): iv (1974), and 9 (8): iv & 643. 1974; Gipbs, Chemotax. Flow. Pl. 1: 676 (1974) and 3: 1752--1755 & 2136. 1974; Lasser, Braun, & Steyerm., Act. Bot. Venez. 9: 36. 1974; Ldépez-Palacios, Pittieria 6: 13--16, map 1. 1974; Mani, Ecol. Biogoegr. India [I1ll- ies, Monog. Biol. 23:] 185, 198, 209, 210, & 744. 1974; Mold., Phy- tologia 28: 443 & 449. 1974; Napp-Zinn, Anat. Blatt A (1): 418--419. 1974; Ramachandra, Row, & al., Chem. Commun. [12]: 476--477. 1974; Sterno & Roche, Ecol. Stud. 6: 262. 1974; Wedge, Pl. Names, ed. 2, 24. 1974; Basu, Indian Med. Pl., imp. 3, pl. 739. 1975; Das, Indian For. 101: 556. 1975; [Farnsworth], Pharmacog. Titles 7, Cum. Gen. Ind. [53]. 1975; Jaeger & Mold., Phytologia 30: 389 & 403. 1975; Jiménez, Anuar. Acad. Cienc. Rep. Dom. 1: 127. 1975; Kirtikar & Basu, Indian Med. Pl. ed. 2, imp. 2, 3: 1932--1934, pl. 739. 1975; Kooiman, Act. Bot. Neerl. 24: 462. 1975; Ldépez-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Andes 15: 27--29. 1975; Mold., Phytologia 31: 391, 398, & 406. 1975; Molina R., Ceiba 19: 96. 1975; Ojo, Res. Pap. (Savan. Ser.) Fed. Dept. For. Res. Nigeria 35: 551.. 1975; Roth, Nov. Pl. Sp., imp. 2, 287--288. 1975; Zimmerm. & Ziegler in Zimmerm. & Milburn, Transp. Pl. 1 [Pirson & Zimmerm., Encycl. Pl. Physiol., ser. 2, 1]: 502. 1975; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 61: ACl: 619. 1976; Anon., For. Abstr, 37: 551 (1976) and 37{10): 6. 1976; Anon., Courier-News [Plainfield, N. J.] November 1, C.1. 1976; L. H. & E. Z. Bailey, Hortus Third 515--516. 1976; Mold., Phytologia 34: 263, 265, 269, & 274. 1976; Srivastava, Fl. Gorak. 255. 1976; Talbot, For. Fl. Bomb., ed. 2, 2: 348--350, fig. 451. 1976; Anjaneyulu, M. & K. Rao, Row, Pelter, & Ward, Biol. Abstr. 64: 459. 1977; Anjaneyulu, M. & K. Rao, Row, Pel- ter, & Ward, Tetrahed. 33: 133--144. 1977; Babu, Herb. Fl. Dehra Dun 428 PU Yee tO EG ORG ers a: Vol. 55), NoemG 15. 1977; Gaussen, Legris, Maher-Homji, Fontale, Pascal, Chandrah., Delacourt, & Troy, Trav. Sect. Scient. Techn. Inst. Frang. Pond. Hors 14: 46, 47, 52, 59, 61, & 84. 1977; Gonzalez Meza, Milit. Advis. Group (MAG) Direc. Gen. For. San Jose 1--27. 1977; Jiménez & Liogi- er, Moscosoa 1 (2): 14. 1977; Joshi, Singh, & Pardasani, Pl. Med. 32: 71--75. 1977; Ldépez-Palacios, Fl. Venez. Verb. 317--320, 649, & 652, fig. 76. 1977; McIntyre, Natl. Geogr. 152: 714 & 715. 1977; Meher— Homji, Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. 88: 119. 1977; Mold., Phytologia 36: 38. 1977; Subramanian & Kalyani, Indian For. 103: 113 & 117. 1977; Joshi, Singh, & Pardasani, Biol. Abstr. 65: 1622. 1978; Kowal & Kas- sam, Agric. Ecol. Savan. 237. 1978; Meher-Homji, Fontanel, Pascal, Chandrahasan, & Delacourt, Trav. Sect. Scient. Techn. Inst. Fran¢. Pond. Hors 15: [Cart. Internat. Tap. Veg. Allhab.] 47 & 63. 1978; Muchovej, Albuquerque, & Ribeiro, Pl. Dis. Rep. 62: 717--719. 1978; Mukherjee & Chanda, Trans. Bose Res. Inst. 41: 52. 1978; Odebiyi & Sofowore, Lloydia 41: 245. 1978; Sharma, Shetty, Vivekan, & Rathakr., Journ. Bomp. Nat. Hist. Soc. 75: 33. 1978; Akachuku & Burley, IAWA Bull. 1979: 94--99. 1979; Ldépez-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Andes 20: 24. 1979; Muchovej, Albuquerque, & Ribeiro, Biol. Abstr. 67: 1754. 1979) Villegas & Coto R., Bibliog. For. Am. Trop. Iili4: 1979; Liu & Yu, Act. Bot. Yunnan 2: 457. 1980; McIntyre, Natl. Geogr. VS 1O9 5) OIG, 698, 699), OL, 704, &e1O5S SSO Molido7. (Phytol Mem. 2S AUD; BA; ADI —AY3, A545 AES, Aa, Has, 2IO, 2isin Ze 2p 226, 289), 29071293), 296, S5, S547 394,405), 408), 409), 64327 sk 4 9 LOS Ojeniyi & Agbede, Turrialba 30: 268--271 & 290--293. 1980; Raman & Das, Indian For. 106: 622. 1980; Roxb., Hort. Beng., imp. 2, 46. 1980; Arseculeratne, Gunatilaka, & Panabokke, Journ. Ethnopharm. 4: 166. 1981; Deb, Fl. Tripura 1: 16. 1981; Sharma, Shetty, Vivekan., & Rathakr., Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 75: 33. 1981; Whitmore in Hora, Oxford Encycl. Trees World 263 & 265. 1981; Baas, New Persp. Wood Anat. 154 & 158. 1982; Beishya & Rao, Florist. Stud. Meghalaya 1: 8. 1982; KanjilaL, Das, Kanjilal, & De, Fl. Assam, imp. 2, 3: 466--467. 1982; Liogier & Martorell, Fl. Puerto Rico 152 & 318. 1982; Ldpez-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Andes 22: 18 & 51. 1982; Mold., Phytologia 50: 251 & 255. 1982; Nayar & Debnath, Journ. Econ. Tax. Bot. 3: 835. 1982; Badillo, Schnee, & Rojas, Ernstia 14: [Clav. Fam. Pl. Sup. Venez., ed. 6] 223. 1983; Mold., Phytologia 54: 238, 240, & 243. 1983; H. N. & A. L. Mold. in Dassan. & Fosb., Rev. Handb. Fl. Ceyl. 4: 389--394. 1983; Raj, Rev. Palaeobot. Palyn. 39: 356, 372, & 395. 1983; Storey, Natl. Geogr. 163: 30 & [39]. 1983; Guna Bakshi, Fl. Murashidabad Dist. 252. 1984; Mold., Phytologia 55: 329, 330, 334, 335, & 337--342. 1984. Illustrations: Rheede, Hort. Malab. 1: pl. 41. 1678; N. L. Burm., Bl indicat pil 39° 1W7i68) (Gaertn. bruct-—isem) Pill. plies spilt a5 GeaeenicE De 1788; Roxb., Pl. Coast Coromand.| 3: pl. 246. 1815; Lam., Tabl. Encycl. Méth. Bot. [Illust. Gen.] 3: pl. 542. 1819; Hook., Curtis Bot. Mag. 74 [ser. 3, 4]: pl. 4395. 1848; Wight. Icon. Pl. Ind. Orient. 4 (3))splle W470) (Gn colo): 1849)-) We Gritk., Icon. Pil Asalatas 4: pl. 443. 1854; Bocq., Adansonia, ser. 1 [Baill., Rec. Obs. Bot.], 2: pl. 14, fig. 1--1l. 1862; Bocq., Rév. Verbenac. pl. 14, fig. 1-—- 11. 1863; Briq. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam., ed. 1, 4 (3a): 1984 Moldenke, Notes on Gmelina 429 Les fenig. 62 Heed aelsoos Talbot; for. wl. “Bombs; ed. eb 5249349), fig. 4515 19097" Basu, IndvaniMed.@Pl.) ed. «1, S32 pl. 7395519185 Dawkins, Indian For. 45: 505 & 518, pl. 27 & 28. 1919; Bose, Man. Indian Bot. 253, fig. 219. 1920; Smythies, Indian For. Rec. 7: pl. We Lo20eelTroup, “Silvicult. Indian! Trees 2:5 °270/271L, 272; & 272/273, fig. 294--297. 1921; Colthurst, Familiar Flow. Trees India 120. 1924; Chaudhuri, Indian For. 51: 60,pl1.3(3).1925;Normand, Rev. Inter- nNabeeBOtssAppliqerAgric.wirop. tLis[l7lie plo Si. LOshyeKirtakan ls Basu, Indian Med. Pl., ed. 2, imp. 1, 3: pl. 739. 1935; Alston, Kandy Rilgmoa,teige 345. “LOS8seV 24S. Rao, wourn. Indran Bot. Socss3i: 13087, fig. 50--54. 1952; Sastri, Wealth India 4: 154 & 155, fig. 71 & 72. 1956; Kribs, Comm. For. Woods, ed. 2, 160, fig. 330. 1959; Worth- ington, Ceyl. Trees 345. 1959; Nair & Rehman, Bull. Bot. Gard. Luck- now 76: 18, pl. 2, fig. 10, & text-fig. 22. 1962; Sandrasegaran, Mal. For. 29: 100, fig. 3. 1966; Kribs, Comm. For. Woods, ed. 3, 160, fig. 330. 1968; Corner & Watanabe, Illust. Guide Trop. Pl. 760. 1969; Hughessselsan, TnopseSci. °l1l2923/24%8 26, pl. 1, & Eig. 1.71969; Anon., Gov. For. Exp. Sta. Meguro Tokyo 254: 64 & 66, fig. 2 & 3. 1973; Mani, Ecol. Biogeogr. India [Illies, Monog. Biol. 23:] 210. 197 4-skKirtikar & Basu indian Med. Pili; ed. 2; amp. 2; 3: "pl. 739. 1O7S = Talbot, for. Ell. ‘Bomb., ed: 2702: S49; ef1g. 451. 1976; Ldépez- Palacios, Fl. Venez. Verb. [319], fig. 76. 1977; McIntyre, Natl. Geogr. 152807145 1977. A medium-sized to large, unbuttressed, deciduous tree, to 20 m. tall, wide-spreading (in the open), with a good canopy, rapid-growing, often branched to the base when young easily grown from seed, the young parts densely tomentose; trunk straight or rather irregular, cylindric, to 2.5 m. girth, the bole clear to 10 m. on old trees, usually with 3 or 4 rings per inch of radius; bark smooth or warty, with lenticular tubercles, dark-gray, pale-ashy, or light-gray to grayish-white, grayish-yellow, brownish-white, or white, with black- ish patches and conspicular circular lenticels, rather corky, exfoli- ating in thick, irregular, woody plates which leave shallow depres- sions, or in scurfy lighter-colored flakes or scales when old, the blaze pale-orange, freely mottled with darker orange; inner bark mottled yellow, rapidly turning brown on exposure to air; wood light, weight 28--40 (or 50 when wet) pounds per cubic foot, averag- ing 36 pounds, 13.50 kg. per cubic foot or 600 kg. per cubic meter, very durable, white or grayish to yellowish- or reddish-white or even light yellowish-brown when fresh, coarse-textured, closely even- grained, soft, strong, tough, with a glossy luster, seasoning well without warping or cracking, easily worked, taking a good polish, easily painted or varnished, usually quite resistant to termites and shipworms (Teredo), the annual rings more or less distinct, with numerous very fine, prominent, moderately broad and short medullary rays visible in the silver grain as irregular horizontal bands, the pores of different sizes, mostly large in the spring wood, often subdivided, rather prominent in a vertical section, sometimes ar- ranged in rough, more or less concentric lines,, the blaze thick, pale-yellow or white to greenish-white, turning brown, green below the cuticle; branches few (when old) or numerous (when young), 430 PY TORE RORGH AeA Vol. 55, Now 6 spreading, forming a large shady crown; branchlets and young parts subpubescent to yellowish-tomentose, tetragonal; leaves simple, de- ciduous, decussate-opposite, mostly rather soft and limp, with an apical drip-tip; petioles cylindric, 4--15 cm. long, puberulent or glabrous, those of a pair often unequal; leaf-blades spinach-green above when young, pale chrome or straw-color when old, subcoriace- ous, broadly ovate, 10--25 cm. long, 4--20 cm. wide, apically long- acuminate or caudate, marginally entire on mature plants, basally usually cordate or subcordate to truncate, usually with a short and abrupt central cuneate attenuation into the petiole, densely tomen- tose above when young, becoming glabrous above when mature, perman- ently densely fulvous-tomentose or fulvous-tomentellous with stel- late hairs beneath, some or all of the leaves with 1--several large glands (nectaries) between the larger veins just above the petiole apex on the basal attenuation; lateral secondaries 5--10 pairs, the lowest pair basal or sub-basal and strong; tertiaries small, more or less parallel; inflorescence racemose, terminal and axillary, strictly dichotomous, fulvous-tomentose throughout, erect, 3--39 cm. long, some with a few single flowers in the leaf-axils; bracts linear or linear-lanceolate to subulate, 3--10 mm. long and 1--2.5 mm. wide, apically acuminate, caducous, neither’ foliaceous nor brightly col- ored, densely villous on both surfaces; pedicels 1.5--3 mm. long; flowers large, handsome, appearing before or with the young leaves, about 3.8 cm. long and 2.5 cm. wide, arranged in 1--3-flowered {usually 1-flowered by reduction] cymules on the decussate-opposite panicle-branches, ornithophilous; calyx broadly campanulate, 3--5 mm. long, externally densely appressed-pubescent or fulvous-tomen- tose, with 1--4 discoid nectariferous glands, the rim with 5 small, triangular, apically acute teeth, internally glabrous; corolla large and showy, 3--4 times as long as the calyx, somewhat like that of Catalpa, varying from yellow or yellow tinged with brown to brilliant orange , reddish- or brownish-yellow, dull yellow-brown, pinkish- brown, orange-yellow, or orange-whitish, often dull-chestnut with a yellow lip and throat, mostly deep tawny-yellow within and paler outside, 2.5--4 cm. long, about 2.5 cm. wide, pentamerous, tubular for the lower 1/3 or 5--6 mm., obliquely ampliate and funnelform (10--12 mm. wide) at the throat, externally velutinous to tomentose or densely appressed-villous, internally with glanduliferous hairs, the tube often madder-purple. deeply divided into 2 oblong, apically obtuse, backwardly curled lips, the upper lip short, often at first straight, 2-lobed with ovate apically rounded lobes 7--10 mm. long, 12--15 mm. wide, the lower lip often lemon-yellow, about as long to twice as long as the often dull orange-pink upper one, 3-lobed, the ovate or shovel-shaped middle lobe much longer and broader than the 2 obovate, rounded, 15 mm. long middle ones, broadly rounded, about 15 mm. long and 20--25 mm. wide, often yellow and ribbed on thé upper surface, pale on the lower surface, projecting forward (antrorse), apically subobtuse and with an irregularly crenulate margin; stamens 4, didynamous, exserted from the mouth of the corolla-tube, sometimes one pair sterile, 13--15 and 17--20 mm. long; anthers oblong, 2.5--3 mm. long, the 2 thecae parallel and separate; pollen grains 3-zoni- 1984 Moldenke, Notes on Gmelina 431 colporate, prolate spheroidal, 29 x 35 mu (range 33--44 x 32--39 mu), the colpi ends acute, tenuimarginate, the membrane minutely crustate, the apocolpium diameter 3.5 mu, the endocolpium very faint, the exine 1.4 mu thick, the ectine almost as thick as the endine, its surface reticulate, the lumina very small; pistil ex- serted from the mouth of the corolla-tube; style slender or fili- form, glabrous; stigma shortly bifid; ovary 4-celled, externally glabrous, each cell l-ovulate, the ovules attached near the top of the cell; fruit drupaceous, ovate to oblong or obovoid-pyriform to subrotund, 2--3 cm. long, 1.5--2 cm. wide, borne on the mostly un- enlarged fruiting-calyx, at first green but yellow or yellow-orange when mature, succulent, aromatic, bitter-sweet, resembling that of Spondias, the pericarp leathery and shiny, the exocarp succulent and sweetish, the endocarp bony, usually 2-celled and (by abortion) l- or 2-seeded, sometimes 3-celled and 3-seeded; seeds exalbumin- ous; chromosome number: 2n = 36, 38, or 40. This species is based on an unnumbered Rottler collection probab- ly now deposited in the East India Company herbarium at Kew, origin- ally from the Coromandel coast of India. Smith's original description is: "G. arborea. Roxb. MSS. (Cwmbu- fu; Rheede Hort. Mal. v. 1. 75. t. 41) -- Leaves heart-shaped, undivided, pointed, downy beneath; their lateral ribs cloven. Thorns none. -- Sent from the coast of Coromandel by the Rev. Dr. Rottler, with the above name of Dr. Roxburgh. Gaertner has most justly pointed out the Cumbulu of Rheede as a Gmelina, though quoted by Linnaeus, doubtingly indeed, for his Bignonia Catalpa. This is a tall and upright tree, growing in sandy ground, with downy branches, and large, opposite, stalked, heart-shaped, entire leaves, downy and veiny beneath. Thorns none, as far as we can learn. -- The flowers are numerous and handsome, yellow, growing in compound, hairy, ter- minal clusters. Fruit yellow, obovate, rather small." The species is native from Pakistan, Bhutan, India, and Sri Lanka, east through Bangladesh, Burma, and Thailand to Indochina, Malaya, and Indonesia, and north to southern China. It has been introduced for shade, fuel, timber, and paper-pulp in several parts of tropical Africa [Ghana, Nigeria, Sierra Leone, Malawi, Tanzania, Uganda, Zimbabwe, and South Africa] and South America [Brazil and Venezuela], often in extensive plantations from which it tends to escape and become naturalized; also in lesser quantity in Central America and the West Indies [Mexico, Belize, Honduras, Cuba, Puerto Rico, and Dominica] and the oceanic islands [Fiji, Hawaii, and the Philippines]. In India it is sometimes planted along avenues for shade and as an ornamental or decorative tree in parks and gardens. In Sri Lanka my wife and I saw it being used for shade in temple gardens. Collectors describe the tree as varying from shrubby to large, 5--15 m. tall or 20--60 feet tall, the trunk 15--36 inches in dia- meter at breast height and 61 inches in girth, often branched from the base (when young), the crown rounded, the bark 1 cm. thick, varying from gray or grayish to yellowish or yellowish-gray or even brown, tuberculate-roughened, finely fissured, the cUt surface yel- 432 PHY Sle O Wo OR Geez: Vol. 55), Noemo low and brown streaked, the wood "fading yellow", the leaves oppo- site, green, deciduous, hairy beneath and with nectaries at the base, the flowers fragrant or slightly so, the stamens "2 plus 2", and the fruit at first green, then yellow, finally light-brown, bitter- sweet, “cherished by antelopes". Collectors have encountered it at altitudes of 50 to 1650 meters, in anthesis from August to May and in fruit in February, from April to July, and in October. They have found it growing in fields and hedges, along roadsides, in open ground and on flat land, in jungles, deciduous and open deciduous forests, subtropical evergreen forests, on hill slopes, sandstone ridges, and steep disturbed mountainsides, in dry bamboo brakes, along streamsides, and in patana grassland, in the light shade of forest edges (but not in deep shade), in scrub jungles, on savannas, and in areas of 87--95 inches of rainfall per year. The corollas are described as "yellow" on Henry 12886, Koyama & al. 15535, Saldanha 12346 & 13298, Sangdhachand 780, Sumithraanrach- chi & Fernando DBS.161, and Wendt & al. 2916, “madder-purple, yel- low in throat and lip" on Chand 4398, “yellow to brown" on Saldanha 16581, "brownish-yellow" on Molina R. 27891 and Sakdanha 12824, "dull yellow-brown" on Nafday 174, "yellow and brown" on Batley 809, "yellow and pinkish" on Phillips 2773, "yellowish-brown" on Kokkam Kaeng 4, "reddish-yellow" on Kadit 4.n., "brown with yellow lower lip, throat purple" on Sumithraanachcht DBS.663, “yellow with brownish petal-tips" on Gentry 12805, "yellow, pink outside, hood and edge of wings also pink" on Chand 7476, "lip broadly yellow- edged" on Chand 3045, "brown, yellow in tube, mouth tinted purple, lip bright-yellow" on Stevens 20955, "“whitish-yellow with brown" on Bunpheng 1080, “madder purple, lip and bowl yellow" on Koekz 33086, "pinkish-brown, lip and tongue yellow" on Chand 8344, "clouded rose- purple, lip yellow" on Chand 1443, “crimson, lip yellow" on Chand 4603, and "purplish-red, yellow-pubescent inside, tube and labellum yellow inside" on Kanis & al. SAN.52638, while Mejia 253 is said to have had the "flores amarillas por dentro y rojo claro por fuera". Bunphang reports the species common in evergreen forests in Thai- land and Sangkhachand found it common in lowland evergreen forests there; Ward tells us that it is "common but scattered in subtropical evergreen forests, leafless or almost so when in full bloom" in Burma in April. Saldanha reports it “common in deciduous forests, occas- ional in semi-evergreen forests" in Mysore, India. Sumithraarachchi avers it to be "rare on hilltop savannas" in Sri Lanka; Kokkam Kaeng describes it as a large tree "common in dry mixed deciduous forests" in Thailand. My wife and I found it occurring as scattered trees on steep forested slopes in Sri Lanka. Saldanha refers to it both as "occasional" and as "fairly common" in Mysore. The Premna tomentosa of Miquel, referred to in the synonymy (above), is based on Hohenackenr 554 from Kerala, India. The homonymous Gmel- Ana tomentosa Roxb. is a synonym of G, asiatica L. and G. tomentosa Fletcher is a valid species. Gmekina arborea is of considerable economic importance and has accumulated a large literature. Brandis (1874) calls it "A widely spread tree through the greater part of India, Burma and Ceylon. In 1984 Moldenke, Notes on Gmelina 433 the sub-Himalayan tract it extends to the Chenab, ascending to 3,000 feet and even higher, but is scarce in the Panjab. Grows on the dry hills of the Aravalli range near Ajmir. Not gregarious, and nowhere abundant. The leaves are shed Feb.--April, the new foliage appears April--May. Fl. generally before the leaves, Feb.--April. Fruit ripens May--June." Kurz (1877) says that the tree is "Frequent all over Burma from Ava and Chittagong down to Tenasserim and the Andamans, especially in the upper mixed forests and also in the tropical forests, but rarely entering alluvium, up to 3,000 feet elevation." In his 1875 work he lists it from the upper mixed forests and evergreen tropical forests of Pegu, describing the wood as white, light, "resembling mutchi wood", weighing 35 pounds per cubic foot, "used [in Pegu] often for making canoes and boats, also for house-posts, planks, clogs and for carving images. Recommended for furniture." Deb (1981) lists it from Tripura. Schauer (1847) cites unnumbered collections of Edgeworth, of Rox- burgh, and of Perrottet, as well as Waflich 1817 in the DeCandolle Herbarium at Geneva, all from eastern India. Trimen (1895) tells us that in Sri Lanka it is found in the "Moist region up to 5000 ft.; rather common, but often cultivated. Fl. March; 4 upper lobes dull orange-pink, lower one lemon-yellow...... The flowers suggest a Big- noniaceous plant. They appear along with the young foliage, the tree being deciduous." Talbot (1909) says that the species occurs in "Tropical and sub- tropical India up to 5000' in deciduous forests, Burmah, Bengal, Chittagong, moist region of Ceylon; throughout the [Bombay; Presiden- cy scattered in monsoon-forest but nowhere common, on the Turanmal plateau Khandesh Satpudas, 3700'", flowering there in March and Ap- ril, fruiting in May and June. Hallier (1918) cites his nos. C.243 and 3514 from Sri Lanka and Hos4seus 476 from Thailand. - Parkinson (1922) lists the species from the "upper mixed forests", citing an unnumbered Kurz collection, but adds that "The Andaman specimens have been collected only in Port Blair where it may have been introduced and planted. I do not think it is a native of the [Andaman] islands." Parker (1924) lists it from the Punjab as "Not common" in the sub-Himalayan area from Ravi eastward, but "Often cultivated in the plains". P'ei (1932) cites from Yunnan, China, only A. Henry 12886. He notes that "The Yunnan plant agrees very well with the Indian mater- ial except that its leaves are not as large as described by Roxburgh. It is allied to Gmelina adsiatica L., from which it differs by its erect inflorescences, and large leaves." White (1962) refers to trial plots planted in Zambia. Dop (1935) cites unnumbered collections by Chevalier from Tonkin, by Harmand and by Poilane from Annam, by Harmand and by Thorel from Laos, and by Hosseus and by Kerr from Thailand. Haines (1910) describes the bark as "light grey, sometimes light- ly and transversely furrowed, flaky in isolated light coloured patches when old, thick. Blaze with a thin chlorophyll layer, then thick pale yellow with rough cut, then white with soft cut. Inside 434 PLY ef Oni, O1Get A Vol. 55;,, Nowae (on wood) yellowish." Lamb (1968) gives a detailed discussion of this species as to description, flowering and fruiting, leaf-fall, root system, habitat conditions in relation to climate, physiography and ecologic associa- tions, longevity and growth patterns, seed production and quality, seed distribution, causes of damage to seeds, natural and artificial regeneration, seed germination, seedling characters, recommended methods of sowing, nursery care, preparation of plantation sites, planting and tending of seedlings, spacing, nutrient requirements, thinning and pruning, growth rate, yield, parasites, pests, fungal diseases, frost, fire, and wind damage, physical and mechanical properties of the wood (including macroscopic and microscopic feat- ures), seasoning and shrinkage, durability, preservation treatment, etc. According to him "The bark on young trees and on the crown and upper part of the stem in older trees, is smooth, corky pale brown to grey in colour. It exfoliates near the swollen base of the stems in trees over five to eight years old exposing smooth paler coloured bark beneath. Form varies greatly with varying conditions of growth. If grown in the open, heavy branches and a wide crown develop and the stem is short, seldom straight, swollen at ground level and markedly tapered; if grown in well thinned plantations on high quality sites, the tree attains a height of 100 feet in 20 years, a girth of 6 to 8 feet at breast height, a clean nearly straight stem, with much less taper and a domed crown. Trees of this form have been reported in natural forest in Burma..... The leaves fall as a rule about January--February in its natural habitat; the new leaves appear in March--April. The panicles of flowers appear from February to April when the tree is more or less leafless, or with the young leaves...... The root system varies in depth of penetration with soil depth and texture. Roots have the same pale corky bark at the ground surface as the branches." It is "a short lived tree everywhere but lives longer and grows larger where deep moist soil amply supplied with moisture occurs." It is "a transitory species in rain forest springing up where a hole occurs in the canopy and growing rapidly on the accumulated fertility occurring in such gaps. It will grow equally well in deciduous high forest on the deep river alluvia." It will start to grow on dry, shallow, sandy, or other- wise poor soil, but will remain stunted. "It is sensitive under these conditions to competition from weed species, especially grasses, and fails to suppress them; the leaves turn yellow, the canopy lightens and tree growth slows down. However, in savanna woodland and on sites of abandoned villages and old cattle kraals in Africa, the stimulus from the residue of nutrients in the soil causes vigor- ous growth, a dense closed canopy and clean forest floor, and pro- duces stems useful for poles." In the mixed deciduous forests of the Central Provinces of Ind- ia it grows in association with Tectona grandis, Teraminalia tomento- 4a, T. bekenrica, Lagerstroemia parviflora, Ougeinia dalbergioides, Anogerssurs latifolia, Dalbergia 4sissoo, D. paniculata, Pterocarpus mansupium, Diospyros mekanoxylon, Acacia catechu, ChLoroxykon scietenia, Soymida febrifuga, Schleichera trijuga, Schrebena swie- 1984 Moldenke, Notes on Gmelina 435 tenioides, Cheistanthus colkinus, Odina wodien, Cassia fistula, Bridelia netusa, Adina cordifolia, Stephegyne parvifolia, Butia frondosa, Bassia latifolia, Phyllanthus embLica, Buchanania Lati- folia, Xylia xylocanrpa, and the prevailing bamboos, Dendrocalamus Atnictus and Bambusa arundinacea (along rivers). Lamb avers that Gmelina arborea "grows very rapidly during the first six years of its life with the production of heavy branches when the trees are widely separated and a very tapered bole. With competition from neighbours the branches are kept small and the taper of the stems is greatly reduced. By the seventh year rapid height growth slows down." In unfavorable sites it may die in its twelfth year even without attack from a primary pathogen, "but in the best alluvial sites in a monsoon climate it may live to be at least 30 or 40 years of age. It is however a short lived tree." Trees as young as 3 or 4 years may produce fruit, ripening from the end of April (in Burma) to July (in India) and "fruiting is regu- lar and usually plentiful each year......about 640.....per pound." The rate of germination of fresh seeds is high, but decreases rapid- ly in storage. "On sandy soils in the open, around Gmelina plantations in Eastern Nigeria and Sierra Leone, natural regeneration is prolific....The seed will germinate under the thinned out canopy of a [suddenly de- stroyed] plantation". Germination is epigeous, resembling that of Teak. The stone of the drupe opens by means of one or two lateral valves, the radicle emerging first, the cotyledons issuing short- ly after. The stone is either left on the ground, or is carried up over the cotyledons, falling with their expansion." Streets (1962) describes efforts to introduce Gmelina arborea in- to various parts of the British Commonwealth, with only varying degrees of success. In some areas, however, it has produced an aver- age growth of 50 feet and a diameter of 6.4 inches in 21 years, with 450 trees per acre; in other areas an average of 45 feet in 10 years with a rapid suppression of weedy undergrowth. It coppices well. Prain (1963) lists the species from Chota Nagpur, central and western Bengal, and Chittagong. Kanjilal and his associates (1939) assert that it is "common" throughout Assam. Cooke (1958) cites un- numbered collections by Dalzell & Gibson from Konkan, by Woodrow from Deccan, by Ritchie and by Talbot from Kanara, and by Woodrow from Gujarat. He also cites a Dalzell & Gibson collection from Sind, but admits that it was from "introduced" material. He gives the species' overall distribution as throughout India, Ceylon, and the Malayan [and, erroneously, the Philippine] islands. Parham (1964) reports it introduced and moderately common in the Fiji is- lands. Gamble (1902) tells us that "This handsome and useful tree is to be found throughout India, except in very dry localities, but is never gregarious and nowhere very common. In the Lower Himalaya and Sub- Himalaya it is met with in the moister parts of the sal and mixed forests, and in similar places in the Clentral] P[lrovinces], Berer, Bombay and South India. It is most common in Eastern Bengal and 436 PHY. OOF Grr A Vol 55), Nomis Chittagong [in Bangladesh], and also in Burma. It is often planted asa garden tree and in avenues, and seedlings grow very fast in suitable soil. It coppices very well. It has large yellow flowers and a large fleshy drupe." Graham (1839) lists it from Bombay is- land, India, and assures us that it is "Common throughout the Concans". Dastur (1952) describes the species as "Scattered over a large part of Tropical and Subtropical India and Pakistan, up to 5,000 ft. in deciduous forests". The wood "is one of the best and most reliable timbers; it can easily be painted and varnished." Hains (1922) avers that the typical form of G. anbonea, with its stellate pubescence on the lower leaf-surface, is found "only....in the extreme north of the province [Bihar & Orissa], if at all." Barnard (1955) discusses in detail the general problems involved in attempts to use this tree in afforestation or reforestation projects in Malaya. Srivastava (1967) informs us that the species is called "vidari" and "vidarini” in the ancient Charak Samhita, but is now called "gambhari" and "kasmari" in the Ayurvedic materia medica of India. In his later (1976) work he cites his no, 1293, noting that the tree is "Frequent in and around the forest. Most of the flowers fall off even before pollination [and so] only a few fruits develop." Menninger (1944) says of Gmekina arborea: "This is a charming tree of shady localities and the lower hills throughout India. Ida Colthurst in ‘Familiar Trees in India' says: 'Nature, always inim- itable in her choice of harmonizing colors, perhaps nowhere excels herself as when she blends yellow and browns; and a good example of this art is the exquisitely scented bloom of Gmekina. The flower ap- pear on a naked tree, from the end of February right on to mid- April, and in shape bear some resemblance to Antinnhinum (Snap- dragon). They have five petals, four of which are tawny, and the fifth a bright yellow which in the bud is bent inwards and protects the dark ones. The leaves, broad (6 x 9 inches), are heart shaped and ending in a point, appear as soon as the season of blooming is over.' The leaves are dark green and glossy on the upper surface, pale green underneath. Sturrock says it is a handsome, unarmed tree requiring rich soil. Corner's 'Wayside Trees of Malaya' calls the flowers "orange yellow', says they are often in clusters a foot long at the tips of the branches and from the leaf axils. The tree, usually 50 to 60 feet, grows much larger in Burma and is valued for its timber because it ‘lasts well under water, better than teak'," In a later work (1962) he asserts that in Florida (U.S.A.) the tree can withstand winter temperatures as low as 20° F., its blossoms, appearing when the foliage is thin or absent, "put on a good show", and mature specimens are growing in Ocala, Fort Myers, and Stuart, Florida. Ali (1932) reports that the flowers appear to be well adapted to bird-pollination and are mostly serviced by the sunbirds, Leptocoma assatica and L, zeylonica, throughout daylight hours. Cave (1964) records the haploid chromosome number as 19, but S. & G. Manguenot (1962) give the diploid number as 36, while Raman & Keszvan (1963) give it as 38. Possibly different varieties of the 1984 Moldenke, Notes on Gnekina 437 species were used in obtaining these diverse figures. Hopefully, herbarium vouchers were made and are preserved somewhere so that the exact identification can be checked! Joseph & Vajravelu (1967) cite their no. 14005; Kammathy (1967) cites his nos. 73667, 79893, 80056, & 80207, referring to the species as "common in moist deciduous forests dominated by Terminalia tomento- 4a, where it is mostly overtopped by Wendlandia thyrsoidea", San- tapau & Raizada (1955) call it a rare tree (in the wild) in the Gir of India, but note that "we have seen...... a fairly large number un- der cultivation in forest nurseries", citing four unnumbered collec- tions, one of which was labeled as "common in field hedges". Saxena (1970) cites only Saxena & Khotele 5908. Venkatareddi (1969) describes the tree as only "occasional in de- ciduous forests" and cites his nos. 96045, 97700, & 100973 and Gam- me 15168. Vyas (1964) reports it "common in the luxuriant growth of cool and shady valleys in the Sub-Himalayan areas", while Agarwal (1970) also lists it from the Sub-Himalayan tract from Chenab east- ward and "throughout India, Burma and Andamans". Ellis (1968) cites his no. 23736 from Andhra Pradesh, where Sebastine & Henry (1966) found it to be "rare along roadside", citing only their 15958. Rao & Rabha (1966) list it from Assam. Longman (1969) reports that, in his experience, night tempera- tures of 26° C. will lead to bud dormancy in some individual trees, but notin all: Puri (1960) found Gmekina arborea to occur naturally in the second story in north Indian lower alluvial savanna forests in Bengal along with Bombax malabaricum, Callicarpa arborea, etc.. and asserts that it follows a phytogeographic pattern of nearly uniform distri- bution throughout India except for the desert area. In the northern sub-Himalayan tropical semi-evergreen forest on lower hillslopes it is one of the common associates of teak (Tectona grandis). It oc- curs in the sandalwood tropical moist deciduous forests in Mysore, Madras, Bombay, and parts of Madhya Pradesh in association with Arto- canpus hirsuta, Eugenia jambolana, Vitex negundo, etc. It occurs in the upper story with Bombax malabaricum in edaphic, Gangetic, tropi- cal, moist, deciduous, riverine forests in the sub-Himalayan areas of Uttar Pradesh along with Caklicarpa macrophylla in the thirdstory and with Cassia fistula, Randia Longispina, Zizyphus jujuba, etc. in the second story. It is found in the first story in savanna forests in the north Indian lower alluvial areas with Callicarpa anborea in the second story, as well as in moist deciduous and evergreen mixed forests and on wet savannas in the Extanthus navennae association. He claims that it shows "great sensitivity to frost owing to having large leaves with buds, leaves and internodes possessing hairy, warty or rough surfaces". The species is a strong light demander like teak. Its foliage is gathered and considered good cattle fodder in Madhya, Vidya, and Uttar Pradesh. Subramanian & Kalyani (1977) declare that G. arborea is associa- ted in the so-called southern tropical dry deciduous forests, at an altitude of 600--1100 m., on flat or undulating land and on the lower hillslopes where the annual rainfall is generally between 80 and 100 438 P Hy You 0) LOrGerLenA Vol. 55= NoweG cm., with Anogerssus latifolia, Albizzia odonatissima, A. amana, A. Lebbek, Amaranthus spinosus, Adsystasia dakzelliana, Azima tetna- cantha, Buchanania Lanzan, Butea monosperma, Chkoroxylon sucetenia, Cochkosperma nekigiosum, Commiphora caudata, Canthium dicoccum, Condia dichotoma, Celtis cinnamomea, Cipadessa baccifera, Crasso- cephakum crepidioides, Coleus forskhokii, Croton bonplandianum, D4- ospynos montana, Donichandrone falcata, Dodonaea viscosa, Ekaeoden- dnron noxburghti, Ehretia ovakifolia, EmbLica offisinalis, Euphorbsa hinta, Grewia abutifolia, G. flavescens, Indigofera cassiordes, Leucas hinta, Ligustrum noxburghti, Maytenus ovatus, Olea gkandu- Lifera, Pittosporum floribundum, Premna Latifolia, Radermachera xylocanpa, Santalum album, Sakvadona persica, Soymida febrifuga, Sapindus emarginatus, Scutia cincumscissa, Trichodesma indicum, Terminalia chebula, T. crenulata, Tridax procumbens, Vitex altis- sima, Vernonia divergens, and Wendlandia thyrsordea. Benthal (1933) asserts that "The tree is indigenous in most parts of the plains of India and Burma, but is nowhere abundant. It is not wild in Lower Bengal, but is occasionally planted [there] in gardens and villages, and on roadsides....... In Calcutta the new leaves appear in February and March, but in drier climates this takes place later in the year. The flowers appear from February to April, often before the new leaves are open. The tree is bare of leaves for a short time, but the first flowers often appear before the old leaves have fallen. The fruits ripen from April to June. When not in flower the tree closely resembles Tnrewia nudiflona Linn., but the latter may be distinguished by the raised line that joins the bases of each pair of opposite leaf-stalks." Caaudhuri (1969) encountered Gmelina arborea in the so-called "block forests" (which are clear-felled areas of dry mixed forests) in northern Bengal, while Mukerjee (1965) lists it as an invading pioneer tree on the savannas of West Bengal. Palit (1969) reports that it often grows in association with Sforea nobusta in that same state of India. Deb and his associates (1968) list it from Bhutan. Cooke (1905) cites unnumbered collections of Dalzell & Gibson, of Ritchie, and of Woodrow from Bombay and declares that the species has been introduced in Sind, Pakistan. He also says that "The root, the bark, and the fruit are used medicinally; the fruit is also eaten by some of the hill-tribes. The timber is excellent, strong and light, does not warp nor shrink, and is valuable for ornamental work." Brandis (1906) gives its natural distribution as the "Subhimal- ayan tract from the Chenab eastwards to 3,000 ft. Aravalli hills. Central India. Singbhum. Western Peninsula. Burma." He notes also that the leaves are shed from February to early April and the new foliage appears from late April to May; the flowers appear from February to April, generally before the leaves are fully developed. He also agrees that the species coppices well. Nairne (1894) as- serts that it is less common in the Deccan peninsula than it is in Konkan. Babu (1977) tells us that it is a common tree in ravines and on slopes in the monsoon forest of Dehra Dun. Santapau & Rai- zada (1956) refer to it as "a rare tree in the Gir in the wild state; 1984 Moldenke, Notes on Gmekina 439 we have seen a few plants growing wild, but a fairly large number under cultivation in forest nurseries." They cite four unnumbered collections -- for one of which they note "common in field hedges”. Inamdar (1968, 1971), Shah (1969), Jain (1963), Patel (1971) and Santapau (1955) all report it from Gujerat, while Santapau (1967) lists it from Saurashtra. Ellis and his associates (1967) cite their no. 18678 from Kerala; Vajravelu and his associates (1968) re- fer to it as common in teak and rosewood plantations in the same Indian state, citing Vajnavelu 19113. Subramanyam & Henry (1966) encountered Gmelina arborea in mixed deciduous forests at the foot of and on the lower slopes of mountains in Madhya Pradesh, while Rao & Sastry (1964) refer to it as "rare" on exposed hilltops and Joseph (1963) found it "not common" in the same state. Patel (1968) asserts that in Melghat it is “Occasional, but locally frequent at high elevations and in areas cultivated in the past". Deb (1961) cites his no. 2042 from Manipur. Bhatta- charjee & Das (1969) list it from Mysore, where Naithani (1966) re- fers to it as "rare", citing his no. 23120. Razi (1946) also lists it from Mysore, referring to it as a "mesophanerophyte" in the Raun- kiaer classification of life forms. Datta (1965) calls it "a moder- ate-sized tree of the Orissa jungles", while Vyas (1967) refers to it as a "rare tree of slopes and cool valleys" in Rajasthan, citing his no. 58. Sharma and his associates (1978, 1981) cite Sharma 39816 from Tamil Nadu where the species is said to be only "occasional"; Deb (1968) records it from Tripura, and Gupta (1967) from Uttar Pradesh. Santa- pau & Shah (1969) found it growing on Salsette island, and Kurz (1870) lists it from the Andaman Islands. Griffith (1854) records it from Upper Burma, from where Merrill (1941) cites Kingdon Ward 493. Clarke (1885) maintains that Gmelina arborea occurs "Throughout the Deccan Peninsula and Ceylon, frequent, extending to the foot of the N. W. Himalaya" [Pakistan] and Chittagong [Bangladesh]. Jafri & Ghafoor, in a personal communication to me, describe it as a "rare plant in our area" [Pakistan], but "cultivated as a decorator tree in gardens and avenues". They cite only a single Jan Mohamed collec- tion. From Sri Lanka the species is listed by Gunawardena (1968) ; Thwaites & Hooker (1861) cite only C.P.£28 (698). Trimen (1895) says of it: "rather common in moist region up to 5000 ft., but often cultivated". Hallier (1918) cites his nos. 3514 a C.243, the latter from cultivated material, but the former from a tree apparently growing wild along the edge of the river adjoining the Sri Lanka Botanical Garden, where, according to observations made by my wife and myself during our visit there, cuttings and trash from the garden are regularly dumped. Hallier also cites Hos4eus 476 and gives the species' overall distribution, as recognized by him, as India, Sikkim, Assam, Bangladesh, Malaya, and the Philippines [the Philippine part of this supposed distribution is erroneous]. Craib (1911) cites Kern 540 and Hosseus 576, the latter as to flowers only, the leaves being those of Columbia floribunda Wall. [=Colona floribunda] . Fletcher (1938) cites, also from Thailand, Annandale 4.n., Hodsseus 440 PHY ©) ORG BRERA: Vol. 55), (Noesc 576, Kern 540, 2331, 9856, 12356, & 20271 (but the Hosseus collec- tion, again, as to flowers only). He also cites an unnumbered Curtis collection from the Langkawi islands, giving the overalldis- tribution of the species, as accepted by him, as India (type local- ity), Yunnan, Burma, Indochina, and again erroneously, the Philip- pine islands. Sawyer & Chermsirivathena (1969) describe it as in- frequent in the "phytocenose 1" association, at 310--640 m. alti- tude, in Thailand. Dop (1933) cites unnumbered collections by Chevalier, Harmand, Poilane, and Thorel from Annan, Vietnam. He distinguishes G. arborea from the closely related G. Hacemosa (Lour.) Merr. as follows: Gmekina arborea has the calyx with 5 triangular, apically acute lobes which are 5 mm. long and not glanduliferous, while G. ‘ace- mosa has the calyx truncate and entire, with numerous small verti- cal glands, the ovary apically pubescent. In G. arborea the ovary is externally glabrous. Corner (1952) reports G. anxbonrea as cultivated in Malaya, both as a city tree and by the Forest Service in plantations. Satmoko (1961) lists it as a constituent of the shore vegetation in Java and in the Banringtonia formation on the island's sheltered west coast. Mukherjee & Ghosh (1968) tell us that in India the tree is propa- gated by seed in the traditional gootee method by the Forest Depart- ment. Maheshwari (1918) cites his no. 103] from Delhi, where, he says, the species is "Planted in the lawns of gardens. Most of the flowers fall off and [therefore] only a few develop fruit. The tree does not thrive well in the area [of Delhi]." Woodrow (1910) af- firms that the seed may be treated like that of teak (Tectona grandis) , "but large cuttings planted in August and September root freely." Loudon (1830, 1832) and Sweet (1826, 1830) claim that the species was introduced into cultivation in England from the "E. Indies" [ac- tually, eastern India] in 1812. Misra (1969) reports G. arborea grown for timber in India, while Stewart (1972) avers that it is cultivated and naturalized in Sind, "often cultivated on the Pakis- tan plains and wild from Mirpur and Jammu eastward". Prain (1963) lists it from western and central Bengal, Chota Nagpur, and Chitta- gong; Das (1964) found it in mixed dry forests in West Bengal. Voigt (1845) lists it as cultivated in Calcutta and its suburbs, while Ghosh (1964) reports it cultivated in plantations by the Forest Service in West Bengal. Collett & Hemsley (1890) report it from the Shan States of Burma, citing an unnumbered Aplin collection. Dawkins (1919) reports that sambar deer (Rusa unicolon) are attracted from "the whole countryside" to Gmelina plantations, where they can do serious grazing damage, but "curiously enough, cattle seem to be averse to [it]", refusing even to touch it: "in fact, their presence is looked on as beneficial in keeping down weeds and grass. Even in the dry season, when sambar grazing is at its worst, cattle in these forest regions can find plenty to eat, and seem to dislike yemane [G. arborea] as much as they do teak. Ponies also refuse it, so there must be something distasteful in it." Hail storks can do much damage to the young shoots, but "most of the trees will recover without coppicing, and several such storms every 1984 Moldenke, Notes on Gmekina 441 y2ar would be preferable to the visitations of sambar." He recom- mends short-length timber produced by very heavy thinning over 4 or 5 years, with consequent girth enhancement and shortened rotation. He concludes that "there can be no doubt that this tree....must form an exceedingly profitable crop, providing that localities well suited for export are selected, and floating will always be the cheapest extraction method." Parker (1924) points out that "The tree would be worth cultiva- tion for timber, but it cannot stand frost in irrigated plantations" {in the Punjab, where it is "not common']. In the mid 1960s Daniel K. Ludwig purchased a 3,000,000-acre tract of virgin rainforest ona tributary of the Amazon river in Brazil on which to grow Gmelina anbonea. He thought that this tree would produce wood there for pulp and lumber at about ten times the rate of "ordinary" trees. By the end of the "first stage" of this project and the strip-clearing of irreplaceable native vegetation, in 1983, the total cash invest- ment was estimated at about 1 billion dollars. Certainly this is a most grandiose follow-up -- to be deplored from an ecologic view- point -- on Parker's modest suggestion in 1924! McIntyre (1972) as- serts that those trees that grow straight will have their wood used in cabinet work, the rest for pulp, and that "gmelinas will eventual- ly provide as much as 1,000 tons of pulpwood a day....without ex- hausting the jungle soils." Chaudhuri (1925) asserts that in the Chittagong area the tree does not grow with a straight trunk in the wild, but when planted close together in a plantation will grow fast and straight, with an average growth of 51 feet and trunk diameter of 5 inches in 5 years; the largest he observed was 59 feet 5 inches tall, with a diameter at breast height of 7.45 inches. A tree with a 6-foot girth was pro- duced in 30 years. He observes that the tree is often attacked by the beetle, Calopepka Leayana,which may cause serious damage. Kowal & Kassam (1978) report that Gmelina arborea is an important tree for use in the afforestation of savannas in Nigeria, where it has a very high rate of growth -- "the annual growth increment in Nigeria [being] 16--28 m3/ha." Bojer (1837) listed it as cultivated in Mauritius (in the botanical garden) already in his time. Molina (1975) found it cultivated in Honduras and Roig (1953) in Cuba. Jiménez (1975) lists it as cultivated in the Dominican Republic and asserts that Dr. Basset Maguire introduced it into the United States as a possible source of paper pulp. Liogier & Martorell (1982) comment that it is "scarcely planted and perhaps escaped in Puerto Rico". Lasser and his associates (1974) report it cultivated in Venezuela, while Lépez-Palacios (1977) says that it is actually cultivated in at least four states of that country, although he cites only his no. 3096. In a personal communication he tells me that Anisteguieta 6933, in the Caracas herbarium, represents this species and that the tree actually occurs both wild and cultivated in the state of Barinas, Venezuela. The Baileys (1941, 1976) list the species as hardy in their Life- zone 10, cultivated "along the southern border" of the U.S.A. They list only the Singapore Botanical Garden as a source of the seed in 442 P Hey 0) Ly OG eA Vol. 55, NoeeG the horticultural trade. Van Rensselaer (1948) found it in culti- vation in California. Akachuku & Burley (1979) found that individual trees of in plantations varied in fiber length and also in proportion of fiber, vessels, and parenchyma. Yeom & Sandrasegaran (1966) found that the average crown diameter (Kd) and stem diameter (D) are line- arly and positively correlated and the correlation may be expressed by this formula: Kd = 1.15 D + 924. They also found a curvilinear relationship between Kd and the total height of the tree, as well as a posit_ e correlation between the total height and the stem diameter. The mean average yield in Malaya, as reported by them, is 3700 cu. ft. per acre for 7--9-year old trees. Foxworthy (1909) describes the wood as "yellowish, grayish, or reddish white, witn a glossy luster, evengrained, soft, light and strong, durable, does not warp or crack. Seasonal rings marked eitner by a white line or by more numerous pores in the spring wood. Pores large and moderate-sized, often subdivided, rather prominent on a vertical section; sometimes arranged in rough, more or less concentric lines. Pith-rays short, moderately broad, prominent. Wood easily worked and readily takes paint or varnish; it is very durable under water." Hughes & Esan (1969) have investigated the variation in the structural features and properties of the wood as a result of changes in population density. They found density to be strongly correla- ted (in simple correlation) with fiber length, distance from the pith, and aye. Fox (1967) describes the establishment practices, growth figures, and thinning techniques used in Gmelina culture in Sierra Leone. Growth data and preliminary volume tables based on simple plot measurements are discussed and the silvicultural conflict between espacement, loss of increment, and the phenomenon of dieback are described. Ojenyi & Agbede (1980) have reported on the effect on soil fer- tility of inter-planting a forest crop of Gmelina with food crops in Southern Nigeria. Inter-cropping with yam, maize, and cassava caused no significant change in soil fertility, but a slight reduc- tion in soil organic carbon and increase in soil N and P were observ- ed. No definite change in pH was observed. "The investigation therefore further supports the practise of agri-silviculture [simul- taneous production of forest and food crops on the same area of land] as a means of increasing food production in the tropics." When all the food crops were combined on a Gmelina plot, the girth and even survival of Gmelina after two years were usually relative- ly low, but the difference in the agronomic performance of Gmekina due to intercropping with individual but different food crops were not significant. The yield of food crops grown on Gmekina planta- tions compared favorably with that from unfertilized arable plots planted to the food crops alone. [to be continued] AA (ORCHIDACEAE) IN COSTA RICA Kerry Barringer Department of Botany Field Museum of Natural History Chicago, IL 60605-2496 Abstract: Aa paleacea (H.B.K.) Reichb. f. (Orchidaceae) is reported from Central America for the first time. The genus Aa Reichb. f. is an Andean genus of terrestrial orchids. It has never been reported north of Colombia. It was discovered in the high paramo of Costa Rica in 1962 and has remained unidentified in herbaria since. AA Reichb. f., Xenia Orchid. 1: 18, 1854. TYPE: Orphys paleacea H.B.-K., Nova Gen. Sp. Pl. 1: 334. 1817. fide Bailion, Dict. Bot. 309. 1892. Erect, terrestrial plants. Roots fleshy. Stems erect. Leaves basal, spiral, conduplicate, petiolate, nonarticulate, the flowering stems usually leafless, enclosed in loose, thin, papery sheaths. Flowers in dense terminal spikes, the bracts thin, papery, usually longer than the flowers, ovary as large as the flower, the flower small, without hairs, the sepals similar, the two uppermost erect and spreading the lowermost pendent; lip uppermost, hooded, the mouth often fringed, the base with a pair of calli the column short, the anther dorsal, the pollinia 4, soft, without caudicles oblong, sessile, the viscidium terminal, the stigma entire. There are about 30 species of Aa native to the high Andes of South America. Some authors consider this genus to be only a slight variant of the genus Altensteinia H.B.K. The two genera are closely related but Aa can be distinguished by its hooded, fringed lip, glabrous column, and large stigmas. The name Aa has no meaning, unless it is a shortening of Altensteinia. Schultes and Pease (1963) speculate that it was used to ensure the placement of a Reichenbach name at the head of any list of genera. Classification (Dressler 1983): subfamily Spiranthoideae, tribe Cranichideae, subtribe Cranichidineae. 443 444 EP VSICNG KY (O) AE @) IGP BE 7 Vol. 55), No- Aa paleacea (H.B.K.) Reichb. f., Xenia Orchid. 1: 18. 1854. (Gate Oe Orphys paleacea H.B.K., Nova Gen. Sp. Pl. 1: 334. 1816. Type: Ecuador, Pichincha, Lioa Chiquito, Rucupichinchae, 1662 hex., March, Humboldt & Bonpland 46. (Lectotype: W fide Garay 1978). Altensteinia paleacea (H-B.K.) Kunth, Syn. Pl. Aeq- 1: 325. 1822. Erect, terrestrial herb, 20-50 cm tall. Leaves rosulate, ovate-lanceolate to lanceolate, up to 15 cm long, 3 cm wide, reduced above to thin, papery, acute or acuminate sheaths. Flowers in dense, erect, terminal spikes; bracts narrowly triangulate, 15-20 mm long, 5 mm wide, long-acuminate, hyaline, more than twice as long as the flowers. Flowers white; ovary ovoid, 5-7 mm long, glabrous; dorsal sepal oblong-ovate, 3-4 mm long, 1-1-5 mm wide, obtuse, pendent; lateral sepals, concave, lanceolate, 4-4.5 mm long, 2 mm wide, acute to subacute, erect to slightly deflexed; petals white, narrowly ovate to narrowly obovate, 2-43 mm long, 1 mm wide, the base narrowed, the margin slightly erose toward the apex, the apex obtuse; lip white with darker veins, 3-3-5 mm long, the base slightly cordate, the margin fimbriate above, the disk with a pair of small calli at its base; column 1-1.5 mm long, the clinandrium a low ridge, the anther pedicellate. Specimen studied: COSTA RICA. Prov. Cartago, paramo scrub on the crest of Cerro Buenavista, Cerro de La Mue * . 3.5 mi. W of Villa Mills, 10,500 ft, 16 July 1962, G.L. Webster, K. Miller, and L. Miller 12376 F(2)! #5, a Aa paleacea is found in high mountain paramos from Bolivia to Colombia and Costa Rica. Paramo vegetation occurs above 3500m in South America and above 3000 m in Costa Rica (Weber 1958). Paramos are wet, cold, and windy for most of the year and are often shrouded in clouds. The soils of the Costa Rican Paramos are poor and rocky. In wet depressions, Sphagnum bogs are common and on the rocky slopes shrubby bamboos often form nearly impenetrable thickets. It is in these thickets that Aa paleacea was found. When not in bloom, all that is visible is a rosette of green leaves. In bloom, the small, white flowers are densely clustered in the spike, with long, thin, light brown bracts on leafless stems. A recent trip to relocate the species on the paramo at Cerro de La Muerte was unsuccessful. 1984 Barringer, Aa in Costa Rica The occurence of Aa paleacea in Costa Rica points out the links between the orchid flora of the northern, high Andes and the Costa Rican paramo (Cuatrecassas 1957, Weber 1958). Seeds blown north may find suitable substrates and become established. This has also occurred with Pterichis Lindl., which has two species in the Costa Rican paramo (Glictenstein 1983), Gomphichis, and Epidendrum criniferum Lindl. Acknowledgements This research was supported by NSF grant DEB 81013184 to William Burger for the Flora of Costa Ri a. Literature Cited Cuatrecassas, J. 1957. A sketch of the vegetation of the northern Andean province. Proc. Pacific Sci. Cong. 4:167-173. Dressler, R. 1981. The Orchids. Natural History and Classification. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press. Garay, L. A. 1978. Orchidaceae, part 1. in G. Harling and B. Sparre, eds. Flora of Ecuador. no. 9. Goteborg and Stockholm: University of Goteborg and Rijksmuseun. Glictenstein, L. 1983. A new Pterichis species for Costa Rica. Bull. Amer. Orchid Soc. 53:278-283. Schultes, R. E. and A. S. Pease. 1963. Generic Names of Orchids. Their Origin and Meaning. New York: Academic Press. Weber, H. 1958. Die Paramos von Costa Rica und ihre pflanzengeographische Verkettung mit den Hochanden Sudamerikas. Wiesbaden: Akademie der Wissenschaft und der Literatur, Mainz. 445 fig. 1. Pel Ver Ol iO) Geis: Aa paleacea Reichb.f. Column. D. Pollinia. A. Habit. Vols 55), ah ° B. Flower. C. No. 6 BOOK REVIEWS Alma L. Moldenke "PLANT GEOGRAPHY with Special Reference to North America" by Rex- ford Daubenmire, vii & 338 pp., 162 b/w photo., 17 maps & 34 tab. Academic Press Inc., New York, N. Y. 10003. 1978. $39.50. Any advance student of any phase of phytoecology, systematic botany or forestry will be the better prepared by reading and/or studying this book. Fortunately it is still available for purchase by individuals or librarians. [The author has directed that all royalties be donated to The Nature Conservancy.] The first part of this study is directed toward floristic plant geography dealing with "evolutionary divergence, migration and decline of taxa as influenced by past events in the earth's history", using geology, paleontology, morphology and cytogenetics more often than autoecology. The second mutually supportive part is directed toward ecologic plant geography, treating "plant communities as units having ranges to be interpre- ted". The many photographs and their legends are helpful. "LAS GRAMINEAS DE MEXICO" Volume I, by Alan Ackerman Beetle, 260 pp., 145 b/w geog. distrib. maps, 80 pl. with 1, 2, 3 or 4 spp. each, 40 fig. & 15 color pl. Secretaria de Agricultura y Recursos Hidraulicos COTECOCA, printed by Editorial Calypso, S.A. Oculistas 43, Mexico 8, D. F., Mexico. 1983. Paperbound. The author will be recognized by very many readers as the highly competent, recently retired, American agrostologist, giving this series an excellent start. Volume 4 will carry the bibliography. Over a thousand grasses have been reported for Mexico, including at least 230 endemics, 630 natives and 140 introduced, with some cul- tivated (such as all the grains except Zea mays) and many forage plants. There is an easily readable and workable key to the subfam- ilies, tribes, genera and species of the "GRAMINEAE (POACEAE)". There are separate listings of grasses to particular areas. The di- agnostic drawings on the large plates show both general plant appear- ances as well as enlarged details of the flowering and/or fruiting structures. “ROADSIDE FLOWERS OF TEXAS" paintings by Mary Motz Wills, text by Howard S. Irwin, xiii & 295 pp., 64 color pl., & 4 b/w pl. University of Texas Press, P. O. Box 7819, Austin, Texas 78712. 1961. $8.95 paperback. This book is the most widely sold of all publications from this 447 448 PUNT Yl OP LeOuG er eA Vol. +557, No.6 press, being reprinted time and again. The beautifully and accur- ately painted plates show general form of the flowering plant and of- ten also an enlargement of the flower structure. The plate numbers are carried over to the outer margins of the plant descriptions grouped by their botanical families. There is also a clear key for amateur use. The key and descriptions are prepared by a well known taxonomic botanist. Since publication of the original work some of the scientific names have been changed, but such informa- tion does not serve this lovely book's primary purpose. "BEGONIAS - 1984 Update" by Mildred L. Thompson,. vi & 50 pp., 20 b/w photos & 2 draw., published by Edward J. Thompson, P. O.- Box PP, Southampton, New York 11968. 1984 paperbound. This addendum to the author's "Begonias: The Complete Reference Guide" (Times Books, 1981) lists and describes 610 new and 301 re- vised taxa and cultivars "for which there is additional informa- tion for classification, blooming, country and/or originator, and/or date". Additional taxonomic and horticultural literature is cited in the bibliography. The photographs are beautifully clear. Since botanical explorations continue with new species findings and since most of the cultivars are hybrids, another updating supplement should reasonably be expected in another couple of years. "KR Revised Handbook to the FLORA OF CEYLON, Volume IV" edited by M. D. Dassanayake & F. R. Fosberg, ix & 532 pp., 5 b/w pl., 2 color pl. & 2 tab., published for the Smithsonian Institution & the National Science Foundation and printed by the Amerind Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, India 110001. 1983. $38.50. Like the three previously published volumes this one brings up-to- date and available Trimen's famous flora (1893--1900), Alston's additions and corrections (1931) and Abeywickrama's checklist (1959) with the field and herbarium studies of specific family groups: the Anacandiaceae by W. Meijer, the Apocynaceae, Asclepiadaceae and PeriplLocaceae by H. Huber, the Begoniaceae by A. H. M. Jayasuriya (who served so excellently as our main guide during our field work), the Burmanniaceae, Campanulaceae, Lobekiaceae and Sphenockeaceae by L. H. Cramer, the Zingibenaceae by B. L. Burtt & R. M. Smith, the Verbenaceae, Avicenniaceae, Nyctanthaceae: and Symphoremaceae by H. W. & A. L. Moldenke. The two color photographs are of Avicennia species. The book's inner covers show the districts of this island now called Sri Lanka. The field experience associated with the pre- paration of this work must surely have been appreciated by all the specialist-botanists as well as by the often college educated trainees who will be tomorrow's botanists, teachers and field workers in their native land. -° PHYTOLOGIA An international journal to expedite botanical and phytoecological publication Vol. 55 June 1984 No. 7 CONTENTS FOOTE, M. A., The algae of New Jersey (U.S.A.) VI. Chlorophyta (Green Algae) A. Volvocales, Tetrasporales Re COURIER Mie eC Gog iy Ware BAA, het 4) dete 449 HENRY, R. D., Some observations on the aquatic vascular | flora of the Hancock County, Illinois section of the PURSRIOSITTTE CFELURT YA FAct (nig guch, SiS rai Ke sik ie Sate bbohahe 0 ig se Bee ies 455 MOLDENKE, H. N., Additional notes on the genus Gmelina. Il ....... 460 TURNER, B. L., A new species of Verbesina (Sect. Verbesinaria) Oe TOMER Ur hig Feet) | 601} Veni Sun a RT ce RN ot a ee 500 Pear A. Bs: ROOK FEVIEWS) | iis i ccs dis Rihcs ek cubwebyansaasles 503 sudex to.authors in Volume Fifty-five... . 0.00 ce cd con cca bees 505 Index to supraspecific scientific names in Volume Fifty-five............ 505 EER GES Sok Ss ASE R hee PPE aie Or ck ee als bs Folate de 512 Published by Harold N. Moldenke and Alma L. Moldenke 303 Parkside Road Plainfield, New Jersey 07060 U.S.A. Price of this number $3.00; for this volume $14.00 in advance or $15.00 after close of the volume; $5.00 extra to all foreign addresses and domestic dealers; 512 pages constitute a complete volume; claims for numbers lost in the mails must be made immediately after receipt of the next following number for free replacement; back volume prices apply if payment is received after a volume is closed. el a i ie kh he el ei ee CIBRARY JUL 13 1984 INCVY FONK BOTANICAL GARDEN THE ALGAE OF NEW JERSEY (U.S.A.) VI. CHLOROPHYTA (GREEN ALGAE) A. VOLVOCALES, TETRASPORALES AND ULOTRICHALES MaryAnn Foote Bergen Community College Paramus, New Jersey This is the sixth paper in a series which examines the distribution of the algae in the State of New Jersey. The chlorophyta i§ a large and diverse division of algae, so much so, that one can speak of the green algae only in general terms. Most green algae are fresh water forms but there are marine species, too. The genera are listed alphabetically within each order and the collection dates chromologically within them. If no author citation is given, the species was collected during the course of my work. DIVISION CHLOROPHYTA GREEN ALGAE VOLVOCALES Chlamydomonas globosa Snow Johnson Pond, New Brunswick, Aug-Oct (7) C. pseudopertyi Pascher Golf course ditch, New Brunswick, Sept-Oct (7) C. vectensis Butcher northern shore (11) Eudorina elegans Ehr. D/R Canal (13); golf course ditch and Johnson Pond, New Sruns= wick (7); Millstone River, autumn (4); Hackensack River Gonium pectorale Mueller state (3, 16); rare in stagnant waters (2); D/R Canal, Mar-Dec (13); Johnson Pond, New Brunswick, Aug (7); Hackensack River G. sociale (Duj.) Warming D/R Canal, Jun-Mar (13); Hackensack River Haematococcus lacustris (Girod.) Sory. Hackensack River Pandorina morum Bory. pools of stagnant water (2); D/R Canal, May-Nov (13); Johnson Pond, New Srunswick, spring and summer (7); Raritan River, spring-autumn (4); Hackensack River Pleodorina illinoisensis Kofoid D/R Canal, Aug-Sept (13); Johnson Pond, New Brunswick, June (7) Volvox aureus Ehr. D/R Canal, July (13) V. globater L. ponds in Newark and Camden (2); D/R Canal, June-July (13) V. stellatus Ehr. in ponds about Plainfield (2) NM. tertius Meyer Millstone River, rare in spring (4) 449 450 Phy Yo T AOR tm Oe Gael ae: Vol. 55, Now 7 TETRASPORALES Elakatothrix gelatinosa Wille Hackensack River Gloeocystis gigas Kutz. D/R Canal, Jul-Oct (13); Johnson Pond, New Brunswick, Aug (7); Hackensack River G. major Gerneck ex. Lemmer. golf course ditch, New Brunswick, Sept (7) G. vesiculosa Naegli wet places, old wood, etc. (2); Johnson Pond, New Srunswick, Feb (7) Nannochloris atomus Butcher Raritan estuary (12); northern shore (11) N. bacillaris Naumann Oradell Reservoir, occasional in plankton, Jul-Oct (5) Palmella botryoides Kutz. marshy ground, wet timbers, etc. (2) P. hyalina 8reb. marshy ground, wet timbers, etc. (2) P. miniata Deibl. marshy ground, wet timbers, etc. (2) P. mooreana Harv. marshy ground, wet timbers, etc. (2) P. mucosa Kutz. marshy ground, wet timbers (2); Raritan River, spring and south branch of Raritan, autumn (4); Oradell Reservoir, Aug (5); Hackensack River Sphaerocystis schroeteri Chodat D/R Canal, Jun-Sept (13); north and south branches of Raritan River, common in summer (4) Tetraspora bulbosa (Roth) Ag. sluggish waters (2) T. cylindrica (Wohl) Ag. golf course ditch, stream, Raritan River and Johnson Pond, all New Brunswick ,(7) T. explanata (Mutz) Kirch. wet timbers (2) T. gelatinosa (Vauch) Desvaux. state (3) T. lubrica (Roth) Ag. Sluggish waters (2); north branch of Raritan River, Millstone River and Raritan River, abundant in spring (4) ULOTRICHALES Aphanochaete globosa (Nordst) Wolle Hammonton pond (2) A. repens A. Sraun parasitic on other fresh water algae (2); south branch of Raritan River, on Cladophora glomerata (4) 1984 Foote, Algae of New Jersey 451 Chaetophora elegans (Roth) Ag. attached to leaves, sticks in brooks and stagnant waters, Hudson Heights, Grantwood, Greenwood Lake (6); Raritan River (7); mostly spring (3) C. endiviaefolia Ag. not rare in ponds (2) C. incrassata (Hudson) Hazen sticks, stones, leaves in brook, Grantwood (6) Cc. pisiformis Ag. Not rare in ponds (2); brooks, chiefly attached to pebbles and rocks, Hudson Heights and Demarest (6); running water (3) Chaetospheridium globosum (Nordst) Klebahn Hammonton (6); on algae, chiefly Oedogonium (3) Coleochaete irregularis Prings. On aguatic plants (2); state (3) C. orbicularis Prings. very common in ponds (2); state (3) C. scutata Breb. very common in ponds (2) C. soluta (Breb.) Prings. frequent (16); frequent in ponds (2); state (3); stream in New Brunswick (7) Cylindrocapsa geminella Wolle not frequent in ponds (2); in standing water (3) Draparnaldia acuta Kutz. brooks, rills, semi-stagnant waters in Hudson Heights, Cresse kill and Undercliff (6); state (3) D. glomerata Ag. frequent in spring water (2); attached to grass, sticks, stones, earth in active or quiet waters, Grantwood, Hudson Heights (6); very common in brooks in spring (3) O. playtzonata Hazen rocks or sticks in brooks draining swamps (6); state (3) D. plumosa Ag. spring waters (2); running water in Hudson Heights, Demarest and Englewood (6); golf course ditch, north branch of Raritan River (7); Millstone River (4) Geminella minor (Nag.) Heering Millstone River, rare in late autumn (4) Gomontia polyrhiza Barnegat Bay 15) Hormidium klebsia G.M. Smith Raritan River, rare in summer (4) Microspora amoena (Kutz) Lager. Undercliff, Englewood, in brooks (6); state (3) M. floccosa (Vauch.) Thuret Grantwood, Edgewood and Weehawken, in streams (6); very common spring plant in slow streams and quiet waters (3) M. guadrata Hazen Millstone River, rare in autumn (4) 452 POHe Ya ORLROnG ee Vol. 551) Noeaed M. stagnorum (4utz.) Lager. stagnant water, Grantwood and Edgewater (6); golf course ditoh New Brunswick (7) M. tumidula Hazen Hudson Heights, Grantwood and Undercliff (6); brooks and pools (3); north and south branches of Raritan River year round (4) M. willeana Lager. Grantwood, Edgewater (6); state (3); north and south branches of Raritan River (4); Oradell Reservoir (5) Microthamion kuetzingianum Nageli Johnson Pond (7); Oradell Reservoir, Apr-July (5) Protococcus viridis Ag. everywhere (2); Mullica River all year (8) Protoderma viride Kutz. Millstone River, south branch of Raritan River (4) Pseudendoclonium submarinum Barnegat Bay (15) Stichoccus cylindricus Butch. Raritan estuary, June, July and Oct (12) Ss. fluitans Gay in cascades on obligue surfaces of rocks, Undercliff (6); state (3) 6. subtilis (Autz.) Klercker Long Branch, Undercliff (6); Hackensack River S. bacillaris forma confervoidea Hazen Ridgefield (6); found ahong algae in rather quiet water (3) Stigeoclonium lubricum (Dillw.) Kutz. Clear running water (3); north and south branches of Raritan River, Millstone River, Raritan River (4, 7) Se lubricum var varians (Hazen) Collins state (3 Se pachydermum Prescott Johnson Pond, New Brunswick (7) 3. radians Kutz. on aquatic plants, frequent (2) 5S. subsecundum Kutz. never found floating (3) 3. subuligerum Kutz. state (3) S. tenue (Ag) Kutz. Frequent in flowing waters (2) S. ventricosum Hazen state (3) Trentopohlia daviesii (Dillw) Harv. Atlantic City (2) T. odorata (Wiggers) Witte state (3) T. vigatula (Harv.) Farlow Atlantic City (2); on Zostera (10) Ulothrix aequalis Kutz. golf course dtich, Johnson Pond (7); Millstone and Raritan Rivers (4); Mullica River (8) 1984 Foote, Algae of New Jersey 453 U. flacca (Dillw) Thur. wharves, Atlantic City (2); Undercliff, Atlantic City (6); state, common between tide marks (3); coast (14); Raritan River (1); not uncommon on algae (10) U. flaccida Kutz. in damp or wet places (2) U. implexa Kutz. Undercliff, on rocks (6); state (3); Mullica River (9); Barne- gat Bay (8); Barnegat Bay, Jan, Mar and Apr (15) U. isogona (Smith) Thur. not uncommon on woodwork, Atlantic City (10); New York Bay (2) U. oscillarina Kutz. north and south branches of Raritan River (4) U. parietina (Vauch.) Kutz. at base of trees (2) U. subtilis Kutz. varieties in flowing water (2) U. tenerrima Kutz. north and south branches of Raritan River, Raritan River (4); Oradell Reservoir, Apr-Nov (5); Hackensack River U. tenuis Kutz. in rapid waters (2) U. tenuissima Kutz. Fairview, in running water (6); Raritan River (7); north and south branches of Raritan River, Raritan and Millstone Rivers(4) U. varia Kutz. on moist earth (2) U. variabilis Kutz. Undercliff, brooks (6); north and south branches of Raritan (4) U. zonata (Weber & Mohr) Kutz. streams (2); Nordhoff (6); north and south branches of Raritan River, Millstone and Raritan Rivers (4) References 1. Abbiate, L. 1961. Amn ecological study of the attached algae of Raritan Bay. M.S. Thesis. Rutgers. New Brunswick. 2. Gritton, N. 1889. Catalogue of Plants Found in New Jersey. Final Report State Geologist. John L. Murphy Pub. Trenton. 3e Collins, F. 1928. Green Algae of North America. G.E. Stechert & Co. New York. 4. Edgar, Re. 1968. A survey of the benthic algal flora of the Raritan River drainage basin. M.S. Thesis. Rutgers. New Brunswick. Seepage. MoA. (981. Bull. Neds. Acad. Soi..26289=51 6. Hazen, Te. 1902. Mem. Torrey Bot. 11: 135-250 7. Keller, J. 1954. A study of the periodicity of fresh water algae in the vicinity of New Brunswick, N.J. Ph.D. Thesis. Rutgers. New Brunswick. 8. Moeller, H. 1965. The attached algae of the Great Bay and Mullica River, New Jersey. M.S. Thesis. Rutgers. New S8runswick. 454 DP Hevea Te OuwOre aa Vol. 55, No. 9. Moeller, H. 1965. Bull. N.J. Acad. Sei. 9:27-30 10. Morse, 1888. Bull. Torrey Sot. Club 15:309-14 115° Olsen, Ps. and Me Goh. 19795" Bad. Ned.) Acad. Sei. 24:59-69 12a Pabeens o.. ) Agee dri. Maro Reg.) ZOSS7—75 13. (Renilund, R. 1953. A study of the neteplankton oie the Delaware and Raritan Canal. Ph.D. Thesis. Rutgers. New Brunswick. 14. Richards, H. (9S. *Botantea, 15256-4465 15.5 Taylor, J. 1970. "The ecology and seasonal perladietey of benthic marine algae from Barnegat Bay, New Jersey. Ph.D. Thesis. Rutgers. New Brunswick. 16. Wolle, F, 1887. Freshwater Algae of the United States. Commenius Press. Bethlehem, Pa. ADDENDUM: ULOTRICHALES Blidingia minima (Nag) Kylin Barnegat Bay, March (15) Entocladia viridis Barnegat Bay, almost all year (15) Percursaria percusa (Ag) J. Ag Great Bay, June (9); Barnegat Bay, July (15) Pilinia moresi Collins on woodwork (3) Ulvella lens Barnegat Bay, almost all year (15) SOME OBSERVATIONS ON THE AQUATIC VASCULAR FLORA OF THE HANCOCK COUNTY, ILLINOIS SECTION OF THE MISSISSIPPI RIVER R. D. Henry A. L. Kibbe Life Science Station Herbarium Western Illinois University, Warsaw 62379 ABSTRACT: The submerged and floating aquatic vascular flora of the Hancock County, Illinois section of the Mississippi River consists of herbaceous plants which occur in two divisions, nine families, 12 genera and 21 species. Most of the species are monocots (85.7%) whereas there are only one fern and two dicot species. Eight (38.1%) of the species are floating and two species (9.5%) are alien. Twelve of the species were not recorded before 1952. This flora is a dynamic and important one which should be continually monitored. INTRODUCTION With the establishment of the Western Illinois University Alice L. Kibbe Life Science Station and its herbarium in 1964, a program of studying the aquatic vascular plant flora of the Mississippi River that borders on west-central Illinois was initiated. The first project was to inventory the submerged and floating vascular plants. This paper reports the results of that inventory along Hancock County and some associated observations concerning that flora. Voucher specimens are deposited in the station herbarium (WARK) and family and species nomenclature follows Mohlenbrock (1975). LIST OF PLANTS (and their occurrence) DIVISION POLYPODIOPHYTA Salviniaceae Azolla mexicana Presl (occasional and erratic) DIVISION MAGNOLIOPHYTA CLASS MAGNOLIOPSIDA Ceratophyllaceae Ceratophyllum demersum L. (common) : Nelumbonaceae Nelumbo lutea (Willd.) Pers. (common) CLASS LILIOPSIDA Hydrocharitaceae 455 456 1) 5 Ne Ue (O) ae; (0) (ae Ie Vol. 55, sNo- Elodea canadensis Michx. (frequent) Elodea nuttallii (Planch.) St. John (frequent) Vallisneria americana Michx. (common) Lemnaceae Lemma minor L. (common) Spirodela polyrhiza (L.) Schleiden (common) Wolffia columbiana Karst. (common) Wolffia papulifera Thompson (occasional) Wolffia punctata Griseb. (frequent) Najadaceae Najas flexilis (Willd.) Rostk. & Schmidt (frequent) Najas guadalupensis (Spreng.) Magnus (frequent) Najas minor All. (occasional) Pontederiaceae Zosterella dubia (Jacq.) Small (common) Potamogetonaceae Potamogeton crispus L. (common) Potamogeton foliosus Raf. (occasional) Potamogeton nodosus Poir. (common) Potamogeton pectinatus L. (common) Potamogeton pusillus L. (occasional) Zannichelliaceae Zannichellia palustris L. (frequent) FLORISTIC ANALYSIS The submerged and floating aquatic vascular flora of the Hancock County, Illinois section of the Mississippi River are herbaceous plants which occur in two divisions, nine families, 12 genera and 21 species. Of the species, one (4.8%) Azolla mexicana, is in the Polypodiophyta and 20 (95.2%) are Magnolio- phyta. Within the angiosperms, 18 species (90%) are Liliopsida (monocotyledons) and two (10%) Ceratophyllum demersum and Nelumbo lutea are in the Magnoliopsida (dicotyledons). The monocots represent 85.7% of all the species whereas the dicots compose 9.5%. Of the nine families in which the species occur, one (11.1%) is a Polypodiophyta and eight (88.9%) are Magnoliophyta. Within the angiosperms, six (75%) are Liliopsida and two (25%) are Magnoliopsida. The monocots represent 66.7% of all the families whereas the dicots compose 22.2%. The largest families are the monocot families Potamogetonaceae (five species), Lemnaceae (five species), Hydrocharitaceae (three species) and Najadaceae (three species). All the rest of the families have only one species each. Of the 12 genera in which the species occur, one (8.3%) is a Polypodiophyta and eleven (91.7%) are Magnoliophyta. Within the angiosperms, nine (81.8%) are Liliopsida and two (18.2%) are Magnoliopsida. The monocots represent 75% of all the genera whereas the dicots compose 16.7%. The largest genera are the 7 1984 Henry, Aquatic vascular flora 457 monocot genera Potamogeton (five species), Najas (three species), Wolffia (three species), and Elodea (two species). All the rest of the genera have only one species each. Floating species represent 38.1% (eight species) and submerged plants 61.9% (13 species) of the species. Two (9.5%) of the species (both submerged monocots) are old world aliens (Potamogeton crispus which was first recorded in 1966, Najas minor which was first recorded in 1978) which thus seém to have invaded this part of the Mississippi River since 1952 (they were not recorded as occurring in Hancock County by Kibbe (1952)). Although Potamogeton crispus seems to be more widespread presently than Najas minor, both are well established and increasing and thus could be a threat to the native species. It is of interest to note that Kibbe (1952) who completed an intensive study, survey and summary of the Hancock County flora from 1833 to 1952 did not include twelve of the 21 species found today (some commonly): Elodea canadensis, Elodea nuttallii, Najas flexilis, Najas guadalupensis, Najas minor, Potamogeton crispus, Potamogeton pusillus, Vallisneria americana, Wolffia columbiana, Wolffia papulifera, Zannichellia palustris and Zosterella dubia. Also none of the remaining nine present-day species were document- ed by Kibbe (1952) as being collected in the Mississippi River before 1921 since she was cited as the collector of them. (Citations to collections made of aquatic vascular plants found in ponds and sloughs /particularly south of Warsaw/ are, of course, omitted from this paper since there is no evidence they were found in the river.) Therefore it appears that the aquatic vascular plants in the river did not receive major attention of the earlier botanical collectors of Hancock County. It is regrettable then that there is not only a lack of earlier documentation of these species and their occurrence and distribution but also that this lack of information includes the river aquatic vascular flora previous to the building of the Keokuk Dam in 1913 so that the effect of the dam on this flora could be more accurately assessed. Perhaps it was this lack of data that prompted Kibbe (1952) to state in her forward that "The Mississippi River is an almost untouched reservoir, containing a wealth of plant and animal life." Today the most common species are Ceratophy11lum demersum, Nelumbo lutea, Vallisneria americana, Lemna minor, Spirodela polyrhiza, Wolffia columbiana, Zosterella dubia, Potamogeton crispus, P. nodosus and P. pectinatus. Most noticeably increasing are Najas spp., Nelumbo lutea (especially along the shoreline between Hamilton and Nauvoo), Potamogeton crispus, Vallisneria americana (particularly in recent sediments in deeper water) and Zosterella dubia. Kibbe (1952) recorded Lemna minor, Spirodela polyrhiza | and Ceratophyllum demersum as abundant which they still are. She states that although Potamogeton pectinatus, P. foliosus and P. nodusus are abundant where found they are not widely 458 Pel Y Oe ONG A Vol. 557, Noes7 distributed; today P. pectinatus and P. nodosus are probably much more widely distributed as well as abundant. Kibbe (1952) mentioned the occasional occurrence of Azolla mexicana and today that erratic distribution seems the same. The establishment of Nelumbo along the northern part of the county shoreline that she mentions is still valid although, as mentioned before, it is spreading towards Hamilton rapidly. Although Wolffia punctata seems to be today about the same as Kibbe (1952) noted (not often found but abundant where found), Wolffia columbiana which she did not mention is today common. DISCUSSION AND SUMMARY Hancock County has a Mississippi River waterfront of 42 miles with a land contact of 72 miles (Kibbe 1952). In 1913 at about the midway of the county shoreline a navigational-power plant dam was built across the river from Keokuk, Iowa to Hamilton, Illinois. In effect, this divided the river along this shoreline into two different aspects so that north of the dam is a slower flowing lacustrine system whereas below (south of) the dam it is a more rapid flowing riverine system. Thus the best and most extensive development of the submerged and floating aquatic vascular plants are north of the Keokuk dam where during time there has been a general increase in sedimentation and changing shorelines and backwaters of the river. An example of a changed shoreline is the large bend of the river at the southern edge of Nauvoo which around 20 years ago was a shallow water area completely covered with Nelumbo whereas today there is forming near the center of this area a wooded (much Salix) island with a slew at the rivers margin. Besides in the larger bends of the river, increased sedimentation has been noticeably occurring at the mouths of tributaries, between islands near and in coves of the shoreline and behind the dam. As a result there are more favorable growing conditions such as reduced current and wave action (the wing dams south of the Keokuk dam also increase the current there), less water-level fluctuations, a more stable substrate (which consists of a high amount of mud and silt), less substrate washing, eroding and scouring, and less turbid water. Perhaps this increasing lacustrine habitat accounts for relatively large number of species recorded for this study area since 1952 as well as the increasing distribution of species (Nelumbo lutea for example). I would like to rectify an inadvertent omission concerning the Hancock County Mississippi River flora in Henry (1977) where on p. 427 it states that only Lemna minor and Ceratophyllum demersum were found in the river. Wolffia punctata, W. columbiana, Spirodela polyrhiza and Potamogeton pectin pectinatus were also found in the river there. Probably in the river there are other species of Lemna besides L. minor which will be found upon careful examination of Lemna collections. 1984 Henry, Aquatic vascular flora 459 This aquatic vascular flora is dynamic in that the species composition, diversity, distribution and amount is constantly changing. The yearly seasonal waxing and waning of this plant biomass is spectacular. This flora merits continued floristic monitoring including studies on its phenology and all aspects of its ecology. The importance of these photosynthetic plants to the well being of the ecosystem of which they are part including food, substrate and shelter for invertebrate, vertebrate, micro- organismal and other wildlife, mineral and nutrient recycling, chemical and physical effects as well as just being a part of our environment warrants their protection and preservation. The aesthetic as well as the potential usefulness of them to man's livelihood must also be considered. Most of the threats to this vegetation is due to man such as various types of pollution, effect of barge and other navigational operations, recreational and housing activities, hunting and fishing disturbances, dredging, etc. As noted previously, the threat of alien plants (and perhaps animals) that are now starting to invade and spread must be addressed. Perhaps the most challenging, and maybe frustrating, aspect of working with this river system is dealing with an area that is a multiple-usage one (i.e. recreation, navigation, aesthetics, etc.). Wise management (along with appropriate mitigation efforts) is a must for maintaining the integrity of this ecosystem. LITERATURE CITED Henry, R. D. 1977. Catalogue of the vascular plants of the Western Illinois University Alice L. Kibbe Life Science Station and vicinity. Trans. Ill. State Acad. Sci. 69(4): 425-436. Kibbe, A. L. 1952. A Botanical Study and Survey of a Typical Midwestern County (Hancock County, Illinois). The author, Carthage, Illinois and Gem City Business College, Quincy, Illinois. 431 pp. Mohlenbrock, R. H. 1975. Guide to the Vascular Flora of Illinois. Southern Illinois University Press, Carbondale. 494 pp. ADDITIONAL NOTES ON THE GENUS GMELINA. II Harold N. Moldenke GMELINA L. Additional & emended bibliography: Chaudhuri, Indian For. 51: 57--60, pl. 3, fig. 3. 1925; Gaussen, Leroy, & Ozenda, Précis Bot. 2: 406. 1982; Mold., Phytologia 55: 308--342 & 424--442. 1984. GMELINA ARBOREA Roxb. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 55: 424--442. 1984. Streets (1962) provides dates and growth history of Gmelina intro- duction in the Fiji Islands, Ghana, Kenya, Malawi, Malaya, Nigeria, Sabah, Sierra Leone, Solomon Islands, South Africa, Tanzania, Ugan- da, and Zimbabwe. A summary of the economic uses of Gmekina arborea follows, taken mainly from the works of Spach (1840), Dymock (1884), Dymock, Warden, & Hooper (1893), Pearson (1912), Kirtikar (1918), Bois (1928), Ben- thal (1933), Dastur (1952), Sastri (1956), Chopra & al. (1958), Ir= vine (1961), Jain (1964), Maheshwari & Singe (1965), Jain & De (1966), Burkill (1966), Patel (1968), Agarwal (1970), Rao (1970), and Hartwell (1971). The tree, being a pioneer, is able to crowd out un- desirable grasses, such as Imperxata where they pose a problem. It is valuable in afforestation and reforestation as a source of timber and paper-pulp. It coppices well and is suitable as a shade or orna- mental tree in gardens, parks, or along avenues. Cubitt (1920) avers that it yields good firewood, but will not suppress lalang. Its young shoots are eaten by cattle (sometimes), antelope, and deer as fodder. The roots are used as a bitter or bittersweet tonic, stomachic, laxative, galactogogue nerve tonic in epilepsy since remote times. They form one of the ingredients of the Ayuredic dasamula or "ten- roots" (along with Desmodium gangeticum, Tribulus terrestris, etc.) which is used in the treatment of many diseases; taken with licor- ice, honey, and sugar it increases the secretion of milk. In Bombay it is used as a demulcent in treating gonorrhea. The roots form an ingredient of various powders, balms, and enemas. The pulverized root is employed in treating gout, burning body sensations, fevers, indigestion, anasarcha, abdominal pains, and hallucinations. In northern India it is believed to have anthelmintic properties and is used to improve the appetite and to treat piles and abnormal thirst, tridosha and urinary discharges. As a ghee it is used to treat ab- dominal tumors; with clarified butter, to treat nasal polyps. A de- coction of the root bark is used internally in treating snakebites and scorpion stings, but Kirtikar (1918) quotes Mhaskar & Caius to the effect thaT "All parts of the plant are equally useless in the antidotal treatment of snakebite or scorpion sting!" As one of five plant species, it is used in the treatment of intermittent and typh- oid fevers. 460 1984 Moldenke, Notes on Gmelina 461 The bark is used medicinally and also by arrak manufacturers to regulate the fermentation of toddy. It is employed as a bitter ton- ic and stomachic, considered useful in combating fevers and indiges- tion. The wood is employed in the manufacture of decks of boats, cattle- bells, picture-frames, and sandals; in the English trade known and sold as gumhar. It is good, durable under water, and resembles teak in its color, compactness, easy workability, resistance to cold and humidity as well as to the serious ravages of termites and shipworms. It is used in naval construction, to makes small boats and canoes, and, in Burma, for mine-timbers. It is highly esteemed for planking, furniture, door panels, well-lining, house-posts, toys, drums, Indi- an musical instruments (like sitars), ornamental cabinet-work, car- ving, plates and trays, bridge construction, railroad ties, boxes and packing cases, carriages and palanquins, shafts, axles, and yokes, grain measures, agricultural instruments, tree-calipers, carved images, lacquered receptacles, and clogs. In Hindustan it is used to make the cylinders for dholucks drumps; in Assam it is employed in the making of dugouts, matchsticks, artificial limbs, native stethoscopes, and sluices. The wood-pulp is widely used worldwide for making wrapping, writing, and printing paper. In Bangladesh the wood is employed chiefly for boat- and ship-building. Pearl-ash or potash salts are derived from the burning of the wood, and a yellow dye is also obtained in this way. Chopra and his associates (1958) summarize: "The root, fruit, bark and leaves of this plant have all been used in medicine, but the root and fruit are preferred..... Combined with liquorice, honey and sugar, it is considered to be galactagogue." They re-assert its use for snakebites and scorpion-stings and add that it is reputed to have anti-tubercular properties. The flowers are used in treating leprosy and blood diseases. Their juice is said to be bitter, acrid, and astringent. The fruits are described as both bitter and sweet, sour and acrid. They are used medicinally as a cooling agent, diuretic, tonic, aphro- disiac, and alterative, as an astringent to the bowels, to promote the growth of hair, and in treating leprosy, ulcers, and consump- tion, as well as strangury and abnormal vaginal discharges. It is said to be useful in treating vata, abnormal thirst, and anemia. The mesocarp is quite edible -- natives of India and Burma thorough- ly rub the ripe fruits by hand, the rind is removed, then dried in the open sun, and finally boiled and eaten. The extract of the fruit is said to be useful in body rejuvenation and disease-resistance. In experimental rabbits it gave an indication of increased percent- ages of W-2 and y globulin fractions, a gain in body weight, and an increase in alertness and physical behavior. It is used in many popular cooling decoctions in cases of fevers or bilious ailments. It also provides a very persisteny yellow dye. The leaves are sometimes used as fodder by cattle. They contain apigenin, luteolin, quercetin, hentriacontanol, and beta-sitosterol as crystalline compounds. The additional presence of glycosides of flavones is suspected. The juice of the tender leaves, as a decoc- 462 PHY TOS yO. Cybek Vol. 55), Nowe tion, is demulcent; mixed with milk and sugar it is used in treating gonorrhea, coughs, and catarrh of the bladder. Externally applied, the juice is used as a lotion in treating ulcers and maggot-infested wounds and sores. A paste made from the leaves is applied to the head in treating headache during fevers. The leaves have been recom- mended and are used in Assam for raising eri silkworms when Ricinus or Heteropanax leaves are not available. Gamble (1878) refers to the timber of this tree as "one of the best Lower Hill woods". In his 1902 work he cites B.295 « 1425, C. $35, 959, 2775, °& 3549, E2676, 948, 1390, 1433, 2193, 2395,.3605, 3620, & 3693, as well as Mendis 30 and Nordkinger Sections Vol. 4, as very good wood samples. The wood itself is described by Kribs (1968): color uniformly cream or light yellowish-brown, turning russet with age; luster high and silky; odor and taste not distinct. It is light and soft, with a specific gravity of 0.47 (air-dry) and weight of 30 pounds per cubic foot; grain straight and roey; texture medium; easy to work, takes a high lustrous finish; growth-rings indistinct, although the vessels are slightly larger at the beginning of the growth zone; vessels distinct without lens, not numerous, irregular- ly distributed to slightly echelon, solitary and in radial groups of 2--4, the tangential diameter 143 mu to 285 mu, averaging 220 mu; the lumina with tyloses; the pits alternate, 10--14 mu in diameter; fibers septate with simple pits; parenchyma vasicentric, 2--5 cells wide, confluent, connecting 2 or 3 pores and at certain intervals forming tangential bands resembling terminal; apotracheal diffuse; rays visible without hand-lens in the cross-section, not conspicuous in the radial section, of heterogeneous type III, 1--5 (mostly 3 or 4) cells wide and 15--25 cells high; lumina with yellowish gum; ray-vessel pits round to oval, simple to half-bordered; ripple marks absent; gum ducts absent. As to its economic use he says: "furni- ture and cabinets, interior finish, millwork, boatbuilding (decking and planking), musical instruments, boxes and carving. A substitute for Prima vera and Avodire." Normand (1931) also provides a de- tailed description of the wood anatomy. Nair & Rehmann (1962) describe the pollen as 3-zonicolporate, the endocolpium very faint, the ectine surface reticulate. These charac- ters apply also to the pollen of G, asiatica L. and G, philtppensrs Cham., but in the former the grains are smaller (39 x 26 mu) and in the latter larger (49 x 37 mu). In further detail, the pollen grains of G. arborea are prolate spheroidal, 39 x 35 mu (range 33--44 x 32--39 mu), the colpi ends are acute, tenuimarginate, the membrane minutely crustate, the apocolpium diameter is 3.5 mu, the endocolpi- um is very faint, the exine is 1.4 mu thick, and the ectine almost as thick as the endine and reticulate, the lumina small. These characters were taken from Herb. Nat. Bot. Gard. Lucknow £6820, SI. 2702 in the Lucknow herbarium. Specimens of G. arborea with toothed or lobed leaves are usually from seedlings or from turions (watersprouts) and are discussed here- in under f. dentata, which see. Hooker (1848) states in his specif- ic description that the leaf-blades are either entire or lobed: his accompanying illustration depicts a flowering branch which bears one leaf with a single lobe. 1984 Moldenke, Notes on Gmelina 463 Sastri (1956) informs us that "This handsome tree, which is never gregarious and nowhere very common, is a light demander, moderately frost-hardy and intolerant of excessive drought. It prefers moist fertile valleys with good drainage. Natural reproduction takes place in the rainy season soon after the drupes fall to the ground. Alternating heat and moisture are necessary to stimulate seed ger- Mination. Clear ground, especially freshly broken ground forms a favourable germinating bed; seeds lying among weeds and grass usual- ly fail to germinate. "Artificial reproduction may be carried out by direct sowing or by transplanting. Direct sowing in lines 10--12 ft. apart, with a distance of c. 1 ft. between the plants, has given good results. The plants are thinned out in the third year if necessary. Dibbling of seed (4--5 seeds at each peg) with a spacing of 6 ft. x 6 ft. and broadcast sowing also give satisfactory results. For transplanting purposes, seeds are sown in drills in nursery beds shortly before rains. Seedlings are transplanted in the first rainy season when 3-- 4 in. high. If the plants are to be kept for a year in the nursery they are pricked out to c. 9 in. apart in the first rains and planted out in the next rainy season with the stem pruned down to 2 in. and the root trimmed to 1 ft. A spacing of 6 ft. x 6 ft. is ordinarily Suitable. The rate of growth is fast and the tree is well adapted for treatment as coppice.... Sastri continues: "The tree is browsed by animals. Damage is also caused by defoliators (Calopepla spp.) and borers (Dihamnus spp. and Alicide spp.). A fungus, Portia rhizomorpha Bagchee, causes stem and root diseases in shady, unfavourable and water-logged situations and in clayey soils....." He gives another detailed description of the wood and notes that it "seasons well without cracking or warping, but is slow to dry both in the open and in the kiln. Green conver- sion and open stacking with crossers under cover are recommended." In water it is quite durable and buried in soil lasts about 15 years. It is easy to saw and peels well on a rotary lathe, sometimes ex- hibiting a silvery sheen. Sastri also reports that the fruits contain butyric acid, tartaric acid, resin. and saccharin. An alkaloid occurs in the bark and root, the latter also showing traces of benzoic acid, resin, and a sacchar- in compound. "The calorific value of the wood (silica-free ash, 1.54 percent) is 4,763 cal., 8,547 B.t.u. When subjected to destructive distillation, the following carbonization products are obtained: charcoal, 31.3; total distillate, 47.1; pyroligneous acid, 37.1; tar, 10.0; pitch and losses, 2.4; acid, 4.47; esters, 3.42; acetone, 2.38; and methanol, 1.23 percent. The non-condensable gases (1.88 cu. ft./ lb. at N.T.P.) contain: carbon dioxide, 59; carbon monoxide, 31.75; methane, 4.5; hydrogen, 4.15; and unsaturated hydrocarbons (as ethy- lene), 0.6 percent." Kapoor (1969) reports an unidentified alkal- oid present. Gibbs (1974) reports tannin present, but cyanogenesis is absent from tested shoots and the bark gives a negative result in the Juglone test. He found leucoanthocyanin absent from the leaves. Roxburg (1832) gives a fascinating account of his observations 464 P BY LOL OrGae A Vol. 55), Now 7 about the wood of Gmelina arborea, which he refers to as "A large timber tree, a native of the mountainous parts of India. Flowering time [is] the beginning of the hot season..... The wood of this tree is used for a variety of economical purposes by the natives of vari- ous countries where it grows. That of such trees as will square into logs from eighteen to twenty-four inches resembles Teak more than any other sorts I have yet met with. The colour is almost ex- actly the same, the grain rather closer, at the same time it is fully as light, if not lighter, and as easily worked. Some years ago I received...... a large square log...... which measured nearly thirty feet in length, and at the thickest end was full twenty-four inches square." He placed an outside plank of this log "in the river, a little above low water mark, exactly where the [ship]worm is thought to exert its greatest powers. After remaining three years in this Gaieioreheslenisic ogo the piece was cut....and....found....as sound and every way as perfect throughout, as it was when first put into the river. Amongst other things, a valuable floor door was made of it, to keep the tide out of the [Calcutta] Botanic Garden. It is now seven years and a half since the door (which is four feet square) was made, and though much exposed to the sun and water, yet it remains good; while similar doors, though much smaller, made of Teak, were so much decayed, a year ago, as to render it necessary to replace them. "In addition to my own experiments", he continues, "I have lately learned that the decks of pinnaces to the eastward, about Chittagong, Datta, &c. are made of this timber, because it bears the weather better than any other [timber] they know without shrinking, or warp- ing." He adds that it is his opinion that this wood would be useful "for the bottoms, and upper works, of vessels, as well as for knees, curved timbers, &c." Jan & Tarafder (1970) list the medicinal uses of G. anbonrea, with source references for each, in the treatment of swelling of the throat and choking, dropsy and anasarca, spleen troubles, pains, rheumatism, rigid thigh, jhangibat, jhunka bat, epilepsy, convulsions, colic, mad convulsions and fits, delirium, tihurla mirgibai, smallpox, syphilis, sores, urticaria, dyspepsia, cholera, phthisis, bronchi- tis and asthma, diarrhea, intoxication, blackness of lips and tongue, the bite of rats, tigers, crocodiles, snakes, lizards, etc., hemor- rhagic septicemia, rinderpest, anthrax, and gravel. Truly the orig- inal wonder-drug! Odeyemi (1970) found the total lignin in G, anbonrea wood to be 31 percent (plus or minus 1 percent). The most favorable sulphuric acid concentration for the solution of this lignin in wood pulp prepara- tion is 66--74 percent. A higher percentage could be used with good results only if the reaction time is less than one hour. The primary hydrolysis reaction could be carried out advantageously under the tropical laboratory room temperature of 28--30° C. The use of a mix- ture of sulphuric acid) (sp. gz.) 1.84)) and HEL (sp- gn. 1.18) anvthe ratio of 2:1 or 1:1 by volume is recommended. Lépez-Palacios (1982) records the use of this plant in the treatment of asthma in Venezuela. Joshi & Singh (1970) report obtaining a new lignin (gmelinol) from the aqueous extract of the heartwood, while from the benzene 1984 Moldenke, Notes on Gmelina 465 extract of the same heartwood was isolated Troctanosanol. Luteolin was isolated from the leaves by Venkata Rao and his associates (1967). Gibbs (1974) found syringin absent from the stems and re- ports a negative result with the HCl/methanol test. Lamb (1970) warns of the risks inherent in Gmelina monoculture: "Los forestales que trabajan en los trdopicos deben considerar los riesgos que implica el cultivo de Gmelina en plantaciones puras. Existe el riesgo de deterioro del suelo por estar ¢ste expuesto en una plantacion de esta especie decidua; el riesgo de la erosidn del suelo si el fuego barre la hojarasca, y el riesgo de un araque tanto de insectos como de hongos, que es comuén a todos los rodales puros, y que puede resultar catastréfico. El deterioro del suela por expo- Sicion es mucho mayor en zonas de elevada precipitacidn y con suelos arenosos, tal como ocurre en los distritos de Benin y en Enugu, Nigeria, donde deberfa alentarse un piso inferior para Gmekina en plantaciones destinadas a producir madera de obra. Si se cultiva para producir pulpa en rotacion de monte tallar, el riesgo es mayor; no es posible ninguin piso inferior y se debe tener mucho cuidado con esta contingencia cuando se proyectan plantaciones para producir madera de pasta. La accidn del fuego acelera el deterioro del suelo y deberfa ser totalmente excluida de las plantaciones de GmelLina mediante métodos eficaces de proteccidn." Browne (1968) paints a rather bleak picture as to the suscepti- bility of Gmelina arborea to attack by disease and pests. As enemies he lists no less than 7 species of fungus, a mistletoe, a mollusk, a myriapod, 5 kinds of mammals, and 44 species of insects. His list, supplemented by reports from other investigators [Singh (1972), Lamb (1968), Raman & Das (1980), King (1966)], is as follows: Fungi: Armillaria meklea, Cercospona ranjita, Fomes Lignosus, F. noseus, Ganoderma cokossum [Phaeokus manihotis], Polyporus baudoni, Ponia rhizomorpha, Sclerotinia [Sclerotium] nolfsii, Trametes stnram- Anea,. Mistletoes: Dendnrophthob falcata, Tapinanthus sp. aff.T. globi- 4er. King notes that plantationsof this tree in West Bengal are famous examples of the destructive propensities of what he calls Loranthus Longiflonus and especially of its var. falcatus. Mollusks: Limicolanris aureus. Nematodes: Xiphinema sp. Raman & Das report the abundance of this nematode as averaging 21 per 250 g. of forest soil. Myriapods: Qdontopyge sp. Bees: Xylocopa inconstans. Ants: Atta sp. Lamb reports leaf-cutter ants very destructive. Beetles: Aflcidodes ludificaton, Apion angulicokla, A. armipes, ApophyllLa [Apophylia] choroptera, A. nignicolhis, A. sulcata, Calopepka Leayana, Chrysolagria naivashiana, Currimosphaena villosus, Dihammus cervinus, Dokiopygus conradti, Ecnomaeus planus, Empeca- menta calabanica, Lagria villosa, Lixus camarunus, L. Spinumanus, Macrocoma candens, Platypus hintzi, Podagrica dikecta, Prtoptera punctipennis, Siderodactylus sagittarius, Sphenoptera reticulata, S. zechiana, Xylobonus ferrnugineus, X. fornicatus. Hemipterous bugs: Agaeus pavimentatus, AnopLocnemis curvipes, A. 466 PAB Yet Osin OsGr ieee Vol. 55; — Norns, tristaton, Atekocera naptoria, A. striction, Chunrocerus niveo- Aparsus, Dysodercus superstitiosus, Homoeocerus pallens, Tingss beesoni, Trtoza sletchert. Isopods: Coptotermes curvignathus, C. niger, Macrotermes goliath. Lamb states that termites usually do little damage except sometimes to the heartwood near the ground. Lepidopterons: Achaea eponina, A. Lienarndi, Acrocercops tekes- tis, Bunaea alcinob, Catopsilia flonella, Diacrisia Lutescens, D. maculosa, Endockita [Phassus] undulifer, Euchromia Lethe, Eupterote geminata, E. undata, Gonodontis ckekia, Imbrasia obscura, Indarbela quadrinotata, Metanastria hyrtaca, Myrina silenus, Parasa anant, Phostria caniusalis, Pionea aureolalis, Psilognamma menephron, Sahy- adnassus malabanicus, Selepa cektis, Xuleutes ceramica. Grthopterons: Gryllus posticus, Heteropternis thonacica, Kraus- sania angulifera, Phaneroptera nana, Phymateus viridipes, Zonocerus elegans, Z. variegatus. Mammals: Axis axis, Stnepsicenros strepsicenus (kudu), Sylvicapra gtimmia (gray duiker), Thryonomys swindertanus (great cane rat), Tnragelaphus scriptus (harnessed antelope). Muchovej and his associates (1978) report Ceratocystis fimbriata as parasitic on Gmelina arborea. Kochar and his associates (1972) report that, at least in laboratory experiments, Aedes mosquitoes (Stegomyia spp.) show a marked preference to Gmelina anbonea timber for their oviposition, second only to the timber of Cedrus deodana. Govindachari and his associates (1972) report the isolation of a new tetrahydrofuranoid lignan, arboreal, from the heartwood of Gme- hina anbonea. It is a long-chain ester, 1-hydroxyl-2-methoxy-2, 6 bis (3,4-methylenedi-oxyphenyl) -3,7-dioxobicyclo [3.3.0] octane. This is said to represent the first instance of a naturally occur- ring tetrahydrofuranoid lignan [cluytyl ferulate] substituted at the benzylic carbon level. It is produced also in the heartwood of Lannea grandis. Rao and his associates (1967) found luteolin present in the alco- holic extract of Gmelina leaves, while Joshi ahd his associates (1977) isolated from a light petroleum extract of the roots the fol- lowing chemical compounds: hentriacontanol-}], a sesquiterpene, ceryl alcohol, @-sisterol, and \\-octacosanol; the aqueous extract yielded gmelinol. anjaneyulu and his associates (1977) isolated no less than six new lignans from the heartwood. These are 6"-bromo-isoarboreol, 4-hydroxysosamin, 4,8-dihydroxysesamin, 1,4-dihydroxy-sesamin (gummadiol), 2-piperony1-3-hydroxymethy1-4- (& -hydroxyl1-3, 4-methyl- enedioxylbenzy1) -4-hydroxytetrahydrofuran, and the 4-C-Gflucoside of 4-epigummadiol. Dymock, Warden, & Hooper (1893) report that the ash of powdered roots of Gmelina arborea is free of manganese. The petroleum ether extract has some slight siccative properties, contains resins and a trace of an alcoholic principle. The fruit has been found to contain butyric and tartaric acids, some astringent matter, an alkaloid, a resin, and a saccharin. Common and vernacular names for Gmelina arborea, including ortho- graphic variants, are the following: alamo blanco, 4lamo ofdn, 1984 Moldenke, Notes on Gmelina 467 anvong, anyong, arisa, ashveta, atdemmata, at-dem-mata, at-demmata, bachanige, ban, bari, batinj, bhadraparni, bhodropornni, bol-gi- ppok, bolkobak, bolko bak, candabar tree, candahar tree, cashmere tree, challagummudu, chimman, ciruela de Malaya, comb tree, coomb tree, cumbulu, cummi, dieng-lophiang, et demata, et-demata, et- dembata, eth demata, eth-demata, eth-demeta, gam, gamair, gamar, gamari, gamdri, gamari, gambar, gambar, gambari, gamberi, gambhar, gdmbhdr, gambhaéri, gambhari, gamhar, gamhar, gaminea, gammari, gamri, ganghari, gandharya, gmélina elancé, gomari, gomghari, goomadee, goomar-tek, goomar teak, goombar, gopadhadrika, grishti, guma, gumadi, gumai, gumaldi, gumar, gumdr, gumartek, guimar-tek, gumbar, gumbar, gtimbar, gumbari, gumbhar, gumbhar, gumbhdr, gumbharee, gumbhari, gumbhir, gumbor, gumhar, gumhar, gumhdr, gumhar, gumher, gummadi, gummudu, gumudu, gumteku, gumudu-takku, gumudu teku, gumuduteku, gumudu téku, gumur, gupsi, gupsiro, hira, imbeh-ching, Indian bulang, jemane, jobo de Africa, joogani-chookar, jugani- chukur, kainadu, kaju titi, kakodumbari, kakodumbdri, kalarbadi, kamar, kambar, kambhar, kambhari, kambhari, kambharika, kasamar, kashamari, kashmar, kashmiri, kashmaryya, Kashmir tree, Kashmir-tree, kashmori, kasmar, kasmdr, kasmardaru, kasmari, kasmari, kasmaryamu, kasmiri, kasmiri-mara, kasomhardaru, kassamar, kdssamar, kataphala, kattanam, khamar, khamara, khamara, khamari, khambhari, khambhdri, khammara, khamnar, krishna, krishnaphala, krishnavrintika, kshirini, kule, kuli, kull, kumadi, kumahr, kumala, kumar, kumar, kumar, kumara, kumar-gambari, kumbal, kumbhar, kumbhdr, kumbil, kumbili, kumbudi, kumbulu, kumhar, kumhar, kumhar, kumhar, kumhar, kumhar tree, kumher, kumil, kumuda, kumule, kunbhir, kurasmara, kurse, kursi, kyunboc, kyunboc, kywonpho, kywon-pho, 1di, loi tho, 16i tho, madhubhadra, madhumati, madhuparnika, madhurasa, mahabhadra, mahakumuda, mai-sau, Malay beechwood,, Malay bush beech, Malay bushbeech, melina, modini, numbon, numbong, numbor, numbor-kung, pedda-gomra, pedda gomru, peddagomru, peddagumudu, pedda gumudu téku, peddagumudutekku, peddah gomra, peddu gumu, perungumil, perungumpil, phang-arong, pitaphala, pitarohini, pulir-gumil, ramani, rohini, rom ma, sadabhadra, sag, Sarvatobhadra, sarvatobhadrika, savan, saw, sevan, seven, sewan, sewan, sewun, shevan, shevana, shewan, shewney, shewun, shewunee, shivan, shivani, shivannigida, shiwali, shiwan, shiwani, shiwun, sh{wun, shripani, sirna, sivan, sivony, snapdragon tree, snigdhaparni, sripmari, sthulatvacha, subhadra, sudridhatvacha, suphala, svarubhadra, tagoomooda, tagumida, tall beechberry, teggummadu, teggummodu, thlan-vong, tho, tree gmelina, tree verbena, triparni, umi, umitekku, umi-thekku, vataha, vidari, vidarini, wang, wareng, white teak, ya ma ne, yamanai, ya-ma-nay, yamane, yemane, yemani, yemene, and yemené. Several authors, notably Clarke (1885), Fernandez-Villar (1880), Collett & Hemsley (1890), Trimen (1895), Hallier (1918), Ali (1932), Dop (1935), Petelot (1953), Fletcher (1938), and Cooke (1958) list Gmelina arborea from the Philippine Islands, but Merrill (1923) assures us that the species does not occur in these islands. Uphof (1968) records it from the "Pacific Islands", spe- 468 P BAY Tee) EL O0e ara Vol. 55, No. 7 cifically Fiji, but this is doubtless also the result of a mis- identification, in this case for G. vitiensiss Seem. It should be noted that the Roxburgh (1815) to G. arborea is cited as "1819" by Stapf (1930), Taylor (1959), and Trimen (1895) and as "1814" by Fletcher (1938) and Merrill (1941). The Roth (1821) reference is often mis-cited as "1825". Among the bibliographic references said to refer to Gmekina anbonea, but not as yet seen by me for verification are volumes aL and 2 of a work by Charaka-Samhita, translated by A. C. Kaviratna (1718 pp-, Corinthian Press, Calcutta), "The Bower Manuscript", by A. F. R. Hoernle, 1893--1912 (401 pp., Supt. Govt. Printing, Cal- cutta), and Kraener's "Materia Medica of Ceylon". Material of Gmelina arborea has often been misidentified and dis- tributed in herbaria as Prxemna tomentosa Willd. On the other hand, the Avery 442, CLemens 43318a, Herb. Hort. Bot. Calcut. 4.n., Lio- gier 22476, Maxwell 76-58, Naudan 76, Nicolson 3138, and Perrottet 483 (and possibly Singh 333) are G. arborea var. canescens Haines, A. Shah 4.n. [14-3-22] is the type collection of f. dentata Mold., Duthie 22451, Herb. Bot. Gand. Trin. 3526, Kand 4-81, Khajurta 4.n. [May 14, 1928], Ldpez-Pakacios 3096, Scully 191, Srinivasan 4.n., Tnroth 755, and Vidal 5856 are var glaucescens C. B. Clarke, Yip 232 is G. chinensss Benth., Maxwell 75-318 is G. ekkiptica J. E. Sm., and Jameson 45.n. is Caklicanpa nudiflona Hook. & Arn. Hosdseus 476 is a mixture of Gmelina arborea and Columbia floribunda in the Titiaceae. Nafday 174 does not actually indicate on the collector's label that it was collected from cultivated material, but I am assum- ing that it was. The label accompanying Mejia 253 states “Arbol de 3.5 cm. de alt." -- surely an error for 3.5 m. Citations: TANZANIA: Tanganyika: Burtt 6298 (Br). MALAWI: E, Phillips 2773 (Ba--378289). PAKISTAN: Northwest States: Duthie 4.n. [Dudhwa range, 8-4-98] (Gg--127012); Ibrahim 4.n. [Jan. 1971] (Gz-- wood sample). INDIA: Assam: Chand 1443 (Mi), 3045 (Mi), 4398 (Mi), 4603 (Mi), 7476 (Mi), 8344 (Mi); Chatterjee 4.n. [May 1902] (Po-- 63435); Koelz 29685 (Mi), 33086 (Mi). Bihar/Orissa: Nusker 40 (Mu-- 3942). Gujarat: Santapau 2679 (N). Karnataka: Saldanha 12346 (W-- 2794840), 12824 (W--2794841), 13298 (Mi, W--2653635), 1658] (W-- 2653619); G. Thomson 45.n. (Mysore & Carnatic] (Pd). Kerala: Hohen- acker 554 (Mu--741), 757 (Mu--1603). Tamil Nadu: Pennottet 483 (Vv); Yeshoda 374 (N). Union Territory: Pernottet 4.n. [Pondichéry 1835] (Br, W--2496330). Uttar Pradesh: U, Singh 332 (Dp--30951), 333 (La); Srinivasan 4.n. (Ramnagar, Feb. 1931] (N), 4.n, [Dehra Dun, June 1931] (N); Strachey & Winterbottom 4.n, [Bhabar of Kumaon] (Br). State undetermined: Wight 2322 (T). SRI LANKA: Gandnenr 4.n. [Thwaites C.P.128] (Pd, Pd); Hallien C.243 (Hg, Le), C.3514 (Hg, Le); Jayasuriya 1989 (Ac, Ld, W--2808349); Meebold 3837 (S); Mofdenke, MoLdenke, Jayasuriya, & Sumithnaanachcht 28312 (Ac, E, Gz, Kh, Ld, Pd, Pd, W--2764499); Rudolf 4.n. [Feb. 1896] (Mi); Sumithnaarachcht & Fernando DBS.161 (Ld, W--2803397), 663 (W--2808355); Worthington 887 (K), 2787 (K), 2824 (K), 6266 (K), 6777 (K, K). BANGLADESH: Majumder & Iskam 38 (Mi), MADW.24489 (Ws, Ws). BURMA: Upper Burma: F. K. Wand 493 (N). CHINA: Yunnan: A, Henry 12886 (N--photo, W-- 1984 Moldenke, Notes on Gmelina 469 459348). THAILAND: Bumphang 1080 [Herb. Roy. For. Dept. 26234] (S); Herb. Roy. Fon. Dept. 92 (N); Hosseus 476 in part (Mu-- 4197); Hokkamkaeng 4 [Herb. Roy. For. Dept. 4399] (W--2064800) ; Kostermans 8&5 (Bz--73296); Koyama, Phengklai, Niyondham, Tamura, Okada, & O'Connor 15535 (Ac, N); Sangkhachand 780 [Herb. Roy. For. Dept. 22711] (Gg); Sérensen, Larsen. & Hansen 6960 (Ld). VIETNAM: Annam: Podlane 13635 (B). MALAYA: Selangor: Poone 36] (K1--361). GREATER SUNDA ISLANDS: Sabah: Kadit 4.n. [Herb. N. Born. For. Dept. 971) (W--2317108); Kanis & Sinanggui SAN.52638 (Ld). CULTIVATED: Brazil: A. Gentry 12805 (N); Pereira 366 (W--2962201). Dominica: L. H. Bailey 809 (Ba). Dominican Republic: Mejia 253 (N). Egypt: Mahdi 4.n. [17/5/1966] (Gz, Gz). Florida: Avery 442 [P.2737] (Ba). Hawaiian Islands: Herb. Haw. Sugar PL. Assoc. Exp. Sta. 4.n. [October 13, 1940] (Bi). Honduras: Molina R. 27891 (Mi, N, W-- 2735847). India: Herb. Hort. Bot. Calcut. 4.n. (B); Nafday 174 (Ba); Roxburgh 4.n. (Br--isotype, Br--isotype, Br--isotype, F--photo of isotype, Ld--photo of isotype, N--isotype, S--photo of isotype). Java: Herb. Hort. Bot. Bogor. XI.1.37 (Bz--25842, Bz--25843, Bz-- 25844, Bz, Bz, Bz), X1.5.37 (Bz--26553, Bz--26554). Mexico: Wendt, Villalobos C., & Okmstead 2916 (Ld). Nicaragua: W. D. Stevens 20955 (Ld). Singapore: Furtado 385 (Ca--343115). Sri Lanka: Mof- denke, Mofdenke, & Jayasuriya 28141 (Ld, Pd, W--2764416), 28177 (Ac, Pd, W--2764451); Moldenke, Mofdenke, & Sumithraarachchi 28200 (Gz, Ld, Ld, Pd, W--2764461). Trinidad: W. E. Broadway Trin. Bot. Gand. Herb. 3516 (R)- Venezuela: Marcano-Berti 2026 (Ld). MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: Hook., Curtis Bot. Mag. 73 [ser. 3, 4]: pl. 4395 (Lad); Lépez-Palacios, Fl. Venez. Verb. [319], fig. 76. 1977 (Ld); H. N. Moldenke color slide 178 (Ld). GMELINA ARBOREA var. CANESCENS Haines, For. Fl. Chota Nagpur 487. 1910. Bibliography: Haines, For. Fl. Chita Nagpur 487. 1910; Haines, Bot. Bihar Orissa, ed. 1, 4: 719. 1922; Osmaston, For. Fl. Kumaon 409. 1927; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 2, 127 & 186. 1949; Mold., Résumé 163, 166, 218, & 456. 1959; Haines, Bot. Bihar Orassa, eds) 2,2: 754. °1962sMold., Resumé Suppl. 163° 9. L961'> Mold, Hirth) Sum. ls 276,283), 2ense2 (2971) and) 2: 879-5197); Mold.) ePhy— tologia 28: 449 (1974), 31: 391 (1975), 34: 363 & 369 (1976), and 36: 38. 1977; Mold.,' Phytol. Mem.”2: 257, 262, 273, 286, 354, & 549. 1980; H. N. & A. L. Mold. in Dassan. & Fosb., Rev. Handb. Fl. Ceyl. 4: 393 & 394. 1983; Mold., Phytologia 55: 334. 1984. This variety differs from the typical form of the species by its lower leaf-surface being merely gray-pubescent with simple hairs, not stellate-tomentose with branched hairs. Osmaston (1927) states that this plant "occurs throughout the {Kumaon] area up to 3,000 feet. Fairly common in the Bhabar but not common in the hills". He asserts that in that area of India it flowers in March and April and fruits in May and June. Haines (1922) describes the leaves as subcoriaceous, only 3--6 inches long, the tertiary veins strongly elevated beneath, and the flower- or fruit- panicle strict, only 3--4 inches long. He lists the variety from 470 Pas Yao OsG x lea. Vol. 55, sNow a7 the Santal Parganas in Bihar/Orissa, where, he avers, "The wood is largely used for making drums. It is white, easily worked and does not warp or shrink. It should be more widely propagated." He continues with quotations from Roxburgh, Gamble, and Dutt relative to the economic uses of the plant, but these all apply to the typi- cal form of the species, although it seems most probable that most, if not all, of the uses described for the typical form would apply also to the varieties. Recent collectors describe this plant as a tree, 6--10 m. tall or (according to Nicolson) to 100 feet tall, nearly leafless during an- thesis, the branches wide-spreading, the inflorescence-axis greenish, the flowers fragrant, the calyx greenish, and the fruit at first green, later pale lemon-yellow. The corollas are described as "red-brown, the lip yellow" on Chand 1582, "madder, the lip yellow" on Koelz 29854, “brownish, the lip yellow" on Nicolson 3138, “lip and throat yellow" on Dwyer & al. 286, “brown outside, yellow inside" on Liogier 21476, and "tube and lobes brown-orange, large lip and throat yellow" on Maxwell 76-58. Recent collectors have encountered the plant at altitudes of 200 to 1300 meters along streams in deciduous forests, in flower from February to April and in fruit from February to June. Clemens, in Australia, notes that there "the flowers and leaves are sought by cattle". Pereira describes the flowers as "pardas, com fauce amarelada". The Dwyer & al. 286 collection, from Belize, cited below, bears no indication on its accompanying label that it represents cultiva- ted material, but I am assuming that it, like the Australian materi- al, was taken from experimental plantations. Material of this variety has almost uniformly been identified and distributed in herbaria as typical G. anbonea Roxb. Citations: NEPAL: Nicofson 3138 (Mi, W--2571598). INDIA: Assam: Chand 1582 (Mi); Koelz 29854 (Mi). Chota Nagpur: Kerr 2178a (wW-- 2963759). Union Territory: Perrnottet 483 (Mu--1146). Uttar Pra- desh: Naudan 76 (Ca--304519); Qureshi 4.n. [30th March 1929] (W-- 1716611), 4.n. [18th May 1929] (W--1716611), 4.n. [12th April 1930] (W--1719649); Singh 333 (N); Walk 79 (W--1347686), 83 [April] (w-- 1347728), 8&3 [September] (W--1347728). West Bengal: Mukenrjee 1517 (S). BURMA: Upper Burma: Herb. Busuma For. Schoo 101 (N). THAI- LAND: Maxwell 76-58 (Ac). CULTIVATED: Australia: M. S. CLemens 43318a (Mi). Belize: Dwyer, Elias, & Maxwell 286 (E--2071717). Bra- zil: Peretna 366 (N). Cuba: Eames 4.n. [April 8, 1948] (It). Domin- ican Republic: A, H. Liogienr 21476 (N, W--2753334). Florida: Avery 442 (Ft--8965). India: Herb. Hort. Bot. Calcut. 4.n. (Mu--737). Java: Herb. Hort. Bot. Bogor. 45.n. (Bz--21047). GMELINA ARBOREA £. juv. DENTATA Mold., Phytologia 8: 14. 1961. Synonymy: Gmekina nheedii Hook., Curtis Bot. Mag. 74 [ser. 3, 4]: pl. 4395 in part. 1848. Gmekina nheedi Hook. ex Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 408 in syn. 1980 Bibliography: Hook., Curtis Bot. Mag. 74 [ser. 3, 4]: pl. 4395. 1848; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 1, 1: 1040. 1890; 1984 Moldenke, Notes on Gmelina 471 Troup, Silvicult. Indian Trees 2: 770/771, fig. 294. 1921; Jacks. in Hook. £. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 2, 1: 1040 (1946) and imp. 3, 1: 1040. 1960; Mold,, Phytologia 8: 14. 1961; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.5: 45. 1962; Mold., Biol. Abstr. 37: 1062. 1962; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 3: 17. 1962; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 276 (1971) and 2: 879. 1971; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 263 & 549. 1980; Mold., Phytologia 54: 238 & 243. 1983; H. N. & A. L. Mold. in Dassan. & Fosb., Rev. Handb. Bie sCeyl. 4: 391. 19835; Mold.;, Phytologia 55: 334. 1984. Illustrations: Hook., Curtis Bot. Mag. 74 [ser. 3, 4]: pl. 4395 (in color), 1848; Troup, Silvicult. Indian Trees 2: 770/771, fig. 294 (in color). 1921. This is a juvenile form of the species seen mostly on seedlings and watersprouts from old stumps, but occasionally on mature flower- ing and/or fruiting trees, of no taxonomic significance. It is characterized by 2 or 3 large, lobe-like, triangular teeth on the leaf-margins. It is based on an unnumbered collection made by Azi- zullah Shah at Jhajra in Siwalik/Jaunsar, India, on March 14, 1922, deposited in the herbarium of the University of California at Berke- ley. The original description of Gmekina rheedii, as well as the accom- panying illustration, indicate leaves that are either entire or lobed, the illustration showing a flowering branch with one leaf exhibiting a single lobe. Material of this form has uniformly been distributed either as typical G. arborea Roxb. or as its var. glaucescens C.9B26Clarke. It is very possible that G. 4sinuata Link may belong here -- see my discussion under that taxon in this series of notes. Citations: INDIA: Siwalik/Jaunsar: A, Shah 4.n. (14-3-1922] (Ca-- 228226--type). Uttar Pradesh: Bakhsh 91 (N); R. M. Mukherjee 89 {28th April] (W--1170155), 89 [27th May] (W--1170155). GMELINA ARBOREA var. GLAUCESCENS Cc. B. Clarke in Hook. f., Fl. Brit. India 4: 582. 1885. Synonymy: Gmelina arborea var. gkaucescens C. B. Blake ex Ldpez- Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Andes 20: 24 sphalm. 1979. Bibliography; iC. \B. Cillarke ineHook.. £., FL. Brit. India 4: 582. 1885; Haines, For. Fl. Chota Nagpur 487. 1910; Haines, Bot. Bihar Orissa, ed, 1, 4: 719. 1922; Osmaston, For. Fl. Kumaon 409. 1927; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 2, 127 & 186. 1949; Mold., Résumé 163, 218, & 456. 1959; Haines, Bot. Bihar Orissa, ed. 2, 2: 754. 1961; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 18: 8. 1969; Mold., Fifth Sunm scl 270, <271), 1276, '&-363) (1971) sand#22 *S79.- 19727 Mold., «Phy— tologia 23: 423 (1972), 26: 368 (1973), 28: 443 & 449 (1974), and 34: 269. 1976; Lépez-Palacios, Fl. Venez. Verb. 318--319 & 649. LOd7 Lépez-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Andes 20: 24. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 256, 257, 263, 273, 354, 408, -& 549.1980; Mold., Phytologia 50: 255. 1982; H. N. & A. L. Mold. in Dassan. & Fosb., Rev. Handb. Fl. Ceyl. 4: 389 & 394. 1983; Raj, Rev. Palaeo- bot. \Paliyn..39: .356,) 372, «&¢3955_1983); .Mold2, , Phytologia 55: 335. 1984. This variety differs from the typical form of the species in the 472 PAH Ye TAOPL OeGer eA Vol. 55, Noma? lower side of its mature leaves being glabrous and glaucous, the glaucous appearance being due to dense microscopic glands or scales which are also present but hidden by the pubescence in the other forms of the species. The tertiary veins are not elevated beneath or only slightly so and the flower- and fruit-panicle is usually large. The calyx-teeth are mostly larger and triangular. The variety is based on an unnumbered collection by J. D. Hooker and his associates from "Subtropical Himalaya and Khasia Mts. [Assam, India], alt. O0--2000 ft.", deposited in the Kew herbarium. Clarke (1885) cites also an unnumbered Kurz collection from "Burma and Tenasserim" and notes that the variety is "Probably only the form of G. anborea from moist places; some N. W. Himalayan examples are intermediate between it and the type". This "intermediate" form is probably the var. canes‘cens of Haines described above. Haines (1922) avers that var. glaucescens is found throughout the range of the species as a whole and is more common in Bihar/ Orissa than the typical form.. The var. glaucescens is known defin- itely from northern Pakistan, Nepal, and through northern India and Bangladesh to Burma, where it extends south to Tenasserim. It is rather widely cultivated in tropical Asia, Java, Florida, Germany, and elsewhere, mostly for ornament or as a specimen tree. Lopez- Palacios (1977) lists it as cultivated in Aragua, Barinas, Bolivar, and Mérida, Venezuela. Raj (1983) has studied the pollen of this tree on the basis of an unnumbered Kar collection from Siwalik, India, deposited in the Stockholm herbarium. Collectors describe the plant as a large or medium-sized tree, 8--10 m.-tall, the leaf-blades 6--10 inches long, basally cordate, with glands on the lower surface, and with "white spots" (Choudry 106). They have encountered it in Bombax-Trewia riverine forests, at 180 m to 4000 feet altitude, and record the vernacular names "gambar", "gumhar", and "so". In Sri Lanka it has been introduced in an area of 60 inches annual rainfall. Scully asserts that it is "occasionally" planted in Guam. Material of this variety has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria as typical G. anbonea Roxb., G. Ssinuata Link, and even as Hennandia sp. On the other hand, the Bakhsh 91, distribu- ted as G. anbonea var. glaucedscens,actually represents G. arborea f. juv. dentata Mold. Citations: PAKISTAN: Northwest States: T, Thomson 4.n. [3000 ped.] (Pd). NEPAL: Troth 755 (W--2826489). INDIA: Sikkim: J. D. Hooker 5.n. [Sikkim, 1--4000 ped.] (M, Mu--736, Pd, S). Siwalik/ Jaunsar: Choudry 106 (Pd); Kar 4.n. (S). Uttar Pradesh: Donji 35 (N); Duthie 22451 (Ca--269790); Ghazanfarthi 4.n. (N); Kand 4-81 [April] (W--1372660), 4-81 [July] (W--1372660); Khajuria s.n. [May 14, 1928] (W--1716393); Srinivasan 45.n. [Dehra Dun, Jan. 1975] (N), 4S.n. [Remnegar, Feb. 1975] (N). State undetermined: Hamid 14-82 [Kalsi] (Pd); Khoshoo 4.n. [Dulani Choki] (S); Lakhera 4.n. [Duran Choki] (S). LAOS: Vidak 5856 (W--2800872). CULTIVATED: Florida: H. N. Mofdenke 21448 (Hk, Ss). Germany: Herb. Kummer 4.n. [Hort. bot. monac. 1856.11.12] (Mu--1371), 4.n. [Hort. bot. monac. 1856.1. 1984 Moldenke, Notes on Gmelina 473 12] (Mu--1370). Guam: Scully 19] (W--2920686). India: Wakich 1817/5 (Pd). Java: Herb. Hort. Bot. Bogor. X1.G.80 (Bz--25789), XV.F.13 (Bz--26312). Sri Lanka: Worthington 5932 (K). Trinidad: Herb. Bot. Gand. Trin. 3516 (W--940087). Venezuela: Ldpez-Palacios 3096 (Ld, N). Zululand: Parton 4,n, (Cb). LOCALITY OF COLLECTION UN- DETERMINED: Herb. Torrey 4.n. (T)- GMELINA ASIATICA L., Sp. Pl., ed. 1, imp. 1, 2: 626. 1753 [not G, asAatica Auct., 1917, nor Blanco, 1837, nor Burm., 1921, nor Kurz, 1980, nor Lour.,; +1790, 1954, nor, Schau:; 1918, nor Walls, S31): Synonymy: Anrbuscula bisnagarica aceris folio parvo aculeata, foliis @ regione binis Pluk., Almag. Bot. Phyt. 1: pl. 14, fig. 4. 1691. Lyctum maderaspatanum indict, alpino putati aemulum, follis minoribus & majoribus bijugis, & grandioribus aculerts horridis Pluk., Almag. Bot. Phyt. 5: pl. 97, fig. 2. 1700. Dematha zeylanensibus P. Herm., Mus. Zeyl., ed. 1, 3, 9, 12, & 21. 1717. Michekia spinosa, fLoribus Lutets Amman, Comment. Acad. Sci. Imp. Petrop. 8: 218--219, pl. 18. 1736. Prunus indica sylvestris, frauctu flavo, pyrtform Burm., Thes. Zeyl. 197. 1737. Prunus indica sylvestris, fructu flavo pyriformi Burm, apud P. Herm. in L., Fl. Zeyl., ed. 1, 103 in syn. 1747. Lycium maderaspatanum indici alpino putati aemulum, foltis minortbus (& majoribus) bijugis & gnandionibus aculets horridum Pluk. apud P. Herm. in L., Fl. Zeyl., ed. 1, 103 in syn. 1747. Gmelina coromandel- 4ca Burm. f., Fl. Indica 132. 1768. Gmelina parvifolia Roxb., Pl. Coromand. 2: 32, pl. 162. 1798. Gmelina parviflora Roxb. es Pers., Syn. Pl. 2: 142. 1807. Paremna parvifolia Roth, Nov. Pl. Sp., imp. 1, 288--289. 1821. Gmekina inermis Wight ex Wall., Numer. List 87, no. 1816D. 1831 (not G. ineramis Blanco, 1837, nor Naves, 1880, 1918). Michelia spinosa Amman apud Schau. in A. DC., Prodr. 11: 679 in syn. 1847. Gmelina coromandeLiana Burm. apud Schau. in A. DC., Prodr. 11: 679 in syn. 1847. Gurelina asiatica L. ex Wight, Illust. Indian Bot. 2: pl. 174. 1850. Gmelina parvifolia Sch. ex Miq., Fl. Ned. Ind. 2: 867 in syn. 1858. Premma parvifolia Roth apud Miq., Fl. Ned. Ind. 2: 866--867 in syn. 1858. Axrbuscula bismagarica Pluk. apud Miq., Fl. Ned. Ind. 2: 867 in syn. 1858. Gmelina coromandeliana Buzm. £. apud. C. Be Clarke an Hook. £., Fl. Brit. India 4:% 582 sn syn. 1885. Gmelina conomandelina Burm. apud Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 1, 1: 1039 in syn. 1893. Gmelina parviflora Pers. apud Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 1, 1: 1040 in syn. 1893. Gmelina integrifolia Hunter, Journ. Straits Br. Roy. Asiat. Soc. 53: 101--102. 1909. Lyciwm maderaspatanum Pluk. apud He J.* Lam in Lamé& Bakh., Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenz., ser. 3, 3: 69 invsyn. 11921. Gmelina asiatica var. typsicad Bakh. ex Lam & Bakh., Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenz., ser. 3, 3: 69. 1921. Gmelina coromandel- 4CQ Burm. ex Bakh. in Lam & Bakh., Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenz., ser. 3, 3: 69 in syn. 1921; Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber. 53 (1): 1074 in syn. 1932. Prunus indica sylvestris frauctu favo, pyri forme Burm, ex Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber. 53 (1): 1074 in syn. 1932. Gmelina purvifolia Roxb. ex Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names Suppl. 1: 10 in syn. 1947. Gmelina tomentosa Roxb. ex Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names Suppl. 1: 10 in syn. 1947 [not G, 474 Pe Hay IO (Ls OnNGr ie A Voll 557, sNomemey tomentosa Fletcher, 1938, nor Wall., 1817). Premna indica et Sykvestrts Burm. ex Pételot, Pl. Méd. Camb. Laos Viet. 2: 252 in syn. 1954. Pxremna indica Burm. apud Pételot, Pl. Méd. Camb. Laos Viet. 4: 151 in syn. 1954. Pnremna sylvestris Burm. apud Pételot, Pl. Méd. Camb. Laos Viet. 4: 151 in syn. 1954. Prunus indica sylvestris Burm. ex Mold., Résumé 341 in syn. 1959. Gmelina asiatica var. typica H. J. Lam ex Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 408 in syn. 1980. Bibliography: Pluk., Almag. Bot. Phyt. 1: pl. 14, fig. 4 (1691) and51) 234, pl. 97, Eig. 2.) U7/00-7"P-sHerm.,, Mus (Zeyl, ed pmsmol 12 Nee 2. 77s Puke (Op. mnie 5:) 234, pl 97), Eagen 2. 817 20/eAmmany Comment. Acad. Sci. Imp. Petrop. 8: 218--219, pl. 18. 1736; J. Burm., Thes. Zeyl. 197. 1737; Rumpf, Herb. Amboin. 1: pl. 40 (1741) and 2: 172 174-9 P. Herm. anel.,; El. Zeyls, ede) 1038=—104 510747) mand el, 2. aioli —aloy-te lytic ite, Sis thon Golo AU abulon Wh AS GAG A7/3i- Stickm. in le, Herb. Amb. 92 7545 >l5,° Amoens Acad) 4: 212759); Neeie Burne, Els indica 132 pill. Soe 17685) lRetzal); Nom- Boras 772; de A. Murray an Ll. ,; Syst. Veg.; ed. 12, 564. 11784; (Gaertn, Bructes sem. selena) 26S pls 56),. ig.) See SSicn wie byeriGmed em cinie ler, SysteNate, ed) 13) simpendy. 2s) 0445 17897 hour), srl Cochinchry mec. 1, 2: 376-377 (1790) and ed. 2, 2: 456--457. 1793; J. F. Gmel. in L., Syst. Nat., ed. 13, imp. 2, 2: 944. 1796; Raeusch.., Nom. Bot-, edees,) 73-7907 =) Roxba,) Pl (Coast) \Coromands )229327 ple 62 Ls0z J. E. Sm. in Rees, Cyclop., imp. 1 [London], 16: Gmelina 1 & 3. 1810; Ainslie, Mat. Med. Hindust., ed. 1, 94. 1813; Roxb., Hort. Beng., imp. 1, 46. 1814; Horsfield, Verh. Bat. Gen. 8: [Med. Pl. Java] 110. 1816; Pers., Sp. Pl. 3: 357--358. 1819; Poir. in Lam., Tabl. Encycl. Meth. Bot. [Illust. Gen.] 3: pl. 542. 1819; Roth, Nov. Pl. Sp., imp. 1, 288-=289. 1821; Link, Enum. Hort. Berol. 2: 128. 1822; Blume, Cat. Gewass., imp. 1, 83. 1823; Moon, Cat. Indig. Exot. Pl. Ceyl. i: 45. 1824 Ainslie, Mat. Med. Indica, ed. 2, 2: 240=—— 242. 1826; Blume, Bijdr. Fl. Ned. Ind. 14: 814. 1826; Sweet, Hort. Brite, ed. Ups) 323291826; 5 Walle, Numer. Last) 49) [=50)), now lJelsr LB2Z9O-SLOuds , sHOGE Brite) Cet) 245- mel SSOrm Sweet, eHOmtAt bist ames 2, 417. 1830; Wall., Numer. List 82 & 87, no. 1816D & 2654. 1831; Chams;, s#lannaea 7+) JO9s 1832) Loud), Hone. Brett.) edi.) 2," 245=. 832i ROxbe een undacay, ede) 2), amp. as, 32) Si ——SSin 1832 eBlanco, = bale Pplape, ede i, 493).. 183i7/7G. Dont in Sweet, “Hort. Brits, ed=) 3. 55s. 1839);s0)o5Grah.), Cate) Pill. Bomb.) 158.) 1839-8 Louds, (Hose Brey eCaemSl 245-8397 "De, Diet.) Syn. Pl. 3: 6lls a elas 1843+) Hassk-),1 Gatmb ss Hote BOL. BOGOR Culler. 922035 a S44i-5 Voge, pom. slo uiso a Ganicr 470. 1845; Walp., Repert. Bot. Syst. 4: 97--98. 1845; Zoll. & Mor- LEZ Syst.) Verz. 526 18467) Schaus) invA. DC., )Pz0dn. Lil: 6GSSksmonge L847; Wight, Halust: Indian Bot. 22) 217), pli, 1742 1850 eSchniteziey, Iconog. Fam. Nat. Reg. Veg. 2: 137 Verbenac. 1856; Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn. Candoll. 3: 200 & 365. 1858; Miq., Fl. Ned. Ind. 2: 866--867. 1858; Thwaites & Hook. f., Enum. Pl. Zeyl., imp. 1, 244. 1861; Bocq., Adansonia, ser. 1 [Baill., Rec. Obs. Bot.] 2: 157 (1862) and 3: 255. 1863; Beddome, For. Man Bot. S. India 172. 1873; Brandis, For. Fl. Northw. Cent. India 3: 364 & 365. 1874; Roxb., Fl. Indica, ed. 2, imp. 2, 487--488. 1874; Kurz, Prelim. Rep. For. Veg. Pegu App. A: xcvii (1875) and B: 70--71. 1875; Kurz, For. Fl. Brit. Burma 2: 265. 1984 Moldenke, Notes on Gmekina 475 1877; Fern.-Villar in Blanco, Fl. Filip., ed. 3, 4: Nov. App. 159. 1880; Gamble, Man. Indian Timb., ed. 1, 295 & 509. 1881; Vidal, Sin. Fam. Gen. Pl. Len. Filip. [Introd. Fl. For. Filip.] 2: 36, pl. 75, Eigse 5." L883; C.. Be Clarke. in Hook. £., FL. Brit. India-4: 581% 582. 1885; Trimen, Journ. Ceyl. Br. Roy. Asiat. Soc. 9: [Syst. Cat. Flow. Pl. Ceyl.] 69. 1885; Hillebr., Fl. Haw. Isls., imp. 1, 340. 1888; Watt, Dict. Econ. Prod. India 3: 516--517. 1889; Collett & Hemsl., Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Bot. 28: 110. 1890; Greshoff, Teys- mannia 1: 127. 1890; Baill., Hist. Pl. 11: 94. 1891; Burck, Ann. Jard. Bot. Buitenz., ser. 1, 10: 98. 1891; Holmes, Bull. Pharm. 6: 109. 1892; Dymock, Warden, & Hooper, Pharmacog. Indica, imp. l, 3: 72--73. 1893; Jacks. in Hook. f£. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. l, l: 1039 & 1040 (1893) and imp. 1, 2: 622. 1894; Anon., Gard. Chron., ser. 3, 15: 746. 1894; Nairne, Flow. Pl. West. India 246. 1894; Talbot, Syst. List Trees Shrubs Bomb., ed. 1, 161 & 221. 1894; Briq. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam., ed. 1, 4 (3a): 173. 1895; Trimen, Handb. Fl. Ceyl. 3: 355. 1895; Woodrow, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc: 12: 359. 1899; L. H. Bailey, Cyclop. Am. Hort. 2: 654: 1900; Koord. & Valet., Meded. Lands Plant. Bat. 42 [Bijdr. Booms. Java 7]: 196--197. 1900; Raciborski, Ann. Jard. Bot. Buitenz. 17 [ser. 2, 2]: 23--24, fig. 11. 1900; Boorsma, Bull. Inst. Bot. Bui- tenz. 14: 35. 1902; Gamble, Man. Indian Timb., ed. 2, imp. 1, 537 & 718. 1902; Prain, Bengal Pl.;) imp. 1, @: 829. 1903; LT. ‘Cooke, EL. Presid .Bomb., ed: 1, 3: 424):°&425. 1905;.E. D.)Merr., Bull. Bur Govt. Lab. Philip. 27: 68. 1905; Talbot, Syst. List Trees Shrubs Bomb., ed. 2, 269. 1905; Brandis, Indian Trees, imp. 1 & 2, 509 (1906) and imp. 2a, 509. 1907; Holtermann, Einfl. Klimas pl. 7, fig. 40. 1907; Nieuwemhuis, Ann. Jard. Bot. Buitenz. 21: 260--261, pl. 21, fig. 16 & 18. 1907; Gamble in King & Gamble, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Beng. 74 (2 extra): 823--824. 1908; Hunter, Journ. Straits Br. Roy. Asiat. Soc. 53: 101--102. 1909; Talbot, For. Fl. Bomb., ed. 1, 2: 348 & 350. 1909; Woodrow, Gard. Trop., imp. 1 & 2 [Gard. India, ed. 6, imp. 7 & 8], 441. 1910; Brandis, Indian Timb., imp. 3, 509. 1911; Duthie, Fl. Upper Gang. Plain, ed. 1, 2: 221. 1911; Gerth van Wijk, Dict. Pl.-names, imp. 1, 1: 596. 1911; Wehmer, Pflanzenst. 1: 648. 1911; J. C. & M. Willis, Parad. Man. Bot. 2: [Rev. Cat. Flow. Pl. Ceyl., ed. 1] 69. 1911; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 4, imp. 1, 98. 1913; Gibbs, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Bot. 42: 123. 1914; Dop, Bull. Soc. Bot. France 61: 321. 1915; Gerth van Wijk, Dict. Pl.-names, imp. l, 2: 584. 1916; E. D. Merr.,Interpret. Rumph. Herb. Amb. 454. 1917; Basu, Indian Med. Pl., imp. 1, 3: 3, pl. 738b. 1918; Firminger, Man. Gard. India, ed. 6, 2: 385. 1918; H. Hallier, Meded. Rijks Herb. Leid. 37: 58--60. 1918; E. D. Merr., Sp. Blanc. 333--334. 1918; H. J. Lam, Verbenac. Malay. Arch. 216, 217, 221--223, 227, 365, & 366. 1919; Bakh. in Lam & BaKH., Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenz., ser. 3, 3: 65 & 69. 1921; Brandis, Indian Trees, imp. 4, 509. 1921; E. D. Merr., Bibliog. Enum. Born. Pl. 515. 1921; E. D. Merr., Philip. Journ. Sci. Bot. 19: 377. 1921; Gamble, Man. Indian Timb., ed. 2, imp. 2, 537 & 778. 1922; Haines, Bot. Bihar Orissa, ed. 1, 4: 719 & 720. 1922; Rodger in Lace, List Trees Shrubs Burma, ed. 2, 131. 922% -EciD. Merro, Enum. Philips Flow. Ples3: 4004. 1928s sRidk.pSbic 476 PHY a TOR sORG al ee: Vol. 55), ¢NGeue/ Malay Penins. 2: 622--623. 1923; Gamble, Fl. Presid. Madras 6: 1097 & 1098. 1924; Haines, Bot. Bihar Orissa, ed. 1, 6: 1296. 1924; L. H. Bailey, Stand. Cyclop. Hort-, imp. 1, 2: 1353. 1925; Thakar,; Fi. Cutch 223. 1926; Heyne, Nutt. Plant. Ned. Ind., ed. 2, 1: 24 (1927), ede), 22) 1320) (927) weand eden 2,3) 1646. 1927-5 ee eB asllexs Stands, Cyclop. Homt., amp. 2; 251355 L930; eStapt;s inde LondeaiSi 299. 1930; Rodger in Lace, List Trees Shrubs Burma, ed. 3, 202. 1931; Wehmer, Pflanzenst. 2: 1024. 1931; Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jah- Tesber, 53 GD): 1074. 1932 Pet, Meme Sci. Soc. (China) 1) (3) etsy, 116, & 119--120. 1932; L. H. Bailey, Stand. Cyclop. Hort., imp. 3, 2: 1353. 1933; Crevost & Pételot, Bull. Econ. Indo-chine 37: 1294 & 1295. 1934; Junell, Symb. Bot. Upsal. 4: 91 & 92, fig. 140 & 141. 1934; Kirtikar & Basu, Indian Med. Pl., ed. 2, imp. 1, 3: 1932 & 1934--1935, pl. 738b. 1935; L. H. Bailey, Stand. Cyclop. Hort., imp. AP 2 S55). O85) DOpEin s LeCcomec miele. Gén. Indo-chine 4: 842 & 845-- 846. 1935- E. D. Merr., Trans. Am. Phill. Soc., ser. 2, 24 (2): [Gom- ment. Lour.] 335. 1935; Docters van Leeuwen, Blumea 2: 262. 1937; Fletcher, Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1938: 204--205, 404, & 422--424. 1938; Chun, Sunyats. 4: 268. 1940; Mold., Suppl. List Comm. Vern. Names 2--5, 8--1ll, & 13. 1940; Mold., Suppl. List Inv. Names 3. 1941; Worsdell, Ind. Lond. Suppl. 1: 441. 1941; Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names 25. 1942; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 53-- 57, 59, 60, 61, 63, 64, 66, & 93. 1942; Menninger, Descr. Cat. Flow. Trop. Trees 16. 1944; Mold., Phytologia 2: 103. 1945; Savage, Cat. Linn. Herb. 107. 1945; Blume, Cat. Gewass., imp. 2, 83. 1946; Jacks. in Hook. £. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 2, 1: 1039 & 1040 (1946) and imp. 2, 2: 622. 1946; Menninger, 1947 Cat. Flow. Trees 19. 1946; Razi, Journ. Mysore Univ. 7 (4): 64. 1946; Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names Suppl. 1: 10. 1947; Neal, In Gard. Haw., ed. 1, imp. 1, 635. 1948; Van Rennselaer, Trees Santa Barbara, ed. 2, 169. 1948; Aggar- wal & Soni, Journ. Sci. Indust. Res. [India] 8B: 49--51. 1949; Ag- garwal & Soni, Chem. Abstr. 43: 5611--5612. 1949; Mold., Known Geogr. Distribs, Verbenac.|, ed.) 27 1238-—125) i27—-130) 132), 136, 9137s 143, 144, 146, 147, 160, & 186. 1949; Neal, In Gard. Haw., ed. l, imp. 2, 635. 1949; Menninger, Winter 1950 Seed List. 1950; Corner, Wayside Trees, ed. 2, 702 & 703. 1952; Joshi & Magar, Journ. Sci. Indust. Res. [India] 11B: 26. 1952; Roig, Dicc. Bot. Nom. Vulg. Cub. 550. 1953; Pételot, Pl. Méd. Camb. Laos Viet. 2 [Archiv. Recherch. Agrone, Pastaavaete L8ills9252) (@9538)) ande4:) 10) 487 (64)) Eos, Na, fh BAS US aea Wieikelo nn views, Callies lohae, Sees Us Gio dscle Chopra, Nayar, & Chopra, Gloss. Indian Med. Pl. 126. 1956; Sastri, Wealth India 4: 156. 1956; T. Cooke, Fl. Presid. Bomb., ed. 2, imp. 1, 2: 504 & 505. 1958; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 4, imp. 2, 98. 1958; Abeywickrama, Ceyl. Journ. Sci. Biol. 2: 217. 1959; Anon., Kew Bull. Gen. Ind. 134. 1959; Mold., Résumé 75, 157--159, 163, 165--167, LO} iG) eee 8), el SOr LSS) melo Oeel9S) sel O7 pe 2 Bees 4 2p lOO ZO Ory 319, 320, 339, 341, & 456. 1959; Sebastine, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 1: 95. 1959. Jacks. in Hook. £..& Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 37, I: 1039 & 1040 (1960) and imp. 3, 2: 622 & 1975. 1960; Puri, Indian For. Ecol. 2: 406. 1960; Cave, Ind. Pl. Chromos. Numb. 2: 136. 1961; Gupta & Marlange, Trav. Sect. Sci. Inst. Frang. Pond. 3 (1): 79. 1961; Haines, Bot. Bihar Orissa, ed. 2, 2: 754 & 755. 1961; Hund- 1984 Moldenke, Notes on Gmelina 477 ley & Ko in Lace, List Trees Shrubs Burma, ed. 3, 202. 1961; Satmoko, Malay. Nat. Journ. Spec. Issue 120. 1961; Gaussen, Legris, & Viart, Indian Counc. Agr. Res. Veg. Map Ser. 1: 20. 1962; Gerth van Wijk, Dict. Pl.-names, imp. 2, 1: 596 (1962) and imp. 2, 2: 584. 1962; Mold., Résumd Suppl. 3: 25 & 28. 1962; Nair & Rehman, Bull. Nat. Bot. Gard. Lucknow 76: 16--18. 1962; B. Singh, Bull. Nat. Bot. Gard. Lucknow 69: 57. 1962; Sobti & Singh, Proc. Indian Acad. Sci. B.54: 143. 1962; Legris, Trav. Sect. Sci. Inst. Frang. Pond. 6: 252, 527, 530, & 567. 1963; Maheshwari, Fl. Delhi 282. 1963; Prain, Beng. Pl., imp. 2, 2: 619. 1963; Ramamurthy, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 5: 261 & 264. 1963; Rao, Aggarwal, & Mukherjee, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 5: 315. 1963; Cave, Ind. Pl. Chromos. Numb. 2: 330. 1964; Gaussen, Legris, & Viart, Indian Counc. Agr. Res. Veg. Map Ser. 2: 15. 1964; Mold., Resume Suppl. 11: 6. 1964; Thwaites & Hook. f., Enum. Pl. Zeyl., imp. 2, 244. 1964; Bose, Handb. Shrubs 9, 10, 52, 53, 108, & 121. 1965; Marlange & Meher-Homji, Journ. Indian Bot. Soc. 44: 175. 1965; Neal, In Gard. Haw., ed. 2, 721 & 730. 1965; Sen & Naskar, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 7: 46. 1965; Burkill, Dict. Econ. Prod. Malay Penins. 1: 1105--1106. 1966; J. L. Ellis, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 8: 337. 1966; Gaussen & al., Trav. Sect. Sci. Tech. Inst. Frang. Pond. Hors 7: 24, 25, 28, & 99. 1966; Naithani, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 8: 259. 1966; Ramaswami, Study Flow. Pl. Bangalore [thesis] xxiii, xxix, 1032--1034, & 1412. 1966; Sebastine & Ramamurthy, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 8: 180. 1966; Venkatesan, Indian For. 92: 29. 1966; T. Cooke, Fl. Presid. Bomb., ed. 2, imp. 2, 2: 504 & 505. 1967; Gaussen, Legris, & Viart, Indian Counc. Agr. Res. Veg. Map Ser. 4: 16. 1967; Mold., Resumé Suppl. 15: 9. 1967; Ramaswamy, Bull. Bot. Soc. Beng. 21: 89 & 96. 1967; Sebastine & Ellis, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 9: 197. 1967; Srivastava, Quart. Journ. Crude Drug Res. 7: 1053. 1967; Vajravelu & Rathakrishnan, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 9: 43. 1967; D. & E. Venkata Rao & Viswanadham, Curr. Sci. [India] 36: 72. 1967; Guna- wardena, Gen. Sp. Pl. Zeyl. 147. 1968; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 16: 9 & 22. 1968; Panigrahi & Saran, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 10: 55 & 58. 1968; Bolkhov., Grif, Matvej., & Zakhar., Chrom. Numb. Flow. Pl., imp. 1, 715. 1969; R. N. & I. C. Chopra & Varma, Suppl. Gloss. Indian Med. Pl. 33. 1969; Farnsworth, Blomster, Quimby, & Schermerh., Lynn Ind. 6: 264. 1969; Preston in Synge, Suppl. Dict. Gard. 903. 1969; Rau, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 10, Suppl. 2: 62. 1969; Singh, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 1l: 15. 1969; Matthew, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 12: 88. 1970; Menninger, Flow. Vines dust-jacket, 334, & fig. 194. 1970; Brandis, Indian Trees, imp. 5, 509. 1971; Fonseka & Vinasithamby, Prov. List Local Names Flow Flow. Pl. Cey]l. 16, 27, 48, & 63. 1971; Gerth van Wijk, Dict. Pl.-names, imp. 3, 1: 596 (1971) and imp. 3, 2: 584. 1971; Inamdar & Patel, Indian For. 97: 328. 1971; M. A. Martin, Introd. Ethnobot. Camb. 142. 1971; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 2976264," 265> 268,276, 260, 281,51 283),.289,7 296) +3037" S05,8324, 83077350; 363, SOL, e475) (971)"and? 2: 523) S2479526)"569), 572, 609, 614, 879, 880, & 972. 1971; Patel, For. Fl. Gujarat 229 & 230. 1971; Roxb., Fl. Indica, ed. 2, imp. 3, 487--488. 1971; C. D. Adams, Flow. Pl. Jamaic. 627 & 819. 1972; Dymock, Warden, & Hooper, Pharma- cog. Indica, imp. 2, [Hamdard 15:] 72--73 & 348--349. 1972; Gamble, 478 PRLS Yael Oa ORC Vol. 55, Now 7 Man. Indian Timb., ed. 2, imp. 3, 537 & 778. 1972; Mold., Phytolo- gia 23: 432. 1972; Hegnauer, Chemotax. Pfl. 6 [Chem. 21]: 677. 1973; Molds, Phytologia 262365) 7s) S6Si197)s);, RoeRe) Rao, a Stud helow-mrles Mysore Dist. [thesis] 2: 751. 1973; Rao & Razi, Journ. Mysore Univ. B.26: 71, 102, 194, & 196. 1973; Bolkh., Grif, Matvej., & Zakhar., Chromos. Numb. Flow. Pl., imp. 2, 715. 1974; Gibbs, ChemotaxX. Flow. Pl. 3: 1794. 1974; Mold., Phytologia 28: 446 & 449. 1974; Basu, In- dian Med. Pl., imp. 3, pl. 738. 1975; Kirtikar & Basu, Indian Med. Pie, ed. 2, imp.) 2/93 L982) "ea 1l93s4——19O35) pil) 738b. L975) Koommany Act. Bot. Neerl. 24: 462. 1975; Mold., Phytologia 31: 398 & 406 (1977/5) wand. 32-9472 1975 ModanagRe, Cealbal doze 96-) O75; Roth, aNow Pl. Sp., imp. 2, 288--289. 1975; Zimmerm. & Ziegler in Zimmerm. & Milburn, Transp. Pl. 1 [Pirson & Zimmerm., Encycl. Pl. Physiol., Sere 2, iiss 502% W975i Anone;eBtol-wAbstre. 61 ACIS609 251976) L. H. & E. Z. Bailey, Hortus Third 515--516. 1976; Mold., Phytolo=- Gila 3429263), 265), 269), "e275 19762 Srivastava, Hl eCoralk. 2520c 255 L976 Lallbot; hor. bls (Bomb), (ed-n 2), 62/2 8348re&e350> 197 oe ehun, Gard. Bull. Singapore 30: 195. 1977; Subramanian & Kalyani, Indian For. 103: 113 & 117. 1977; Sharma, Shetty, Vivekan., & Rathakr., Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 75: 33. 1978; Sprangers & Balasubram., Trop. Ecol. 19: 85, 86, & 92/93. 1978; dayasuniya, Stud. Bil. Heol Ritig. L976 L980; yMolld., Phytol-sMem-:) 2): 1/227 .253),9254,, 2638, 268), 2710p 23) 21 op 2S Ole 2eo, 200m 2oS7e2oo, SS, 9520, S41) 93547 e408F 422, 433--435, & 549. 1980; Roxb., Hort. Beng., imp. 2, 46. 1980; Brenan, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 16: 130. 1981; Hillebr., Fl. Haw. Isls., imp. 2, 340. 1981; Varma, Fl. Bhagalpur Dicot. 306--307. 1981; Mold., Phy.tollogia 50): 252, 261, & 370) (1982) and) 54: 239/243) .& 249). W983. H. N. & A. L. Mold. in Dassan. & Fosb., Rev. Handb. Fl. Ceyl. 4: 327, 390, & 394--399. 1983; Mold., Phytologia 55: 42, 327, 329, & 335. 1984. PiMustratiwons:s Pluk, Almag-. Bot. Phyteii: spill i4, Sig. Cle as) andes ple, alge 2) 57/00r aPink= (Op. (Omni Sci lcm 9/7), et Ome 1720; Amman, Comment. Acad. Sci. Imp. Petrop. 8: pl. 18. 1736; Roxb., Pl. Coast Coromand. 2: pl. 162. 1802; Poir. in Lam., Tabi. Encycl- Méth. Bot. [Illust. Gen.] 3: pl. 542. 1819; Wight, Illust. Indian Bot. 2: pl. 174 (in color). 1850; Vidal, Sin. Fam. Gen. Pl. Len. Filip. (Introd. Fl. For. Filip.] 2: pl. 75E. 1883; Raciborski, Ann. Jard. Bot. Buitenz. 17 [ser. 2, 2]: 24, fig. 11. 1900; Holtermann, Einfl. Klimas pl. 7, fig. 40. 1907; Nieuwenhuis, Ann. Jard. Bot. Buitenz. 21 [ser. 2, 5]: pl. 21, fig. 16 & 18. 1907; Basu, Indian Med. Pl., ed. 1, 3: pl. 738b. 1918; Crevost & Pételot, Bull. Econ. Indo-chine 37: opp. 1294. 1934; Junell, Symb. Bot. Upsal. 1 (4): 91, fig. 140 & 141. 1934; Kirtikar & Basu, Indian Med. Pl., ed. 2, IMD wl sis PLe7Seb. LOsS- Sastry, wealthedindt:ag 4556) races 1956; Nair & Rehman, Bull. Bot. Gard. Lucknow 76: 23, fig. 10. 1962; Kirtikan & Basu, Indian Med. Pi., ed. 2), aimp.02, 8: pls 7Ss8baul975 A large, straggling or scrambling, mostly deciduous (evergreen, according to Corner) bush or bushy shrub, sometimes climbing, very variable in size and habit, often weak, arching or flopping over adjacent shrubs, flat-topped, rather hardy, to about 3 or 4m. tall, or rarely (when adult) a semi-evergreen tree to 10 m. tall, some- times even prostrate, usually spiny (especially when young), some- 1984 Moldenke, Notes on Gmelina 479 times entirely unarmed [f. ineamts (Wight) Mold.], much-branched with basitonic branching; branches decussate-opposite, flexible, yellow-lenticellate, forming flat sprays, often with several main stems crowded together; bark yellowish- or brownish-white, thin, smooth; wood hard, gray, the pores moderate in size, scanty, in groups or short concentric lines, the medullary rays fine, short, regular, not numerous; branchlets horizontal, rigid, often com- pressed, puberulent or even villosulous when young; twigs frequent- ly much abbreviated and apically spinose, the axillary spines some- times leaf-bearing; crown spreading; leaves small, decussate-oppo- Site, anisophyllous (one larger than the other in a pair), caducous or early deciduous (reportedly sometimes evergreen or semi-evergreen) ; petioles 0.5--3 (mostly about 6 mm.) cm. long, slender; leaf-blades membranous or chartaceous, varying from oval or ovate to elliptic, obovate, subrhomboid, or triangular in outline, very variable, most- ly 1--9.5 (rarely to 13) cm. long, 1.5--6 cm. wide, sometimes all only 4--10 mm wide and 1--2.5 cm. long [f. parvifolia (Roxb.) Mold.], entire or sometimes irregularly and more or less obscurely 1-lobu- late, basally mostly acute to cuneate, sometimes rounded, apically acute or obtuse, glabrous or Subglabrous on both surfaces when ma- ture, often more or less pubescent when young, dark and shiny above, pale-green, glaucescent, and minutely white-glanduliferous beneath, the glands round, not nectariferous, about 20 per leaf; inflores- cence axillary and terminal, racemiform or paniculate, nodding to more or less pendulous, densely pubescent to tomentose or appressed- tomentose, ten to many-flowered; bracts usually rather small, linear or lanceolate, 2 or 3 times as long as the calyx, apically cuspi- date, caducous, occasionally large and leafy; flowers large, borne in short or very short 1--5-flowered cymules in mostly terminal, ful- vous-tomentose, racemiform panicles 2.5--5 cm. long, caducous, falling after dawn or as soon as picked during daylight hours; peduncles pubescent; calyx cupuliform, about 3--4 mm. long, somewhat contracted apically, externally pubescent-tomentose (the hairs dark-brown and strigose-appressed), glanduliferous, internally glabrous, the rim truncate, very shortly and obscurely 4-toothed, the teeth very small, triangular, apically acute, the nectariferous glands 2 to many, large, bare, antrorse, flattened, discoid; corolla large, yellow or bright-yellow to bright sulphur-yellow or jasmine-yellow, Alfamanda-like, infundibular and bilabiate, 4--5 cm. long, tetramer- ous, externally finely pubescent or reddish-tomentose with appressed strigose hairs, internally glabrous, the tube basally narrow and curvate, apically ampliate into a broadly ventricose throat, the limb unequally to almost equally 4-lobed, the lobes ovate, apically subacute, the lowest largest, the upper reflexed; fertile stamens 2, to 12 mm. long; staminodes 2, 5 mm. long; style shortly exserted, 2.5--3.5 cm. long; pollen-grains 3-zonicolporate, subprolate, often syncolpate, 39 x 27 mu (range 39 x 25--30 mu), the endocolpium very faint, the ectine surface reticulate or areolate; fruit drupa- ceous, ovoid or obovoid-pyriform to subglobose, yellow when ripe, with a watery or soapy exudate, 1.5--2.8 cm. long, externally glab- rous, l- or 2-celled and -seeded; chromosome number: n = 19 or 20, 2n = 38 or 40. 480 PPHS YY TeO VLE OReGr ETA Vol. 55), Noew, This is a widely distributed and apparently highly variable species found from India, Sri Lanka, and Bangladesh, through Burma and Thailand, to Malaya and Indochina, east to Indonesia, north to southern China, and west (probably only naturalized) to Réunion and Mauritius. It is widely cultivated in various parts of North, Cen- tral, and South America, the West Indies, Europe, Asia, and Africa, as well as on some Pacific islands like Hawaii, mostly as a specimen tree in botanical gardens. Ina few cases it appears to have become locally naturalized to a limited extent. The species is based on Herb. Linnaeus 7860/2 in the Linnean Her- barium in London. The lower chromosome count, noted above, is re- ported by Cave (1961), the higher count by Sobti & Singh (1962. It is to be hoped that herbarium vouchers were made of their material so that the identification can be checked. It should be noted here that the G. asiatica credited to "Auct. (1917)", to Burman (1921), and to Kurz (1902) are synonyms of G, elLkiptica J. E. Sm., while the G. asiatica credited to Blanco (1837), to Lam (1980), to Loureiro (1954), to Schauer (1918), and to Wallich (1831) are synonyms of G. philippensis Cham. Gmelina tomentosa Fletcher (1938) is a valid species, and G. asiatica Wallich (1817) belongs in the synonymy of G. arborea Roxb. The Gmelina inermis of Blanco (1837) is G. ekkiptica J. E. Sm., while the G. inenms of Naves (1800) is actually a synonym of G. philippensis Cham., although both are often cited in the synonymy of G, asiatica L. The Gmelina hystrix Kurz, also sometimes included in the synonymy of G, asrsaticea L., actually belongs in that of G. philippensis Cham. The G. asiat- 4ca var. philippinensis of Bakhuizen also is a synonym of G. philip- pensis, while G. asiatica var. villosa of Bakhuizen is G, ekhiptica io 15 (Sha In connection with the nomenclatural typification of Gmelina assatica L. is should be noted that Herb. Linnaeus 780/L is labeled as G. asiatica, but actually is a specimen of G. ekhiptica J. E. Sm.; Herb. Linnaeus 780/2 bears the written comment "Gmelina, cand. foliis" in Smith's handwriting, followed by "astatica vera JES// Jambosa sylvestris parvifolia Rumph. amb. 1. p. 129. t. 40." Herb. Linnaeus 780/3 actually is Fkacourtia indica, but is labeled as "Gmelina indica Burm. Ind. 132." The Gmelina assatica f. Anermis (Wight) Mold., Phytologia 55: 42 (1984), £. parvifolia (Roxb.)Mold., Phytologia 55: 42 (1984), and fF. Antegrifolia Mold. [laminis foliorum semper marginaliter integ- ris] appear to represent growth forms of slight, if any, taxonomic Significance. The first of these represents plants entirely without spines, the second is a form with the mature leaf-blades only 1-- 2-5 cm..long and 4--10 mm. wide, and the third is a form whose leaf- blades are uniformly unlobed. Collectors have described Gmelina asiatica on the labels accom- panying their specimens as a tall, spreading or tangled, rigid, odorless shrub, 1.5--3 m. tall, or as a much-branched bush, the trunks and branches very spiny, the branching basitonic, the "stems flattened, grooved on both sides" (according to Mueller-Dombois & Comanor), the leaves glabrous, the flowers large, zygomorphic, pendu- lous, the corolla 2-lipped, the upper lip 3-lobed, "falling after 1984 Moldenke, Notes on Gmelina 481 dawn", tubular, incurved, with the lip directed upwards, the "petals overlapping to form an umbrella over the flower" (according to Henry), the fertile stamens 2, the sterile stamens 2, and the fruit pyri- form, green to greenish-yellow or green with whitish spots when im- mature, yellow when mature, the inner pericarp juicy, with a watery or soapy exudate, l-seeded. The pollen has been described in detail by Nair & Rehman (1962) based on Herb. Nat. Bot. Gard. 1235 pollen slide no. 2696. Collectors report encountering this plant in dry sandy areas, in dry undergrowth vegetation, in scrub, along hedges, in rocky ground of open deciduous forests, near rivers and on riverbanks, in scrubby deciduous forests, on the bund of tanks, near rock outcrops, in roadside jungles, on sandy exposed soil, and in clay-sand soil of shrub borders, from sealevel to 950 m. altitude, in anthesis from March to January, in fruit from April to August, as well as in Octo- ber, December, and January. Undoubtedly it flowers throughout the year in its native haunts, and probably also fruits throughout the year, as, indeed, is asserted by Menninger (1970). Cooke (1905) asserts that in the Bombay area it flowers "more or less throughout the year". Pearsall describes it as a "shrubby plant growing almost vine-like"; Sumithraarachchi refers to it as a “common shrub" in Sri Lanka, where Cramer also refers to it as "common in scrub". Cramer, curiously, refers to "pod 6-seeded", probably due to an error in transcription when the labels were prepared. Worthington, also in Sri Lanka, speaks of finding it in areas of 60--90 inch annual rain- fall, "but also in scrub in the dry zone and common around the shal- low ends of tanks". My wife and I found it scattered at the edge of the jungle near lakeshores. Cooray refers to it as "common". It is described as a nannophyte (Ramamurthy, 1963) or nannophanerophyte (Razi, 1946) in the Raunkiaer classification of life forms. The corollas are described as "yellow" on Amanatunga 455 & 1357, Comanon 829 & &33, Coonay 10031709R & 68102103R, Davidse 7406, Fen- nekk 1003, Fosberg & Sachet 53 & 58, Gould & Coonay 13666, Henry 166, Hladik 821, Liang 79141, Mofdenke & ak. 28226, Mueller-Dombors & Comanon 67062307, Nagday 118, Sumithraarachchi 164, and Worthington 5325, “bright-yellow" on Bernardi 14357, Comanonr 592, Cramer 4673, Fosberg 50237, Fosberg & Sachet 52959 & 53060, and Fosbenrg & ak. 50933, as “bright sulphur yellow" on Amanatunga 318 & 1627, as "jas- mine yellow" on Townsend 73/41, and as "RHS [Royal Horticultural Society] Straw Yellow 604/404/1"on Peele 1389. The nectariferous glands are described in detail by Nieuwenhuis (1907). He avers that the large calycinal ones are regularly visited by ants: "Die Zuckerausscheidung findet aud einer einfachen Schicht von Palisadezellen statt." He avers that he never at all observed any ants visiting the small foliar glands and also never observed, either in the field or in the laboratory, any actual sugar secre- tion from them. He reports ants regularly visiting flower-buds, while sunbirds definitely service the open flowers. Burck observed perforation of the corolla-tubes made by pilfering bees and wasps, but Nieuwenhuis claims that he never saw any evidence of such acti- vity. The same sunbirds that service this tree also service Bignonia negalis. Caterpillars do only insignificant damage to the leaves. 482 PHY CO el OUG ais A Vol= 557. Nomar Most authors and collectors describe Gmelina asiatica as a thorny or spinescent shrub., e.g. Varma (1981), Matthew (1970), and Patel (1971). Jayasuriya refers to it as having the "branchlets spinous at the ends". The Baileys (1976) describe it as “sometimes spiny, the leaves entire or coarsely toothed", while Preston (1969) refers to it as "sometimes spiny, the leaves entire or sometimes lobed". Brandis (1921) speaks of "frequently spinescent branchlets". The illustration given by Raciborski (1900) shows no true thorns, but does show the spinescent twigs. Nairne (1894) asserts that G. asi- atica is "less thorny than G. elliptica". Conspicuously spinose collections cited below include Bernardi 14357, Gould & Cooray 13666, Liang 79141, Mofdenke & al. 28175 & 28226, Sumithraarnachchi & Jayasuriya DBS.235, and Townsend 73/41. The situation in regard to entire or lobed leaves is somewhat similar. Woodrow (1910) describes "entire or three-lobed opposite leaves"; Poiret's (1819) illustration depicts a flowering branch with some of the leaves entire and some slightly 3-lobed. On the other hand, Sastri's (1956) figure shows only entire leaves. Bran- dis (1907) speaks of the leaves as "frequently lobed". Srivastava (1976) refers to the branches as often spinescent and the leaves sometimes more or less obscurely lobulate. Nairne (1894) states that in G. asiatica the leaves are "scalloped and shiny", as com- pared to G. ekkiptica where they are "nearly entire and somewhat hairy". Varma (1981) refers to the leaves of G. asséatica as “irregu- larly and more or less obscurely lobulate". It is worth noting here that the K8nig 197 collection, cited be- low, consists only of fruit. Junell (1934) describes the gynoecium morphology of the genus, based on cultivated material of G. assati- ca from Kew and Kajewski 1466, representing G. dalrympleana (F. Muell.) H. J. Lam: "Die Ausbauchungen von den mittleren Partien der Fruchtbldtter verwachsen hier wie bei Tectona schon im obersten Teil des Fruchtknotens mit den ihrerseits verwachsenen Plazenten. An Ldngschnitten...... sieht man einen Zipfel wie ein Dach thber jede Samenanlage vorragen. Dieser Zipfel wird jedoch nicht von den Fruchtblattrdndern gebildet. An Querschnitten von Fruchtknoten sieht man nadmlich, dass dieser Zipfel innerhalb der Fruchtblatt- rdnder liegt. Was man in Fig. 14la in dem oberen rechten Frucht- knotenfach innerhalb des Fruchtblattrandes sieht, ist ndmlich keine Samenanlage, sondern dieses Zipfelgebilde. Im Schnitt dagegen kann man die Samenanlage sehen. Auch in dem oberen linken Frucht- knoten fach ist dieses Zipfelgebilde zu sehen. In ben beiden un- teren, in etwas tieferem Niveau geschnittenen Fruchtknotenfdchern sieht man die Samenanlage, den Fruchtblattrand un den basalen Teil dieses Zipfel. Es ist kein leitendes Gewebe ausgebildet. Dies kann mdglicherweise darauf zurtickgeftihrt werden, dass die untersuch- ten Fruchtknoten sehr jung waren. Obwohl die abgebildeten Quer- schnitte con dem Teil des Fruchtknotens stammen, der oberhalb der Samenanlagenbefestigungen liegt, sieht man in der Mitte der Quer- schnitte ein krdftiges GefdssbUndel. An Langschnitten von jungen Samenanlagen von G, asiatica habe ich gesehen, dass eine Tapetum- schicht ausgebildet wird. Der Nuzellus ist im Verhdltnis zur Samen- 1984 Moldenke, Notes on Gmelina 483 anlage sehr unbedeutend und liegt tief in derselben versenkt." It should be mentioned here, also, that Lea & Worthington 7103 exhibits unusually large leaves, while Fosbenrg & al. 50967 has very tiny leaves and is described as coming from a prostrate-growing plant (it doubtless represents the f. parvifolia (Roxb.) Mold. re- ferred to above. Ripley 378 is said to have had "one variegated twig". Coonay 68102203R & 70031809R, Muekker-Dombors & Coonay 67072545 & 67121090, and Winawan & al. 899 were collected as vouch- ers for ecologic studies, while Ripley 11] & 378 are vouchers for primate ecologic studies with the notation that "monkeys feed on these leaves". A single flower mounted on the United States Natio- nal Herbarium specimen of Comanor 592 is of Bauhinia racemosa. Fen- nel 1003 represents material taken from a cultivated plant grown from seed of Fairchild & Donsett 2969 from Guyana. Pollen has been taken from Comanon 592 (hopefully not from the Bauhinia contamina- tion) for study. Fennell claims that Gmelina asiatica "can be grown as a standard, femental i" . Murray (1784) cites the Jambosa sylvestris of Rumpf (1741) and also provides a description in which he adds that the leaves are sometimes 3-lobed. It is most probable that he added this phrase to cover the Rumpf plate which illustrates the typically 3-lobed leaves of Gmelina asiatica f. Lobata. I regard the specimen in Linnaeus' herbarium as the type (holotype) of the species in its typical form. Linnaeus (1753) cites as synonyms "Michelia spinosa, fLonibus Luteis Amm. act. petrop. 8. p. 218. t. 18" and "Lycium madenaspatanum indici, alpino putati aemulum, foliis minoribus & majonribus bijugis, & grandionibus acukercs horrnidis. Pluk. alm. 234. t. 303. f. 3 & t. 97. £. 2" with no description except "Habitat in India". Obviously both these pre-Linnean names refer to spinose plants and there is no mention or other indication of lobed leaves. It should be pointed out, however, that the pl. 303, fig. 3, in Pluk- enet's work, referred to by Linnaeus (above), actually depicts Gardenia dumetorum, Raciborski (1900) maintains a Gmelina parviflora (probably a lapsus for "panvifolia"), of which he says: "Bei Gmelina parviflora sind als abwechselnd die transversal stehended Achselknospen in ihrer Entwicklung bevorzugt, die darauf folgenden vertical stehenden retardiert. Bei anderen Gmelina-Arten [G, asiatica, G. philippen- 444] ist nur wenig von dieser Regelmdssigkeit zu sehen." The Baileys (1976) regard G, ekkiptica J- E- Sm. as a synonym of G. assatica L. I maintain them as distinct taxa, but admittedly they are very closely related. Merrill (1921) comments that "The Coromandel form [G, corxomandek- 4ca Burm. f.] is doubtless identical with the Linnean species, but the reference to Sloane probably represents an entirely different plant; I have not seen Sloane's figure." In this connection the descriptions given by Smith (1810) are most relevant: "l. G, asiatica- Linn. Sp. Pl. 873. Burm. Ind. 132. (Jambusa sylvestris parvifolia; Rumph. Amber Vie. .Ls, 295" t. 40). —— Leaves roundish, somewhat three-lobed, acute, downy beneath.-- Na- 484 PH eae ONL OeGe lea Vols 55) aNOeeey ive of Java, Amboina, and other parts of the East Indies. A tree, with straight, roundish, slightly downy branches. Leaves opposite, scarcely two inches long, of a roundish or elliptical form, acute, most generally furnished with a short broad lobe at each side, en- tire, smooth above; pale and downy beneath; the midrib sending off two principal lateral ones, a little above its base, and several smaller ones higher up, all which are branched. Footstalks downy, various in length, often nearly equal to the leaf, each with a small hairy bud above its insertion, and above that usually a straight, downy, horizontal spine. Flowers in a short, simple, downy, termin- al racemus. Calyx downy, besprinkled with several large, shield- like, smooth glands. Corolla large, yellow. Rumphius's figure un- questionably belongs to this plant, but his description seems that of an Eugenia. Plukenet's t. 305. f. 3. is certainly Gardenia dume- tonum and resembles our Gmekina only in being thorny: his t. 97. £.2. may possibly be intended for Gmelina parvifolia, but is of no use as to determining it." "3. G. parvifolia. Roxb. Corom. v. 2. 31. t. 162. (G. conomandetl- 4ca; Burm. Ind. 132) -- Leaves obovate, undivided or three-lobed, smooth on both sides. -- Common in every forest and uncultivated place on the coast of Coromandel, flowering in October and November. Roxburgh. It is often intermixed with G, assatica, from which it differs in its more humble size, larger and constant thorns, and es- pecially in its smaller leaves, which are smooth on both sides. Their flowers and fruits are alike, the latter being yellow, obovate, the size of a small cherry. We perceive on one calyx in our speci- men a solitary gland, like those described in the two former. -- Dr. Roxburgh mentions that cold water, stirred with a leafy branch of this shrub, becomes thick, from the abundant mucilage of the leaves, and is used in that state as a remedy for the heat of urine which accompanies gonorrhoea. Water stirred with branches and leaves of Pedakium Murex becomes in like manner mucilaginous, and is used for the same purpose, but soon loses its consistency, which is not the case with such as is prepared with this Gmelina. The Telingas call the plant Shieri goomoodoo. It may possibly be Plukenet's Lyctum Madenaspatanum, t. 97. £. 2, as Burmann takes it to be, but Sloane's Rhamnus , Hist. ‘of Jamaica, wv. 2. t. 207). 1, cannot be the same; though his vile figure affords no distinct indication of what he means." It should be notes that the Jambosa sylvestris of Rumpf, referred to above, is now regarded as applying to G. ekkiptica J. E. Sm. Ainslie (1826) asserts that Gmelina asiatica "was first scien- tifically described by Professor Gmelin of Petersburgh", but as yet I have not been able to verify this claim -- as far as I know, Gmelin never saw or wrote about this species before Linnaeus. Ainslie goes on to say: "I shall conclude what I have to say of tnis plant by a re- mark from Miller; viz., that the cumbula of the Hort. Mal. (i.t.75. t.41) is by no means a bignonia (catalpa), but a genuine species of Gmelina, as the fruit evinces." Walpers (1945) describes G. parvifolia Roth as "Fruticosa spinosa: spinis foliiferis; foliis sessilibus cuneatis et obovato-cuneatis, 1984 Moldenke, Notes on Gmelina 485 integerrimis vel apice emarginatis vel (ramorum sterilium) majori- bus apice grosse tridentatis; racemis terminalibus paucifloris...... Proxima Gm, Asidatica, sed differt foliis multo minoribus semipolli- caribus pollicaribusve, 2--5 lin. latis, spinis numerosioribus num- quam deficientibus racemisque semper terminalibus...... Crescit vulga- ris in omni ora Coromandeliana." G. asiatica, he says, "Crescit in tota fere India orientali". He saw herbarium specimens of the latter, but apparently nothing of the former. Dietrich (1843) accredits G. asiatica to "Ind. or.", but G. par- vifolia Roxb, to "Java", describing it as "fol. ovatis tricuspidatis simplicibusve subtus glaucescentibus et glanduloso-punctatis et in venis ramulisque puberulis." It is of interest, also, to note that the name, G. parvifolia is accepted and used by Smith (1810, 1820), Voigt (1845), Schauer (1847), Buek (1858), and Naves (1880) for a distinct taxon of specific rank, while G. parviflora is used for it by Blume (1826), Ainslie (1826), Sweet (1826, 1832), Loudon (1830, 1832), Dietrich (1837), Don (1839), Walpers (1845), Schnitzlein (1856), Fernandez-Villar (1880), Koor- ders & Valeton (1900), Raciborski (1900), and Burck (1890). Schauer (1847) says for what he calls G. parvifolia Roxb.: "Aff. G. adsiat- 4cae, sed foliorum figura [subrhombeo-obovatis obtusis emarginatisve postice cuneatis integerrimis vel 3--5-lobis triangularibus obtus- iusculis glabratis supra nitidulis subtus glaucis], tomentoque panic- ulae [farinaceo-tomentosis] corollaque [extus puberula] uberrime diversa." For G. asiatica he says: "foliis ovalibus vel subrhombeo- ovalibus triangulari-acutis integerrimis vel utrinque lobo laterali novellis subtus tomentellis..... adultis glabratis supra nitidis subtus glaucis...... racemis..... pube appressa tomentosis..... Corolla extus rufo-pubescens." He bases his description of the former on a specimen in the DeCandolle herbarium and of the latter on both live material and a herbarium specimen in the same herbarium. Gmelina asrsatica is said by Raeuschel (1797) to be native only to "India"; Cooke (1905) gives its natural distribution as western peninsular India, Burma, and Sri Lanka; Preston (1969) gives it as only India and Sri Lanka. For his G. conomandefica Burman gives the distribution as "Habitat in India ultraque." For G. asiatica Chun (1940) gives the natural distribution, as ac- cepted by him, as India, Thailand, Indochina, Malay Archipelago, the Philippines, and south China (Kwangsi) -- of this, however, the Philippine portion is incorrect (being a misidentification of G. ekkiptica), Ramamurthy (1963) lists it for Madras and Inamdar (1971) found it in Gujarat. Ellis (1966) records it from Andhra Pradesh, citing his yo, 14276, while Sebastine & Ellis (1967) list it from Madras, citing Sebastine 10625, Rao and his associates (1963) found it growing on Rameswaran Island. Martin (1971) lists it for Cambodia, Laos, Vietnam, Thailand, Malaysia, India, and Indo- nesia. Naithani (1966) reports it "common" in Mysore, citing his no. 23250; Pételot (1953) describes it as common throughout Indo- china. Thwaites & Hooker (1861) report it as "very common in open places in low country up to 2000 ft." in Sri Lanka, citing C.P.1952. Sebastine & Ramamurthy (1966) report it common in Madras, citing their nO. 14669; Gaussen and his associates (1964) also list it from 486 Bu Wik OL HONGAL A Vol. 55, No. 7 Madras. Puri (1960) tells us that it was killed or very seriously damaged by the abnormal frosts in Dehra Dun in January and Febru- ary, 1905, but in other years it was only "Slightly affected" there. Sastri (1956) asserts that G. asiatica is native to the Deccan Peninsula of India and is also planted there; Srivastava (1976) re- ports it frequently planted in gardens in Gorak for its ornamental flowers, citing his no. 148. Prain (1903) describes the plant as "Generally cultivated" in Bengal. Patel (1971) found it in cultiva- tion in Gujarat; Sen & Naskar (1965) also report it cultivated in India, as does Singh (1969), the latter citing his no. 31993. Cor- ner (1952) describes the species as "occasional" or "rather scarce" in gardens and villages in Malaya, "certainly not wild". Roig (1953) reports it cultivated in Cuba, Molina (1975) in Honduras, and Van Rensselaer (1948) in California. The Baileys (1976), giving on- ly India and Sri Lanka as its native home, claim it to be hardy in the United States in their growth zone 10. Sweet (1826, 1830, 1839) and Loudon (1830, 1832) claim that what they call G. asiatica was introduced into cultivation in England in 1792 from the "E. Indies" and what they call G. parviflora in 1817 also from the "E. Indies" -- this seems most unlikely; probably eastern India (Ind. or.) was in- tended rather than "E. Indies" (East Indies or Indonesia). Brandis (1907) calls G. astatica "A common bush on the Coroman- del coast, south as far as Tutucorin, also inland in the Deccan and Iebaintetesths= 6 45 0 Ceylon." In his 1874 work he says "South India, Cey- lon, and Indian Archipelago. Probably in the Central Provinces" and avers that it flowers "nearly throughout the year". Cooke (1905) says of it: "Doubtfully wild in the Bombay Presidency, where it is however extensively grown in gardens and employed for making fences. It is abundant on the Coromandel coast....... It is also common in Ceylon and is cultivated in Bengal." Gupta & Marlange (1961) report it "Probably indigenous in Circars, Deccan, Carnatic and the low country of Ceylon up to 600 m. Planted [in Pondichery] for its beautiful bright yellow flowers." Marlange and his associates (1965) report that it grows "with Memecylon umbellatum as dominants in dry evergreen forests on red ferralitic soils in Pondichery." Burkill (1966) describes Gmekina asiatica as "A thorny shrub of the moister parts of India, wild in the south and cultivated in the north; it is apparently an introduced plant in the Malay Peninsula, where it occurs in the more settled parts. Ridley, in arguing that it is introduced, states that it seems not to flower in the south- ern part of the Peninsula, but this is not [always] the case, as it flowers freely in Singapore." Gamble (1902) also lists it as native to South India, the Circars, the Deccan Peninsula, and Carnatic, as well as in the low country of Sri Lanka to 2000 feet elevation, adding "elsewhere planted" and citing his no. C.4336. P'ei (1932) cites only Morse 166 from Kwang- tung, China, giving the species' overall distribution, as accepted by him, as "British-India, Burma, Siam, Cochin-China, Philippines ferroneous!], Malay Archipelago" and comments that "This is allied to Gmelina arborea Roxb. which has much larger leaves and also small- er calyx glands. The leaves in G. asiatica L. are more densely yel- 1984 Moldenke, Notes on Gmelina 487 lLowish-pubescent rather than bluish-green glandular beneath. The Chinese form has smaller leaves than those of tropical Asia." It would appear that P'ei has confused the two species in this state- ment, with their characters reversed. Roxburgh (1814) cites an unnumbered collection presented to him by Dr. Berry in 1799 from Coromandel. Trimen (1895) gives the natural distribution of the species as only Sri Lanka and "South India", flowering there in September. Talbot (1909) gives the self- same distribution, adding that it is only "Doubtfully wild in the Bombay presidency", but is commonly planted in gardens near Bombay, where it "makes an excellent hedge plant" and blossoms throughout the year. Hallier (1918) cites KamphBvener 652 from India, KBnig 197 from Sri Lanka, Buitendijk 45.n. from Sumatra, and Konrthals 4.n. from Borneo. He adds: "Mauritius (kultiviert?), Vorderindien! Nach Gamble in Perak, auf Singapore und Java. Nach Rumphius auf Celebes, nach L. S. Gibbs in Indochina and N. O.-Borneo." Prain (1963) as- sures us that in Bengal it occurs only in cultivation. Lam (1919) mistakenly reduces G, bracteata Burck, G. finkayson- 4ana Wall., G. hystrix Schult., and G. philippinensis Cham. to syno- nymy under G. asiatica. Actually all these names belong in the synonymy of G. philippensis Cham. He cites Hallier C.124 (as G. bracteata) from Banka, Konrthals, Herb. Lugd.-Bat. 908.266-880 from Borneo, and Elmen 8934, Likles 13, and Ramos 338 from Luzon -- these probably all actually being G. philippensis. In his excessively broad concept of the species, he gives its overall distribution as Mauritius, the Deccan Peninsula, Ceylon, Bengal, Siam, Philippines, Borneo, Banka, Sumatra, Java, and the Malay Peninsula, but adds "often (always?) cultivated. The species has an affinity with G. viklosa with which it is confounded, but differs very distinctly from it, among other things by its glabrous leaves." Dop (1935) cites unnumbered collections of Evrard, Hayata, and Poilane from Annam, of Baudouin, Germain, Geoffray, and Pierre from Cambodia, Balansa and Bon from Tonkin, d'Orléans from Laos, Harmand, Lanessan, Lefévre, and Thorel from Cochinchina, and of Schomburgk from Thailand. He notes: "souvent cultivé". Clarke (1885) reports G. asiatica "frequent" in the Deccan penin- sula and Sri Lanka and cultivated in Bengal, citing only an unnumbered Roth collection. Collett & Hemsley (1890) add Burma to its known distribution, not specifying if wild or cultivated there. Voigt (1845) lists both G. asiatica and G. parvifolia as cultivated in the suburbs of Calcutta, the former blooming there throughout the year, the latter only in April. Subramanian & Kalyani (1977) tell us that G. asiatica grows in the Southern Tropical Thorn Forest ecologic association along with such other species as Solanum pubescens, Barkeria cuspidata, Grewia villosa, Cipadessa baccifera, Rhus mysonensis, AtLantia monophylka, Tanenna adsiatica, Dichrostachys cinerea, and Phyklanthus polyphylla. Jayasuriya (1980) reports it "common, chiefly in dry and intermedi- ate lowlands" in Sri Lanka, citing Worthington 5172. Varma (1981) states that G. asiatica is "frequently planted as fan] ornamental shrub in gardens. The plant fails to bear fruits in 488 PHI Ya OM ONGer A Vol. 55) Nose the [Bhagalpur] district" of India, but flowers there from April to September. He cites only Varma 1479. Vajravelu & Balakrishnan (1967) assert that it is common in Madras, citing their no. 20591, in both flower and fruit in July. Panigrahi & Seran (1968) found it growing "along a small nala near the roadside, probably planted" in Rajapur, citing their no. 11288. Sharma and his associates (1975) report it only "occasional" at 950 m. altitude in Tamil Nadu, citing Sharma 39867. Sprangers & Balasubramanian (1978) collected it in dry tropical semi-evergreen forests, also in southeastern India. Kurz (1877) reports the species "Not unfrequent (sic) along choungs in the swamp forest of the Sittang valley (Burma) and near Rangoon", flowering in May. He also encountered it in the evergreen forests of Pegu. Merrill /1921) cites only Halhien 184 and Konthals 4.n. from Borneo and Gibbs 2719 from Sabah, giving the species' overall distribution, in his opinion, as "India to the Malay Penin- sula and Java". Haines (1922) states than in Bihar/Orissa it occurs "Wild or prob- ably escaped on the sandstones near Rairakhol, not far from the town! Often grown in gardens," flowering there from April to June. He notes further that the "Leaves in the Bairakhol plant [are] somewhat fleshy. Calyx and corolla with small glistening glands as well as somewhat pubescent." Kirtikar & Basu (1918) list it from the North Circars, East Deccan, Carnatic, and Sri Lanka, adding that it is "Planted in the Bombay Presidency and Bengal, Burma". Ridley (1923) lists it from Malacca, Singapore, Negri Sembilan, Perak, and Trengganu, but hastens to comment that "I have great doubts as to this being a native here [Malaya]. It occurs sporadically as a shrub, and I have never seen any trace of flowers or fruit, at least south of Tringganu", where he avers that it grows along the seashore. He cites only an unnumbered Scortechini collection from Perak. In Sri Lanka recent collectors refer to Gmelina asiatica as common (Cooray), at least in open forests with trees up to 15 m. tall, on forest edges, and in open tall scrub with scattered clumps of trees and grass between the clumps, very common in the shrub ectone between forests and tanks, growing in light-colored soil. Fosberg & Sachet report it "occasional at the edge of thickets and among tall grass on coarse gritty soil". Other collectors refer to it as only occasio- nal in dense scrub forests and rare in the open belt adjacent to forest margins dominated by low suffrutescent herbs growing in sand. They have encountered it in dryland forests, in dry forests around tank margins, on the brushy coastal hills, in clay sand at shrub borders, in thickets surrounding rock outcrops, on the edges of tank bunds, at the edges of jungles, in soil pockets on gneissitic granite outcrops, in exposed sandy soil, in hedges with various euphorbs, and in moist sand near freshwater ponds among vegetation character- ized by the presence of Calamus. It is sometimes frequent just above the normal water level of lagoons. Fletcher (1938) cites from Thailand only Kern 7005, 19974, & 21527, Lakshnakana 859, and Put 2552, giving the overall distribu- tion, as accepted by him, as India (type), Burma, Indochina, and Malaya. 1984 Moldenke, Notes on Gmelina 489 It should be noted here that Gmelina inermis Wight is based on Wallich 1816d from Malaya. Wallich (1831) cites for what he regard- ed as G. parvifolia Roxb. his nos. 2654 & 2654E and as a question- ably synonymous G, asiatica his nos. 2654B, 2654C, & 26540. His no. 2654E he cites as "Gm. parvifolia Hb. Ham. e Mirgapur" and his no. 2654B as "Gm, asiatica Hb. Russel", 2654C as "Gm. asiatica Hb. Madr.", and no.2654D as "Gm. asiatica Hb. Heyn." In his 1829 work he cites no. 1818 as "G. assatica L." from (1) "Hb. Heyne" and (2) "Hb. Bot. Calcutt." The original description of Pnremna parvifolia Roth (ex Dietrich, 1843) is: "fol. ovato-subrotundis integerrimis tridentatisve glabris; racemo terminali. In Ind. or. Caulis lignosus fruticosus. Flores pedunculati oppositi magni." The original description of Gmelina parvifolia Roxb. (ex Dietrich, 1843) is "fol. ovatis tricuspidatis simplicibusve subtus glaucescentibus et glanduloso-punctatis et in venis ramulisque puberulis. In Java. re The same author gives the original description of Gmelina asiatica L. as "spinosa; fol. ovatis tridentatis subtus venosis tomentosis; racemis terminalibus. in Lid’ ‘or. ia "The tomentose leaf character seems to apply, rather, to G. elLiptida J. E. Sm. Because of the obviously many misintrepretation in past litera- ture, it seems worthwhile to quote Roxburgh's (1832) descriptions and discussions of what he regarded as G. asiatica and G. parviflora. "a. G. asdatica. Willd. iii. p. 313. Shrubby, spinous. Leaves sub-opposite, oval, and somewhat lobed, smooth. Racemes terminal, and from the forks of the branchlets. Bractes small, caducous. Fruit oval. Jambosa sikvestris parvifolia. Rumph. Amb. i. p. 129. t. 40. Teling. Goomoodoo. Is one of the most common bushes in every uncultivated place over the coast of Coromandel, and in flower and fruit all the year round. Trunk, I cannot say it has any thing like a distinct one, as I have always found it in the state of a large, ramous shrub. Branches numerous, very irregular. Thorns ax- illary, opposite, horizontal, leaf-bearing. Leaves on the young shoots generally opposite, on the woody branchlets fascicled, petioled, broad oval, or obcordate, irregularly lobed, both sides smooth and shining, from one to an inch and a half long, and about one broad. Racemes from the divisions of the branches, or terminal. Flowers large, yellow, opposite, approximate, drooping. Bractes lanceolate, small, concave, caducous. Corol the upper lip largest. Anthers, all four are two-parted. Stigma two-parted, the lower four times lon- ger and revolute. Nut four-celled, generally two or three of them abortive. The only use this shrub is applied to, is for fences and fuel. "5. G. parviflora. Corom. pl. 2. N. 162. Shrubby, spinous. Leaves obovate, from entire to three-lobed. Racemes terminal. Teling. Shieri-goomoodoo. Anrbuscula Bisnagarica- Pluk. Alm. tab. 14. f. 4. GmelLina conomandeLica- Burm. Flor. In. p. 32. Is common in forests, and uncultivated places all over the coast. Flowering time October and November. It differs from asiatica in the following respects. lst. This is always a smaller plant, with much smaller leaves, al- though growing together on one spot, which is common. 2nd. The thorns 490 POH YotnOwl Once A Vol. 55, Nos 7 are more numerous, and always present. 3rd. The racemes are term- inal. 4th. The leaves have the quality of thickening water like those of Pedalium murex and Mentsperamum hinsutum, The flowers and fruit are in both the same. The natives employ the water impregna- ted with the gelatinous quality of the leaves as a ptisan for the cure of the heat of urine in gonorrhoea. Water is also rendered glutinous by the leaves of P, murex, by only turning them round in it, but the water soon returns to its original state. The leaves of this plant, G. parvifolia, must be gently bruised with the hand in the water and it remains mucilaginous till decomposed by fermen- tation." The original description of Gmelina Antegrifolia Hunter is: "Gmelina integrifolia, H. (G. assiatica L.). Leaves most entire; Raceme simple terminal. Stem: a large shrub, very branchy, with spines awl-shaped, acute, horizontal. Branches spreading, flexile, with spines, opposite decussated. Leaves opposite, decussated, petioled, ovate, obtuse, most entire; above roughish, deep green, below downy. Petioles half the length of the leaves, slender, downy. Racemes simple, terminal, few flowered. Flowers large, yellow; structure as in the generic character. Drupe roundish, smooth, of a greenish yellow. Nut obovate, smooth three celled: one cell barren. Kernels in the fertile cells solitary, obovate, without convex, within flat. This shrub, which approaches in size to a small tree, is very common in hedges, by the road side. The fruit contains a juice of a disagreeable smell, and gives a very permanent stain, of a yellowish brown colour." This binomial, although apparently pro- posed as a substitution for Linnaeus' G. asiatica, seems definitely to apply, instead, in its description to G. ekkiptica Ue hs Side Vernacular and common names recorded for Gmekina asiatica are very numerous and include the following: adivi gumadi, dlamo blanco, an chanh, Asiatic beechberry, Asiatic gmelina, badhdra, bagaboboi, baghara, bhadra, bhdara, bhedaira, biddari, biddarie, bulang, bulangan, bulongan, challa-gumudu, cherkumizhi, chirugummudu, coumelon, daem rumcaiji, demata, demette ette, gaeta-demata, gamudu, gang, gang tu hu, gatta-demmata, gatta demmatta, gmelin asiatique, gmelina asiatique, gmelina olie, gmeline de Asia, goomoodoo, gopabhadra, gopogombhari, guludu, gumadi, gumhar, gummadi, gumudu, heilpeeren, ivy-leafed bulang, jobo de Asia, kadambal, kajoe mereh, kAlishivan, kalshivani, kal-shivani, karu gummadi, kavva-gumudu, kevva-gumudu, kumil, kumizhaniaran, lahan shivan, ldhdn shivan, latkesar, nagphul, nag-phul, neelacomul, neelacoomul-vayr, nelacoomul root, nélacoomul vayr, nelacoomul vayr, nela goomadie, néla goomadie, néla goomadi vayroo, nela-gumada, nela-kumi, nilaciimal, nilakkumil, nilak-kumazh, nilak-kumizh, nila-kum, nondano, ostindische Gmeline, oval-leaved gmelina, root of the Asiatic gmelina, shieri-goomoodoo, shieri-gumudu, small-flowered gmelina, vikarini, waren, and wareng. The roots of G. asiatica are aromatic and mucilaginous and are or have been employed in local medicine in India as a demulcent, al- terative, and slightly bitter astringent, employed in the treatment of gonorrhea, catarrh of the bladder, and rheumatism, and as a blood purifier. In former times the roots were dug only on St. Mary's 1984 Moldenke, Notes on Gmelina 491 Day and then only those thac were naturally oriented toward the north could be used. In Goa the root was once used in the treatment of practically every disease and ailment. Ainslie (1813) affirms that "This root, which is mucilaginous and demulcent, the Vytians reckon amongst those medicines which purify and sweeten the blood in cases of depraved habit of body; given in the form of electuary, to the quantity of a tea-spoonful." The young shoots and leaves also are mucilaginous. When bruised they will thicken cold water and this is said to show antibiotic activity against Escherichia coli and Staphylococcus aureus. The bark is used to aid the fermen- tation of toddy. The stems are sometimes used for making axe- handles. The wood is used for making fences, churning-sticks, and fuel. The fruit is edible, but not much appreciated. The seeds yield 7.5% of a greenish-yellow, semi-drying, fatty oil which con- tains palmitic, stearic, arachidic, linoleic, oleic, and ricinoleic acids (Gibbs, 1974). The unsaponifiable water, according to Aggar- wal & Soni (1949), contains a sitosterol. In Cambodia an infusion made from Gmelina asiatica is prescribed in the treatment of yaws. A glucosidic substance is reported to be present, but no saponins (Wehmer, 1931). According to Brandis (1907) the plant is useful for hedges. Watt (1889) also reports its use as a laxative and in the treatment of syphilis, but the uses ascribed to the "rais Madre de Deos" of the Portuguese, to Loureiro's "Flora of Cochin China", and to Rumpf's "Jambusa sylvestris parviflora" do not apply to the present plant, but apply most probably, instead, to G. ekkiptica J. E. Sm. Bose (1965) affirms that G. asiatica "is amenable to gootie pre- paration". Kirtikar & Basu (1935) state that "The root is aphrodis- iac and expectorant; useful in the treatment of pains in the joints (Yunani)". According to Mueller-Dombois & Comanor the plant is "eaten by elephants" in Sri Lanka. Crevost & Petelot (1934) say: "Arbust dont les feuilles resem- blent A celles du lierre; les jeunes rameaux renferment un mucilage épais, visqueux, employé pour combattre les ardeurs de la blennor- rhagie; l'eau ainsi rendue mucilagineuse ne se décompose pas comme celle que l'on prepare avec le Pedalium murex." Petélot (1953) affirms that "Au Cambodge...... la plante entiére est ordonnée en infusion contre le Pian (2 poignées dans on litre d'eau environ) et la racine fait partie du traitement de 1l'inconti- nence d'urine; on associe alors aux ecorces d'Hopea odonxata et d' Hydno carpus anthelmintica. Les feuilles et les jeunes rameaux renferment en grande quantité un mucilage visqueux qu'ils cédend a l'eau froide et dans l'Indie, la maceration est utilisée comme émelliente dans la blennorragie pour calmer les douleurs de la mic- tion. La racine est tenue en trés haute estime par les Portugais qui la regardent altérante et émolliente." Gmelina asiatica is parasitized by the mistletoe, Dendrophthob falcata (L. f.) Ettingsh., according to Singh (1962). Burck (1891) informs us that "Nicht weniger interessant ist das Geschlecht Gmelina in Hinsicht des Schutzes, welchen desselbe durch die Ameisen geniesst. Bei den drei Arten hiervon, die ich zu unter- 492 Pe Ye O ip ONG aA Vol. 55) Noeew/ suchen Gelegenheit hatte - Gmelina asiatica Linn., Gmelina parviflora Roxb., sowie eine Art von Banka, die ich bracteata benannt habe [=G. philippensis Cham.], aus Grtinden, die sofort deutlich werden sollen -- finden sich wieder ausschliesslich Nectarien auf den Kelch, aber sie nehmen da einen eigenthtimlichen Platz ein. Fanden wir bei den bereits besprechenen Pflanzen [Ipomoea, Fanadaya, Nyctocalos, Fagnraea] die Nectarien stets auf der ganzen Oberfldche des Kelches zerstreut, so treffen wir sie hier ausschliesslich auf der oberen Seite an. Die Bltithen von Ipomoea, Nyctocalos, Fagnaea u.S.w. Sind von allen Seiten frei, und es besprecht so zu sagen kein einziger Grund, warum eine Xylocopa die Blumenkronenrdhre allein von der Seite aus anfallen sollte. Bei Gmelina ist dies anders. Die Bltithen dieser Gattung sind in traubenftrmigen Rispen angeordnet, welche aus dreibltithigen, sehr kurz gestielt und von einer Bractee gestlitzten Trugdolden aufgebaut sind. Diese Stellung der Bltithe macht es nun, dass die selbe auf der einen Seite gegen das Anbohren der Bienen durch die Axe der Inflorescenz geschtitzt ist, sodass allein an der frien oberen Seite Gefahr besteht. Ich halte es ftir keine zufd4llige Coincidenz, dass der Kelch allein an der letzgenann- ten Seite 5--6 grosse Nectarien trdgt, und das solche auf der gegen- Uberliegende Seite niemals gefundun wurden...... Die Liebwache von Ameisen wird daher hier in unmittelbarer N&he der bedrohten Stelle zusammengahalten. Es werden jedoch immer noch bei Gm. asisatica + 20 procent und bei Gm. parviflora + 40 procent der Blumen angebohrt." Numerous errors occur in the literature of Ginekina asiatica. For instance, Fernandez-Villar (1880) lists G. assatica from Luzon ("Vulgaris ad Manilam"), Mindanao, and Panay in the Philippine Is- lands and G. parvifolia from Luzon and Panay, with the vernacular name for both recorded as "talungun". He cites "G. inermis, Naves (non Blanco" as a synonym of the latter. The plant to which he is referring here is G, philippensiss Cham. The plate 5, figure 3, of Plukenet, Almagest. Phyt. (1700), often cited as illustrative of Gmelina asiatica, actually depicts Gardenia dumetonum in the Rubdaceae. Stickman (1754), Linnaeus (1759), and Hallier (1918) cite Radix detparae Rumpf as a synonym of Gmelima asiatica, but it actually belongs in the synonymy of G, ekkiptica J. E. Sm. The "G, asiatica L." of Blume (1826) is certainly G. ellip- tica, but his G. parviflora Roxb. probably actually is G. asiatica. Chun (1940) cites Liang 79141 as the first record of G. asiatica from Kwangtung province, noting that the so-called Kwangtung locality recorded by P'ei (1932) as the first record is an error, since the collection P'ei cites was actually made at Lunchow, which is located in Kwangsi province. The Dop (1915) reference in the bibliography (above) is often cited as "1914", the titlepage date. Stapf (1930) erroneously cites the Poiret (1819) reference as "1797" and the Roxburgh (1802) refer- ence as "1798". The genus Gmekina is said to be referred to in Biol. Abstr. 29: 3291 and 30: 3983, but I fail to find any such reference on the pages indicated. Sebastine (1959) cites his no. 634 and Ramaswamy (1967) his nods. 1984 Moldenke, Notes on Gmelina 493 2404, 2409, & 1597 from India. Several authors have provided partial keys through which to differ- entiate G. asiatica from certain other species of the genus as inter- preted by them. These keys may be worth reproducing here. BAKHUIZEN (1921): 1. Inflorescence axillary, 1--few-flowered; calyx 1.5--2.5 cm. long, with large deltoid segments, densely villous within..G. uniflora. la. Inflorescence terminal, paniculate, many-flowered; calyx 0.5--1 cm. long, short-toothed to subtruncate, glabrous or with some hairs within. 2. Ovary densely hairy, especially toward the top; flowers with a shade of purple in the center, sometimes bright yellow or bright blue. 3. Leaves more or less densely pubescent beneath; calyx 0.5--1 cm. long, with some long hairs within........... G. mofuccana. 3a. Leaves glabrous beneath or scarcely pubescent on the veins only; calyx 3--5 mm. long, glabrous within...G. datrympleana. 2a. Ovary glabrous or nearly so; flowers yellow. 4. Trees; inflorescence terminal, erect; leaves large. 5. Calyx glabrous; filaments distinctly hairy...G. patawensis. 5a. Calyx densely pubescent; filaments glabrous or with some glanduliferous hairs. *6. Leaves oblong or subobovate, basally truncate or sub- cuneate, apically short-acuminate, glabrous or somewhat pubescent on the veins beneath.............--- G. arborea. *6a. Leaves broadly ovate, basally cordate, apically abrupt- ly acuminate, densely hairy beneath......... G. assatica. 4a. Climbing shrubs; inflorescence subpendulous; leaves small. 7. Corolla large, 4-lobed, apically ventricose, 4--9 times as Tovig asthe icalywis cee. cio oe. FH Ns ie Te G. assatica. 7a. Corolla small, 5-lobed, less than 4 times as long as the G. Lepidota. ions (Ule)s ye) ye 1. Calyx truncate or short-toothed, the teeth not over 1.5 mm. long. 2. Ovary densely pubescent; calyx truncate or with rudimentary Heeth leaves (Ovate—olii peice. sc. es ann «s es wae cc G. chinensss. 2a. Ovary glabrous or nearly so; calyx dentate; leaves broadly ovate. 3. Erect trees; leaves large, 10--25 x 5--18 cm.; inflorescence EOC Cara ie teTatn te ceateie SIRT Totethels 0s re cicic ey creie re Sea G. anbonea. 3a. Scandent shrubs (at least when young); leaves small, not over 10 cm. long; inflorescence pendulous.............! G. asiatica. la. Calyx distinctly lobed, the lobes to 11 mm. long. 4. Ovary densely pubescent; calyx with many large glands; leaves large, usually 7--15 x 5.5--7 cm.; inflorescence terminal, G. hainanensis. 4a. Ovary glabrous; calyx with usually only a few large glands; leaves small, not over 2.5 cm. long; inflorescence terminal, aR apes cfets etal aroha ech Sieaeeha rd Wetter tee OTR ich Me eee ee a G. delavayana. * It would appear that the lines numbered "6" and "6a" had the specific names accidentally transposed by Bakhuizen or his editor 494 PRHSYs TAO CE PORCr eA: Vol. 55, Nowe 7 Other authors differentiate these two species as follows: KURZ (1875): Flowers 5-merous; corolla 2-lipped, the upper lip short, 2-lobed, Giaaanicites.o ogaomoneOGO Fad nO OUoGEOoJ0OGD IC CU agDOOr oT G. anbonea. Flowers 4-merous; corolla-lobes 4, almost equal, the upper one re- FIEKe A isa tie lie sie teers Peers owt. teers whstse G. assatica. COOKE (1905): Unarmed tree; leaves exceeding 3 inches long, stellate-fulvous- tomentose beneath; calyx-teeth five................-- G. anbonea. Often spinose shrub; leaves less than 2 inches long, glabrous and glanduliferous beneath; calyx-teeth four........... G. asiatica. CORNER (1952): Trees, not thorny; leaves over 3 inches long, with a long HI space aos agails, Pavehavestatsieye ) Gs Bay LL? Steyermark, J. A., 289 Thomas, RK. *D.|, 253 Thompson, H. J., 281 Thrner, Bi.) ., 204, 245, 500 Wasshausen, D. C., 112 Webern, Wie vAs yg nisy, ano Wittman, R., ll Wurdack, wie Wa, Lot Index to supra-specific scientific names in Volume Fifty-five Aa, 443-446 AboLboda, 173, 271 Absus, 305 Acacia, 22, 30, 33, 331, 434 Acaukia, 17 Acer, 345, 357-388 Achaea, 466 Achyrockine, 123 Actotis, 274 Acrocercops, 466 Acnolasia, 8 Actaea, 356 Actinomerts, 501 Adelobotrys, 131, 134-136 Adenocalymma, 330 AdenoLinwn, 2, 3, 12 Adina, 435 Aedes, 466 Aegiphila, 214, 232, 277, 288 Aegopodium, 357 Aeschynanthus, 330 Agaeus, 465 Agropyron, 209-213, 356 AlLbizzia, 438 ALeide, 463 Alcidodes, 465 Aletes, 3-6, 11 ALismaceae, 332 Alkamanda, 479 Alnus ,127, 129, 356 Aloysia, 232 Alpigent, 385 Altensteinia, 443, 444 Amaranthus, 438 Amathania, 235 Amelanchier, 1, 350, 357 Amorpha, 129 Ampelocera, 365, 366 Amphicarpa, 357 Anacandiaceae, 448 Anacandium, 76 Anachanis, 274 Anctstrockadus, 330 505 506 Peo Y ©20) Lowe aa Vol. 55, No. Andigena, 33 Andropogon, 127, 252 Anemone, 357 Angelphytum, 394, 419 Angiospermia, 328 Anogetssus, 434, 438 AnoplLocnemts, 465 Anthemideae, 403 Anthurium, 299 Antinrhinum, 436 Aphanactis, 244, 250, 251 Aphanochaete, 450 Apiaceae, 3, 10 Apion, 465 Apocynaceae, 448 Apophylia, 465 Apophylka, 465 Aquifoliaceae, 369 Anakia, 357 Anbuscula, 473, 489 Andisia, 235 Angiktochkoa, 1, 2 Angythamnia, 229, 230 Arisaema, 356 AnmiLhanria, 465 Anontia, 354 Antem(sia, 7-10 Antemisiastnum, 8 Antocanpus, 437 Asanum, 356 Asclepiadaceae, 448 Asclepias, 358 Askeklia, 6, 7 Asprlia, 415-417, 419-423 Aster, 350, 358, 373-388 Asteraceae, 6, 11, 121, 204, 207, 253, 254, 373, 386, 387, 389, 415, 423 Asteneae, 204, 251, 388 Astnagalus, 10, 11, 13, 27 AdsyStas4a, 438 Atekosena, 466 Athyrium, 350, 356 Atlantia, 487 Atriplex, 10, 282 Atta, 465 Aurnz.culandisiad, 235, 236 Avicennia, 448 Avicenniaceae, 448 Axis, 466 Axonopus ,151,152,165, 262, 264, 269 Azima, 438 Azokka, 455, 456, 458 Bambusa, 435 Barkenta, 487 Banringtonia, 332 Barnringtoniaceae, 332 Bantonia, 281, 283 Bassia, 435 Bauhinia, 483 Begonia, 112 Begoniaceae, 112, 448 Benberts, 354, 357 Betula, 345 Bignonia, 431, 481, 484 Bignoniaceae, 331, 494 Biotia, 386 Bkastocaulon, 55 Blidingia, 454 Boebera, 253 Bombax, 437, 472 Bonnettia, 163 Bouchea, 232 Baachtonidium, 175-177, 292, 295 Brachyactis, 375, 376 Brachyelytrum, 356 Braacteatae, 331 Brassicaceae, 329 Bridekia, 435 Braoechinia, 79, 163 Braomekica, 8, 9 Bromus, 209, 356 Buchanania, 435, 438 Bunaea, 466 Busmanniaceae, 448 Butia, 435 Bynsonima, 65, 76 Cactaceae, 30, 33 Caesalpiniaceae, 305 Calamus, 488 Cakkicanpa, 331, 437, 468 Calopepla, 441, 463, 465 Camekina, 227, 228 Campanulaceae, 448 Canthium, 438 Canex, 350, 356 Canicaceae, 365 Canoki-Gmelina, 329 Canpinus, 356 Caseania, 370 Cassia, 435, 437 Castanea, 129, 356 Cavaloa, 330, 331, 430, 484 Cathartolinum, 2, 3 7] 1984 Index 507 Catopsrikia, 466 Cottendorfia, 173, 271 Ceanothus, 10 Cnanichidae, 443 Cedrus, 466 Cnranichidineae, 443 Cekastnus, 357 Crassocephakum, 438 Celtis, 438 Crepis, 6, 7, 10 Centnronia, 133 Croton, 438 Ceratocystis, 466 Cumbaku, 308, 330 Cenatophylkaceae, 455 Cumbula, 308, 484 Cenatophylhum, 455-458 Cumbulu, 306, 330, 337, 431 Cercospora, 465 Cuneoalata, 25 Chaetophona, 451 Cunibaku, 308 Chaetospheridium, 451 Cunatekla, 65, 102 Chamaecrista, 305, 307 Curimosphaena, 465 Chimantaea, 79, 263, 268 Cycadaceae, 304 Chionokaena, 121, 122, 124, 126 Cycadales, 304 Chkamydomonas, 449 CylLindrocapsa, 451 Chlorophyta, 449 Cymopterus, 3, 5, 6 ChLoroxykon, 434, 438 Cynaroideae, 403 ChrysanthelLkum, 244 Cynomanathrum, 5, 6 Chrysobalanus, 76 Cyperus, 44, 151, 274 Chrysolagria, 465 Dalbergia, 331, 434 Chrysothamnus, 10 Delphiniun, 9 Chuntocenus, 466 Dematha, 308, 473 Cipadessa, 438, 487 Dendrocalamus, 435 Cincaeifolia, 18 DendrophthoB, 465, 491 Citharexylum, 41, 42 Dennstaedtia, 350, 356 Cladophora, 450 Desmodium, 460 Cheistanthus, 435 Deweya, 4 Chematis, 9, 357 Diacrisia, 466 CLerodendrum, 330, 331, 372 Dichapetalum, 330 Clidemia, 131, 132 Dichrostachys, 487 Cmekina, 308, 337 Dickidanthera, 330 Cochlosperma, 438 Didynamia, 328 Cokeochaete, 451 Dihammus, 465 Coleus, 438 Dihamnus, 463 Colona, 439 Dioscorea, 296 Columbia, 439, 468 Diospynros, 434, 438 Commersoniana, 20 Diospyrus, 330 Commiphora, 438 Dodonaea, 438 Compositae, 10, 125, 243, 250, Dokiopygus, 465 251, 254, 387, 388, 403, 406-408 Donichandrone, 438 Concitnnt, 376, 386 Dracunculkus, 9 Concolones, 374 Dnaparnaldia, 451 Conicibaccata, 24 Dnryopterts, 356 Convallanria, 356 Dumosi, 373, 377, 379, 383 Conyza, 375 Dysodercus, 466 Conyzopsis, 375 Dyssodia, 253-255 Coptotermes, 466 Echidna, 183 Condia, 438 Echinolaena, 53 Cornus, 351, 354, 357, 359 Ecnomaeus, 465 Coranutia, 276-278 Ehnetia, 438 Conylus, 354 Elaeagnus, 127, 129 508 PH Y 210 Lise A Vol. 55, No. ELaeodendron, 438 Elakatothrix, 450 Eleocharis, 81, 267 ELodea, 456, 457 Elymus, 210 Elytrigia, 211, 212 EmbLica, 438 Empecamenta, 465 Enantiophyllum, 296 Encyckia, 288, 291 Endockita, 466 Entockadia, 454 Ephiekis, 331 Epidendium, 288, 291, 292, 445 Equisetum, 356 Enagnostis, 127 Exianthus, 437 Exrteaceae, 308, 332 Exrigeron, 358, 375, 388 Exnitocaulaceae, 44, 45, 47, 49, SL 58%) DS, Sipe 59) Ole 63701055, Ol, On Ws Wp Wap V5 ID, il, Sisip tid, ii th)p Sil, Vein San Si, 99 Lol, HOS; LOS; LO 49), USL ASS}, AUS, aS 7/p TESC)F Alo H6S)e 65). Ley), 69), ware a73i, Ap 239, AQly A585 2355 2675 AG, Atdby AUS, 2USp 2Ut Exrtocaulon, 70, 78, 98, 107, 268, DUP Escherichia, 491 Euchnomia, 466 Eudonina, 449 Eugenia, 437, 484 Eupatonium, 350, 358 Euphorbia, 438 Euphorbiaceae, 229, 369 Eupterote, 466 Eurybia, 386 Fagnaea, 492 Fagus, 345 Fanadaya, 492 Festuca, 1-8. Joh, 213 Ficus, 278 Fimbristylis, 65 Flacourtia, 332, 480, 494 Flacourtiaceae, 365, 369, 370 Fomes, 465 Frxaxinus, 129, 350 Ganoderma, 465 Gardenia, 483, 484, 492 Geminella, 451 Gentiana, 358 CEES, @Lk, 12 GimelLina, 308, 337 Glabrescentia, 20 GLoeocystis, 450 Gmebina, 308, 337 Gmelia, 308, 337 Gmekina, 42, 234, 308, 309, 311, 313), 315513272319 peso ae 325, 3277 (329-33 Tye B39 Say 424, 425, 427, 429, 431-433, 435--442, 460-475, 477, 479- 499 Gmelinia, 308 Gmellina, 308, 337 Gomontia, 451 Gomphichis, 445 Gonium, 449 Gonodontis, 466 Gramineae, 447 Grewia, 438, 487 Gryllus, 466 Guettanda, 333 Gurelina, 308 Gymnoloma, 502 Haematococeus, 449 Hamamekis, 351, 357 Hedysanum, 12, 13 Hekentorideae, 403 Heliamphona, 163 Hekiantheae, 207, 243, 251, 389, 415 Helianthekla, 207 Hekianthoideae, 403 Hekianthus, 358 Hekicomina, 331 Heliconia, 14-16 Hemenocakhis, 351, 356 Henriettea, 132 Henrietterha, 132, 143, 144 Hernandia, 472 Hetenopanax, 462 Heterophylli, 379 Heteropteranis, 466 Heterotheca, 204-208 Hextsea, 290 Homueocenus, 466 Hopea, 491 Hormidium, 451 Hydnocanpus, 491 Hydrocharitaceae, 455, 456 Hymenockea, 282 1984 Hyperbasarthrum, 39 Hyperocarpa, 296 Hyptis, 274 Tbannaea, 236, 237 Deex, 350, 357, 369 Imbnasia, 466 Impatiens, 357 Imperata, 460 Indanbela, 331, 466 Indigofera, 438 Inga, 277 Inuleae, 121 Ipomoea, 492 Tpomopsis, 9 Ixeridopsis, 6 Jacanatia, 365, 370, 371 Jaegeria, 243-251 Jambosa, 480, 483, 484, 489 Jambusa, 483, 491 Juniperus, 1, 354 Kalmia, 354, 358 Knesbeckia, 112 Knaussaria, 466 Kumbalu, 308 Labiatae, 328 Lachnocaulon, 65, 107 Lactuca, 358 Lagenocanrpus, 151, 173, 262, 264, 271 Lagenstroemia, 434 Lagria, 465 Lannea, 466 Lantana, 42, 115 Lasaklea, 374 Lathynus, 127 Leandra, 132, 144-146 Leguminosae, 305, 365 Leiothrix, 63, 69, 79, 99, 113, 114, 166 Lemna, 456-458 Lemnaceae, 456 Lepanthes, 178-196 Lepanthopsis, 196-198 Leptocoma, 436 Lespedeza, 129 Lesquerekla, 12 Leucanthi, 382 Leucas, 438 Leymus, 212 Ligulatae, 403 Ligustnrum, 438 Likiopsida, 455, 456 Index Likium, 356 Limicolanis, 465 Linaceae, 10 Lindenia, 277 Lindera, 354, 357 Linosyrts, 376 Linuwn, 2, 3, 10 Lippia, 42, 43, 113, 116 Lixus, 465 Loasaceae, 281 Lobekiaceae, 448 Lomatium, 3, 5, 6, 10 Lontcera, 129 Lophotocarpus, 332 Lonanthus, 465 Lycium, 308, 473, 483, 484 Lyonta, 354 Maba, 330 Machaernanthera, 374, 387 Macrocoma, 465 Macnoterumes, 466 Magnoliaceae, 332 Magnoliophyta, 455. 456 Magnoliopsida, 455. 456 MakLophyton, 79, 263 Masdevallia, 198, 199 Matricaria, 253-255 Matteucia, 350, 356 Matudaea, 240 Mauritia, 154, 159, 268, 274 Maxiklaria, 291 Mayacaceae, 274-284 Maytenus, 438 Megtstacroloba, 35 Meastomataceae, 131 Melica, 8, 9 Memecylon, 486 Mentspermum, 490 Mentzelia, 8, 9, 281-287 Meriania, 132, 133 Merianthera, 133, 134 Mesyntum, 3 Metanastria, 466 Michelia, 308, 327, 332, 473, 483 Miconia, 131, 138-143 Microlicia, 136, 137 Micnrospona, 451, 452 Microstnomatae, 331 Microthamion, 452 Mutisiaceae, 403 Myoxanthus, 291 509 510 Myrtica, 354 Myrina, 466 Mynsinaceae, 235, 237, 239, 241 Najadaceae, 456 Najas, 456, 457 Nannochlonris, 450 Nekumbo, 455-458 NeLumbonaceae, 455 Neopannya, 4, 5, 11 Neoptychocanpus, 365, 368, 370 Nezera, 3 Nietnerta, 173, 271 Nuttallia, 7 Nyctanthaceae, 448 Nyctocakos, 492 Nymphaea, 109, 111 Occeidentales, 381 Odina, 435 Odontopyge, 465 Oedogonium, 451 Olea, 438 OLigosponus, 9 Onckdium, 292 Onockea, 350, 356 Orchidaceae, 175, 292, 443, 445 Onphys, 443, 444 Onyzopsis, 1 Osmunda, 350, 356 Ossaea, 132 Otoglossum, 291 Ougetnia, 434 Oxycanpa, 24 Oxytripokium, 373 Packena, 9-11 Padus, 1 Paepalanthus, 44-77, 88, 104, 150, 15a 154) 157 pel 5e-eleer 260, 264, 268, 372 Pakanaimea, 154 Palmella, 450 Pandonrina, 449 Panel, 308 Panicum, 152, 160, 165, 256, 269 Papaelanthus, 54 Panasa, 466 Panathesis, 237-242 Panthenocissus, 357 Paspalum, 57, 152, 165, 269 Patentes, 374 Paulownia, 329, 330 Pedakium, 484, 490, 491 PH Y LO -LAOnGrw A VoL. 557 Noe Percursania, 454 Personatae, 328 Petota, 17, 297 Peucedanum, 6 Phaeolus, 465 Phaneroptera, 466 Phassus, 466 Phikodice, 75, 76 Phostria, 466 Phragmites, 354 Phylkactinia, 331 Phyklanthus, 435, 487 Phymateus, 466 Pihlinia, 454 Pinus, 12, 129, 345 Pxonea, 466 PitheceklLobium, 365, 367, 368 Pittosponum, 438 Platycentnum, 145, 146 Platypus, 465 Pkatysteke, 200 Pkeodonina, 449 Pkeurothalrhidinae, 175 PLeurothakhis, 201-203, 291 Poaceae, 1, 11, 256, 447 Podagrica, 465 Pokygonum, 129, Polylepis, 35 Pokymnia, 278 PoLypodiophyta, Polyporus, 465 Pontederta, 332 Pontederiaceae, Ponta, 463, 465 Ponrteriant, 381 Potamogeton, 456-458 Potamogetonaceae, 456 Potatoe, 17 Premma, 473 Premna, 331, 337, 432, 438, 468, 473, 474, 489, 494 Prenanthes, 6 Prroptena, 465 Priva, 277 Protococcus, 452 Protoderma, 452 Prunella, 358 Prunus, 350, 351, 357, 473, 474 Pseudendockonium, 452 Pseudocymopternus, 4, 5 Pseudopteryxia, 5 356 455, 456 332, 456 7 1984 Pseudoneoxis, 5 Psilochenia, 6 Psilognamma, 466 Pterichis, 291, 445 Pteridium, 356 Pterocanpus, 434 Pternyxia, 4, 5 Pygmaeae, 7 Pynrus, 357 Quercus, 240, 345 Radermachera, 438 Radix, 492 Radulina, 385 Randia, 437 Rapateaceae, 152, 165, 269 Ratonia, 331 Reynoutria, 127, 129 Rhamnus, 350, 357, 484 Rhododendron, 332 Rhus, 129, 350, 357, 487 Ribes, 12, 357 Ricinus, 462 Rigidae, 7 Rigidulae, 305 Robinia, 129 Roegneria, 212, 213 Rondonanthus, 76, 77 Rorippa, 329 Rosa, 357 Rubiaceae, 333, 492 Rubus, 350, 354, 357 Rusa, 440 Sahyadnassus, 466 Sakicifokii, 382 Sakix, 356, 458 Sakvadona, 438 Salviniaceae, 455 Sambucus, 358 Santalaceae, 217 Santalum, 217-226, 438 Sapindaceae, 331 Sapindus, 438 Scaphyglottis, 289-291, 294 Schinus, 22 Schizachyrium, 252 SchLeichera, 434 Schrebera, 434 Sekenotinia, 465 Sckerotium, 465 Scnophulariaceae, 332, 333 Seuteklaria, 12, 13 Index Scutia, 438 Secale, 127 Secundiflonae, 144, 145 Securinega, 369 Sedum, 357 Sekepa, 466 Senecio, 9, 10 Senecitonideae, 403 Seriphidium, 7, 8, 10, 11 Sesekk, 6 Shonea, 331, 438 Sidenrodactylus, 465 Smekina, 308, 337 Smilacina, 356 Smilax, 356 Solanum, 17-40, 297, 298, 487 Solidago, 354, 358 Soymida, 434, 438 Spectabiles, 386 Sphaerocystis, 450 Sphagnum, 68, 444 Sphenockeaceae, 448 Sphenoptera, 465 Spinaea, 350, 357 Spinanthoideae, 443 Spinodeka, 456-458 Stachytarnpheta, 233, 234 Staphylococcus, 491 Stegokepis, 163, 173, 269, 271 Stegomyia, 466 Steinonema, 358 Stemodia, 274 Stenockine, 121-123, 125, 126 Stephegyne, 435 Stichoceus, 452 Stigeockonium, 452 Stipa, 26, 27, 31, 35 Stnrepsicenros, 466 Sylvicapra, 466 Symphonremaceae, 448 Symphonricanpos, 1 Symphyotrichum, 373, 376, 382, 386 SympLocaceae, 369 Symplocos, 369 Syngonanthus, 43, 45, 52, 65, 77-108, 148-174, 257-273, 372 Syringa, 358 Tageteae, 254 Tapinanthus, 465 Tanenna, 487 Bt 512 Tantjensa, 20 Taxus, 360 Tectona, 330, 331, 434, 437, 440, 482 Terminalia, 434, 437, 438 Tetnragamestus, 290 Tetnamenista, 330 Tetnaspora, 450 Tetnasponakes, 449, 450 Thakictnum, 357 Thelypterts, 350, 356 Thryonomys, 466 Thymophylla, 253 Tianekka, 357 TAbouchina, 137, 138 Tihiaceae, 468 Tingts, 466 [EUs 308, 330, 333 loe@oca, 131 Tofielkdia, 173, 271 Tonina, 88, 166, 273-275 Topobea, 146, 147 Tnrachypogon, 53, 65 Tnracaulon, 129 Tnragelaphus, 466 Trametes, 465 Trentopohkia, 452 Trea, 438, 472 Tribulus, 460 Trichodesma, 438 Tridax, 438 Trtdentatae, 7, 10 becKeda,, 7.8 Trigoniastrum, 330 Trrrhium, 356 Triokena, 131 TnrLoza, 466 Tripolium, 376, 381 Triticum, 211, 212 Tschudya, 146 Tsuga, 345 Tuberarium, 39 ULmaceae, 365 ULothrix, 452, 453 ULotnichakes, 449, 450 ULvekla, 454 PHY LOFVLyORGieE xa: Umbeklifenae, 10, 11, 357 Untica, 356 Utricularia, 88, 150, 158 Vaccinium, 354, 358 Vakeriana, 358 Vakhisneria, 456. 457 Verbenaceae, 308, 448 Verbeneae, 328 Verbesina, 500-502 Vernbesinaria, 500, 502 Vernonia, 438 Viburnum, 350, 354, 358 Vingulus, 374 Wetex, 331, 437, 438 Viticekka, 9 WHS, 350, 357, 504 Vokvocakes, 449 Volvox, 449 Weddekia, 406 Wedekia, 389-515, 419 Wendkandia, 437, 438 Wernerta, 27 Wightia,, 329,, 330, 332, 338 Wolffia, 456-458 Wundackia, 275, 276 Xanthophyllum, 330 Xerxanthemum, 262 Xiphinema, 465 Xuleutes, 466 Xylta, 435 XylLobonus, 465 Xylocopa, 465, 492 KYWECBin DI 3s 262, ere Youngia, 7 Yungasensa, 20 Zamia, 299-304 Zamiaceae, 299, 304 Zanicheklia, 456, 457 Zanichekhiaceae, 456 Zea, 447 Zexmenta, 389 Zingiberaceae, 448 Zizyphus, 437 Zonocenus, 466 Zostera, 452 Zostenekla, 456, 457 Publication dates Volume 54, No. Volume 55, No. Volume 55, No. 7 -- January 27, 1 == February 14, 2) —— March 8, £984 1984" “Vols 557, Noe 1984 Vol. 55, No. 3 -- April 3, 4 —— Apri 237, Vol. 55), -Noeea/ 1984 1984 a a ee ne Mad 4 aie adh cae a) a an ae ay vv Lieto 4 i j pone oe 3! ny a ‘) ia o? : ' a 7 , her re Ay ) ee c ; , § Sn ‘| i Dil his Ata Fi elt > if ' th | 1c 1 re 4 ‘ 7 AR i Th é fi At rf y eds ; or iy a ny ya % ; RE MS AD i i ae | } ii i Ty NR ie eT ikl) Peed mi Sicmetenicticme oe ne ee SSR Fu nite eel pine D “ dete eee telat ee oA SR RI re PPO apo, me ISIAH CAPE CLs ol asp rey ae aa eo P-sipaprea-